

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="es">
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pieper92</id>
		<title>Wikiexplora - Contribuciones del usuario [es]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pieper92"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/Especial:Contribuciones/Pieper92"/>
		<updated>2026-09-27T02:42:04Z</updated>
		<subtitle>Contribuciones del usuario</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.26.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT50_(Cabo_Froward)&amp;diff=114350</id>
		<title>GPT50 (Cabo Froward)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT50_(Cabo_Froward)&amp;diff=114350"/>
				<updated>2024-02-22T22:10:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Links to other Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-20 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section was a worthy final for my journey on the GPT! Even seeing at least 2-3 other hikers per day it felt really remote. I enjoyed the long walking on the beaches and the special atmosphere up at the cross at cabo froward, looking down the magellan strait and imagine the first sailors passing this strenous passage.&lt;br /&gt;
Its possible to do this track in an enjoyale pace in 4 days in good weather, but I guess it to be much harder in bad weather. Especially in strong winds walking will be much slower at the coast. I found the short inland sections really nice - only a little muddy but nothing serious and an impressive landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
I tooked a packraft which helped me crossing the second river, but if you have enough time I recomment to not carry it on the track. Going in the packraft close to the shore looked feasible in some moments but wind turns often and you do not want to be blown onto the sea here!&lt;br /&gt;
I found the tide tables for cabor froward more accurate (I provided a link).&lt;br /&gt;
The fox is present at the camp south of the 3rd river. He completely devastated the tents of two chilenos who made a day trip to the cabo. Hang ALL your food higher than 2 m. He can jump pretty high and even reached their food hanging at 1.5 m :D&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a tame fox living near Bahia del Aguila. You might see him relaxing on the beach. Saw also colibris. The seem to love the fuchsia bushes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were many people and cars at the parking lot. Hitchhiking was no problem at this time of the year.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Frank RR 3 days 29-31/12/2023&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. I got the bus to San Juan. Last stop is @ Rio Santa Maria (the stop is marked on OSM)  Not much traffic @ 9AM so I walked 8KM to the roadhead.  On the road there is a house with some boats.  A big dog came out &amp;amp; started attacking me but 4 people came along &amp;amp; when in a group he retreated.  Easy walking to the hut. Saw a whale, some penguins &amp;amp; dolphins near the lighthouse. The first river is v. easy, I was able to jump it.  2nd &amp;amp; 3rd river crossings were both easy &amp;amp; knee deep within 90 minutes of low tide.  There are sticks marking the crossings. Cross about half way between the sticks &amp;amp; the sea. &lt;br /&gt;
The 3rd crossing is a little shallower than 2nd but can be harder as it flows faster. Approaching the third crossing there are two small basic sheds on the beach, good for a break but not sleeping. 300M after the sheds a route going into the forest is marked. At low or mid tide it's easier to stay on the shore. There are some rocks but it's easier than navigating the maze of fallen trees. The forest route may be better @ high tide.  &lt;br /&gt;
Camped after the 3rd crossing.  The water @ 1st river is good. 2nd &amp;amp; 3rd river water needs to be filtered. It was still green after filtering but tasted OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Continued to the cape. Stayed on the coast all the way apart from one place where it cliffs out &amp;amp; you do a short workaround on ropes &amp;amp; fallen trees.  The shore is mostly rock, not difficult by GPT standards but it's slow going, about 2KMPH. Good trail up from last campsite on the 300M ascent to cross. Several small streams along the way. I returned to the 3rd &amp;amp; 2nd rivers &amp;amp; crossed both easily near low tide. Crossed the 2nd @ 10PM &amp;amp; camped after the crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tired after 2 long days. Had a long break @ the hut &amp;amp; walked easily out to the road. After a few KM I hitched to Punta Arenas. Lots of people camping &amp;amp; cooking asados as it was new years eve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the 3rd camp he ripped a tent &amp;amp; punctured a sleeping mat when only food wrappers were inside.  He also snatched food hung too low from a tree.  &lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation:  If you go from 3rd camp to cape on daytrip, take all your food &amp;amp; rubbish with you. Take down tent &amp;amp; hang your gear as high as you can in a tree. If it has no traces of food it will be OK. There was some rope @ Camp 3 (after the crossing) but best to bring 10M of light cord with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  2023-04-12 to 2023-04-16 / 5 days / Hiking / Circuit SOBO &amp;amp; NOBO / RR from km 19.7 there and back / Jakub &amp;amp; Veronika&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked this beautiful and remote trail from and to the parking lot. The trail is hard, especially in the humid weather (the stones on the beaches are more slippery further you get), but there are no problems with the orientation on the trail, you just need to follow the track files when you're not sure, where to next. Usually you can choose between walking on the beach (low tide) and forest path closer or further from the shore (hight tide). We recommend to take the further one at least ones so you see the endless peatbogs with miniatures of Chilean cyprus trees (here the late season and morning frost helps with harder surface) and deep Andean primary forrest. The thing that complicates all is tide. You NEED to have tide charts with you (see below). Sleeping is easy, puesto serves for the first night just fine with still usable stove and benches to sleep on (if anybody could provide an ax, please do it, it would be a great help to others 😉 and camsites are on both sides of all rivers and even in the middle of them. Last but not least, we have one personal wish, when you walk this hike, have spare plastic bags to collect some rubbish. The first puesto and all the campsites suffer from tourist and fishermen waste. We tried our best, but there is much more to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For tide forecast see Links to other Resources below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 to 9 March 2023 / Véronica / GPT50 RR out and back / 3.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
An absolutely beautiful section and fitting end to my GPT journey. I was fortunate to hike it with mostly good weather, although it was cold and sometimes difficult to warm up after fording the rivers, which can only be crossed during low tide. I had the tide charts for Punta Arenas downloaded, and carried some extra food in case I got stuck at the river crossings and had to wait out low tide. I went during the full moon and so got two low tides during daylight hours — in the mornings around 9 a.m., and then in the evenings around 8 p.m. I always timed my crossing of the rivers with the lowest tide. &lt;br /&gt;
I found it easy to hitchhike from Punta Arenas to the end of the road at Punta Árbol. The route is relatively straightforward to follow along the beach, or coastal forest, or peat bogs until you reach the third river.&lt;br /&gt;
There is a refuge right before the first river with loads of delicious raspberry bushes. It also would be a good place to sleep or wait out bad weather. It has a couple of platforms to use as beds, a wooden table, and a small woodstove.&lt;br /&gt;
The first river (Río Yumbel, km 31.3) is easy to cross at both high and low tides. You can cross either at the mouth of the river where it meets the Strait, or further upstream behind a log dam, where water levels only reach your shins. &lt;br /&gt;
The second river (Río San Nicolás, km 38.7) is the deepest of the rivers. At low tide the water went to my upper thighs, and the second time I crossed (on the return) it went up to my waist (I'm 165 cm). There are sticks planted in the sandbars that serve as good markers for the shallowest place to cross. &lt;br /&gt;
The third river (Río Nodales, km 46.6) went up just past my knees. Some people leave their tents and most of their gear at Río Nodales and head to the Cape with a day pack, but I preferred to bring all my things due to tide timings and to have the freedom to camp where I wanted. (There have also been reports of foxes destroying unoccupied tents in search for food, even if no food was left inside.)&lt;br /&gt;
After Río Nodales, the terrain gets more adventurous. Lots of climbing over (or under) fallen trees on the beach, or on slippery rocks and minor cliffs. But perfectly doable. There is only one time where you have to go into the woods and use some fixed ropes to climb over some steep terrain, otherwise I reccomend sticking to the beach. Even if it can be slow going, it is better than bushwhacking through the thick rainforest. There is a great campsite at the base of the climb to the Cruz de los Mares. The trail up to the cross is well-marked and has some metal steps going up the steepest parts. &lt;br /&gt;
All in all, it was a wonderful hike, I saw lots of marine life and birds, and it was a fun challenge to walk according to the rhythm of the tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day I started around 12:30 p.m. and camped on the south side of the second river, right after crossing it at low tide around 7:30 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
The second day was long — I got up early to get to the third river for low tide at 8:45 a.m. I crossed it and hiked to the Cape and the cross. Then I walked back and camped on the north side of the third river after crossing it at low tide (around 8 p.m.)&lt;br /&gt;
The third day I got up early again to cross the second river at low tide (9 a.m.). I could have walked all the way back to the trailhead that day, but the weather was so beautiful that I wanted to spend one last night on the trail, so I camped at Bahía El Águila, just a few km south of the lighthouse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SoBo/ February 23/ Participants: Tobias Schorcht, Toni, Laura/ 8 Days/ 166 Kilometer/ Method: Packrafting (Option Río San Juan)&lt;br /&gt;
Walked from Punta Arenas to Capo Froward and back to the beginning of the trail. There is a bus going twice a day to San Juan and back, but hitchhiking was faster. The water level of Rio San Juan is not suitable for packrafting by now. The upper part needs at least 4 times more water. Might be possible in winter/spring. After the confluence with Río Sur packrafting is possible. I had to made my way through the bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
You find information about capo froward trail online, but I would like to point out 3 things: &lt;br /&gt;
1. We had to light fire several times in very wet conditions to get warm again.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Río San Nicolas and Río Nodales can only be crossed with low tide. We used the packraf twice to cross with high tide.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some parts of the rocky beaches can also only be crossed with low tide. &lt;br /&gt;
The trail is adventurous and remote. We saw dolfins, sea lions, whales and many different kind of birds. Trail and camps are free of charge. It might change when it gets a National Park. A clear recommendation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tide-forecast.com/locations/Punta-Arenas-Chile/tides/latest&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tideschart.com/Chile/Region-of-Magallanes/Provincia-de-Magallanes/Cabo-Froward/Weekly/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo: | ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT50_(Cabo_Froward)&amp;diff=114349</id>
		<title>GPT50 (Cabo Froward)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT50_(Cabo_Froward)&amp;diff=114349"/>
				<updated>2024-02-22T22:09:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Links to other Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-20 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section was a worthy final for my journey on the GPT! Even seeing at least 2-3 other hikers per day it felt really remote. I enjoyed the long walking on the beaches and the special atmosphere up at the cross at cabo froward, looking down the magellan strait and imagine the first sailors passing this strenous passage.&lt;br /&gt;
Its possible to do this track in an enjoyale pace in 4 days in good weather, but I guess it to be much harder in bad weather. Especially in strong winds walking will be much slower at the coast. I found the short inland sections really nice - only a little muddy but nothing serious and an impressive landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
I tooked a packraft which helped me crossing the second river, but if you have enough time I recomment to not carry it on the track. Going in the packraft close to the shore looked feasible in some moments but wind turns often and you do not want to be blown onto the sea here!&lt;br /&gt;
I found the tide tables for cabor froward more accurate (I provided a link).&lt;br /&gt;
The fox is present at the camp south of the 3rd river. He completely devastated the tents of two chilenos who made a day trip to the cabo. Hang ALL your food higher than 2 m. He can jump pretty high and even reached their food hanging at 1.5 m :D&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a tame fox living near Bahia del Aguila. You might see him relaxing on the beach. Saw also colibris. The seem to love the fuchsia bushes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were many people and cars at the parking lot. Hitchhiking was no problem at this time of the year.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Frank RR 3 days 29-31/12/2023&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. I got the bus to San Juan. Last stop is @ Rio Santa Maria (the stop is marked on OSM)  Not much traffic @ 9AM so I walked 8KM to the roadhead.  On the road there is a house with some boats.  A big dog came out &amp;amp; started attacking me but 4 people came along &amp;amp; when in a group he retreated.  Easy walking to the hut. Saw a whale, some penguins &amp;amp; dolphins near the lighthouse. The first river is v. easy, I was able to jump it.  2nd &amp;amp; 3rd river crossings were both easy &amp;amp; knee deep within 90 minutes of low tide.  There are sticks marking the crossings. Cross about half way between the sticks &amp;amp; the sea. &lt;br /&gt;
The 3rd crossing is a little shallower than 2nd but can be harder as it flows faster. Approaching the third crossing there are two small basic sheds on the beach, good for a break but not sleeping. 300M after the sheds a route going into the forest is marked. At low or mid tide it's easier to stay on the shore. There are some rocks but it's easier than navigating the maze of fallen trees. The forest route may be better @ high tide.  &lt;br /&gt;
Camped after the 3rd crossing.  The water @ 1st river is good. 2nd &amp;amp; 3rd river water needs to be filtered. It was still green after filtering but tasted OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Continued to the cape. Stayed on the coast all the way apart from one place where it cliffs out &amp;amp; you do a short workaround on ropes &amp;amp; fallen trees.  The shore is mostly rock, not difficult by GPT standards but it's slow going, about 2KMPH. Good trail up from last campsite on the 300M ascent to cross. Several small streams along the way. I returned to the 3rd &amp;amp; 2nd rivers &amp;amp; crossed both easily near low tide. Crossed the 2nd @ 10PM &amp;amp; camped after the crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tired after 2 long days. Had a long break @ the hut &amp;amp; walked easily out to the road. After a few KM I hitched to Punta Arenas. Lots of people camping &amp;amp; cooking asados as it was new years eve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the 3rd camp he ripped a tent &amp;amp; punctured a sleeping mat when only food wrappers were inside.  He also snatched food hung too low from a tree.  &lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation:  If you go from 3rd camp to cape on daytrip, take all your food &amp;amp; rubbish with you. Take down tent &amp;amp; hang your gear as high as you can in a tree. If it has no traces of food it will be OK. There was some rope @ Camp 3 (after the crossing) but best to bring 10M of light cord with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  2023-04-12 to 2023-04-16 / 5 days / Hiking / Circuit SOBO &amp;amp; NOBO / RR from km 19.7 there and back / Jakub &amp;amp; Veronika&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked this beautiful and remote trail from and to the parking lot. The trail is hard, especially in the humid weather (the stones on the beaches are more slippery further you get), but there are no problems with the orientation on the trail, you just need to follow the track files when you're not sure, where to next. Usually you can choose between walking on the beach (low tide) and forest path closer or further from the shore (hight tide). We recommend to take the further one at least ones so you see the endless peatbogs with miniatures of Chilean cyprus trees (here the late season and morning frost helps with harder surface) and deep Andean primary forrest. The thing that complicates all is tide. You NEED to have tide charts with you (see below). Sleeping is easy, puesto serves for the first night just fine with still usable stove and benches to sleep on (if anybody could provide an ax, please do it, it would be a great help to others 😉 and camsites are on both sides of all rivers and even in the middle of them. Last but not least, we have one personal wish, when you walk this hike, have spare plastic bags to collect some rubbish. The first puesto and all the campsites suffer from tourist and fishermen waste. We tried our best, but there is much more to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For tide forecast see Links to other Resources below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 to 9 March 2023 / Véronica / GPT50 RR out and back / 3.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
An absolutely beautiful section and fitting end to my GPT journey. I was fortunate to hike it with mostly good weather, although it was cold and sometimes difficult to warm up after fording the rivers, which can only be crossed during low tide. I had the tide charts for Punta Arenas downloaded, and carried some extra food in case I got stuck at the river crossings and had to wait out low tide. I went during the full moon and so got two low tides during daylight hours — in the mornings around 9 a.m., and then in the evenings around 8 p.m. I always timed my crossing of the rivers with the lowest tide. &lt;br /&gt;
I found it easy to hitchhike from Punta Arenas to the end of the road at Punta Árbol. The route is relatively straightforward to follow along the beach, or coastal forest, or peat bogs until you reach the third river.&lt;br /&gt;
There is a refuge right before the first river with loads of delicious raspberry bushes. It also would be a good place to sleep or wait out bad weather. It has a couple of platforms to use as beds, a wooden table, and a small woodstove.&lt;br /&gt;
The first river (Río Yumbel, km 31.3) is easy to cross at both high and low tides. You can cross either at the mouth of the river where it meets the Strait, or further upstream behind a log dam, where water levels only reach your shins. &lt;br /&gt;
The second river (Río San Nicolás, km 38.7) is the deepest of the rivers. At low tide the water went to my upper thighs, and the second time I crossed (on the return) it went up to my waist (I'm 165 cm). There are sticks planted in the sandbars that serve as good markers for the shallowest place to cross. &lt;br /&gt;
The third river (Río Nodales, km 46.6) went up just past my knees. Some people leave their tents and most of their gear at Río Nodales and head to the Cape with a day pack, but I preferred to bring all my things due to tide timings and to have the freedom to camp where I wanted. (There have also been reports of foxes destroying unoccupied tents in search for food, even if no food was left inside.)&lt;br /&gt;
After Río Nodales, the terrain gets more adventurous. Lots of climbing over (or under) fallen trees on the beach, or on slippery rocks and minor cliffs. But perfectly doable. There is only one time where you have to go into the woods and use some fixed ropes to climb over some steep terrain, otherwise I reccomend sticking to the beach. Even if it can be slow going, it is better than bushwhacking through the thick rainforest. There is a great campsite at the base of the climb to the Cruz de los Mares. The trail up to the cross is well-marked and has some metal steps going up the steepest parts. &lt;br /&gt;
All in all, it was a wonderful hike, I saw lots of marine life and birds, and it was a fun challenge to walk according to the rhythm of the tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day I started around 12:30 p.m. and camped on the south side of the second river, right after crossing it at low tide around 7:30 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
The second day was long — I got up early to get to the third river for low tide at 8:45 a.m. I crossed it and hiked to the Cape and the cross. Then I walked back and camped on the north side of the third river after crossing it at low tide (around 8 p.m.)&lt;br /&gt;
The third day I got up early again to cross the second river at low tide (9 a.m.). I could have walked all the way back to the trailhead that day, but the weather was so beautiful that I wanted to spend one last night on the trail, so I camped at Bahía El Águila, just a few km south of the lighthouse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SoBo/ February 23/ Participants: Tobias Schorcht, Toni, Laura/ 8 Days/ 166 Kilometer/ Method: Packrafting (Option Río San Juan)&lt;br /&gt;
Walked from Punta Arenas to Capo Froward and back to the beginning of the trail. There is a bus going twice a day to San Juan and back, but hitchhiking was faster. The water level of Rio San Juan is not suitable for packrafting by now. The upper part needs at least 4 times more water. Might be possible in winter/spring. After the confluence with Río Sur packrafting is possible. I had to made my way through the bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
You find information about capo froward trail online, but I would like to point out 3 things: &lt;br /&gt;
1. We had to light fire several times in very wet conditions to get warm again.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Río San Nicolas and Río Nodales can only be crossed with low tide. We used the packraf twice to cross with high tide.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some parts of the rocky beaches can also only be crossed with low tide. &lt;br /&gt;
The trail is adventurous and remote. We saw dolfins, sea lions, whales and many different kind of birds. Trail and camps are free of charge. It might change when it gets a National Park. A clear recommendation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tide-forecast.com/locations/Punta-Arenas-Chile/tides/latest&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://de.tideschart.com/Chile/Region-of-Magallanes/Provincia-de-Magallanes/Cabo-Froward/Weekly/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo: | ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT50_(Cabo_Froward)&amp;diff=114348</id>
		<title>GPT50 (Cabo Froward)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT50_(Cabo_Froward)&amp;diff=114348"/>
				<updated>2024-02-22T22:03:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-20 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section was a worthy final for my journey on the GPT! Even seeing at least 2-3 other hikers per day it felt really remote. I enjoyed the long walking on the beaches and the special atmosphere up at the cross at cabo froward, looking down the magellan strait and imagine the first sailors passing this strenous passage.&lt;br /&gt;
Its possible to do this track in an enjoyale pace in 4 days in good weather, but I guess it to be much harder in bad weather. Especially in strong winds walking will be much slower at the coast. I found the short inland sections really nice - only a little muddy but nothing serious and an impressive landscape.&lt;br /&gt;
I tooked a packraft which helped me crossing the second river, but if you have enough time I recomment to not carry it on the track. Going in the packraft close to the shore looked feasible in some moments but wind turns often and you do not want to be blown onto the sea here!&lt;br /&gt;
I found the tide tables for cabor froward more accurate (I provided a link).&lt;br /&gt;
The fox is present at the camp south of the 3rd river. He completely devastated the tents of two chilenos who made a day trip to the cabo. Hang ALL your food higher than 2 m. He can jump pretty high and even reached their food hanging at 1.5 m :D&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a tame fox living near Bahia del Aguila. You might see him relaxing on the beach. Saw also colibris. The seem to love the fuchsia bushes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were many people and cars at the parking lot. Hitchhiking was no problem at this time of the year.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Frank RR 3 days 29-31/12/2023&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. I got the bus to San Juan. Last stop is @ Rio Santa Maria (the stop is marked on OSM)  Not much traffic @ 9AM so I walked 8KM to the roadhead.  On the road there is a house with some boats.  A big dog came out &amp;amp; started attacking me but 4 people came along &amp;amp; when in a group he retreated.  Easy walking to the hut. Saw a whale, some penguins &amp;amp; dolphins near the lighthouse. The first river is v. easy, I was able to jump it.  2nd &amp;amp; 3rd river crossings were both easy &amp;amp; knee deep within 90 minutes of low tide.  There are sticks marking the crossings. Cross about half way between the sticks &amp;amp; the sea. &lt;br /&gt;
The 3rd crossing is a little shallower than 2nd but can be harder as it flows faster. Approaching the third crossing there are two small basic sheds on the beach, good for a break but not sleeping. 300M after the sheds a route going into the forest is marked. At low or mid tide it's easier to stay on the shore. There are some rocks but it's easier than navigating the maze of fallen trees. The forest route may be better @ high tide.  &lt;br /&gt;
Camped after the 3rd crossing.  The water @ 1st river is good. 2nd &amp;amp; 3rd river water needs to be filtered. It was still green after filtering but tasted OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Continued to the cape. Stayed on the coast all the way apart from one place where it cliffs out &amp;amp; you do a short workaround on ropes &amp;amp; fallen trees.  The shore is mostly rock, not difficult by GPT standards but it's slow going, about 2KMPH. Good trail up from last campsite on the 300M ascent to cross. Several small streams along the way. I returned to the 3rd &amp;amp; 2nd rivers &amp;amp; crossed both easily near low tide. Crossed the 2nd @ 10PM &amp;amp; camped after the crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tired after 2 long days. Had a long break @ the hut &amp;amp; walked easily out to the road. After a few KM I hitched to Punta Arenas. Lots of people camping &amp;amp; cooking asados as it was new years eve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the 3rd camp he ripped a tent &amp;amp; punctured a sleeping mat when only food wrappers were inside.  He also snatched food hung too low from a tree.  &lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation:  If you go from 3rd camp to cape on daytrip, take all your food &amp;amp; rubbish with you. Take down tent &amp;amp; hang your gear as high as you can in a tree. If it has no traces of food it will be OK. There was some rope @ Camp 3 (after the crossing) but best to bring 10M of light cord with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  2023-04-12 to 2023-04-16 / 5 days / Hiking / Circuit SOBO &amp;amp; NOBO / RR from km 19.7 there and back / Jakub &amp;amp; Veronika&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked this beautiful and remote trail from and to the parking lot. The trail is hard, especially in the humid weather (the stones on the beaches are more slippery further you get), but there are no problems with the orientation on the trail, you just need to follow the track files when you're not sure, where to next. Usually you can choose between walking on the beach (low tide) and forest path closer or further from the shore (hight tide). We recommend to take the further one at least ones so you see the endless peatbogs with miniatures of Chilean cyprus trees (here the late season and morning frost helps with harder surface) and deep Andean primary forrest. The thing that complicates all is tide. You NEED to have tide charts with you (see below). Sleeping is easy, puesto serves for the first night just fine with still usable stove and benches to sleep on (if anybody could provide an ax, please do it, it would be a great help to others 😉 and camsites are on both sides of all rivers and even in the middle of them. Last but not least, we have one personal wish, when you walk this hike, have spare plastic bags to collect some rubbish. The first puesto and all the campsites suffer from tourist and fishermen waste. We tried our best, but there is much more to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For tide forecast see Links to other Resources below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 to 9 March 2023 / Véronica / GPT50 RR out and back / 3.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
An absolutely beautiful section and fitting end to my GPT journey. I was fortunate to hike it with mostly good weather, although it was cold and sometimes difficult to warm up after fording the rivers, which can only be crossed during low tide. I had the tide charts for Punta Arenas downloaded, and carried some extra food in case I got stuck at the river crossings and had to wait out low tide. I went during the full moon and so got two low tides during daylight hours — in the mornings around 9 a.m., and then in the evenings around 8 p.m. I always timed my crossing of the rivers with the lowest tide. &lt;br /&gt;
I found it easy to hitchhike from Punta Arenas to the end of the road at Punta Árbol. The route is relatively straightforward to follow along the beach, or coastal forest, or peat bogs until you reach the third river.&lt;br /&gt;
There is a refuge right before the first river with loads of delicious raspberry bushes. It also would be a good place to sleep or wait out bad weather. It has a couple of platforms to use as beds, a wooden table, and a small woodstove.&lt;br /&gt;
The first river (Río Yumbel, km 31.3) is easy to cross at both high and low tides. You can cross either at the mouth of the river where it meets the Strait, or further upstream behind a log dam, where water levels only reach your shins. &lt;br /&gt;
The second river (Río San Nicolás, km 38.7) is the deepest of the rivers. At low tide the water went to my upper thighs, and the second time I crossed (on the return) it went up to my waist (I'm 165 cm). There are sticks planted in the sandbars that serve as good markers for the shallowest place to cross. &lt;br /&gt;
The third river (Río Nodales, km 46.6) went up just past my knees. Some people leave their tents and most of their gear at Río Nodales and head to the Cape with a day pack, but I preferred to bring all my things due to tide timings and to have the freedom to camp where I wanted. (There have also been reports of foxes destroying unoccupied tents in search for food, even if no food was left inside.)&lt;br /&gt;
After Río Nodales, the terrain gets more adventurous. Lots of climbing over (or under) fallen trees on the beach, or on slippery rocks and minor cliffs. But perfectly doable. There is only one time where you have to go into the woods and use some fixed ropes to climb over some steep terrain, otherwise I reccomend sticking to the beach. Even if it can be slow going, it is better than bushwhacking through the thick rainforest. There is a great campsite at the base of the climb to the Cruz de los Mares. The trail up to the cross is well-marked and has some metal steps going up the steepest parts. &lt;br /&gt;
All in all, it was a wonderful hike, I saw lots of marine life and birds, and it was a fun challenge to walk according to the rhythm of the tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day I started around 12:30 p.m. and camped on the south side of the second river, right after crossing it at low tide around 7:30 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
The second day was long — I got up early to get to the third river for low tide at 8:45 a.m. I crossed it and hiked to the Cape and the cross. Then I walked back and camped on the north side of the third river after crossing it at low tide (around 8 p.m.)&lt;br /&gt;
The third day I got up early again to cross the second river at low tide (9 a.m.). I could have walked all the way back to the trailhead that day, but the weather was so beautiful that I wanted to spend one last night on the trail, so I camped at Bahía El Águila, just a few km south of the lighthouse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SoBo/ February 23/ Participants: Tobias Schorcht, Toni, Laura/ 8 Days/ 166 Kilometer/ Method: Packrafting (Option Río San Juan)&lt;br /&gt;
Walked from Punta Arenas to Capo Froward and back to the beginning of the trail. There is a bus going twice a day to San Juan and back, but hitchhiking was faster. The water level of Rio San Juan is not suitable for packrafting by now. The upper part needs at least 4 times more water. Might be possible in winter/spring. After the confluence with Río Sur packrafting is possible. I had to made my way through the bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
You find information about capo froward trail online, but I would like to point out 3 things: &lt;br /&gt;
1. We had to light fire several times in very wet conditions to get warm again.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Río San Nicolas and Río Nodales can only be crossed with low tide. We used the packraf twice to cross with high tide.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some parts of the rocky beaches can also only be crossed with low tide. &lt;br /&gt;
The trail is adventurous and remote. We saw dolfins, sea lions, whales and many different kind of birds. Trail and camps are free of charge. It might change when it gets a National Park. A clear recommendation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tide-forecast.com/locations/Punta-Arenas-Chile/tides/latest&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo: | ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114347</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114347"/>
				<updated>2024-02-22T21:18:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-15 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114314</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114314"/>
				<updated>2024-02-18T22:50:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-15 / 3 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114313</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114313"/>
				<updated>2024-02-18T22:50:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-15 / 3 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114312</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=114312"/>
				<updated>2024-02-18T22:49:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2023-Jan-15 / 3 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT39_(Monte_Fitzroy)&amp;diff=114311</id>
		<title>GPT39 (Monte Fitzroy)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT39_(Monte_Fitzroy)&amp;diff=114311"/>
				<updated>2024-02-18T22:32:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2023-Jan-13 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Option 2A / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. The free camping at gendarmeria argentina was indeed my most favourite 'official' camping spot of the entire GPT. Amazing view on Mt Fitz Roy in the evening! Talk to the gendarmeria. They might help organize boat transfer with a local farmer even outside the official hours. Tooked the motorboat in the morning, as wind was too strong to cross by packraft. Packrafting Rio de las vueltas was fun. Swift blue river which might a perfect packrafting river for beginners as there are no major obstacles. After every bend new stunning views on Mt Fitz Roy. Bring fishing equipment - a lot of trouts in there. I did not went for the lower part, but easily catched a ride via option 2A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-03 / 1 day / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We camped by the border control. It was raining all night and still in the morning but we decided to do the hike along Laguna Desierto. Surprisingly it wasn't as muddy and slippery as we expected but of course the streams were pretty big and everything got absolutely soaked during the rain. We reached the other end of the lake in less than three hours and there were lots of cars and tourists there. No phone signal. We started hiking along the road and after 5km got a ride to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ferry doesn't go on Wednesdays, on Thursday it went at 11am from the side of the border control. Not sure of the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-16 to 2023-Dec-19 / 3.5 days / NOBO / El Chaltén - Lago del desierto / RR/ Alex &amp;amp; Christophe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was a well marked section with amazing views. You nearly don't need your gps during the entire section and can enjoy the beautiful landscape. It felt like an easy first section for us. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail to Laguna torre was full of people but once we turned out of it, it was really ok.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The road walking between puente del río electrico and lago del desierto wasn't the most interesting but everything is better with a nice view!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 Anh OH-TL-V + RH-TL-V (Lago del Desierto)&lt;br /&gt;
OH-TL-V is easy for Gpt hikers. The trails are easy to find. Just for the left trail of Laguna Torre you have to rent Harness to cross river via Tyrolean traverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RH-TL-V along Lago del Desierto is easy to hike, official you should plan 6 hours. I just needed 4.5 hours (slow-normal speed) with heavy backpack (10 days food). Alternatively you can pay 55 USD (one way) for the ferry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-19 to 2023-Mar-20 / 2 days / NOBO / El Chalten to Paso Fronterizo del Lago del desierto / Jess&amp;amp;Paco&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easy and wonderfull section especially the trail from lago Torre to Poincenot Camp passing by Lagos Madre e Hija. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be carefull after leaving the national park camping El pilar and Laguna Condor are quite expensive. Laguna Condor even refused a group of 5 mochileros without reservation we met the day after. Also the camping Ricanor seems definively closed and the land is to sale. Pitching your tent in the nearby forest is possible but not really authorised. It can be tolerated. But like in the National park and the majority of campsite indicated on the GPT tracks absolutly no fires is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can by snacks at the camping on the southern shore of Lago del desierto but it is not a good resuply spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-23 to 2023-Mar-26 / 4 days / SOBO / Lago del Desierto - El Chaltén / RR + option 1 + variant B / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What a contrast arriving from the last section without meeting anybody. At the southern end of Lago del Desierto there are lots of tourists. We continued from there around 3 p.m., when people slowly started to come back from their day trips. Our timing proved to be pretty good, because we got a ride after walking for a couple of minutes. There is also a bus to El Chaltén leaving atound 4 p.m. for 3.500 pesos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The car dropped us at the bridge at km 31.8 where option 1 starts. That night we camped somewhere between the rocks next to the trail around km 8. Camping at Piedra del Fraile is 3.000 pesos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we knew it would rain in the afternoon so we got up early at sunrise, left our backpacks behind and went up to km 12.3 to get a nice view of the glacier. When the rain started, we fled to the hut at Piedra del Fraile to wait until it passes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one is short in time, we would recommend to skip this glacier, because the other options of GPT 39 are definitely more spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We loved the detour to Laguna Piedra blanca. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the horror stories of mice at the official campgrounds, we decided to stay away and camped approx. 1km away from the campsite &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Poincenot&amp;quot; that night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we got up early to see the sunrise at Lago de los Tres, which was beautiful, even though there were way more people than expected for sunrise ;) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Up there we saw one possible camping spot surrounded by a stone wall. With strong wind it's probably not the best shelter though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stretch to Laguna Torre is amazing. When we arrived there we could enjoy the spectacular view with sunny, windless weather for a while, before it suddenly got extremly windy and everyone looked for a shelter behind some rocks. We decided to return to the woods, camped there and wanted to continue with the options around Laguna Torre the next day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we went up to Laguna Torre the wind still was extremely strong and unfortunately all mountains were covered by clouds, so we quickly continued to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-7 to 2023-Mar-14 / 2.5 days / SOBO / RR + Option 1 / Lago Desierto - El Chaltén / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section offers lot of impressive views of snowy peaks, turquoise rivers and glaciers - if one has the luck of a good weather. If you are going SOBO and want to do the weather-sensitive GPT40 afterwards, one way to reduce potential waiting days is to pause GPT39 once you get across Lago Desierto and hitchhike to El Chalten. This allows you to consult rangers in El Chalten about a good weather window for The Huemul Circuit (GPT40). You can complete the remainder of GPT39 while waiting for the weather window or after you have finished GPT40. I was on a relatively tight schedule and this strategy has worked well for me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from the Argentinian checkpoint at Lago Desierto around midday, I did the lake stretch in the afternoon (took me around 5 hours) and camped at the official campsite at the other side of the lake. The rates were 3,000 Argentinian pesos per person. They have hot water but the pressure is really really bad. They also have a new common room (more like a big refugio) where you can cook and recharge devices (if you have the argentian plug, which I didn’t). The campsite also sels some biscuits, chips etc. There was also a big restaurant bulding, however, it closed at 6pm so I didn’t have a chance to check it out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day I walked the road to the point where the trail branches off the road (km38.0). The road was quite scenic but in a hindsight the trail after km38.0 felt much more beautiful. Once you get closer to the trailhead you can observe the monumental Fitz Roy peak, weather permiting. In my case the forecast predicted rain all day. However, at noon the sky suddenly opened and after five gray days granted me beautiful views. This made me to change my strategy and hitch to El Chaltén from the crossroad (km38) hoping that I will be able to use this good weather window for the Huemul circuit (GPT40). This has indeed worked out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hitched back to the crossroad (km38.0) few days later and continued with Option 1 (Laguna Piedras Blancas - L. De Los Tres - L. Torre - El Chaltén) with light backpack in a single day as I was short on time. I would prefer to spend at least two days on this portiom, exploring the lagunas further away. Very scenic and mantained trails in general. Easy to jog some parts for those who enjoy trail running.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-17 to 2023-Feb-20 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / also all the optional routes to the various lagunas on the way to El Chaltén / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Lago Del Desierto - Río Las Vueltas - resupply in El Chaltén - Lagos Eléctrico y Marconi - Lago Piedras Blancas - Lago de los Tres - Lago Torre &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If packrafting Lago Desierto, consult the Gendarmaria for advice about current wind conditions. We can't speak about the trail or paddling along most of Lago del Desierto, thanks to a special encounter with a trail magician with a motorboat. We camped that night in a sheltered cove with a fantastic view of Monte Fitz Roy. The next morning, I walked ~3km to the south side of the lake while Zach packrafted down with a tailwind. We learned the ferry crosses the lake from south to north on Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday at 10 a.m., and returns from north to south those same days at 11 a.m. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We walked a scenic dirt road to the put-in for Río de las Vueltas. From there, Zach packrafted and I walked the road. There were no signs along the river prohibiting paddling, but we heard you need a permit to go all the way into El Chaltén. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We resupplied in El Chaltén that evening, then the next morning hitched back up to Bridge, X {39} [31.7/449], where Option 1 starts. For the next three days, we walked beautiful, well-maintained trails to the lagunas and viewpoints in the vicinity of Monte Fitz Roy. Most of them are out-and-back, and you can easily stash your backpack and walk unencumbered to the glaciers and lakes. Note: Option 39-E requires a harness to cross on a Tyrolean cable, or a burly ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-29 to 2023-Jan-01 / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Well marked trails. Very busy on sunny days, Incredibly dusty camp sites in high winds (but nicely sheltered)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Really sad amount of rubbish around the trail. Maybe because of this reason mice are a real proplem around the camp sites. *Secure food* (we have taken to sleeping with all food in the main compartment of our tent and don't trust drysacks and backpacks alone to protect). We picked up the bits we could carry but sad to see. Worst littering we have seen anywhere in Patagonia. Wished I had a bigger trash bag to pick up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;We walked a very leisurely 3 night loop with side trails in high winds whilst waiting for a weather window for GPT40. Then hitchhiked up to rejoin the trail at Lago Desertio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;To avoid the crowds, the popular miadors we walked to at odd times of day, sunset for the 'sunrise' veiw. Very much Worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-09 to 2022-Dec-11 / 2 half days &amp;amp; 1 full day walking / SOBO / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I came from Candelario Mansilla &amp;amp; continued on the trail round Laguna del Desierto the same day.  It was slow going around the lake with lots of up &amp;amp; down over bluffs.  At the end of the lake I crossed over a bridge (inflow stream for the lake) Just after the bridge there is a restaurant, (closed in the evening), campsite &amp;amp; hut.  I stayed in the hut (no beds but in good condition, slept on the wooden floor)  From the campsite a trail goes up to Laguna Huemul, about 1 hour up.  A worthwhile detour with good views of Glaciar Huemul. Next day I continued on the road then on the trail towards Laguna de los Tres.  The high campsite was very busy &amp;amp; noisy so I continued down to Laguna Capri &amp;amp; camped there, better but still noisy.  Lots of people on the trail also, a big change to the previous sections. From Laguna Capri I continued easily down to El Chalten. 2 half days &amp;amp; 1 full day walking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-18 / NOBO / Oreste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The campground Ricanor near to Laguna Azul was close for maintenance when I passed there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-16 / NOBO / Oreste Marquis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two first day were on the regular route. Could not see the Fotz Roy from close because of the cloud but still enjoyable route. I hitchike at the end of the second day and did not walk on the road to Lago del desierto because the camping Ricanor nesr to Laguna Azul was close for maintenance so I camp at the one close to the Lago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec / 2 days / NOBO / Matthieu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail easy to follow for the parts in the wood before the road. Long road to The Lago Desierto, and a possibility to take a boat on the Lago to join the post of Gendarmeria. The walk by the lake is beautiful though, worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No special difficulties. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-14 / Arnaud et Adriane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was a very rainy, windy and cold day so we walked to the road 12km (along the lago del desierto) and after 6 km on the road, we finished hitchhiking directly to El Chalten. Everything was covered with clouds so we sadly saw nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-9 / 2 days / Regular hiking route / NOBO / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highlight of this section for us was visiting all the lagunas in the national park! We cheated and hitch hiked along the road when we hit it after El Pilar. It was not difficult to get a car in the morning when tourists are heading out to Lago Desierto; it might be harder to find one northbound in the evening would be my guess. It's necessary to pay to camp at Desierto, 800 Argentinian Pesos each, and it is not allowed to camp along the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
Section GPT39 begins on the northern bank of Lago del Desierto. According to the Gendarmería, the Argentine Border Control, the wind patterns on the lake are unpredictable and shift frequently. There is also no good access to the trail on the east side if bailing becomes a necessity, so have caution when deciding whether to packraft or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: Lago del Desierto is an innocent looking beast. While very calm at the put in heavy wind at the middle of the lake can make a traverse demanding and dangerous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a well-established trail that runs along the east side of the lake. However, it isn’t flat, and the 11 or so kilometers takes longer than expected. There is an option to take a ferry across the lake which is popular with Carretera Austral bicyclers. More information regarding times and prices can be found at the Argentine border control station on the north side of Lago del Desierto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hungry hikers are rewarded when they reach the south end of the lake. A burger stand with some snack options is located here along with an established campground with showers, flush toilets, and a communal kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walk along RP23, a gravel road, for several kilometers until reaching the put-in for the packrafting section of Río de las Vueltas, which is a sloped rocky beach. The serpentine river section before Lago Condor is fairly swift with no rapids, only some wooden snags. After Lago Condor, the river widens and forms many braided channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternate: Instead of exiting Río de las Vueltas onto RP23 as shown by the GPS track, we floated the river al the way to El Chaltén and took out just after the bridge crossing east of the town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck:&lt;br /&gt;
To my knowledge packrafting the Rio de las Vueltas all the way to El Chalten requires a permit by the park rangers. Without this permit park rangers might get very nasty and may even confiscate your packraft. So better leave the river before this river enters the national park. Packraft track OP-RI-1@39-02-# only if you have a permit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*El Chaltén is a medium sized town with several hostels, restaurants, and decent resupply options. There were also a few outdoor gear outfitters which offered rentals for the famous Huemul Circuit (GPT40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Jess&amp;amp;Paco&lt;br /&gt;
You can by snacks at the camping on the southern shore of Lago del desierto but it is not a good resuply spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT39 - Monte Fitz Roy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT38_(Glaciar_Chico)&amp;diff=113835</id>
		<title>GPT38 (Glaciar Chico)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT38_(Glaciar_Chico)&amp;diff=113835"/>
				<updated>2024-01-27T22:19:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-6 / 7 day / Hiking + Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Option 2 + Option 1/ Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add to the previous posts. Stunning route. A packraft is indeed really useful here as Don Lucho was not around when I crossed the river at his farm the first time. I waited two days for wind to calm down at perfectly wind protected camp {38} [32.1/744] (which I found superior to the other nearby campspot) but strong gale did not allowed me to pass beyond Viewpoint {38} [35.6/874]. Absolut impossible in that conditions. So I returned on the 3 day. I asked Don Lucho if he can notify carabinieros via radio that I will be delayed, which worked. I toked option 2 to return to Candelario Manzillo. Track is not the best from time to time. Stay close to GPT route as off trail might take much more longer. Good camp spots at the two abandoned settlers places and a really beautiful one at a turquoise river at S 48° 50.470’ W 072° 51.272’. There is no water after Port {38-02} [7.1/270] (Bahia Esmeralda) including second abandoned settler place. You might consider climbing down to the lake here to get water. Got my exit stamp at candelario manzillo and toked expensive transit (30,000$) by car to the border (option 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2024-01-01 to 2023-01-03 // 3 days // Hiking // NOBO // RR + OPT1 + OPT2 // Quentin Clavel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same story as previous contributions here, the customs officers (who were very nice by the way) said it was impossible to do the RR as I will be in illegal situation. &lt;br /&gt;
If it would be only the illegality stuff, it wouldn't have been a problem, but the thing is that rhet communicate with the Chilean side, and if you're not on the other side after one day they engage research, what I absolutely want to avoid, that people have to commit material, technical or human resources simply for or because of me. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means if you want to explore glaciar chico or around : &lt;br /&gt;
Going NOBO : you first have to go straight from ARG border to CH border, stamp your passport and then go explore the area.&lt;br /&gt;
Going SOBO : explaining your expedition to the border but don't stamp your passport. Do your exploration, then come back to the CH border, stamp your passport and then go straight to ARG border.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So from ARG border, I've been straight to the Chilean side. Then I said them that I wanted to explore the area near glaciar Chico. The carabineros agreed, but before letting me go, I had to fill a form to describe my expedition, my emergencies contacts, the number of days I planned to go, numbers of days of food I had, and took me in picture. I was surprised about the picture but he said to me that it was just in case of disappearance to be able to publish a wanted notice. Perfect aha ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, I backtracked until the junction tu &amp;quot;La península&amp;quot; then engage myself on this nice track. Had to cross 3 easy rivers, and have been scratched numerous times by the bush which took over at the end of the trail, which was not easy to follow by the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The views on Lago O'Higgins were absolutely outstanding ! Glaciar Chico was a bit faraway, but still nice to see as well!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I arrived to la peninsula and walked till the estencia la Carmelia, Trying to have the attention of the settler, at the estencia la Carmelia. But seems like that he was not there. So I had to backtrack and not go on the GPT37P option 16 to glaciar O'Higgins. Pretty disappointed about that, would have been amazing to have a packraft at this time.... Anyway. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I backtrack the peninsula, then took the option 2 (Lago Costa). That was a very good decision, the views are stunning (again more at the end, when you arrive near the border). But track is not easy to find at all. We must congratulate the wild animals who created an incredible labyrinth of trails up there ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge announced as destroyed is the one 400m from the border, above Rio Obstaculo. I looked at its condition 3 days before when I was at the border, to find out if it was feasible. and it was, that's why I decided to take this route. And didn't regretted it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-02 / 1 day / Hiking / SOBO / RR+option 1 / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We arrived early morning at Candelario Manzilla, had no issues at the border control (we had our Salvaconducto). We did ask - just in case - if we could do the loop hike but the officer said the only way to hike the RR is to not exit Chile, hike out towards the west and then backtrack to the Chilean border control. The 21 km hike to the Argentinian border was easy, except for all the touristas with the bicycles😂. When it started chucking rain down we decided to camp there. Rained hard all night but no wind. There is a toilet for turistas and behind it a covered shelter with tables and benches, which was nice during rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT38 / Option 4 (Campo Hielo Sur: Glaciar Chico to Circo de los Altares and back) / 6 days Hiking on Glaciers with Mountain Guide / 2023-Dec-29 to 2024-Jan-03 / Meylin, Masha, Misha, Jan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We planned this guided tour onto the Southern Patagonian Icefield several months in advance. We arranged this tour with the mountain guide Leo Muñoz (leoskatan@hotmail.com, WhatsApp +56 9 6904 9561) who knows the Northern and the Southern Patagonian Icefield very well and who lives with his family next to Glacier O’Higgins on the shore of Lago O’Higgins about 70 boat kilometers from Villa O’Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We agreed in November 2023 to make an attempt somewhen in the first half of January of 2024 as soon as the weather forecast promises a decent weather window. On December 25 Leo suggested to start on December 29 as wind and precipitation forecast predicted 6 decent days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: We met in the afternoon at Lago Chico (where Lago Chico drains into Lago O’Higgins), continued by boat on Lago Chico to an island that is partially covered by Glacier Chico, pulled the boat up into a safe location and started right on Glacier Chico. We reached in the evening the first refuge (Refugio Pantoja). Starting right on the glacier avoided an otherwise demanding river crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: In a long day we reached the third refuge (Refugio Garcia Soto). We walked mostly on Glacier Chico but in areas where this glacier is steep and with deep cracks we left the glacier and walked in rocky terrain. In this terrain is also the second refuge (Refugio Piedra Roja) where we stopped for lunch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: In a demanding day we walked over the icefield to Circo los Altares. The wet snow covered all cracks of the icefield but made walking tiresome. For safety reasons we walked the entire distance roped together (2 groups of 3 persons linked together). We camped one night at Circo los Altares and enjoyed a good view of Cerro Torres in the evening and morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: In a similar tiresome day we returned to Refugio Garcia Soto. We arrived around 2 pm in afternoon what permitted a good rest. This refuge offers ample space and is a good place to wait a day or two if the weather makes this necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: We returned to the first refuge (Refugio Pantoja). If necessary we might have returned to the boat on the sane day but the good weather forecast for the next day made such an effort unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6: On a short morning we returned on glacier Chico to the boat, packed our gear into the boat and travelled by boat to our guides home (Rio Condor). On the way we stopped briefly at a settlers home (La Carmela) to purchase a lamb for a Patagonian asado al palo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Leaving the exact start date open was perfect as it permitted our guide to choose a descent weather window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In case of a shorter weather window a shorter route could have been chosen (in example to Refuigo Garcia Soto only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. This was our first experience walking on glaciers but this was perfectly feasible with our experienced guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Boat safety regulations on Lago O’Higgins required our mountain guide to do the boat trip with a second person that has motor boat license. Therefore a second guide accompanied us. This added safety but also cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Returning with the mountain guide to his home at Rio Condor before continuing by packraft is an experience on its own and lift the entire trip to a higher level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. We send some of the required equipment in advance to our mountain guide but he would have been able to equip up to 6 persons with his gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copied from Jan's Facebook post December 2023: &amp;quot;GPT38: Border Crossing: Candelario Mancilla (CL) - Lago El Desierto (AR)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now learned that both border controls speak to each other and exchange how many persons crossed the border and are meant to arrive on the other side. If a person does not arrive within 2 days a search is initiated. Therefore it is not any more possible to hike the longer more scenic route between collecting the exit and entry stamps of both countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all hikers must take the direct route (see image red line) and visit the more scenic parts around Lago Chico and Peninsula La Carmela either before exiting Chile or after collecting the Chilean entry stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you might openly explain your plans and try to get an official approval but this seams quite unlikely.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Dec-20 to 2023-Dec-20 / 1 day/ NOBO / Lago del desierto - Candelario Mancilla/ Option 1/ Alex &amp;amp; Christophe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since you have to collect your exit and entry stamp on the same day, we took the fastest way between the two border controls. Once we finished with the formalities on the chilean side, one boat for Villa O'Higgins was waiting for us. I think we got lucky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to go to glaciar chico, you have to go to Candelario Mancilla and then, go and back to the glacier, all on the chilean side. Passo del diablo is a forbidden pass to cross the border between Argentina and Chile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-12-10 to 13 Fangwen and Tobi / 4 days / NOBO / Hiking from Candelario Mansilla to Don Lucho peninsula and back&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was an enjoyable hike with good views! When we came from Argentina, it rained a lot, and was very muddy. We stayed at the campsite at Candelario Mansilla for one night and went Westbound on the regular route, crossing the river shortly after the beginning of the trail at km7. After the substantial rainfall, it was almost waist deep, but crossable with caution. The pass towards the abandoned settler home at km23.5 was quite muddy again, and in the last bit of the descent, the trail was overgrown and required attention to not lose. We camped outside the hut. The next day we went on part of Option 37P-16 as a day trip. We headed to the river (outflow of Lago Chico) and waited for the settler Don Lucho to notice us and to ferry us to the other side using his boat. This worked finally, after waiting for almost 3h. We did a nice trip up to the pass and followed one of the many horse trails to some mountain lakes and viewpoints. We let Don Lucho ferry us back to camp and headed back the next day. After two days of dry weather, the previously problematic river was now easily passable, with water at knee level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logistics: We combined sections 38 and 37 on our NOBO trip. We carried a lot of food with us from Argentina: enough for 38, 37 and to be able to spend a few days in Candelario Mansilla in case the ferry is delayed due to bad weather. We decided against road walking with heavy packs, and arranged for Ricardo (WhatsApp +56 9 9126 7007), who runs the campground at Candelario Mansilla, to pick us up from the border by car. Ricardo is a very nice guy, and we stayed in his hostel after registering at the border checkpoint. The hostel was 15.000 CLP per person, the pickup from the border 20.000 for two people and the drop-off at the junction (X {38-01} at km0) 10.000 for two people. In high season he might not have time or charge more. Don Lucho asked for 10.000 for the return trip for the two of us.&lt;br /&gt;
I believe that Ricardo puts you in the first-come-first-served queue for the ferry from Candelario Mansilla when you first arrive there -- but I'm not even sure if there is even an official queue (in our case, the ferry was not full, so it didn't matter). When Ricardo drove us to the junction, he also made us register our hiking plans with border guards. The guards wanted to see that we are sufficiently prepared. We showed them our GPS and inReach, but they were most wow-ed by the locus maps app with the GPT track files and kept asking where they could get such a detailed map of the area ;-).&lt;br /&gt;
For the logistics regarding section 37, see our trip report on [[GPT37H|that wiki page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 Ahn, Warning between exit &amp;amp; entry: &lt;br /&gt;
You have to reach the other border control within one day, since recently both border controls compare the data every day.&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not arrive within one day, they (both border controls) will really go looking for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-12-04 Anh / 3 days / NOBO / RR + OH-TL-V + RP-TL-V&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: After the exit stamp from the Argentinian border control in Lago del Desierto, I turned left to RR to Lago Diablo. The path is sometimes hard to find and with my heavy backpack I couldn‘t hike fast. I had to cross the stream twice without shoes. But it was no problem (knee-deep, good weather). After Lago Diablo I turned left via OH-TL-V to Glacier Chico. I did not find the camp {38-03} [1.8/878].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Back to RH-TL-V towards the connecting channel to Glaciar O'Higgins. The trail was a little easier to find, but not better to walk because hardly anyone had walked it in recent years.&lt;br /&gt;
Settler {38} [23.5/261] in the intersection is no longer inhabited, but the owner has a sign in front of the house. He allows free camping on his property and possibly even overnight stays in the house (with kitchen).&lt;br /&gt;
But I go on to Settler {38} [25.3/268] to cross the connecting channel by boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was already 5:00PM and I just wanted to set up my tent &amp;amp; enjoy the evening quietly. At that moment, a motorboat with 3 men with backpacks arrived. They were not tourists, but border guards (carabineros). They were not pleasant at first. I understood from their Spanish that they were looking for me and that I was not allowed to be here. For the first time on this trip, I was lucky that I couldn't speak any Spanish and they couldn't speak any English. Otherwise they would be angry!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was able to explain with place names that I was not a criminal but a hiker. They had a long discussion in the house and in the end they said that I didn't have to come to the border station right now, but that they would come with me to Glaciar O'Higgins immediately!&lt;br /&gt;
After a long day from Glaciar Chico, I didn't want to hike 7km up with 600Hm, but I had no other choice. So we started at 6:00 PM, the settler owner went ahead and the 3 young border guards climbed the mountain with full energy ahead, me behind. It was good that I don't usually run at my limit and still had a day's reserve at that moment. The 3 carabineros asked me from time to time how I was doing and whether I needed help -&amp;gt; very nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 4km, the settler owner explained that it would soon be dark and he had to go back. He showed the Carabineros the way back on the (somewhat outdated) paper map. The Carabineros have the best modern equipment (GoreTex, expedition tent...) but no GPS navigation device and don't know the way. With my GPS navigation device, we became a team and had a lot of fun all the way to camp.&lt;br /&gt;
The atmosphere around the campfire was much more relaxed. It turned out that they had taken a lot of food with them to look for me, but had left it behind in the settler. So of course I had cooked for them, it was really delicious and after a hike it was even better than usual. The 3 Carabineros said they had never eaten so well. We enjoyed the sunset at Glaciar O'Higgins together and laughed into the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: At 7:00 AM, just like the military, we continued on RP-TL-V towards the pass. It was great fun with my 3 new friends and the views with the best weather were simply magnificent. However, 2km before the pass, my Carabineros wanted to go back because they now consider the hike to be strenuous and with respect. It's a pity but they are in charge despite their new friendship! I'm still very happy that they found me, it was an unforgettable experience! We were able to help each other, they are 3 cool and very very helpful Carabinos.&lt;br /&gt;
RP-TL-V is easy for GPT hikers, much easier than the other two sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to the settler they had called the patrol boat by radio and we went to Candelario Mancilla with the very modern and super stable HiTech boat. I got my entry stamps and was even invited to dinner at the border control station. After that I ended up in Villa O'Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
It was a bit of a shame to break off GPT38 like that, but I will never forget the best moments and the 3 new Carabineros friends. I'm starting to love GPT now!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Apr-19 to 2023-Apr-21 / 3 days / RR / SOBO / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful section! The detour to Glaciar Chico is definitely worth it, and so is the viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day, starting around 8 AM, we passed the border control without any problem, and followed the trail in quite good pace to the pass. It was very windy there in our case, but there are places to hide. The trail is pretty clear all the time. This changes during the descent down to the peninsula, where you need to look carefully at the navigation as the path divides into different directions. Marked camp on the peninsula looked like a good place to stay, but we decided to do some more and continued for about 4 km. We camped in the forest, where we were able to find a few spots almost without wind, but in more extreme conditions it might be harder to find a 100% safe place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next day we continued and left our backpacks in the forest to go check the viewpoint. It took us a little over 3 hrs + some time for the photos etc. The trail is very easy to follow and except of the beginning and end its not even that windy. If the weather is not the best or you don’t have time, we would recommend to do at least first few hundred meters of the optional trail to get better view of the glacier and floating icebergs. Back on the RR we made a little less than half of the way to the border control and again camped in the forest. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last day was all about forest walking. First views of the Fitz Roy on the way to the border control. There, the officer noticed the old stamp and asked where we stayed, but was probably just curious and had no problem with our honest answer about doing the detour and camping in the forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-20 to 2023-Mar-22 / SOBO / RR + option 4 / Villa O'Higgins - Lago del Desierto / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section, one of our favourites so far!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In march and april the ferry that crosses Lago O'Higgins only leaves twice a week, which is mondays and thursdays at 8 a.m. (company Las Ruedas, reservation possible via whatsapp +56 966278836).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started with seven days worth of food, because we planned to go to El Chaltén without a resupply (GPT 38+39 with all options).&lt;br /&gt;
The weather was great on our first day and after we got through the border control we started walking around 11:15 a.m.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is in a pretty good condition. Your feet will get wet though. With the nice weather and the good trail we camped at km 21 in the forest close to the stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the trail becomes gradually a bit worse and we had to do some BB and CC along the lake. At the junction with option 4 we left our packs and went to the mirador. We had good weather and the view from up there is amazing. We highly recommend doing it, if the weather is good. Then we went back down again and camped in the forest at the junction. There is a stream close by to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail becomes super good again once you reach the settler at Lago del Desierto. The border control was fast and the staff was really friendly. We continued along the lake. At some point it started to rain, so we camped next to a stream at approx. km 4.6. At km 4.3 there would have been a more rain and wind protected camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we had a great view of Fitz Roy in the morning sun. We arrived at the other side around 10 a.m. There is no bus leaving around this hour, opposite of what the gendarm at the border told us. All the buses/cars leave in the afternoon around 4 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
We made a break at the restaurant and enjoyed a warming mate tea before we continued to section 39.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-16 to 2023-Mar-20 / 4 days / SOBO / RR + option 5 / Louis &amp;amp; Rémi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at Candelario Mansilla and we wanted to go in front of the Glaciar O'Higgins following the lake with option 5 and then option 2. Option 5 is really worth it, views all along the lake are incredible, I highly recommend it. We slept near the Settler @km 17.8, nobody was there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we tried to cross this water canal between Lago O'Higgins and Lago Chico, but it is unfordable, you have to yell for the settler who lives on the other side. We did, we saw him, but he didnt come... So we slept next to the settler @km 23.5 on RR and we tried the 3rd day too but still nobody to help us to cross. Well, I think this settler isnt reliable if you wanna do option 2 without a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we continued our way to Argentina, sleeping @km 31.4 (the puesto is more than abandonned, it is destroyed but it is flat and there is no wind).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This portion provide a nice view of the Glaciar Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next we went directly to the Argentinian border and we didn't have any problem to get the stamp on our passports. We slept there, it is free, there is nobody and the view of the Fitz Roy above the Lago del Desierto is definitely worth it !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-04 to 2023-Mar-07 / 3.5 days / SOBO / RR + Option 4 / Candelario Mansilla - Lago Desierto / Ondrej&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wasn’t lucky with the weather so this section turned out into rainy, muddy and snowy feat for me. It felt remote and adventurous. If I could choose I would do at least the second day in a good weather to enjoy the views. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day, I got dropped of by the boat at Candelario Marcilla around 10am. Getting the stamp from Chilean carabineros took longer than expected, around one hour. A number of hikers accumulated there and the carabineros said that we have wait for them to upload our names to the system(?). Then they just asked for my occupation and gave me the exit stamp. I then hiked the stretch on the main road, forded Rio Obstaculo right after (the deepest ford on the section I would say, it was easy even after a day of rain) and then over the pass. At the pass you will come into a long flat valley which in my case started turning into a big muddy/swampy plain. It also started snowing. The falling wet snow and the soaky trails pushed the hike to the boundaries of my comfort limits (but still manageable). I camped at the Settler waypoint (km23.5). According to a person running a hostel in villa o higgins, the Settler’s place has been abandonded for a while now (presumably someone other bought the land) and both locals and international hikers are now using the garden of the settler’s house to camp. The area around the house features thick tall trees that provide a good shelter from wind and rain, some open sheds with a good roof (but all looked uncomfortable for sleeping) and a dry toilet. The house itself is locked with a padlock and cannot be used by visitors. I stayed in a tree covered area next to the house for two nights as the next day was raining all day. Foxes, various birds and wild cows kept me a company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the settler, it is a relatively easy trail up to the crossroad at km33.4. The trail is ocassionaly overgrown and muddy but nothing dramatic. Nice views over the lake Chico and the glacier. I was impressed by a floating iceberg that made its way slowly across the lake. I had my lunch at the crossroad (km33.4) and decided to leave my backpack there and hike/jog to the glaciar viewpoint (Option 4). It took me about 2:10 hours there and back to the crossroad. I jogged parts of it. The weather got bad during the loop (clouds and rain/snow) so I unfortnunately saw nothing but a bit more of the Glaciar Chico once reaching the viewpoint. All distant peaks were obscured in clouds. My recommendation is to do the Option 4 only if the visibility is good, otherwise the detour might be not worth it. Once finished with the loop, I hiked over the Argentinian border and slept inside Refugio Diablo at km34.4. It is in good shape overall. Just the fireplace might not run well (i have not tried) as the chimney is broken. The refugio has two elevated platforms for sleeping (easily fits 4-8 people), a table and stools, and a dry toilet nearby. If staying there, I recommend to take water from a stream flowing into the lake Diablo before reaching the refugio. There is no quick water access from the building - one must go down to one of the lakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Refugio Diablo it took me about 5 hours to reach the argentinian police checkpoint at Lago Desierto. The part is relatively straightforward, again a bit swampy in my case. At he Argentinian police checkpoint I was actually asked why I had a three day old stamp. I wanted to avoid problems, so I said that I took a slow pace and did not walk on some days because it was raining constantly (which was true). I said that I built my tent, read a book and trying to wait out the rain. This (in a hindsight really poor) excuse was fortunately enough for the officer. He nodded and gave me the stamp. Maybe the policeman was simply curious and even if I told him where I came from he would be eventually fine with that. I didn’t want to take my chances though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-10 / 2 days / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Lago Desertio ferry cost about 50 dollars (we didn't take it)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;O'Higgins ferry cost 60 dollars and they give you a lift to V O'Higgins at the other end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;We took the lake side trail. Beautifull veiws over Fitzroy range.  Campsite at the border crossing is exposed but harbours some of the best campside veiws. 2nd best camp of GPT for us (but would be unpleasant in high winds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Border crossing was very easy with no proplems or searches either side. Had to take shorter route due to higher winds coming in and the O'Higgins ferry not due to run for the next week after. Shorter variation was very easy trail markings. Easy to walk in 4-5 hours&lt;br /&gt;
Was sad to miss the extended route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-13 to 2023-Feb-17 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / also Option 2 to Glaciar O'Higgins / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Candelario Mancilla - Río Bullicioso - Lago Chico - Mirador Glaciar O'Higgins - Glaciar Chico - Lago Diablo - AR Border Control &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This may have been my favourite section of the GPT yet this year. After 4 days waiting in Villa Ohiggins for a calm ferry day, we waited at the Chilean carabineros post because the computer systems were down and it was lunchtime so everyone seemed to be on break. They asked everyone only occupations and marital status, nothing about our planned route. We were able to start walking only around 3 p.m. although we arrived at Candelario Mancilla around 1 p.m. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail that veers off the minor road was clearly marked and easy to follow. Tons of crowberries/murtillas up in the alpine. We camped before the pass at km 14.5 when the trail was still going through sheltered forests. Up on the pass the next day, it was very cold and exposed and windy, with some snow on the ground. The trees start appearing again much later, when you can see Lago O'Higgins again. The trail switchbacks down to the settler's house at km 23.5 (Estancia Ventisquero Chico) were overgrown and confusing, branching into many paths. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We wanted to take Option 2 in order to see Glaciar O'Higgins. This detour took us an extra day and a half. We crossed the narrow channel at km 25.1 in Zach's packraft quite easily, even though the wind was gusty from the south. There were virtually no waves and the water was flat. We met the settler Luis at km 25.3 (Estancia La Carmela), who was friendly and indicated the trail toward Glaciar O'Higgins. Both waypointed campsites on the west side of the peninsula are great and sheltered from the fierce west wind in the forest. The views of the lake and mountains and glaciers on this section of trail are beyond words beautiful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way up the pass at km 40.5 is straightforward despite the lack of trail. The descent into the next valley is steep and somewhat tiring, but not dangerous, down a mountainside covered with murtilla plants. We stopped at the orange refugio (km 47.3) late in the afternoon. It is in great condition. The only thing deteriorated is the missing battery from the solar system. Feels like an airplane fusilage with some loud resonance when the wind is strong. Perfect place to shelter from the wind. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed mostly in the left side of the river as we traveled cross-country to the put-in at Lago Chico. The packrafting back to the east shore of the lake was wavy and windy, the wind coming strong off Glaciar Chico (southerly), requiring a hearty ferry crossing in front of the hanging ice.  From the put-in, the island (which appears on sattelite but not maps) looks like a peninsula, but if you paddle into what looks like a cove, you'll see the gap. We went around south of the island, then rode the wind northward to the takeout in a small cove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The refuge {38} [52.9+0.3/297] was clipped closed with two padlocks as chain links. Someone left clothes hanging and a plastic chest full of food which mice seem to have enjoyed. The floor was literally covered in mouse poop. Seemed hanta-ed. 👻 The climb back up to the regular hiking route was long but pleasant, and mostly cross-country across rock slabs and brushy fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back on the regular route, Refugio Diablo on the Argentine side of the border has a wooden table and platforms that could sleep four. When we got to the Argentine border control with a three-day-old Chilean exit stamp, the friendly border agent gave us our entry stamp without question. When asked about the wind on Lago Del Desierto, he walked Zach to the Gendarmeria boat captain who gave useful advice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan / SOBO / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exit on the Chilean side worked without any problems and the officials did not ask about our route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No one was at home at the Estancia Ventisquiero Chico settler. We spent the night a little further away by the stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hike along Lago Chico was nice and easy. We made a detour via option 4. It is worth going almost to the end to the viewpoint at 1104 m a.s.l. The view of the glacier and the ice field was unique and one of the best viewpoints on the whole GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we went to the Argentine border authorities. The officials were relaxed and since we wanted to spend the night there anyway, we agreed to do the stamp the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exit stamp, which was 4 days old in the meantime, was no problem at all...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-09 / half a day / SOBO / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 12KM of the direct route from Candelario Mansilla is on a road.  There is a guy with a jeep who meets the ferry &amp;amp; may offer to take luggage or even passengers along the road.  At the pass a trail continues down to the Argentine border post. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I continued around Laguna del Desierto the same day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Jan / NOBO / Alexis y Iris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Took 4 days between the two stamps without issues. The Chilean carabineros just asked our route and we said we hiked through Refugio Diablo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ressuply in Candilla Mancilla, it is possible to ask Maria Louisa at the camping. There are more items than you could imagine but it's a bit expensive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of note, it is possible to arrange a transfer directly to Bahia Pescado on the same boat that goes to Villa O'Higgins to hike the GPT37H, just ask the captain directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fare for a complete transfer is 60k CLP or 70 USD. We don't know the price for a drop off in Bahia Pescado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-12 / SOBO / Arnaud et Adriane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the team of our hotel in Villa O'Higgins, we officially have 24h to cross the 2 borders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we prefered not to take risks with customs of Chile and Argentina and walked directly from Mancilla (chilean border) to punta Norte (argentinien border). There is 21km to walk and it is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the argentinian border, we walked to the mirador on the glaciar chico. It is the last 15kms of the real section 38. The view on the glaciar is amazing there and really worth the effort. After just walked back to the argentinian border. The walk is easy with some elevation but easy. We took a path that was marked but differed a little with the gps track (maybe sometimes 300m away) and had only one easy riverford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say to the argentinian customs that you were there because the mirador is officially in chile (200m after the border but without any puesto) just say that you walked to the refugio del Diablo which is on the path and 200m before the border. This refugio is very basic in metal and can help in case of rain but is not cosy at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a total of 51kms and without any risk with the 2 borders but you maybe miss some other highlights of the real section 38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in 1 day and a half.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment Jan Dudeck: In recent years we and other hikers had no issues staying several days between the Chilean and Argentine border post. Some years ago the situation was different but both sides seams more relaxed now as long as you arrive on the other side with an exit stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-10 / 1 day / Regular hiking route / NOBO / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We chose to do this hike in one long day, but were told we could camp near the Argentinian passport control, or in the sort of no-mans-land up the trail further between borders. Make sure you know what day the ferry is leaving before hiking or you could end up waiting in Candelaria a couple days! There aren't any stores in Candelaria, though we heard the lady at the campground might sell you some eggs or some other supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-10 / Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The regular hiking and packrafting route passes the Chilean border control post in Candelario Mansilla and the Argentine border control post at the northern end of Lago el Desierto. These posts are 26 km apart (shortest distance) and if you do not walk into these two border controls posts yourself you will not get the required exit and entry stamp and become an “illegal immigrant” in the neighboring country. Don’t expect anything at the border itself or to get stopped by the police in the corresponding places.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the GPT route takes a significant detour between these border controls and crosses the actual border at an non-officil location at the Refugio el Diabolo. If you ask the border police for permission to cross the border in this location than your request will probably be denied so better don’t ask and just tell that you are on the way to the Chile/Argentina without specifying the exact route (when asking for your exit stamp).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have taken this non-official route twice in January 2017 and January 2019 without any issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Worst case scenario is that you arrive with a several days old exit stamp on the other side and the border control police becomes upset and ask you to walk back on the shortest route (Option 1) to get a fresh stamp but I have not heard this happening in recent years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: At Calendario Mancilla, there is a Carabineros border control outpost. They asked that we fill out an expedition hiking form since the GPT follows a little used route. After discussing the route, the Carabineros informed us that entering Argentina at Lago Diablo, which is the current GPS route, is illegal. There is an alternate route, as described below, which remains in Chile that we decided to take instead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Chilean border control, follow the gravel road for a short distance and turn onto a trail marked by white sign with green lettering that says “Rio Obsticulos” as shown by the current GPS track (hikers may want to consider following the alternate listed at the end of this section description to and from Glacier O’Higgins because that trail is of much higher quality, more scenic, and more pleasant than the one that follows the bank of Lago O’Higgins/San Martin). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After crossing the wooden bridge, hike along an ill-defined track that winds up and down the shoreline of Lago O’Higgins/San Martin to the land bridge north of Lago Chico. There is one residence as well as the occasional small camp spot along this route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another residence located on the east side of the land bridge, and hikers may pass through a wire gate on north side of the corral. A faint trail heads west and terminates at the bank of the narrow channel that connects Lago O’Higgins/San Martin and Lago Chico. A packraft is required to cross this channel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another residence on the west side of the channel. When the large ferry out of Villa O’Higgins is functional, it drops people off near this residence so they may hike the Sendero a Candelario Mancilla which is marked with orange and white blazes. This trail is well-formed and climbs the hill south of the residence. After exiting the treeline, be aware that there is limited camping for many kilometers. From this point, the route is very exposed and there is no cover until the route re-crosses Lago Chico.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glacier O’Higgins is beautiful; it is composed of glistening blue ice that terminates into the lake. Sadly, as the University of Valdevía has documented, the glacier is receding at an alarming rate and is in danger. As you enjoy the views, the trail continues to wind up and down above the lake but eventually disappears. Navigation is easy due to a lack of vegetation, but camping is poor due to exposure and the steep terrain.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An orange refugio is located 2 km from Lago Chico on the glacial moraine. It is equipped with solar panels and is a good place to ride out a storm. The route continues down rocks and sand to the lake edge. The lake paddle is very pleasant, and depending on the season, it may involve weaving through icebergs to get to open water. Be careful not to get too close to the icebergs! Many of them are unstable and falling ice is common.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternate:&lt;br /&gt;
The GPS route indicates a northbound float on Lago Chico for approximately 4 km until take-out, but high winds forced us off of the lake early. We exited at the southern end of Lago Chico and from there faced a very difficult, brushy, and steep climb up to a trail at about elevation 750 m. Weather permitting, it may be easier to packraft all the way back to the land bridge between Lago Chico and Lago O’Higgins/San Martin. The trail on east side of the lake is well-formed, however, and there is one established campsite near a run down shack at the Lago Diablo turn off. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to avoid the illegal Lago Diablo crossing into Argentina, just after passing a large wooden sign that says “Sendero de Chile,” turn off to the east on a well-formed track and climb up through the forest. The track is well-formed, easy to follow, and passes by several good places to camp. There are some orange and white blazes which are hard to spot because they mark the track in the opposite direction. There is a brief cross-country section over the pass through open tundra, but the trail reappears as the route renters the trees. There are a couple river crossing, and the trail ends at the gravel road. Follow the road north back to the Carabineros outpost to inform them you made it back safely and to obtain an exit stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
In march and april the ferry that crosses Lago O'Higgins only leaves twice a week, which is mondays and thursdays at 8 a.m. (company Las Ruedas, reservation possible via whatsapp +56 966278836).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 December / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Warning between exit &amp;amp; entry:&lt;br /&gt;
You have to reach the other border control within one day, since recently both border controls compare the data every day.&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not arrive within one day, they (both border controls) will actually go looking for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Permit for Gpt38&lt;br /&gt;
For glaciers Chico and O'Higgins you can apply for an &amp;quot;Expedition Paper&amp;quot; at the Chilean border control. However, this does not allow you to cross the border to Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
At the argentinian border control, you can ask for the route Lago del Desierto - Lago Diablo (with return / no border crossing).&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: there is currently no standard procedure for GPT38 with border crossing. The two border controls check by radio whether all persons arrive on the other side within one day (and start search operations if necessary)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
At he Argentinian police checkpoint I was actually asked why I had a three day old stamp. I wanted to avoid problems, so I said that I took a slow pace and did not walk on some days because it was raining constantly (which was true). I said that I built my tent, read a book and trying to wait out the rain. This (in a hindsight really poor) excuse was fortunately enough for the officer. He nodded and gave me the stamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019 / Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the GPT route takes a significant detour between these border controls and crosses the actual border at an non-officil location at the Refugio el Diabolo. If you ask the border police for permission to cross the border in this location than your request will probably be denied so better don’t ask and just tell that you are on the way to the Chile/Argentina without specifying the exact route (when asking for your exit stamp).&lt;br /&gt;
We have taken this non-official route twice in January 2017 and January 2019 without any issue.&lt;br /&gt;
Worst case scenario is that you arrive with a several days old exit stamp on the other side and the border control police becomes upset and ask you to walk back on the shortest route (Option 1) to get a fresh stamp but I have not heard this happening in recent years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Comment Jan Dudeck: In recent years we and other hikers had no issues staying several days between the Chilean and Argentine border post. Some years ago the situation was different but both sides seams more relaxed now as long as you arrive on the other side with an exit stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019 / Arnaud et Adriane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the team of our hotel in Villa O'Higgins, we officially have 24h to cross the border.(...) Don't say to the argentinian customs that you were there because the mirador is officially in chile (200m after the border but without any puesto) just say that you walked to the refugio del Diablo which is on the path and 200m before the border.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT38 - Glaciar Chico]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT38_(Glaciar_Chico)&amp;diff=113834</id>
		<title>GPT38 (Glaciar Chico)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT38_(Glaciar_Chico)&amp;diff=113834"/>
				<updated>2024-01-27T22:13:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-6 / 8 day / Hiking + Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Option 2 / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add to the previous posts. Stunning route. A packraft is indeed really useful here as Don Lucho was not around when I crossed the river at his farm the first time. I waited two days for wind to calm down at perfectly wind protected camp {38} [32.1/744] (which I found superior to the other nearby campspot) but strong gale did not allowed me to pass beyond Viewpoint {38} [35.6/874]. Absolut impossible in that conditions. So I returned on the 3 day. I asked Don Lucho if he can notify carabinieros via radio that I will be delayed, which worked. I toked option 2 to return to Candelario Manzillo. Track is not the best from time to time. Stay close to GPT route as off trail might take much more longer. Good camp spots at the two abandoned settlers places and a really beautiful one at a turquoise river at S 48° 50.470’ W 072° 51.272’. There is no water after Port {38-02} [7.1/270] (Bahia Esmeralda) including second abandoned settler place. You might consider climbing down to the lake here to get water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2024-01-01 to 2023-01-03 // 3 days // Hiking // NOBO // RR + OPT1 + OPT2 // Quentin Clavel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same story as previous contributions here, the customs officers (who were very nice by the way) said it was impossible to do the RR as I will be in illegal situation. &lt;br /&gt;
If it would be only the illegality stuff, it wouldn't have been a problem, but the thing is that rhet communicate with the Chilean side, and if you're not on the other side after one day they engage research, what I absolutely want to avoid, that people have to commit material, technical or human resources simply for or because of me. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means if you want to explore glaciar chico or around : &lt;br /&gt;
Going NOBO : you first have to go straight from ARG border to CH border, stamp your passport and then go explore the area.&lt;br /&gt;
Going SOBO : explaining your expedition to the border but don't stamp your passport. Do your exploration, then come back to the CH border, stamp your passport and then go straight to ARG border.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So from ARG border, I've been straight to the Chilean side. Then I said them that I wanted to explore the area near glaciar Chico. The carabineros agreed, but before letting me go, I had to fill a form to describe my expedition, my emergencies contacts, the number of days I planned to go, numbers of days of food I had, and took me in picture. I was surprised about the picture but he said to me that it was just in case of disappearance to be able to publish a wanted notice. Perfect aha ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, I backtracked until the junction tu &amp;quot;La península&amp;quot; then engage myself on this nice track. Had to cross 3 easy rivers, and have been scratched numerous times by the bush which took over at the end of the trail, which was not easy to follow by the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The views on Lago O'Higgins were absolutely outstanding ! Glaciar Chico was a bit faraway, but still nice to see as well!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I arrived to la peninsula and walked till the estencia la Carmelia, Trying to have the attention of the settler, at the estencia la Carmelia. But seems like that he was not there. So I had to backtrack and not go on the GPT37P option 16 to glaciar O'Higgins. Pretty disappointed about that, would have been amazing to have a packraft at this time.... Anyway. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I backtrack the peninsula, then took the option 2 (Lago Costa). That was a very good decision, the views are stunning (again more at the end, when you arrive near the border). But track is not easy to find at all. We must congratulate the wild animals who created an incredible labyrinth of trails up there ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge announced as destroyed is the one 400m from the border, above Rio Obstaculo. I looked at its condition 3 days before when I was at the border, to find out if it was feasible. and it was, that's why I decided to take this route. And didn't regretted it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2024-Jan-02 / 1 day / Hiking / SOBO / RR+option 1 / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We arrived early morning at Candelario Manzilla, had no issues at the border control (we had our Salvaconducto). We did ask - just in case - if we could do the loop hike but the officer said the only way to hike the RR is to not exit Chile, hike out towards the west and then backtrack to the Chilean border control. The 21 km hike to the Argentinian border was easy, except for all the touristas with the bicycles😂. When it started chucking rain down we decided to camp there. Rained hard all night but no wind. There is a toilet for turistas and behind it a covered shelter with tables and benches, which was nice during rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT38 / Option 4 (Campo Hielo Sur: Glaciar Chico to Circo de los Altares and back) / 6 days Hiking on Glaciers with Mountain Guide / 2023-Dec-29 to 2024-Jan-03 / Meylin, Masha, Misha, Jan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We planned this guided tour onto the Southern Patagonian Icefield several months in advance. We arranged this tour with the mountain guide Leo Muñoz (leoskatan@hotmail.com, WhatsApp +56 9 6904 9561) who knows the Northern and the Southern Patagonian Icefield very well and who lives with his family next to Glacier O’Higgins on the shore of Lago O’Higgins about 70 boat kilometers from Villa O’Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We agreed in November 2023 to make an attempt somewhen in the first half of January of 2024 as soon as the weather forecast promises a decent weather window. On December 25 Leo suggested to start on December 29 as wind and precipitation forecast predicted 6 decent days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: We met in the afternoon at Lago Chico (where Lago Chico drains into Lago O’Higgins), continued by boat on Lago Chico to an island that is partially covered by Glacier Chico, pulled the boat up into a safe location and started right on Glacier Chico. We reached in the evening the first refuge (Refugio Pantoja). Starting right on the glacier avoided an otherwise demanding river crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: In a long day we reached the third refuge (Refugio Garcia Soto). We walked mostly on Glacier Chico but in areas where this glacier is steep and with deep cracks we left the glacier and walked in rocky terrain. In this terrain is also the second refuge (Refugio Piedra Roja) where we stopped for lunch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: In a demanding day we walked over the icefield to Circo los Altares. The wet snow covered all cracks of the icefield but made walking tiresome. For safety reasons we walked the entire distance roped together (2 groups of 3 persons linked together). We camped one night at Circo los Altares and enjoyed a good view of Cerro Torres in the evening and morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: In a similar tiresome day we returned to Refugio Garcia Soto. We arrived around 2 pm in afternoon what permitted a good rest. This refuge offers ample space and is a good place to wait a day or two if the weather makes this necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: We returned to the first refuge (Refugio Pantoja). If necessary we might have returned to the boat on the sane day but the good weather forecast for the next day made such an effort unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6: On a short morning we returned on glacier Chico to the boat, packed our gear into the boat and travelled by boat to our guides home (Rio Condor). On the way we stopped briefly at a settlers home (La Carmela) to purchase a lamb for a Patagonian asado al palo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Leaving the exact start date open was perfect as it permitted our guide to choose a descent weather window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In case of a shorter weather window a shorter route could have been chosen (in example to Refuigo Garcia Soto only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. This was our first experience walking on glaciers but this was perfectly feasible with our experienced guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Boat safety regulations on Lago O’Higgins required our mountain guide to do the boat trip with a second person that has motor boat license. Therefore a second guide accompanied us. This added safety but also cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Returning with the mountain guide to his home at Rio Condor before continuing by packraft is an experience on its own and lift the entire trip to a higher level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. We send some of the required equipment in advance to our mountain guide but he would have been able to equip up to 6 persons with his gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copied from Jan's Facebook post December 2023: &amp;quot;GPT38: Border Crossing: Candelario Mancilla (CL) - Lago El Desierto (AR)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now learned that both border controls speak to each other and exchange how many persons crossed the border and are meant to arrive on the other side. If a person does not arrive within 2 days a search is initiated. Therefore it is not any more possible to hike the longer more scenic route between collecting the exit and entry stamps of both countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all hikers must take the direct route (see image red line) and visit the more scenic parts around Lago Chico and Peninsula La Carmela either before exiting Chile or after collecting the Chilean entry stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you might openly explain your plans and try to get an official approval but this seams quite unlikely.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Dec-20 to 2023-Dec-20 / 1 day/ NOBO / Lago del desierto - Candelario Mancilla/ Option 1/ Alex &amp;amp; Christophe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since you have to collect your exit and entry stamp on the same day, we took the fastest way between the two border controls. Once we finished with the formalities on the chilean side, one boat for Villa O'Higgins was waiting for us. I think we got lucky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to go to glaciar chico, you have to go to Candelario Mancilla and then, go and back to the glacier, all on the chilean side. Passo del diablo is a forbidden pass to cross the border between Argentina and Chile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-12-10 to 13 Fangwen and Tobi / 4 days / NOBO / Hiking from Candelario Mansilla to Don Lucho peninsula and back&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was an enjoyable hike with good views! When we came from Argentina, it rained a lot, and was very muddy. We stayed at the campsite at Candelario Mansilla for one night and went Westbound on the regular route, crossing the river shortly after the beginning of the trail at km7. After the substantial rainfall, it was almost waist deep, but crossable with caution. The pass towards the abandoned settler home at km23.5 was quite muddy again, and in the last bit of the descent, the trail was overgrown and required attention to not lose. We camped outside the hut. The next day we went on part of Option 37P-16 as a day trip. We headed to the river (outflow of Lago Chico) and waited for the settler Don Lucho to notice us and to ferry us to the other side using his boat. This worked finally, after waiting for almost 3h. We did a nice trip up to the pass and followed one of the many horse trails to some mountain lakes and viewpoints. We let Don Lucho ferry us back to camp and headed back the next day. After two days of dry weather, the previously problematic river was now easily passable, with water at knee level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logistics: We combined sections 38 and 37 on our NOBO trip. We carried a lot of food with us from Argentina: enough for 38, 37 and to be able to spend a few days in Candelario Mansilla in case the ferry is delayed due to bad weather. We decided against road walking with heavy packs, and arranged for Ricardo (WhatsApp +56 9 9126 7007), who runs the campground at Candelario Mansilla, to pick us up from the border by car. Ricardo is a very nice guy, and we stayed in his hostel after registering at the border checkpoint. The hostel was 15.000 CLP per person, the pickup from the border 20.000 for two people and the drop-off at the junction (X {38-01} at km0) 10.000 for two people. In high season he might not have time or charge more. Don Lucho asked for 10.000 for the return trip for the two of us.&lt;br /&gt;
I believe that Ricardo puts you in the first-come-first-served queue for the ferry from Candelario Mansilla when you first arrive there -- but I'm not even sure if there is even an official queue (in our case, the ferry was not full, so it didn't matter). When Ricardo drove us to the junction, he also made us register our hiking plans with border guards. The guards wanted to see that we are sufficiently prepared. We showed them our GPS and inReach, but they were most wow-ed by the locus maps app with the GPT track files and kept asking where they could get such a detailed map of the area ;-).&lt;br /&gt;
For the logistics regarding section 37, see our trip report on [[GPT37H|that wiki page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 Ahn, Warning between exit &amp;amp; entry: &lt;br /&gt;
You have to reach the other border control within one day, since recently both border controls compare the data every day.&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not arrive within one day, they (both border controls) will really go looking for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-12-04 Anh / 3 days / NOBO / RR + OH-TL-V + RP-TL-V&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: After the exit stamp from the Argentinian border control in Lago del Desierto, I turned left to RR to Lago Diablo. The path is sometimes hard to find and with my heavy backpack I couldn‘t hike fast. I had to cross the stream twice without shoes. But it was no problem (knee-deep, good weather). After Lago Diablo I turned left via OH-TL-V to Glacier Chico. I did not find the camp {38-03} [1.8/878].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Back to RH-TL-V towards the connecting channel to Glaciar O'Higgins. The trail was a little easier to find, but not better to walk because hardly anyone had walked it in recent years.&lt;br /&gt;
Settler {38} [23.5/261] in the intersection is no longer inhabited, but the owner has a sign in front of the house. He allows free camping on his property and possibly even overnight stays in the house (with kitchen).&lt;br /&gt;
But I go on to Settler {38} [25.3/268] to cross the connecting channel by boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was already 5:00PM and I just wanted to set up my tent &amp;amp; enjoy the evening quietly. At that moment, a motorboat with 3 men with backpacks arrived. They were not tourists, but border guards (carabineros). They were not pleasant at first. I understood from their Spanish that they were looking for me and that I was not allowed to be here. For the first time on this trip, I was lucky that I couldn't speak any Spanish and they couldn't speak any English. Otherwise they would be angry!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was able to explain with place names that I was not a criminal but a hiker. They had a long discussion in the house and in the end they said that I didn't have to come to the border station right now, but that they would come with me to Glaciar O'Higgins immediately!&lt;br /&gt;
After a long day from Glaciar Chico, I didn't want to hike 7km up with 600Hm, but I had no other choice. So we started at 6:00 PM, the settler owner went ahead and the 3 young border guards climbed the mountain with full energy ahead, me behind. It was good that I don't usually run at my limit and still had a day's reserve at that moment. The 3 carabineros asked me from time to time how I was doing and whether I needed help -&amp;gt; very nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 4km, the settler owner explained that it would soon be dark and he had to go back. He showed the Carabineros the way back on the (somewhat outdated) paper map. The Carabineros have the best modern equipment (GoreTex, expedition tent...) but no GPS navigation device and don't know the way. With my GPS navigation device, we became a team and had a lot of fun all the way to camp.&lt;br /&gt;
The atmosphere around the campfire was much more relaxed. It turned out that they had taken a lot of food with them to look for me, but had left it behind in the settler. So of course I had cooked for them, it was really delicious and after a hike it was even better than usual. The 3 Carabineros said they had never eaten so well. We enjoyed the sunset at Glaciar O'Higgins together and laughed into the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: At 7:00 AM, just like the military, we continued on RP-TL-V towards the pass. It was great fun with my 3 new friends and the views with the best weather were simply magnificent. However, 2km before the pass, my Carabineros wanted to go back because they now consider the hike to be strenuous and with respect. It's a pity but they are in charge despite their new friendship! I'm still very happy that they found me, it was an unforgettable experience! We were able to help each other, they are 3 cool and very very helpful Carabinos.&lt;br /&gt;
RP-TL-V is easy for GPT hikers, much easier than the other two sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to the settler they had called the patrol boat by radio and we went to Candelario Mancilla with the very modern and super stable HiTech boat. I got my entry stamps and was even invited to dinner at the border control station. After that I ended up in Villa O'Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
It was a bit of a shame to break off GPT38 like that, but I will never forget the best moments and the 3 new Carabineros friends. I'm starting to love GPT now!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Apr-19 to 2023-Apr-21 / 3 days / RR / SOBO / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful section! The detour to Glaciar Chico is definitely worth it, and so is the viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day, starting around 8 AM, we passed the border control without any problem, and followed the trail in quite good pace to the pass. It was very windy there in our case, but there are places to hide. The trail is pretty clear all the time. This changes during the descent down to the peninsula, where you need to look carefully at the navigation as the path divides into different directions. Marked camp on the peninsula looked like a good place to stay, but we decided to do some more and continued for about 4 km. We camped in the forest, where we were able to find a few spots almost without wind, but in more extreme conditions it might be harder to find a 100% safe place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next day we continued and left our backpacks in the forest to go check the viewpoint. It took us a little over 3 hrs + some time for the photos etc. The trail is very easy to follow and except of the beginning and end its not even that windy. If the weather is not the best or you don’t have time, we would recommend to do at least first few hundred meters of the optional trail to get better view of the glacier and floating icebergs. Back on the RR we made a little less than half of the way to the border control and again camped in the forest. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last day was all about forest walking. First views of the Fitz Roy on the way to the border control. There, the officer noticed the old stamp and asked where we stayed, but was probably just curious and had no problem with our honest answer about doing the detour and camping in the forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-20 to 2023-Mar-22 / SOBO / RR + option 4 / Villa O'Higgins - Lago del Desierto / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section, one of our favourites so far!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In march and april the ferry that crosses Lago O'Higgins only leaves twice a week, which is mondays and thursdays at 8 a.m. (company Las Ruedas, reservation possible via whatsapp +56 966278836).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started with seven days worth of food, because we planned to go to El Chaltén without a resupply (GPT 38+39 with all options).&lt;br /&gt;
The weather was great on our first day and after we got through the border control we started walking around 11:15 a.m.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is in a pretty good condition. Your feet will get wet though. With the nice weather and the good trail we camped at km 21 in the forest close to the stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the trail becomes gradually a bit worse and we had to do some BB and CC along the lake. At the junction with option 4 we left our packs and went to the mirador. We had good weather and the view from up there is amazing. We highly recommend doing it, if the weather is good. Then we went back down again and camped in the forest at the junction. There is a stream close by to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail becomes super good again once you reach the settler at Lago del Desierto. The border control was fast and the staff was really friendly. We continued along the lake. At some point it started to rain, so we camped next to a stream at approx. km 4.6. At km 4.3 there would have been a more rain and wind protected camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we had a great view of Fitz Roy in the morning sun. We arrived at the other side around 10 a.m. There is no bus leaving around this hour, opposite of what the gendarm at the border told us. All the buses/cars leave in the afternoon around 4 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
We made a break at the restaurant and enjoyed a warming mate tea before we continued to section 39.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-16 to 2023-Mar-20 / 4 days / SOBO / RR + option 5 / Louis &amp;amp; Rémi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at Candelario Mansilla and we wanted to go in front of the Glaciar O'Higgins following the lake with option 5 and then option 2. Option 5 is really worth it, views all along the lake are incredible, I highly recommend it. We slept near the Settler @km 17.8, nobody was there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we tried to cross this water canal between Lago O'Higgins and Lago Chico, but it is unfordable, you have to yell for the settler who lives on the other side. We did, we saw him, but he didnt come... So we slept next to the settler @km 23.5 on RR and we tried the 3rd day too but still nobody to help us to cross. Well, I think this settler isnt reliable if you wanna do option 2 without a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we continued our way to Argentina, sleeping @km 31.4 (the puesto is more than abandonned, it is destroyed but it is flat and there is no wind).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This portion provide a nice view of the Glaciar Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next we went directly to the Argentinian border and we didn't have any problem to get the stamp on our passports. We slept there, it is free, there is nobody and the view of the Fitz Roy above the Lago del Desierto is definitely worth it !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-04 to 2023-Mar-07 / 3.5 days / SOBO / RR + Option 4 / Candelario Mansilla - Lago Desierto / Ondrej&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wasn’t lucky with the weather so this section turned out into rainy, muddy and snowy feat for me. It felt remote and adventurous. If I could choose I would do at least the second day in a good weather to enjoy the views. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day, I got dropped of by the boat at Candelario Marcilla around 10am. Getting the stamp from Chilean carabineros took longer than expected, around one hour. A number of hikers accumulated there and the carabineros said that we have wait for them to upload our names to the system(?). Then they just asked for my occupation and gave me the exit stamp. I then hiked the stretch on the main road, forded Rio Obstaculo right after (the deepest ford on the section I would say, it was easy even after a day of rain) and then over the pass. At the pass you will come into a long flat valley which in my case started turning into a big muddy/swampy plain. It also started snowing. The falling wet snow and the soaky trails pushed the hike to the boundaries of my comfort limits (but still manageable). I camped at the Settler waypoint (km23.5). According to a person running a hostel in villa o higgins, the Settler’s place has been abandonded for a while now (presumably someone other bought the land) and both locals and international hikers are now using the garden of the settler’s house to camp. The area around the house features thick tall trees that provide a good shelter from wind and rain, some open sheds with a good roof (but all looked uncomfortable for sleeping) and a dry toilet. The house itself is locked with a padlock and cannot be used by visitors. I stayed in a tree covered area next to the house for two nights as the next day was raining all day. Foxes, various birds and wild cows kept me a company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the settler, it is a relatively easy trail up to the crossroad at km33.4. The trail is ocassionaly overgrown and muddy but nothing dramatic. Nice views over the lake Chico and the glacier. I was impressed by a floating iceberg that made its way slowly across the lake. I had my lunch at the crossroad (km33.4) and decided to leave my backpack there and hike/jog to the glaciar viewpoint (Option 4). It took me about 2:10 hours there and back to the crossroad. I jogged parts of it. The weather got bad during the loop (clouds and rain/snow) so I unfortnunately saw nothing but a bit more of the Glaciar Chico once reaching the viewpoint. All distant peaks were obscured in clouds. My recommendation is to do the Option 4 only if the visibility is good, otherwise the detour might be not worth it. Once finished with the loop, I hiked over the Argentinian border and slept inside Refugio Diablo at km34.4. It is in good shape overall. Just the fireplace might not run well (i have not tried) as the chimney is broken. The refugio has two elevated platforms for sleeping (easily fits 4-8 people), a table and stools, and a dry toilet nearby. If staying there, I recommend to take water from a stream flowing into the lake Diablo before reaching the refugio. There is no quick water access from the building - one must go down to one of the lakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Refugio Diablo it took me about 5 hours to reach the argentinian police checkpoint at Lago Desierto. The part is relatively straightforward, again a bit swampy in my case. At he Argentinian police checkpoint I was actually asked why I had a three day old stamp. I wanted to avoid problems, so I said that I took a slow pace and did not walk on some days because it was raining constantly (which was true). I said that I built my tent, read a book and trying to wait out the rain. This (in a hindsight really poor) excuse was fortunately enough for the officer. He nodded and gave me the stamp. Maybe the policeman was simply curious and even if I told him where I came from he would be eventually fine with that. I didn’t want to take my chances though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-10 / 2 days / Helen and Craig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Lago Desertio ferry cost about 50 dollars (we didn't take it)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;O'Higgins ferry cost 60 dollars and they give you a lift to V O'Higgins at the other end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;We took the lake side trail. Beautifull veiws over Fitzroy range.  Campsite at the border crossing is exposed but harbours some of the best campside veiws. 2nd best camp of GPT for us (but would be unpleasant in high winds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Border crossing was very easy with no proplems or searches either side. Had to take shorter route due to higher winds coming in and the O'Higgins ferry not due to run for the next week after. Shorter variation was very easy trail markings. Easy to walk in 4-5 hours&lt;br /&gt;
Was sad to miss the extended route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-13 to 2023-Feb-17 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / also Option 2 to Glaciar O'Higgins / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Candelario Mancilla - Río Bullicioso - Lago Chico - Mirador Glaciar O'Higgins - Glaciar Chico - Lago Diablo - AR Border Control &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This may have been my favourite section of the GPT yet this year. After 4 days waiting in Villa Ohiggins for a calm ferry day, we waited at the Chilean carabineros post because the computer systems were down and it was lunchtime so everyone seemed to be on break. They asked everyone only occupations and marital status, nothing about our planned route. We were able to start walking only around 3 p.m. although we arrived at Candelario Mancilla around 1 p.m. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail that veers off the minor road was clearly marked and easy to follow. Tons of crowberries/murtillas up in the alpine. We camped before the pass at km 14.5 when the trail was still going through sheltered forests. Up on the pass the next day, it was very cold and exposed and windy, with some snow on the ground. The trees start appearing again much later, when you can see Lago O'Higgins again. The trail switchbacks down to the settler's house at km 23.5 (Estancia Ventisquero Chico) were overgrown and confusing, branching into many paths. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We wanted to take Option 2 in order to see Glaciar O'Higgins. This detour took us an extra day and a half. We crossed the narrow channel at km 25.1 in Zach's packraft quite easily, even though the wind was gusty from the south. There were virtually no waves and the water was flat. We met the settler Luis at km 25.3 (Estancia La Carmela), who was friendly and indicated the trail toward Glaciar O'Higgins. Both waypointed campsites on the west side of the peninsula are great and sheltered from the fierce west wind in the forest. The views of the lake and mountains and glaciers on this section of trail are beyond words beautiful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way up the pass at km 40.5 is straightforward despite the lack of trail. The descent into the next valley is steep and somewhat tiring, but not dangerous, down a mountainside covered with murtilla plants. We stopped at the orange refugio (km 47.3) late in the afternoon. It is in great condition. The only thing deteriorated is the missing battery from the solar system. Feels like an airplane fusilage with some loud resonance when the wind is strong. Perfect place to shelter from the wind. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed mostly in the left side of the river as we traveled cross-country to the put-in at Lago Chico. The packrafting back to the east shore of the lake was wavy and windy, the wind coming strong off Glaciar Chico (southerly), requiring a hearty ferry crossing in front of the hanging ice.  From the put-in, the island (which appears on sattelite but not maps) looks like a peninsula, but if you paddle into what looks like a cove, you'll see the gap. We went around south of the island, then rode the wind northward to the takeout in a small cove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The refuge {38} [52.9+0.3/297] was clipped closed with two padlocks as chain links. Someone left clothes hanging and a plastic chest full of food which mice seem to have enjoyed. The floor was literally covered in mouse poop. Seemed hanta-ed. 👻 The climb back up to the regular hiking route was long but pleasant, and mostly cross-country across rock slabs and brushy fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back on the regular route, Refugio Diablo on the Argentine side of the border has a wooden table and platforms that could sleep four. When we got to the Argentine border control with a three-day-old Chilean exit stamp, the friendly border agent gave us our entry stamp without question. When asked about the wind on Lago Del Desierto, he walked Zach to the Gendarmeria boat captain who gave useful advice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan / SOBO / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exit on the Chilean side worked without any problems and the officials did not ask about our route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No one was at home at the Estancia Ventisquiero Chico settler. We spent the night a little further away by the stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hike along Lago Chico was nice and easy. We made a detour via option 4. It is worth going almost to the end to the viewpoint at 1104 m a.s.l. The view of the glacier and the ice field was unique and one of the best viewpoints on the whole GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we went to the Argentine border authorities. The officials were relaxed and since we wanted to spend the night there anyway, we agreed to do the stamp the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exit stamp, which was 4 days old in the meantime, was no problem at all...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Dec-09 / half a day / SOBO / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 12KM of the direct route from Candelario Mansilla is on a road.  There is a guy with a jeep who meets the ferry &amp;amp; may offer to take luggage or even passengers along the road.  At the pass a trail continues down to the Argentine border post. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I continued around Laguna del Desierto the same day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022-Jan / NOBO / Alexis y Iris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Took 4 days between the two stamps without issues. The Chilean carabineros just asked our route and we said we hiked through Refugio Diablo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ressuply in Candilla Mancilla, it is possible to ask Maria Louisa at the camping. There are more items than you could imagine but it's a bit expensive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of note, it is possible to arrange a transfer directly to Bahia Pescado on the same boat that goes to Villa O'Higgins to hike the GPT37H, just ask the captain directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fare for a complete transfer is 60k CLP or 70 USD. We don't know the price for a drop off in Bahia Pescado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-12 / SOBO / Arnaud et Adriane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the team of our hotel in Villa O'Higgins, we officially have 24h to cross the 2 borders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we prefered not to take risks with customs of Chile and Argentina and walked directly from Mancilla (chilean border) to punta Norte (argentinien border). There is 21km to walk and it is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the argentinian border, we walked to the mirador on the glaciar chico. It is the last 15kms of the real section 38. The view on the glaciar is amazing there and really worth the effort. After just walked back to the argentinian border. The walk is easy with some elevation but easy. We took a path that was marked but differed a little with the gps track (maybe sometimes 300m away) and had only one easy riverford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say to the argentinian customs that you were there because the mirador is officially in chile (200m after the border but without any puesto) just say that you walked to the refugio del Diablo which is on the path and 200m before the border. This refugio is very basic in metal and can help in case of rain but is not cosy at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a total of 51kms and without any risk with the 2 borders but you maybe miss some other highlights of the real section 38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in 1 day and a half.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment Jan Dudeck: In recent years we and other hikers had no issues staying several days between the Chilean and Argentine border post. Some years ago the situation was different but both sides seams more relaxed now as long as you arrive on the other side with an exit stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-10 / 1 day / Regular hiking route / NOBO / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We chose to do this hike in one long day, but were told we could camp near the Argentinian passport control, or in the sort of no-mans-land up the trail further between borders. Make sure you know what day the ferry is leaving before hiking or you could end up waiting in Candelaria a couple days! There aren't any stores in Candelaria, though we heard the lady at the campground might sell you some eggs or some other supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-10 / Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The regular hiking and packrafting route passes the Chilean border control post in Candelario Mansilla and the Argentine border control post at the northern end of Lago el Desierto. These posts are 26 km apart (shortest distance) and if you do not walk into these two border controls posts yourself you will not get the required exit and entry stamp and become an “illegal immigrant” in the neighboring country. Don’t expect anything at the border itself or to get stopped by the police in the corresponding places.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the GPT route takes a significant detour between these border controls and crosses the actual border at an non-officil location at the Refugio el Diabolo. If you ask the border police for permission to cross the border in this location than your request will probably be denied so better don’t ask and just tell that you are on the way to the Chile/Argentina without specifying the exact route (when asking for your exit stamp).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have taken this non-official route twice in January 2017 and January 2019 without any issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Worst case scenario is that you arrive with a several days old exit stamp on the other side and the border control police becomes upset and ask you to walk back on the shortest route (Option 1) to get a fresh stamp but I have not heard this happening in recent years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: At Calendario Mancilla, there is a Carabineros border control outpost. They asked that we fill out an expedition hiking form since the GPT follows a little used route. After discussing the route, the Carabineros informed us that entering Argentina at Lago Diablo, which is the current GPS route, is illegal. There is an alternate route, as described below, which remains in Chile that we decided to take instead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Chilean border control, follow the gravel road for a short distance and turn onto a trail marked by white sign with green lettering that says “Rio Obsticulos” as shown by the current GPS track (hikers may want to consider following the alternate listed at the end of this section description to and from Glacier O’Higgins because that trail is of much higher quality, more scenic, and more pleasant than the one that follows the bank of Lago O’Higgins/San Martin). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After crossing the wooden bridge, hike along an ill-defined track that winds up and down the shoreline of Lago O’Higgins/San Martin to the land bridge north of Lago Chico. There is one residence as well as the occasional small camp spot along this route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another residence located on the east side of the land bridge, and hikers may pass through a wire gate on north side of the corral. A faint trail heads west and terminates at the bank of the narrow channel that connects Lago O’Higgins/San Martin and Lago Chico. A packraft is required to cross this channel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another residence on the west side of the channel. When the large ferry out of Villa O’Higgins is functional, it drops people off near this residence so they may hike the Sendero a Candelario Mancilla which is marked with orange and white blazes. This trail is well-formed and climbs the hill south of the residence. After exiting the treeline, be aware that there is limited camping for many kilometers. From this point, the route is very exposed and there is no cover until the route re-crosses Lago Chico.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glacier O’Higgins is beautiful; it is composed of glistening blue ice that terminates into the lake. Sadly, as the University of Valdevía has documented, the glacier is receding at an alarming rate and is in danger. As you enjoy the views, the trail continues to wind up and down above the lake but eventually disappears. Navigation is easy due to a lack of vegetation, but camping is poor due to exposure and the steep terrain.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An orange refugio is located 2 km from Lago Chico on the glacial moraine. It is equipped with solar panels and is a good place to ride out a storm. The route continues down rocks and sand to the lake edge. The lake paddle is very pleasant, and depending on the season, it may involve weaving through icebergs to get to open water. Be careful not to get too close to the icebergs! Many of them are unstable and falling ice is common.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternate:&lt;br /&gt;
The GPS route indicates a northbound float on Lago Chico for approximately 4 km until take-out, but high winds forced us off of the lake early. We exited at the southern end of Lago Chico and from there faced a very difficult, brushy, and steep climb up to a trail at about elevation 750 m. Weather permitting, it may be easier to packraft all the way back to the land bridge between Lago Chico and Lago O’Higgins/San Martin. The trail on east side of the lake is well-formed, however, and there is one established campsite near a run down shack at the Lago Diablo turn off. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to avoid the illegal Lago Diablo crossing into Argentina, just after passing a large wooden sign that says “Sendero de Chile,” turn off to the east on a well-formed track and climb up through the forest. The track is well-formed, easy to follow, and passes by several good places to camp. There are some orange and white blazes which are hard to spot because they mark the track in the opposite direction. There is a brief cross-country section over the pass through open tundra, but the trail reappears as the route renters the trees. There are a couple river crossing, and the trail ends at the gravel road. Follow the road north back to the Carabineros outpost to inform them you made it back safely and to obtain an exit stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
In march and april the ferry that crosses Lago O'Higgins only leaves twice a week, which is mondays and thursdays at 8 a.m. (company Las Ruedas, reservation possible via whatsapp +56 966278836).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 December / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Warning between exit &amp;amp; entry:&lt;br /&gt;
You have to reach the other border control within one day, since recently both border controls compare the data every day.&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not arrive within one day, they (both border controls) will actually go looking for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Permit for Gpt38&lt;br /&gt;
For glaciers Chico and O'Higgins you can apply for an &amp;quot;Expedition Paper&amp;quot; at the Chilean border control. However, this does not allow you to cross the border to Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
At the argentinian border control, you can ask for the route Lago del Desierto - Lago Diablo (with return / no border crossing).&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: there is currently no standard procedure for GPT38 with border crossing. The two border controls check by radio whether all persons arrive on the other side within one day (and start search operations if necessary)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Ondrej &lt;br /&gt;
At he Argentinian police checkpoint I was actually asked why I had a three day old stamp. I wanted to avoid problems, so I said that I took a slow pace and did not walk on some days because it was raining constantly (which was true). I said that I built my tent, read a book and trying to wait out the rain. This (in a hindsight really poor) excuse was fortunately enough for the officer. He nodded and gave me the stamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019 / Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the GPT route takes a significant detour between these border controls and crosses the actual border at an non-officil location at the Refugio el Diabolo. If you ask the border police for permission to cross the border in this location than your request will probably be denied so better don’t ask and just tell that you are on the way to the Chile/Argentina without specifying the exact route (when asking for your exit stamp).&lt;br /&gt;
We have taken this non-official route twice in January 2017 and January 2019 without any issue.&lt;br /&gt;
Worst case scenario is that you arrive with a several days old exit stamp on the other side and the border control police becomes upset and ask you to walk back on the shortest route (Option 1) to get a fresh stamp but I have not heard this happening in recent years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Comment Jan Dudeck: In recent years we and other hikers had no issues staying several days between the Chilean and Argentine border post. Some years ago the situation was different but both sides seams more relaxed now as long as you arrive on the other side with an exit stamp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019 / Arnaud et Adriane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the team of our hotel in Villa O'Higgins, we officially have 24h to cross the border.(...) Don't say to the argentinian customs that you were there because the mirador is officially in chile (200m after the border but without any puesto) just say that you walked to the refugio del Diablo which is on the path and 200m before the border.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT38 - Glaciar Chico]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT36P_(Rio_Baker)&amp;diff=113493</id>
		<title>GPT36P (Rio Baker)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT36P_(Rio_Baker)&amp;diff=113493"/>
				<updated>2024-01-04T02:22:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-31 / 3 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RP + Variant G / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For alternative entering of the Rio Baker via Rio Chacabuco see also Section 35&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I really enjoyed the ride on the rio baker. Technically it was not difficult but indeed it’s a mighty stream and you will observe big boils from time to time. Due to the high speed its easy to make 50 km or more per day. The first rapid {36P} [41.8/77] can be run on the right side in the main current but watch out for strong whirlpools after. I portaged rapido {36P} [56.9/70] ‘gonzalez’. It might be not impossible and the line is quite obvious and straight, but the consequences if not sticking to the line could be severe. Jan is right mentioning losing your boat there is a catastrophe. There is a good camp spot in the woods at the begin of the portage. I think the third rapid Jan mentioned is at Settler {36H-03} [6.8/63]. I found that rather easy and went on the left side. El Salton must be portaged of course. Massive forces here. The portage trail has nice campsites, too. I found a nice camping spot at one of the small islands at S 47° 40.282’ W 073° 06.376’ with lot of ripe calafate berry and even some of the first strawberries. Most of the bigger islands have cattle. There is one last rapid at S 47° 46.027’ W 073° 17.559’ called rapido borquez. It can be easily run on the right side. I left the river at the airport an toked Variant G to the beautiful town of Caleta Tortel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT36H Regular Packrafting Route / Southern End: Laguna Clara to Villa O‘Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
2020-Jan-08 1.5 days Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
﻿The Ruta de los Pioneros“ is one of the historic routes that was created and used by the first settlers in the last century. This route connected Villa O’Higgins with Cochrane long before the Carreta Austral was completed in the year 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northern and the southern terminus; approx. 50 km on each end; are now upgraded to gravel roads. Only the roughly 100 km in the middle remain a classic animal trail made and created by people on horses to drive cattle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To bypass as much as feasible of these gravel roads we have investigated in recent years multiple alternatives on both ends of GPT36H. Especially with a packraft most of these gravel road kilometers can be bypassed on a very attractive combination of lakes and rivers with shorter portages in between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now investigated and verified a route that first crosses the 2 km wide Lago Claro and than connects on an excellent 2 km trail to Rio Meyer. To continue either only cross Rio Meyer (like we did) or float downstream o. this river up to 4 km (alternative river exit to be scouted first!). An perfectly maintained trail leads then to Lago Biceño (2 to 6 km depending on only crossing Rio Meyer or floating downstream up to 4 km on Rio Mayer). Here a decision needs to be made depending on wind: either paddle a part of Lago Briceño or or continue walking 8 km to Salto on an scenic very well maintained trail (Alternatively a 6 km long trail connects from Lago Briceño to Lago Salto on a different route). After traversing 4 km on Lago Salto a 1 km short animal trail leads to Lago Cines. Once you reach Lago Cisnes it’s 13 km on a combination of lakes and rivers that gets you very close to Villa O’Higgins. Only the last 3 km into the village must be walked on a gravel road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We travelled this route in 1.5 days and really enjoyed the landscape, the excellent trails and the scenic paddling. Even in suboptimal weather this route is feasible and offers plenty of alternatives and escape routes. Therefore I will re-route the regular packrafting route of GPT36H to this route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between Lago Claro and Lago Salto we discovered the best maintained trails of the entire Aysen region. Bridges cross even the smallest streams and all muddy areas are crossed on wooden passages. After years of hiking in this region this came as a surprise. But we also know why. These trails were not created to serve the public but a single family: los “Luksic”, the richest clan of Chile (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andrónico_Luksic_Abaroa). They buy up huge plots of land in this region to create family resorts and as investments. The land between Lago Claro and Lago Salto is owned to my knowledge by this family. And they have the money to contract a large stuff to i.e. create and maintain trails on their properties. What was nice: when a group of 3 employees passed us on a trail on quarts they did not challenge us but gave use useful recommendations how to continue. Legally, access to lakes, rivers and the coast must be given in Chile even if the private property i.e. surrounds a lake but landlords can make it difficult anyway. To my knowledge all access routes from public roads a locked but since we accessed this area on water we did not have to climb over locked gates. Therefore this route seams to me suitable for packrafters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple route variations are feasible that link in further lakes. Short bushwhacking portages might be required in this case but the landscape and vegetation seams generally more open than the Valdivian rain forrest on the Aysen coast. Someone can easily spend up to 5 days discovering other packrafting routes in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-28 / 6 days / Option 3: Lago Quetru, Rio Pascua, Lago &amp;amp; Glaciar Bergues, Fiordo Buzeta / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This 5 to 7 day round-trip is an fascinating hidden gemstone that combines some of the finest packrafting on lakes, rivers and fjords in touching distance to the Southern Patagonian Icefield with some demanding bushwhacking and visits of remotely living settlers. It’s South-Western Patagonia in a nutshell. The entire route traverses an area that is practically never visited by tourists and this not because of lack of attraction but because it is simply off the trotted path and requires a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its needs a window of decent weather to make it an enjoyable adventure. Thanks to the remaining two homesteads of settlers that offer food and accommodation someone can sit out unsuitable weather with comfort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Bravo to Lago Quetru: The first 14 km are an annoying road walk that might be shortened by hitchhiking the first 9 km from ferry landing point Point Rio Bravo to the crossing where the road to Rio Pascua starts. From there its 5 more km on a gravel road to the 4 km long Lago Negro that may be packrafted. If you are in a rush or want to use a window of good weather to advance faster better keep walking directly to the northern terminus of Lago Quetru. This avoids packing you packraft for the 2 km portage from Lago Negro to Lago Quetru.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lago Quetru to Rio Pascua: Lago Quetru is a nice 6 km paddle followed by a 2 km long very calm drainage river. Just before this river flows into Rio Pascua you find the home of Don Hernan Huelet to you left. His family offers accommodation and food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Pascua: Rio Pascua is to my knowledge the 3rd largest river of Chile in volume (discharge flow rate, after Rio Bio Bio and Rio Baker). This river is the drainage of Lago O’Higgins and descents on the first 30 km from 250 m altitude to about 20 m altitude in numerous rapids and cascades. After the last rapid the river continues for 30 more km as a powerful fast flowing river before discharging his turquoise water into the Pacific. This lower part of Rio Pascua is free of rapids but powerful eddies and trees in the water require the full attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homestead of Amelia: About 5 km before the discharge into the Pacific you find the homestead of Amelia and here family to you right next to the river. Amelia walked in autumn 1967 with here family including three little kids, cattle and horses in about 35 days from Rio Salto near Cochrane through the mountains to this location to take the land to settle (no maps, no compass, partly no trails, no ultra-light gear, no GPS, no satellite communication). She happily opens here home for visitors and offers accommodation and food. Being here guest and listening to here adventures was a highlight of the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lago Bergues and Campo de Hielo de Sur: This highly recommendable side trip gets you in two days from the homestead of Amelia to the edge of the Southern Patagonian Icefield and back. You can leave not needed food and gear with Amelia. Cross Rio Pascua and follow the gravel road to the bridge of Rio Borgues. Before crossing the river start walking 6 km through the wetland and glacier sediments to Lago Bergues. This rather easy bushwhacking and cross-country took us only 3 hours. Inflate you packraft and paddle the 8 km to the glacier that flows down from the Southern Patagonian Icefield. Keep the required safety distance to the glacier and the floating blocks of ice that may disintegrate anytime. You may camp one night on one of the beaches in this area but try to camp as high as possible. Return on the same route. Experienced whitewater packrafters may consider to paddle down the drainage river after a careful analysis of satellite images and scouting the river. We did not dear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiordo Buzeta: On a very calm early morning float down from the homestead of Amelia the last 5 km of Rio Pascua into Pacific. While crossing the bay we observed a whale blowing fountains of water into air when breathing. Be aware that the sea in the bay Bahia Baja Pascua can be very rough if the wind enters from the north or the east. Better wait if conditions are not suitable. From the river mouth paddle 25 km to the northern terminus of Fiordo Buzeta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiordo Buzeta to Rio Bravo: Walking the 5 km from the northern terminus of Fiordo Buzeta to the Carretera Austral took us 8 hours; much more than expected and described by locals. Especially the first 2.5 km to Lago Cypress halfway were demanding. We again and again lost the faint trail but the rocky terrain makes it advisable to follow the established route and not to try to bushwhack your way. This would k lead again and again to cliffs with no safe continuation. Occasional trail marks (red pieces of fabric, blue pieces of plastic and machete tree marks and cuts) were extremely helpful but the distance between these marks increased and countless animal tracks divert in all directions. We have now a full GPS record what should facilitate further traverses. I will share this GPS record only if the next hiker promises to carry a machete (to clean the established route and make fresh tree marks) and lots of material to better mark the trail (i.e. yellow fabric strips).Especially from the highest point to Lago Cypress halfway we lost several hours in search of the established route. The second half of the portage (another 2.5 km) through the wetland was a lot easier and took us only 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Carretera Austral to Villa O’Higgins: Once you hit the Carretera Austral consider to backtrack to the refuge at the ferry landing point Rio Bravo. There you may sleep sheltered and it is the best point to hitchhike or catch a bus towards Villa O’Higgins. Diehard Thru-Hikers need to get prepared for 60 to 70 km of road walking. The regular packrafting route of this section becomes attractive again at Rio Colorado about 30 km before Villa O’Higgins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins see post: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1Mzg1NDI0OTMzMTgzMDg%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-27 / 1 day (40km) / Regular Packrafting Route / SOBO from Tortel to Rio Bravo via Canal Montalva and Fiordo Mitchell / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After packrafting Rio Baker from Cochrane to Tortel last season we verified now the continuation from Tortel to Rio Bravo in the fjords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Baker see: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1MzM3MDUyMTcxMzUzNjk%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We timed our travel to Tortel to arrive just before a series of low-wind day. The yr.no page predicted wind between 1 and 3 m/s during the entire next day which is exceptionally calm for this region (we had actually gusts of wind exceeding 10 m/s). We left Tortel paddling at sunrise to use the normally calmer morning to advance as much as possible and to cross in particular the most wind exposed area called by locals “quatro viento” as early as possible. “Quatro viento” means “four winds” and refers to a 2 km wide area where 4 fjords join and where often strong wind and high waves make paddling with a small raft unsafe. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 6 am and noon the sea was exceptionally calm. Then the wind picked then up during some heavy showers forcing us out of the water at one of the few small beaches along the route in Fiordo Mitchell. Luckily the sea calmed down after a hour and we could continue all the way to the point where the Carretera Austral continues at ferry landing point Rio Bravo at the end of the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this ferry port a spacious refuge was build for the people that wait for the ferry that connects two parts of the Carretera Austral (during high season the ferry runs 4 times per day). During the summer this refuge is frequently used by bikers that travel the Carretera Austral on bicycle. If you plan to sleep in the refuge (recommendable) you will therefore probably share it with bikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To continue towards Villa O’Higgins I recommend hitchhiking or taking a bus. Diehard Thru-Hikers need to get prepared for 60 to 70 km of road walking. The regular packrafting route of this section becomes attractive again at Rio Colorado. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins see: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1Mzg1NDI0OTMzMTgzMDg%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This packrafting route should only be attempted on two consecutive calm days. Don’t plan to complete the entire fjord route in one day. This is only feasible if the afternoon remains reasonable calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overcasted days with no or light rain are normally the best days for paddling fjords and lakes as the wind on sunny days normally increases in the late morning or around noon and remains strong till the late afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tortel is a village where waiting several days for suitable weather is feasible. Alternatively you may take a bus towards Villa O’Higgins to continue paddling on Rio Colorado about 30 km before Villa O’Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This route is only recommended in southbound direction due to the predominant wind direction in Fiordo Mitchell. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When packrafting these fjords be prepared to bail out at one of the few beaches and carry enough food and sweet water for several days in case you get stuck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did not see any other boat in these fjords until reaching ferry. We were told about one settler that lives a bit of the route near “quatro viento”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We paddled Fiordo Mitchell during rising tide and noticed a slight favorable tidal flow. During falling tide the tidal flow may get annoying in some parts of the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-25 to 2019-Jan-27 / GPT36P Rio Baker Southbound /  Regular Packrafting Route  / Part 1 of 3: Cochrane to Tortel / Ricardo Campos, Jennifer Schmitz(Jen Ni), Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rio Baker is with approx. 900 cubic meter per second Chile's largest river in terms of volume of water. Few rivers this large in the world remain undammed and free flowing. And apart from a few settlers on some of the river beaches you see barely any signs of human intervention. This makes this 170 km long river a beautiful but giant beast. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first river section powerful rapids fill the wide river valley with the constant roars of crushing water. Someone can admire this show of force from the distant Carretera Austral when traveling from Lago General Carrera to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only on the last 140 km this beast mostly snoozes but growls and snarls from time to time. And in one place - the “Salton” - it smashes everything with his giant fist that gets in his way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafting this lower part of Rio Baker is feasible for experienced packrafters but if you are not at least slightly scared you lack the right attitude. Powerful eddies and huge boils in the river bends require a constant careful reading of the water and foresighted, precise and forceful maneuvering. Strong wind can make the control of your packraft impossible so be prepared to sit out periods of unsuitable weather. The river flows with an average speed of about 8 km/h but exceeds this velocity in some parts substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one mortal rapid about halfway between the put in and the outflow into the sea: the “Salton”. An well maintained trail makes the 1 km portage rather easy but don’t miss the exit (details see below).&lt;br /&gt;
Three minor to moderate rapids should be carefully scouted or portaged. Depending on the current flow rate the difficulty and the possible rafting lines alter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first of the three rapids (Class 2) can be paddled generally on two lines: the relative wide open right side or a very slim “chicken line” on the far left. Expect strong eddies that require forceful paddling to stabilize the packraft in and after the rapid. A scouting and portage is also possible if stopping on the left side before the rapid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second moderate rapid is known as “Rapido Gonzalez” and is a rather long Class 3 rapid. The character of this rapid changes significantly with the amount of water. There is a reasonably well maintained portage trail on the right side. We portaged our packrafts about 1 km around this rapid after scouting. Paddling this rapid with an open packraft, without helmet, without a full size white-water-PFD and without plenty of white water experience seams not advisable. Losing your boat and gear in this remote area would put anyone in serious trouble even if making it back to river shore unhurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third minor rapid (Class 2) can be paddled rather safely if staying in the middle between the big boulders or it can be portaged on right side after entering a small bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy wind may make it impossible to paddle all the way to the sea. In this case you may leave Rio Baker at the airfield at Tortel or in the few spots where the road to Tortel is next to the river (only few spots on the last 30 river km).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suitable camp sites are relatively frequent thanks to the few settlers on both sides of the river and the cattle grazing land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would advise against packrafting this river solo or in a single boat. Only a second packraft provides the recommended support in case one boat is flipped by one of the powerful eddies and boils.&lt;br /&gt;
We were very fortunate with weather and wind and packrafted nearly 150 km in 2.5 days (approx. 25 h moving time including two portages). Also the fjord was unusual calm and we paddled into Tortel from the sea what makes the perfect finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Tortel you can resupply and bus to Cochrane and Villa O‘Higgins. A good continuation for packrafters is the Rio Colorado, Lago Colorado, Lago Cisnes, Lago Ciervo and Rio Mayer southbound on the way to Villa O‘Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-29 / GPT36P Rio Baker / Packrafting Route / Part 2 of 3: Tortel to Rio Colorado / With Jennifer Schmitz (Jen Ni) , Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Carretera Austral connects since 2003 Tortel with Villa O’Higgins and several buses per week connect both villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no trails left taking the bus is to my opinion the most practical option to connect from the Rio Baker with the next packrafting part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Connecting footsteps disciples” have three options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Roadwalk 115 km and packraft 9 km (from Puerto Yungay to Puerto Rio Bravo in a rather wind exposed fjord)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Roadwalk 67 km and packraft 40 km from Tortel to Puerto Rio Bravo in wind explosed fjords with few good exit and camp options. This 40 packraft kilometers are an serious challenge and might result in substantial waiting time for low-wind periods. See the attached image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Follow GPT36H instead of GPT36P.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-30 / GPT36P Rio Baker / Regular Packrafting Route / Part 3 of 3: Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins or Puerto Bahmondez / With Jennifer Schmitz (Jen Ni), Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This packrafting combination of 4 river sections and 3 or 4 lakes (depending on finish point) makes up a senic and quite diverse packrafting day (30 to 35 km). You can remain continuously on the water till either leaving at the suspension bridge over Rio Mayer (to resupply in Villa O’Higgins) or paddle all the way to Puerto Bahmondez (if you already have a ticket for the crossing to Candelario Mancilla and all your supplies for GPT38).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rather small rivers are mostly framed by dense low forest and swampland what limits the entry and exit options. But the small rivers contain surprisingly few fallen trees if entering at El Parrillal as we did.&lt;br /&gt;
While driving by bus to our put in at Parrillal we had a glimpse of some upstream parts of Rio Colorado that are currently published as an exploration packrafting route. This upstream river section seams in parts too shallow and completely blocked by trees and I will delete the first 14 km of it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When hiking on land someone can open overgrown parts by machete but when packrafting I don’t want to rely on a machete to smash a passage into an overgrown mini-river. So better skip the 22 km of Exploration Packrafting Route completely (EXP-RP-RI-1@36P-257.6) or investigate only the last 8 km of this Exploration Packrafting Route that seams open on satellite images. For this investigation seak your way from about Las Turbas at the Carretera Austral to Rio Colorado (see images with updated exploration suggestion).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT36P - Río Baker‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT35_(Parque_Patagonia)&amp;diff=113492</id>
		<title>GPT35 (Parque Patagonia)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT35_(Parque_Patagonia)&amp;diff=113492"/>
				<updated>2024-01-04T02:20:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-30 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / Option 10 C / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I attempted this option as an alternative starting point for section 36G. Hitchhiked to the bridge of Carreterra Austral over Rio Chacabuco. I scouted rapid {35-10C} [2.3/121] from 100 m above and it looked feasible. This was not true when I approached on the river after entering just before the bridge. The rapid was impassable (late afternoon) which brought me into serious troubles. The canyon is pretty steep here and there is no way back. It was not fun to climb the steep slopes cliffs to escape the 100 m deep canyon. Its really dangerous. The rapid is pretty hard to investigate from above. I would recommend to only go later in the season and only in the morning or at least with company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-21 / 8 day / Hiking + Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Option 10 + Old and new tracks to Administration Parque Patagonia Valle Chacabuco  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most have been described by Kris and Stina. The plateau and the entire track is awesome. After the kind Arriero at the puesto {35} [15.8/1075] (actually its his house) I found it a little bit tricky to find a good route first but then just ascended and found a nice cross country route. Camped before the plateau. There are nice spots just before 1400 m, after that its just rocky until you descend to the Water {35} [23.9/1586]. Camp {35} [32.6/1300] was a little bit swampy. Found a better spot 300 m south. Try to be early at the road if you want to hitchhike. I was lucky and got the last car passing at 14.00 to the park at day. On the 25/12 the park entrance (but only the entrance) is always closed! Keep in mind if you come around christmas. At the park entrance you must disinfect your packrafting gear due to Didymo algae. I could not packraft lago jenimeni and verde due to wind but its still stunning. Between Water {35} [75.5/937] and Ford {35} [79.3/846] there is a approx. 3-4 steep bluff. I felt really uncomfortable with my heavy backpack as a lot of erosion happened to the steep ‘steps’. Maybe exploring an additional bush bashing route is feasible here. The ford was rather deep and could be a problem for shorter persons but I crossed in the evening, so in the morning it should be fine. Collapsed Refuge {35} [81.0/819] makes a nice camp spot. The other forts were fine. Stayed one night at Casa Piedra were I met Tobi and Fangwen and spend dinner and breakfast together the next day. CONAF first denied to packraft Rio Chacabuco due to conservation reasons, but after I mentioned that I came along all the track with my gear and rangers et sector jenimeni they were fine with me going on that river. The river is a bit unspectacular. I left at the River Out {35} [119.8/277] and I followed the old trail/road to Park Ranger, Refuge, Camp {35} [123.2/263]. There is a new picknick hut and I spend the night in there with a spectacular view of the valle chacabuco to the rims of campo hielo norte. The next day I continued the old track right side of the river (not in the GPT track files) until the bridge {35-10} [4.7/265]. Track is still in good conditions and occasionally used by the horses and guanacos there. A wonderful hike with massive views. I than continued on the CONAF trail (also not in the GPT track files) to Park administracion at Lodging $$$ {35-03} [1.9/340]. Would not recommend the restaurant. 65 $ for a 3 course meal but nothing fancy. Better spend for dinner in Cochrane. But for a post hike drink at the bar it is a lovely place and staff is kind. Also liked the museum and stayed the night at the campsite approximately 2 km away. The puma still seems to be there occasionally. Next day I hitchhiked out to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-18 to 2023-Dec-23/ 5.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got a taxi for the first 8 kilometers of the roadwalk. Nobody present at the farm where the dirtroad starts to go uphill, gates easy to get through, friendly dog. We hiked just 6km and made camp by a stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day passed the puesto at km15.8, owner seemed friendly and waved. Slowly climbed up to the plateau, lots of water everywhere, very few snowpatches en route. Perfect day - not much wind. Saw lots of guanacos, hares, flamingos. Moving cross-country was ok throughout. Climbed a few barbed-wire fences. Finally found the dirt road, hiked to camp at km42.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning hitched a ride to the park entry with a ranger. We had no online booking as we didn't know when we'd arrive, they had us make one on site. Super friendly guys, said that there is currently fewer visitors than normally at this time. The route between Rio San Antonio crossing and Camp Raleigh has been changed, partially new trail built; follows mainly the Lago Esmeralda trail. There is now a brand new hanging bridge over Rio San Antonio right next to Camp Raleigh, avoiding all the needless crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the camp there trail seems new in places, but then resorts to many rivercrossings again. The way up and down the Puertozuela La Gloria is steep and loose. After Lago Verde there are a million more crossings until you turn South. Here the trail is not much maintained, lots of fallen trees. The next 25km to Casa Piedra the trail is a bit harder to see at first but then gets much better. The guy (not a ranger) at Casa Piedra informed us that the Siete Lagos trail is closed but couldn't say why. It's definitely overgrown in parts, lots of fallen trees - need to keep track on the gpx at all times. After settler at km135.2 the trail has been recently maintained and bushes cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For photos and stories, you can follow us on Instagram: @smallfootprint_bigadventures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-31 to 2023-Apr-06 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option J / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We enjoyed this section a lot, especially with all the beautiful autumn colors in early April and basically without people until the last part before Cochrane. PN Patagonia closed some sectors on the first Monday in April, so we were the last ones to get a permission and do this section ‘legally’. Be prepared for this if you want to do this part in April or later. The problem is they close Casa Del Piedra and probably won’t let you pass to that sector from Lago Jeinemeni, where the entrance stays open for longer time. Sneaking around the guards house early in the morning or just not be specific about your plans might work if needed, its very unlikely you would meet anyone on the way from the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just like others we found the plateau between km 20-28 very very windy. Definitely don’t count with camping there. We found a good spot right after the secound pass, aprox. 500m down the hill where you can find a wind protected place. The descent down is a little slow but with nice views, guanacos, horses.. simply amazing. Once back on the road, it’s not too far to the PN entrance where we met a guard, but fortunately were able to get a permission as described above. The trail from Lago Jeinemeni was one of our favorites. All the fords were easy, but expect quite slow progress in the CC parts. We camped in a forrest at km 81 where is a destroyed refugio but still a good spot for camping. The rest of the trail to Casa Del Piedra is again straightforward and the landscape is somehow more dry. We didn’t cross the first bridge but went with the J option which turned out to be a good decision as we met a xx of guanacos that let us come really close to them. Closed and locked refugio still provides a good shelter, but when open it must be a perfect stop in the middle of this long section. Water was turned off as well but there is a stream behind the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent the next night on the beach of Lago Gutierrez where is enough space to build a tent - bushes around the trail are otherwise very thorny and sharp. After the ascent to the pass was a good stream of water, probably the last place to safely take unfiltered water for the next couple of kms. The trail from there leads around all the lakes and is nice and easy. We spent the night in a refugio at km 134. This one was the only one standing from what we have seen and its a good shelter when it rains, however we decided to stay in our tent anyway. You can make fire inside. Closest water is actually the one in a lake uphill, the stream on the other side of the path was very dirty and hard to gather anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From there its a one more day until the finish with a good pace. We haven’t met the settler Daniel, but he’s definitely still living there. Beautiful beach of Lago Cochrane and from there we started to meet more and more tourists, doing just a day hike or some circuit around the lake - might be a good option as well in this beautiful region. The last kms felt a little long for us as we were looking forward to have some rest and enjoy all the fun in town. At the official campsite were a few people but no one asked us about anything. There are nice toilets and shower. From there its around 30m to Cochrane. Good to remember they celebrate Easter holidays in Chile as well, but we still managed to find some shop and bakery open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  12/03/2023 - 18/03/2023 / RR SOBO / Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing section 35 was due to closure of the Patagonia NP caused by heavy rains with helicopter rescue of several tourists from Valle Hermoso quite complicated, we did walk all we could in Tamango reserve and later (when it was opened) in Chacabuco valley. Be sure not to miss the museum. It's really worth it. The northern part was opened as the last one, that's why we've skipped it and hitchhiked back to Caretera. All paths in great condition. When going from Tamango to Chacabuco there's one suggestion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that on RR (35, km 141) ends new 11km long track ”Huemules” which starts at the parking in Chacabuco valley on RP (35, km 132.5). That trail might be a nice alternative to RR (mud road) leading over private land of settler David Huemul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*8.02. - 05.03.23 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher / SOBO, Chile Chico - Cochrane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started in Chile Chico around 5 pm walking the first km on the road. After a while we got a ride to the Bahía Jara cross and camped a few hundred meters further near the street (we carried water from Chile Chico).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent to the plateau is mostly easy dirtroad walking and the last CC part easy to navigate. The whole stretch on the plateau until the street at km 41.5 we had extreme wind, which made walking super tiring and nearly blew us away a few times. We found a tiny and steep, but wind protected place to set up our tent at around km 28 in the ridge dug by the river. We had to get a bit inventive to set it up and to be able to sleep properly there. There were almost no other places that were protected by the wind until you get off the plateau. As almost all previous entries say, it's better to camp off the plateau. But it's really worth doing it because you can see Guanacos and flamingos on it :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we reached the street at km 41.5 we were lucky and a car passed by a few minutes later, which brought us to the entrance of Parque Patagonia. We payed 15k CLP p.p. and walked to the camp Raleigh at Lago verde. There are some sheltered places to set up the tent, with an unfamiliar amount of people for the GPT. Lago Verde is beautiful though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day involves lots of river- and stream crossings and it started to rain not particularly heavy, but after some hours we were completely wet. Therefore the rivercrossing at km 82.6 was really hard for Anna (1,63 m) but we managed by inertlocking our arms and doing it step by step slowly. After that the trails get really good and you can walk way faster. We camped at the unofficial camp site at km 84.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had good weather the next day and the trail was really good until Lago Gutierrez. Up to the pass the trail gets a bit worse with some navigation issues, but you always find a good path again. As the others wrote there are only some tiny streams within the first km after the pass until the next Laguna, so we filled up our bottles there and camped somewhere in the forest soon afterwards once it started to rain again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day there were still not too much water sources and we fetched the first water at the first Laguna which wasn't super easy to access. The trail until Lago Cochrane wasn't in bad condition neither. We also took Option L, which follows the 'regular' siete lagunas trail. The stretch from Lago Cochrane until the Conaf office at the end of the lake is absolutely amazing with great views of one of the clearest lakes in the world. We camped at km 145.7 and took a bath in the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last 8 km to Cochrane went super fast on an easy trail until Conaf and 4 km road walking to the town, so happily we could escape from the starting rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 20 to 24 of February 2023 / Silke &amp;amp; Hans / Loop - Fachinal -&amp;gt; Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't do the regular route, but read about an intresting loop starting in Fachinal and entering the normal route at Valley Hermoso. We then continued along the regular route to the entrance at Laguna Jeinimeni, and back to Chile Chico. The first 3 days from Fachinal we didn't see any other hikers, but it was pretty clear why. The trail was completely overgrown, full of fallen trees and a lot of the time there is no trail at all. But we managed our way through pretty good, and is was an awesome alternative to enter the Park. We recorded our GPX for others, waypointed some POI's and added some photo's to it: https://ridewithgps.com/trips/114121493&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 1 / 18km / +740m /&lt;br /&gt;
Although we heard of a bus to Fachinal from Chile Chico, nobody really appeared to know any information about it.. In the terminal the people we spoke said there were none. So we started hitchhiking the following morning. But after 3-4h of no luck we went back to the terminal, and all of a sudden there was a bus leaving at 11:30. 10.000 pesos pp, a little expensive but being unsuccesfull hitchhiking we took it. We had lunch at the turnoff, and starting hiking around 13:00. The first part is on a clear double track, but soons turns into a clear singletrack. We took the wrong intersection twice (waypointed on our GPX). We camped right before the first big river crossing. There is one steel cable, so if you bring a harness you could tiroller across. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 2 / 22km / +1100m /&lt;br /&gt;
First up, we crossed the river. The water level didn't seem a lot lower than the day before, and at the deepest part it was about halfway our thighs. After taking another wrong intersection and backtracking, we reach the second river crossing. Again a steel cable is provided but the crossing was pretty straightforward, and the water level was only slighty above our knees. Just across the river is a an old cabin, and then short after a very new refugio (locked, used by a trekking agency). The trail gets super dense after this, climbs steeply on the mountain side and dissapears completely on numerous occasions. After the climb it flattens out, opens up and you reach a laguna. After the laguna it's the easiest to just follow the river bed down to the open valley floor (possible sheltered campsite in the forest). Follow the valley floor to another amazing laguna where you can camp near a second locked refugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 3 / 14km / +440m /&lt;br /&gt;
We started the day with a side-trip to a mirador looking over the glacier high above. Takes about 1,5-2 hours return. We then packed up camp and headed for Valley Hermoso. You pass another beautiful laguna and follow the river down to the main valley. Lots of river crossing here. We camped at the Refugio Valley Hermoso, arriving earlier than expected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 4 / 15km / +200m /&lt;br /&gt;
Very short and easy daytrip to another laguna. About 3 hours return. We just chilled the rest of the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 5 / 36km / +830m /&lt;br /&gt;
Final day along the normal route to the entrance of Laguna Jeinimeni. The day started off with some heavy rain for a couple of hours, but all the river crossings were still very doable. We arrived at the entrance around 13:00, and there was no sign of anybody leaving soon. So we decided to continue hiking untill we could find a ride along the way. We ended up hiking an extra 19km before finally a car was willing to take us along. There is an established campsite at the entrance for 3000 pesos pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 19 to 24 of February 2023 / Will / SOBO, regular route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not too much to add on this one. I had a good time but the section felt long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way up to the first plateau there were a few somewhat sheltered places to camp past the puesto. I camped around km 19, just before the last steep climb up to the plateau. Lots of streams around there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the river crossings went above my knees, after a dry week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I liked the detour up to the Lago Jeinemeni mirador. I also took variant I out and back to a glacier lake, I'm less sure whether that was worth it. I couldn't find any real trail, it was nice easy cross country walking through the woods followed by some open rocky ground. The glacial lake was cool, but not as spectacular as some of the ones I've seen in other sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I camped at the casa de piedras and took a luxurious warm shower. The ranger said you're supposed to pay at the office in valle Chacabuco, but since our route doesn't go there she just let me stay for free. She also said that sendero de siete lagunas (our route) was closed, but that I could do it since I had my gps and satellite communicator. She made it sound tough/dangerous though it turned out to be fairly quick trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much water or campsites along the siete lagunas. There's a nice campsite at the tip of the pencil lake just after the (still intact!) refugio at 133.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-12-19 / NOBO / RR + Option 35-L / Ondrej and Bara / Cochrane - Chile Chico / 7.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We really enjoyed this section! We went from Cochrane to Chile Chico. Our favourite parts were the descent through Valle Hermoso and the descent on the cross country section to Chile Chico. We spent 7.5 days on this section, taking a relaxed pace and including a half day break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We only had to pay 9,000 CLP per person entrance fee at the Cochrane park gate (sector Tamango). We then showed the pass three days later to a ranger at Casa de Piedras and he let us go. The final checkpoint for us was the CONAF park exit/entrance at Lago Jeinemeni. The ranger there didn’t want to see our pass at all, he just asked from where we hiked (we said Casa de Piedras).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some details: - Starting from Cochrane, the trail is easy walking up until km 144.9. As you leave Lago Cochrane, the trail is harder to follow. Fortunately this lasts only up to km 138, where the trail becomes easy to follow again. We camped next to the refuge on km133.9. The refuge has a good roof and can serve as an emergency shelter. There is no good water next to it though - we needed to climb the hill to the laguna to refill. - From roughly km 125 to km 99, the RR follows the old Siete Lagunas trail, which is not maintained anymore. Expect some fallen trees and slightly overgrown parts but the trail is beautiful and easy to navigate in general. - We took Option L to cut some overgrown road walking as recommended by others. We really liked it. - We camped next to the destroyed refuge at Laguna Guagua (km 118.3) and really loved the place - there is an amazing pebble beach at the laguna. - If you don’t want to camp at Casa de Piedras, there is a place for a small tent and a stream at roughly km 97 (-47.07463, -72.20439). We camped there. - The river crossings in Valle Aviles and Vale Hermoso were maximum to our knees. The deepest one was at Lago Verde (km 66.1). However, the river levels can change rapidly when it rains the days before - do check the weather. - We camped at the eastern shore of Lago Verde (km 61.7; campsite Raleigh) and really loved it - it has picnic tables and a spacious cooking/eating shelter. - We hitchhiked the part on the road between km 53 and 41.5. Few cars go by but the hitch was easy - we stopped the first car. - The cross country section from km 41.5 is very different from the rest - semi-desert like and lots of animals. We saw llamas, flamimgos, condors and hares (among sheep, cows and horses). - Between km 38 and 33 the path goes along a fence. We had to get over the fence once (we scrambled below it without problems). - If you are going NOBO, expect stunning views of the General Carrera Lake and Torres del Avelano when coming from the last pass (km 20.8) down to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ranger in Casa de Piedras wanted to prevent us to walk the RR NOBO from Casa de Piedras to Valle Hermoso. He claimed that route is closed now as the rivers are too high to cross. To avoid conflict, we said that we will only do the “loop trail” which is basically the RR from Casa de Piedras up until the bridge where the RR joins Option J. The Option J is then used to return back to Casa de Piedras. When doing the loop, we met several hikers in the opposite direction who confirmed that all river crossings are fine. In light of this we decided to continue on the RR and indeed the deepest ford was to our knees. Therefore if faced with a ranger claiming that the rivers are too high, we suggest to start with the loop trail (rangers should be okay with that) and get more info on the river levels from the hikers going the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 last week January NoBo (6 days but could have very easily been done in less) / Helen and Craig + (Caro, Ali and Gabby)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Such lovely camp sites. Beautiful places to stay the night the whole way around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Very very easy trails. River crossing section isn't bad at all and the Valle hermosa lives up to its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;1st and last camp site particularly lovely&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Keep eyes peeled for pumas! I would have easily missed the sighting if I hadn't been looking the right way at the right time. They were super close. 10m or less away. Two cubs outside the refugio at casa peidra. Not where they are commonly seen in the park at all Aparently around west winds camp they are more commenly seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Museum in the middle of the section worth checking out. Very visual and quite hard hitting environmental museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Can hitch easy enough to Chile Chico but leave last camp early in the morning. There's often a driver with a 4x4 who drives hikers in to the park and will take you back for 10,000p/p. Hikers who were a few hours behind us had no luck hitching as demand can often overtake spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*27 of January to 1 of February 2023 / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach / GPT35 RR SOBO / 5.5 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Chile Chico - Lago Jeinimeni - Valle Hermoso - Casa de Piedra - Lago Cochrane - Cochrane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What a beautiful and diverse stretch of the GPT! I hiked half of this section with Zach, up to Casa de Piedras at km 98.9. We were unable to get a hitch out of Chile Chico, so we ended up walking the road to where the trail begins. No navigation issues, but the entire cross-country section to Río de las Nieves (waypoint at 42.7 km) is very exposed and was very windy when we crossed. We ended up camping at the water at 23.9 km, but the wind blew very strongly all night and I was worried it might take my tent. If you can, it is better to camp off this plateau unless the weather is calm. Lots of guanaco trails to follow :) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the CONAF office at km 53.0, we each paid 9,000 clp for entry to the national park, plus 6,000 clp for passage/camping along the trail to Casa de Piedras in the Valles Hermoso and Aviles. Beautiful trail the whole way, popular and well-maintained, with cairns and markers to follow. There is an awesome shelter and camping area with picnic tables on the eastern shore of Lago Verde, at the end of Option D. In my opinion it was nicer than the popular refugio in Valle Hermoso (km 68.1) that everyone talks about. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had no issues with fords, except the one at km 82.6 which flows into Río Aviles. It was the end of a warm sunny day, so the flow was quite high and strong. Had I been on my own I would have camped on the north side and waited till morning to cross. However, this time I was able to cross by linking arms with Zach as he is much taller than me and was more stable in the current. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Casa de Piedras, Zach and I parted ways as he wanted to packraft down the Río Chacabuco. The ranger at the Casa told me the Sendero de las Siete Lagunas (which begins at km 99.5) was no longer maintained. This is true, there were stretches in the desertlike brush that were hard to follow, and I checked the GPS frequently. Generally it was better when the trail went into wooded areas. I also found this trail to be dry — the only water I found was the water from the lagunas and a tiny trickle about a kilometer south of the pass. Lots of spiky plants that get stuck in your socks and shoes. I took Option L to cut out some overgrown minor road walking. It's sad that this trail is being neglected and left to be swallowed up by nature, because otherwise it is quite scenic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horse trail that goes from the puesto of Daniel Huemul (km 143.3) to Lago Cochrane was also rough and overgrown. Everything gets easier once you reach Lago Cochrane though, nice, maintained trails all the way to Cochrane with beautiful places to camp along the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT35 / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam / 2022-Dec-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much is already detailed below, so we will keep it short &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 day: from Chile Chico to the entrance of the National Park. We camped one night before the pass at S 46.61639 W 71.81632. Water right next to the camp. Pass is very windy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days: from the National Park to the Refugio. Nice refugio with small house where you can make a fire inside to dry things. From the Refugio to Casa Piedra is possible in one day. But it is a long day with many kilometres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5 days: Casa Piedra to Cochrane. Leaving Casa Piedra, after a few hundred metres the trail leaves the Minor Road and enters the trail (where there is a large stone marker). The trail is officially closed and partly in bad condition. There are many fallen trees on the trail, some of it is overgrown and not completely clear. We therefore checked the GPS regularly. We took OH-TL-V{35-L}, which saves a few kilometres of (overgrown) minor road.&lt;br /&gt;
We spent one night at Laguna Guagua (Refugio is completely destroyed) and one at Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
When we left the national park, no one was at the office. We therefore simply went through...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT35 Variant P, Option 3, 3C, 3D / Meylin Ubilla, Jan Dudeck / 2022-Dec-12 and 13 / 1.5 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While waiting in the village Cochrane for our friends to catch up, we did a little 1.5 day hike higher up next to Lago Cochrane that we visited at least 3 times by packraft in past years. For the first time this year we waked with a light backpack without packrafting gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took Variant P eastbound that slowly climbs on a gravel road to an altitude of 500 m and then continues as a panorama trail in this altitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, this is not authorized access to Parque Patagonia (Sector Tamango) and two gates need to be climbed but there was nobody to be seen on this route. The normal access to the park is down next Rio Cochrane and Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly the entire route was scenic and worth the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settler “El Húngaro” apparently sold the land and became part of the national park. There is an open building that might be used as a refuge in case of emergency but camping is probably more comfortable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The refuge at {35-P} [4.0/501] is collapsed but camping is pleasant on this pasture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail section OH-TL-V {35-03} [0.0+5.2] is not maintained for several years making this route inconvenient to walk. The route south of both lakes is easy walking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as Parque Patagonia does not challenge hikers to make a full traverse from Cochrane to Chile Chico it is prudent to take the official route which is the current regular route and pay the entrance fee near Cochrane when hiking northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But should longer multi-day traverses be denied, then it might be less bothersome to take Variant P which avoids the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafters can travel east and westbound on Lago Cochrane and will not pass any park entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alice &amp;amp; Florian / 4 to 10 November-2022 / Regular Hiking Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here's our story of our GPT35. We really enjoyed this section, it is really diverse, beautiful landscapes and we saw heaps of animals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we wanted to do the trail in the northbound direction, we took the bus from chile chico to Cochrane, arriving in chile chico from argentina from the south (border o'higgins closed...). It tales 4 hours and leaves on sunday at 14 (return Monday 7 Am), Monday 16 (return Tuesday 7 AM),Wednesday and Friday 7 Am (return 16).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took the option north of Cochrane because we were not sure if they would allow us to sleep in the tamango reserve. But, indeed you have to pass a no entry sign, a gate and a sign saying that entering the park that way is prohibited so we do not recommend it when it is written on the conaf website that it is allowed to sleep in tamango section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took the sendero de los huemules and slept at camp 1 waypoint. There was plenty of water at that time and a beautiful view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that we took the option OH-TL-V 35-P to avoid going downhill. The entry of this trail is about 150m before what is indicated on the GPT so be aware. I don't think the trail is an official one from the park so you have to fight your way through some bushes. But apart from that, it is clear. Then we joined the regular route, which since the 2022 version does follow the siete lagunas  trail. You will join the siete lagunas trail at the kilometer 11 more or less. We then camped around the km 13 of the  7 lagunas trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We found water just before climbing at the pass at S47°06.0856' W072°17.592' and there is more at the top. However, it is true that it is drier on the other side of the pass, so if you are going Southbound, pack enough water from Lago Gutierrez to climb the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent the third night at casa de Piedra where you have all facilities (electricity, hot shower, kitchen). Unfortunately for us they were on strike so they wouldn't allow us to go further on the trail. We did anyway as going out to jeiminini or through the road to chacabuco would take the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
By the way various national parks - including Torres del Paine were on strike at the moment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part in the aviles valley is really clear, the trail is really nice and easy and with a lot of water available. Exiting the casa de piedra you should take the option OH-TI-V 35-J instead of the regular route, it will save you 600 m and two river crossings, and the view is similar. Starting at km 20, you will have to reduce your pace because the trail is busy with a lot of fallen trees, bushes and rocks. Between the km 22 and 23 of the valle aviles trail, the trail has been swept away by the river this winter so you have to cross the river two more times to go around. The kilometers indications disappear more or less after the pass, at km 25. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that you enter the valle Hermoso.  We camped at the waypoint 17/Camp Valle Hermoso but we do not recommend it. It was really small and close to the river, so if there is a sudden level rise because of heavy rain or a flooding because of a glaciar outburst (GLOF), you might get wet... Better sleep st the small caban near km23 if you don't think you will reach the refugio in valle Hermoso.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach Lago Verde, follow the GPT track and not the trail that leads to the lake, or you will have to turn back. After the pass it's more river crossings but you can save some kilometers in the river bed by taking the option OH-TI-V 35-E and then OH-TI-V 35-D until the rio jeimenini (the first part of the option OH-TI-V 35-D does not exist anymore). We did not have any trouble to cross the Rio between the 2 lakes even though we were in the middle of the afternoon. It was about thigh deep for me but I'm tall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that it's really easy to the Parc entrance. We went back to Chile Chico walking on the road instead of taking the cross country option, because0 there were still snow on the mountain. The first part is still pretty until the intersection, once you enter the valley of the Rio it is a bit more monotonous. Halfway there is an access to an annex of the national park, to go see the Cueva de las manos and valle lunar. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrien Kunzli / 31-Oct-2022-04-November-2022 / Regular Hiking Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All rivers crossing are easy to pass at this time of year. One tricky passage on the snow at the entrance of lago verde, very steep, but it was to avoid walking in the lake (frozen feet early in the morning). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No guards at the entrance at Tamango so i didnt pay the fee but didnt get my pass. Tamara gently gave me one at the camping of casa del piedra (apparently if i didnt have this pass i could not be admitted at Jeinimeni.) At Jeinimeni pass, again, nobody. So i were to the houses near and finaly find the guy. He took my pass and i get no fee in this NOBO direction. &lt;br /&gt;
Nice shortcut after the bridge of Rio de las Nieves (S 46° 47.274', W 071° 54.665') that can avoid you a little bit of the 4x4 unfinshing road and get you directly into the heart of this amazing and beautifull last part. So: &lt;br /&gt;
In front of the end of the bridge, you go up the big hill and go diagonally (or directly if you feel better) to join the path (pretty wild) of the gps (S 46° 45.843', W 071° 54.359'). Small stretches of paths are drawn rather well along this shortcut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much good water between the bridge (brown water) and the puesto but the the puesto's water is of much better quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT 35: Parque Patagonia/ Exploration Route via Valle Maullín Grande/ 2022 March-12/ 4 days / Tobias Schorcht, Jonas Grünewald &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked from Maullín Grande to Cochrane by chance. I always wanted to do the stretch from Chile Chico to Cochrane, but we had just 4 days left… When we hitchhiked northbounded from Villa O’Higgins, we luckily got picked up by Pascual Diaz, who is a experienced Mountain Guide (company Kalem) and took us all the way to his refugio in Maullín Grande. He also explained us, how to reach Cochrane on time while doing that crossing. The next day he took us to the end of the Road, where we started hiking around midday (-46,80390, -72,42001). It was a easy walk to the end of the Valley where we camped (-46,87872, -72,34138). The following day was hard, but we went up to the pass (1430m) in perfect sunshine. At (-46,87234, -72,30906) you will face a waterfall in a steep canyon. We recommend to walk on the left side (northwest) through the forest until you meet the riverbed again. The other side is also possible (we went there), but you have to climb higher in difficult terrain. From that point you can easily do a cross country walk up to the pass, where you have to cross the Glaciar (without cracks). It was absolutely stunning! Going down to the laguna is quite steep. I would not do it in bad weather conditions. When you meet the laguna, you can either walk on the left or right side. Both options are not easy. We crossed on the right (southern) side, which is ok in good weather conditions. There is one river crossing in between, which could be impossible with more water. Now we think it would have been easier to walk on the left (northern) side, although we would have had needed to cross the river before and after the laguna. Packrafting is an option as well, but since it only 1.5 km we don’t think it is worth it. Camped in a forest close to the regular trail dry and save. All in all we recommend this option to experienced hikers in good weather conditions. The hike to Cochrane was hard, because we had just 2 days for 80km. So we hitchhiked to the museum of Parque Patagonia and we even saw a puma at the Westwind Campsite! It seems like this puma shows up there regularly. I waited for that moment almost 5 months. My dream came true on my very last evening in nature. Thank you Patagonia for this great gift. 🙏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Christmas2021 / GPT 35, NOBO, participants Janna &amp;amp; Matthias, dec 2021, duration 6 days from Cochrane to Conaf center at Lago Jeinimeni, then hitchhiked to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As recommended by a friend we opted for the following route through the Parque Nacional de Patagonia which is highly recommendable (first two days mainly GPT variants and options, afterwards GPT regular routes. There are several marked senderos in the beginning as 5 Los Huemules, 8 los Pumas, 7 los Guanacos, sendero 9, sendero Lagunas Altas etc.) as you can see in our attached tracking file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all the trails were easy to find, some seemed to be still unhiked this year. To enter the park from Cochrane we had to pass a prohibition sign and climb over a no entrar gate. We didn't meet anyone on the first day, the settler didn't seem to be around. The following days we met two to three other hikers per day, but no rangers until the end at Conaf Center near Lago Jeinimeni, where we easily paid the park fees in arrears (8000 pp park entrance fee and an additional 6000 pp overnight stays in the park). We deliberately skipped the Conaf center in Valle Chacabuco on the advice of our friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good to know:&lt;br /&gt;
- There is no water anymore at S 47.198557, W 72.474927 near the camping site but instead at S 47.203460, W 72.480747 and S 47.179332, W 72.465807&lt;br /&gt;
- There were many lagoons on our day 3 that weren't visibly well marked neither on our apps nor on the Garmin GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
- All the marked refugios along the trail are heavily damaged except Casa de Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
(closed on the 24th of dec) and Refugio Valle Hermoso (where we could even dry our&lt;br /&gt;
soaked shoes from the many river crossings next to the fireplace).&lt;br /&gt;
- From the refugio Valle Hermoso we did a side trip to the first glacier lake in the Valle&lt;br /&gt;
Estero Ventisquero without all the luggage.&lt;br /&gt;
- The río Jeinimeni water level was up to our waists and strong (note it had rained the&lt;br /&gt;
night before). According to others it was supposed to be knee-deep.&lt;br /&gt;
- Hitchhiking from Conaf center Jeinimeni to Chile Chico is possible when camping or day guests are leaving. As we arrived later in the afternoon we spent an extra night there. &lt;br /&gt;
- The supermercado sur in Chile Chico sells gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Track files and waypoints: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1-98Ou9jk0porCVRp7CSFZ-KciXQ2PBzD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Greater Patagonian Trail (7).jpg|thumb|GPT35 - RN Lago Jeinimeni]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*30 Nov RR 5 days SOBO Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Chile Chico I got the Bahia Jara bus &amp;amp; got off at the junction, saves a 6KM roadwalk. Walked 2KM up the road then on trail to the high plateau. The settler before the pass wasn't there but his dogs were a bit territorial so I avoided the puesto. I went across the high plateau &amp;amp; camped a bit before the second puesto in one long day. Camp marked on track file below the pass was not very good (boggy &amp;amp; sloping) so I continued down to camp near the stream. The second puesto is above the RR &amp;amp; not visible from it. Camping on the high plateau definitely not recommended. It is very exposed &amp;amp; the wind can &amp;amp; will knock tents. On day 2 I got to CONAF, they said a puma had been there every day the week before. Continued with many river crossings to the hut. There are trails marked with ribbons on LHS of the river SOBO, they go in on small loops which avoid some of the river crossings. Nearing the hut there is a stream flowing into the lake. At the lake it was too deep to cross. Bush bashed for about 40 metres to reach the ford. Camped outside the hut. Several river crossings on the third day. The double crossing is the crux. I avoided it by going over the bluff on LHS of river with a bit of tree bashing but I don't recommend that. The bluff descent is cliffed off with only a narrow breach where you can downclimb on trees. The breach is not obvious from above. Better to ford the river - it was running high but I met several hikers who had crossed it. Got to Casa de Pidera in 1 long day from the hut. You can cook in the Casa (they have a gas stove, electricity &amp;amp; showers) but have to camp outside. There are some trees to shelter from the wind. On the fourth day I started walking Sendero de Siete Lagunas (SSL) but I was using the 2019 track file which doesn't show the SSL. It had not been walked much recently &amp;amp; the route was not obvious. At the lake I lost the SSL in guanaco tracks. I continued around the lake &amp;amp; walked out about 2KM to the road. The descent to the road was cliffed off but I found a way down in a gully. Then I walked out the road past a meadow where hundreds of guanaco were grazing. Past the meadow I went in left on a side road to rejoin the RR. On the fifth day I walked past Daniel Huemul's puesto &amp;amp; was lucky to meet Daniel who was riding out &amp;amp; he showed me the way. He said the direct RR which goes right from the puesto is now overgrown &amp;amp; disused. Instead we went out to the left. There is a small road which goes in a loop &amp;amp; turns towards Lago Cochrane but with his directions I was able to shortcut it. I paid 15,000 CLP for entry &amp;amp; camping at CONAF Lago Jeinemeni &amp;amp; they didn't charge me anything at Casa de Piedra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Mar-18 , Tyler Wood, 7 Days Sobo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section to end my season with. I got a couple short hitches on the way up past Chile Chico. Up past the last puesto are some great areas to camp along a big boulder field. Maybe 2 km more. Beautiful and surrounded by Guanacos. Plenty of water too. Up near the top of the pass was very cold, but very beautiful, and even saw a bunch of flamingoes in the lakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way down the pass I tried to find the fore-mentioned route to the puesto to take the road the rest of the way down and didn’t really have any luck...found my way anyways and camped down by Rio sucio under a willow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Into Jenimeni I got another little hitch. Once you cross the deeper river by Laguna esmeralda just keep those water shoes on, you’ll be crossing many more times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also was told by a ranger that sendero siete Lagunas wasn’t habilitado, but went for it anyways. Water is Not after Laguna Gutiérrez for a while, so make sure you fill up around there. After the pass there are a few more small&lt;br /&gt;
Streams to fill up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The road walking to Tmango reserve seemed to take forever, but Walking/camping by Lago Cochrane was all worth it. At puesto Huemul Is when I got my first advice that the corona virus was a big deal. The woman told me there were 3 confirmed cases in Cochrane, I went there and booked my tickets straight home. Hasta le vista baby!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-February-08 / 7 days / Southbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long and beautiful section. No major difficulties. Great diversity. Without hitchhiking, it took me 173 kilometers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1st part / 2 days / Chile Chico to Div 217&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the cross country, valley full of Guanacos. I camped just after the puesto, about 2 kilometers after the beginning of the cross country, before the pass, where there are still rocks to protect from the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
As related in previous reports, after camp 279, you will stumbled upon a fence. Go on the East along the fence, cross it, and you will find a trail to the next Puesto and then the trail goes down from the puesto to the dirt road. You will avoid cross country this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2nd part / 2,5 days to Casa de Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
Popular part. Groups of hikers along the way. 8000CLP entrance fee + 6000 CLP for 2 nights sleeping inside the park. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3rd part / 2,5 days / Sendero de las 7 lagunas&lt;br /&gt;
After Casa de Piedra, I followed the GPS regular route which took me to the beginning of the Sendero of 7 lagunas. CONAF said it was not &amp;quot;habilitado&amp;quot; but it is actually well marked. The good thing is that there will be no hikers on this part, except when you approach the end, along the lago Cochrane. The trail is very different from the GPS tracks but no difficulties to find it. So, don't worry not having the GPS tracks. &lt;br /&gt;
At S 47º08.015' W 72º18.948', there is a nice place to camp and also, the trail will merge with the optional route OH-TL-V@35-02F-#001 You can then follow this track and then go back to the Regular Route to reach Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin Lizondo / 28-Jan-2020 / Regular Hiking Southbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section took me 6 days. Some tips:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part from Chile Chico has a +20 km cross country walk. The wind is extremly strong and the route very high, with no forest protection. I recommend spending the first night behind the trees of El Ciprés (the settler Orlando Vazquez allows people to pass and is very kind) or near to the puesto at the end of the minor road at  46º 36' 5,3&amp;quot; S, 71º 48' 45,05&amp;quot; O (Miguel Pacheco is very kind too). Enough water all along the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jeinimeni section of Parque Patagonia is very easy and well marked. Entrance to foreigners costs CLP 8000 plus 6000 if spending the night. There’s a shelter with place for fire and tents after 18 km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Valley Aviles to Casa de Piedra is also easy and beautifull, with many free camping spots. Casa de Piedra costs CLP 8000 per night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the gps track is very different from the actual trail, called “Sendero de las Siete Lagunas”. I recommend taking this route instead of the old gps track, as it’s very well maintained. At Lago la Pepa ( 47º 7' 45,19&amp;quot; S, 72º 18' 41,54&amp;quot; O   ) the trail crosses an old overgrown minor road, which coincides with the gps track and takes to Puesto Huemul (47º 11' 25,31&amp;quot; S, 72º 26' 6,98&amp;quot; O). If going to the left, you’ll reach the puesto, if going up to the right you’ll end the official “Sendero de las Siete Lagunas” near to the main park center. Other hiking options are possible from that point, but the regular route to Puesto Huemul is the shortest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Puesto Huemul, the trail goes down near to the lake Cochrane through Sendero “Coigües” and “Carpinteros”. Well marked and signed, this trails will take you to the start of Tamango section, very near to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-27 / GPT35 New Route: Lago General Carrera (Fachinal) to Parque Patagonia (Lago Jenimeni or “Casa de Piedra”) / 5 days / Meylin Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González and Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a recommendation from Tobias Hellwig W and Daniel Mahn Borkowsky we investigated a new route that I did no had on my radar until a few weeks ago. This route provides an alternative access from the southern coast of Lago General Carrera into the Parque Patagonia and is of interest for packrafters and hikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route is a traditional animal trail that was used by the settlers of Fachinal to drive cattle to a large summer pasture that is now part of Parque Patagonia (sector Jenimeni). With the enforcement of keeping domestic animals out of the protected park area a 5 km trail section inside Parque Patagonia lacks maintenance but is still quite well traversable for GPT standards. Apart from this short trail section most of the route is very scenic and nice to walk but practically unknown. Only one tourism company runs guided hiking trips along this route about once per months. Apart from this occasionally use the full traverse seams not to be done anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to lack of trail markings we spend about one extra day in searching and following the poorly maintained 5 km trail section but with our GPS record other hikers should struggle much less than we did and will be able to walk in 4 to 5 moderate hiking days from Fachinal at the southern shore of Lago General Carrera to “Casa de Piedra” in the center of Parque Patagonia in the Valle Chacabuco.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the route northbound as we considered the option to cross Lago General Carretera at its shortest narrow by packraft. Here the lake is only 3.2 km wide but we finally did not cross this rather dangerous lake due to suboptimal wind conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fachinal to Rio Aviles River Crossing: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A well maintained “cattle highway” leads from Fachinal from the road bridge of Rio Aviles along the western/southern side of Rio Aviles to the limit of Parque Patagonia. This roughly 20 km long trail section gets regularly cleaned with chain saws to facilitate access to the pastures along Rio Aviles for free-rooming cattle. Most of the trees that have fallen on the trail have been cut to keep the trail easily traversable. Some hikers might find the “pointless up and down” annoying but this trail was created by men that move on horses that did not had to ascent and descent themself. About 1 km before crossing the Rio Aviles two signs indicate the limit of Parque Patagonia (Sector Jenimeni) and ban access for unauthorized people and domestic animals (without providing any clue who might be authorized and who not ;-). From the park limit the trail descents steep to Rio Aviles but remain well maintained to ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trail section requires two possibly demanding river crossings that can become impossible during snow melt in spring, after heavy rain or on the afternoon or evening of hot days (melting water from glaciers!). To keep the route traversable in such circlesumstances the tourism company has installed in both locations steel ropes (to cross these two rivers hooked up in harness to the steel rope without even touching the water).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Aviles River Crossing to the Pass (1150 m above Sea Level): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the river crossing the trail condition suddenly changes. Fallen trees don’t get cut anymore and undergrowth is not cleaned by machete. It’s mainly the remaining path on the ground that indicates the former animal trail. Advance is slow and in various locations care must be taken to not loose the trail. Here you will need to climb over fall trees and push occasionally through dense vegetation until reaching an altitude of 950 m. At this altitude the forest floor opens up (no dense undergrowth any more) and the trail disappears completely. Here walking becomes easy again. Walk the following kilometer through the open forest following roughly the GPS track until reaching the end of the forest and the small lake after the 1150 m high pass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An advise for northbound hikers: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the first signs of the trail in the open forest was a struggle as we had no information where exactly the trail starts to descent. I searched at least 3 or 4 hours in a 400 m wide and 1200 m long section of open forest till I found a first old machete mark on a tree that indicated the location of the trail. Carefully searching and following similar marks I finally found the  descending trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Searching northbound we lost the trail again when reaching Rio Aviles at the bottom of the valley and searched half a day for the correct continuation. A well visible and noticeably used trail next to Rio Aviles leads directly to an suitable river ford but from there a well maintained trail continues 1 km in the wrong direction (upstream). Only after bushbashing 1 km along the river shore downstream we recognized with surprise a second river ford (now the correct river ford) which connects to the well maintained trail section in the correct direction. In hindsight we understood that the well maintained trail simply continues upstream along Rio Aviles and that this trail crosses twice the Rio Aviles. Due to a partially not evident trail section on the other side of we did not recognize this when hitting this trail on the bottom of the valley and took the wrong direction to the wrong river ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now hikers with our GPS record and a GPS should not struggle to find and follow this trail as we did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pass (1150 m above Sea Level) to Valle Hermoso Refugio: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After leaving the forest at the 1150 m high pass the most scenic part of this route starts. A roughly 15 km long cross country route leads over pastures and river sediments past 3 lakes and two glaciers to the Refugio Valle Hermoso. Occasionally signs of a trail are visible but due to the open landscape a continuous trail neither exists nor is needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the Refuge Valle Hermoso this route connects with regular route that leads along Valle Aviles (diffrent river with the same name!) to “Casa de Piedra” in the center of Parque Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access to Trail Head at Fachinal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple buses per week from Chile Chico to Puerto Tranquilo on the Carretera Austral that pass Fachinal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monday and Friday runs a subsidized bus from Chile Chico to Fachinal and back to Chile Chico (One round trip in the morning and a second one in the evening).&lt;br /&gt;
8:30 leaving Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
9:30 in Fachinal&lt;br /&gt;
11:00 returning to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
17:30 leaving Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
18:30 in Fachinal&lt;br /&gt;
20:00 returning to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to cross Lago General Carrera to continue hiking in the Cordillera Avellano North of the lake speak to Carloz Amoros in Fachinal (mobile: +56 9 76267029 / price around 30‘000 CLP) or Pascual Diaz de Mallin Grande.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-January 23 / Oreste Marquis/ Northbound : 8 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Going northbound. I followed the route until the second settler at the puesto Tejuela. From there, until the optional route @35-02e#001,&lt;br /&gt;
I could not find the approximate trail in the files. I manage to find another one which is call siete Lagunas. It is really easy to follow and really beautiful! I find it near km 18 and keep walking on it until km 38. It is the end of it and is at the campground near Lago Gutiérrez.  For more informations go reed Martin post in recent alerts and suggestion. I met him on the trail and he updated the wikiexplora before me. From the beginning to Casa Piedra took me 3 days. Then I hiked to the end of the reserve in an other 3 days. Lots of rivers to cross but felt pretty safe for all of them even the one higher between Lagos Jeinimeni and Verde. The cross country part the next day was my favorite of the hole trip! Awesome views, a lot of wildlife, just need to check a little bit more the gps!  Last day, I headed to Chile Chico without any problem. Overall, I love it! Enjoyed it as much as GPT40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-January / Matthieu / Northbound : 7.5 days &amp;quot;tranquilito&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Incredible trekk, lots of different type of views and soil, my favorite since El Chalten. Money required for passing by the reserves !!&lt;br /&gt;
I hitchhiked 10 km on the road to Casa Piedra, and 12 km between Jeinemini qnd the beginning of the trail that goes north in the mountain to join Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1st part : Reserve Tamango''' : 6000 CLP the entry&lt;br /&gt;
I took the old &amp;quot;Huemul trail&amp;quot; in the Tamango reserve, taking the left route at the &amp;quot;Camp 284&amp;quot; It is an old trail for 4x4, so very easy, and closed to vehicles now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2nd part : The road to Casa Piedra :''' the rangers I crossed were all agreed that it was not permitted to camp aside of the road (so the information is different that in Nov). One officiql camping at the end of Tamango reserve (WestWind) and one at Casa Piedra 26 km after. 8000 CLP each. At Westwind (not verified, only inforñqtions for guardaparques): no accomodations, only baño. At Casa Piedra . real big house, hot shower, electricity, place to cook. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3rd part : Reserve Jenemeni :''' Entry 8000 CLP. For the camping, the ranger told me that it was permitted to camp wherever I wanted, so the information differs too from november. And at the exit, I told the ranger about my &amp;quot;savage&amp;quot; camping in the conversation, and he didnt tic at all, so no stress. The rangers are very nice !&lt;br /&gt;
Good trekk, easy to follow. One very good refuge in the valle Hermoso where fire is possible. a more open refuge/camping site by the east shore of Lago Verde. &lt;br /&gt;
Many river crossing, all safe except one, before the Laguna Esmeralda. Strong current, and people choose many different way with different profundness. Better do it in the morning, being a glaciar river (I could effectively compare between late in the afternoon and the morning and it is very different).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Last part, to Chile Chico by the mountain :''' Amazing views, totaly different climate, more dry and with only bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the Cross country after the 4x4 road, I would advise to go a few meters west from the GPS tracks, to the east side of the river. There is effectively a fence on the west ridge, and a good trail on the east ridge that can avoid you the difficult crossing of many bushes, and that goes directly to the puesto.&lt;br /&gt;
Two puestos, The 135 of metal being used by the locals (real bed inside), so just putted the tent outside. The second one 134 is actually a real house. Two mens were here when I arrived, working with the animals. I could put the tent near the house and take water from the sink outside. Many dogs, all nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT35 Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
Mum, Sis and I. Southbound. 11 days.*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well. What an interesting and varied section. Also the longest walk I think we'd all done. It took us 11 days in the end with a couple of longer side trips. Interestingly, when we emerged from the park it was closed, there was martial law in effect, a curfew in place. Borders closed. Only a week to get back to Santiago to catch the last flights back to Australia... Anyway. We're heading back now. Got temperature tested as we reentered Chili Chico this morning. Waiting for the boat across the lake mañana in la mañana. No buses out of town. Enough rambling...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As always, thanks to the others before us that have taken the time to comment and provide feedback. Here's my two cents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly here are some landmarks to make it easier for others to orient themselves: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/oGvL0ey6_7/El_Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://oGvL0ey6_7/El_Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
Casa Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/4GvJGSxqPH/Casa_Piedra_%28Stone_House%29&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://4GvJGSxqPH/Casa_Piedra_%28Stone_House%29&lt;br /&gt;
Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/wGvC_gnJaX/Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://wGvC_gnJaX/Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camping in Chile Chico:&lt;br /&gt;
El Carro is supposed to be the cheapest place to stay in town. Though if you want a hot shower it's the same as Kon-aiken next door. We stayed at neither so can't really comment, but there were a lot of people staying at Kon-aiken and next to none at El Carro which might be indicitive of value for money or just the fact they are a little closer to the centre of town.&lt;br /&gt;
El Carro however was the only one willing to look after some things for us.&lt;br /&gt;
We also visited a hostel, but the owner was unfortunately very rude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El carro&lt;br /&gt;
4k frío &lt;br /&gt;
5k caliente &lt;br /&gt;
1k por día por mochila &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kon-aiken&lt;br /&gt;
5k pp / noche &lt;br /&gt;
No baggage service &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1: Chili Chico to Jeinemeni&lt;br /&gt;
In the end we decided to cache things in the bushes just outside of town. Mum and my sister got a lift to the Bahía Jara cruz whist I was caching. Unfortunately I had to walk all the way to El Ciprés where my mum and sister had been enjoying a nice conversation with Orlando Vazquez who allowed us to pass but emphasised the dangers and didn't really recommend crossing. &lt;br /&gt;
Passing through the gate a couple of utes were exiting. Apparently there is a new mine up in the mountains and they didn't really want us to walk up. They admitted they just worked there.&lt;br /&gt;
Turn off the main rd that assumably heads to the mine about here: -46.57775, -71.82666&lt;br /&gt;
Goucho Miguel Pacheco passed us on the way up herding some cattle and we talked to him at the puesto for a while. We also gave him one of the Australian coins we'd been carrying around. He seemed to believe it was everyone's right to pass. &amp;quot;People pass through here all the time &amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Just yesterday a lad passed by &amp;quot;.&amp;quot;It's the shortest route across the mountains &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway. We camped in the rocks just outside the park boundaries (as mentioned by??).&lt;br /&gt;
We then camped two nights up on the windy plateau. Our side trip to Valle Lunes was amazing. I'd recommend it. But be careful with wind. Oh and did anyone mention the guanacos?&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately I think the water wasn't very clean on this part. Sheep, cows, guanacos, birds... It's the first time in Chile I've wished I took my water filter along. We had some sore stomachs.&lt;br /&gt;
Dropping down the other side we hit the mentioned fence (about here -46.72574, -71.90211). We crossed, but would recommend following it to the left until you get to a corner. I'm not sure where it starts, but there is a trail running on the outside of the fence to the puesto. We then followed a sheep trail that ran high on the left (east) of the valley. Very good but it bypassed Las Abutardas completely and seemed to be heading towards Laguna los Flamencos instead. We ended up cutting down to the road where León passed us heading into town, a little confused why we hadn't taken the 'proper trail'.&lt;br /&gt;
We camped the night at the Río El Sucio camp. Not really recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
We walked the road and stayed at Río Las Vacas for a bit which is at the border of the park and a nicer place to camp. (There is a good stream between the two).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 2: Jeinemeni to Casa Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
It was 8k to enter the park (for foreigners) and an additional 6k for camping in Valle Hermoso. The section to the refugio (-46.84092, -72.14078) was very nice. This is the only shelter still standing. The others included in the track files were not really enterable.&lt;br /&gt;
Heading to the refugio (where everyone seems to camp) you cross the small ankle deep creek exiting Laguna Esmeralda and then the deeper river between Lago Verde and Jeinemeni. This might have been the trickiest but when we crossed it wasn't really bad. We then had two more smaller crossings before passing through Portezuela La Gloria (1100m) to cross Estero Ventisquero and the other river running down the main valley.&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we did the popular side trip to the glacier in this valley: -46.80924, -72.20116&lt;br /&gt;
We wondered if it was the same way Jan et al entered recently?&lt;br /&gt;
From the refugio to Valle Avilés there are no compulsory river crossings if you stick to the somewhat scrubby trail to the left (south) of the valley. The first crossing we did was Río Avilés shortly followed by the tributary. So only 8 crossings (wet feet) on the RR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We walked from the refugio to Casa Piedra in a day. It was closed so we camped on the other side of the Rd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 3: Casa Piedra to Cochrane&lt;br /&gt;
From casa piedra we took the aforementioned Sendero las Siete Lagunas. It is not it the track files but indeed very well marked with numbered markers every kilometre. I'll upload a kml with the markers I recorded as well as some of the water bodies I sketched.&lt;br /&gt;
After the stream running into Lago Gutiérrez there wasn't much water until Lago la Pepa.&lt;br /&gt;
You will briefly intersect with a road here: -47.14006, -72.37138. The  road seems to run down to Puesto Tejuela coinciding with OH-TL-V@35-02F-#001 which I think is incorrectly labelled as TL. Part of RH-TL-I@35-99.0+30.0 too should be marked as MR. You'll intersect this road before taking it down to Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
We passed the occupied dwelling (Daniel Huemul?) but the man wearing a shirt emblazoned with Parque Patagonia seemed afraid to approach us (another hint the world had gone Corona crazy). He wouldn't let us take the RR so we followed the road for a bit before taking another newly made trail also not in the track files.&lt;br /&gt;
Everything after that was very easy to follow.&lt;br /&gt;
Everything was abandoned at the entrance and the gate locked. People avoided us on the streets and covered their face when passing us. &lt;br /&gt;
We grabbed some needed food (we were very short after 11 days!) and got on the WiFi. Wow! How things had changed! Martial law in place and a curfew in place, we slept under a bridge with some Colombians and caught a bus back to Chili Chico in the morning. Waiting for the boat across the lake tomorrow now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Links to files :&lt;br /&gt;
Kilometre markers: https://www.dropbox.com/s/fuzt4xacxjjvvg4/kms.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
Water bodies: https://www.dropbox.com/s/uz1ei95s1913xvb/water.bodies.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
Other planning: &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.dropbox.com/s/uk9ym56gufwk4zq/planning.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019 Dec / Olrik/ Northbound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing part of the GPT, from Cochrane ou enter in the Tamango national reserve and pay 6000CLP for the entrance. We took several trails to get to Valle Chacabuco : Las Aguilas, Las Lengasm Los Condores, Laguna Altas. Great views. We had a snow storm at the pass though. There you end up in a paid campground. From there we walked the dirt road to Casa Piedras in Valle Chacabuco, it was beautiful with lots of guanacos. Then we took the Las Aviles sendero. We camped near the first river crossing as it was late and waited for the morning to cross. It is normally not possible to wild camp in the park but the guardaparque told us to camp there if the river crossing is not sage. The rest of the trail is easy to follow next to the river. There is a pass then you descend to Valle Hermoso and to lago Jeinimeni. It was just gorgeous and easy to follow with great weather. Be aware of the numerous river crossings. In lago Jeinimeni there is a paid campground. From there you can hitchhike, walk, or pay a transportation at the entrance of the park (15000Clp pp) but I'm not sure if this is a regular thing. We ended up hitchhiking to get to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-28/ Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe/ 5.5days/ Northbound / Regular Hiking Route (Cochrane to Chile Chico) with OH-32-2-#003/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section might have been our favorite out of the whole Group H, where the diversity of the landscape was our favorite part (also including weather and trail conditions). The NP was entered at Tamango just outside of Cochrane. Registration is mandatory, the entrance fee is at 8000 CLP. The ranger asked us to explain our route and since the regular Hiking route did not seem familiar to them, they told us to take the optionals route going north over the pass to WestWinds campground and then do the road walk Eastwards. &lt;br /&gt;
The pass had some snow patches on the Southern side but was easy to traverse. At the Valley Chacabuco (another entrance to the national park) we got asked for our permits and the route we plan on taking. We heard different information on if it is allowed to camp at the road or not (there were signs that told us not to do it but the ranger said it is okay). After the roadwalk, we passed another ranger station where we had to register and sign a responsibility form telling that we plan to leave at Lago Jeinimeni (and telling that we're only allowed to stay at designated campsites). The hike from there is extremely beautiful and super diverse, the trail well maintained. The rivers were at higher flow but all fords were doable. &lt;br /&gt;
We camped next to the Refugio because we still weren't sure about the camping rules (other hikers we met said they were told that it's okay to camp everywhere along the river). Leaving the NP at Lago Jeinimeni was straightforward, but it's mandatory to check out at the rangers office. The cross-country section after the road walk was a bit slow on the way up due to many bushes and hilly terrain. We found a nice trail next to the fence leading up to the puesto when going up the ridge on the Eastern side. From the puesto we took a short steep uphill after which the terrain became more open and easier to travel on. It was very windy and snowy in the mountains, which made it difficult to walk at times and it felt like the temperatures were rather low.&lt;br /&gt;
The lagoons on the way up are filled with exciting birds (flamingos!) and guanacos are running around on the whole plain. Once reaching the plateau we headed down in a pretty straight line which was easier than the uphill until we reached the road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chile Chico has two supermarkets. Sell gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cochrane is a decently sized town with three mid-range supermarkets. The largest one, which is a grocery and department store, is located adjacent to the town square. There are many lodging and restaurant options. Be sure to withdraw an ample amount of money here because most of the businesses in the next town, Villa O’Higgins, only take cash and there is no ATM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Mar-31 to 2023-Apr-06 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option J / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PN Patagonia closed some sectors on the first Monday in April, so we were the last ones to get a permission and do this section ‘legally’. Be prepared for this if you want to do this part in April or later. The problem is they close Casa Del Piedra and probably won’t let you pass to that sector from Lago Jeinemeni, where the entrance stays open for longer time. Sneaking around the guards house early in the morning or just not be specific about your plans might work if needed, its very unlikely you would meet anyone on the way from the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT35 - RN Lago Jeinimeni]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT36P_(Rio_Baker)&amp;diff=113491</id>
		<title>GPT36P (Rio Baker)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT36P_(Rio_Baker)&amp;diff=113491"/>
				<updated>2024-01-04T02:03:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-31 / 3 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RP + Variant G / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
I really enjoyed the ride on the rio baker. Technically it was not difficult but indeed it’s a mighty stream and you will observe big boils from time to time. Due to the high speed its easy to make 50 km or more per day. The first rapid {36P} [41.8/77] can be run on the right side in the main current but watch out for strong whirlpools after. I portaged rapido {36P} [56.9/70] ‘gonzalez’. It might be not impossible and the line is quite obvious and straight, but the consequences if not sticking to the line could be severe. Jan is right mentioning losing your boat there is a catastrophe. There is a good camp spot in the woods at the begin of the portage. I think the third rapid Jan mentioned is at Settler {36H-03} [6.8/63]. I found that rather easy and went on the left side. El Salton must be portaged of course. Massive forces here. The portage trail has nice campsites, too. I found a nice camping spot at one of the small islands at S 47° 40.282’ W 073° 06.376’ with lot of ripe calafate berry and even some of the first strawberries. Most of the bigger islands have cattle. There is one last rapid at S 47° 46.027’ W 073° 17.559’ called rapido borquez. It can be easily run on the right side. I left the river at the airport an toked Variant G to the beautiful town of Caleta Tortel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT36H Regular Packrafting Route / Southern End: Laguna Clara to Villa O‘Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
2020-Jan-08 1.5 days Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
﻿The Ruta de los Pioneros“ is one of the historic routes that was created and used by the first settlers in the last century. This route connected Villa O’Higgins with Cochrane long before the Carreta Austral was completed in the year 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northern and the southern terminus; approx. 50 km on each end; are now upgraded to gravel roads. Only the roughly 100 km in the middle remain a classic animal trail made and created by people on horses to drive cattle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To bypass as much as feasible of these gravel roads we have investigated in recent years multiple alternatives on both ends of GPT36H. Especially with a packraft most of these gravel road kilometers can be bypassed on a very attractive combination of lakes and rivers with shorter portages in between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now investigated and verified a route that first crosses the 2 km wide Lago Claro and than connects on an excellent 2 km trail to Rio Meyer. To continue either only cross Rio Meyer (like we did) or float downstream o. this river up to 4 km (alternative river exit to be scouted first!). An perfectly maintained trail leads then to Lago Biceño (2 to 6 km depending on only crossing Rio Meyer or floating downstream up to 4 km on Rio Mayer). Here a decision needs to be made depending on wind: either paddle a part of Lago Briceño or or continue walking 8 km to Salto on an scenic very well maintained trail (Alternatively a 6 km long trail connects from Lago Briceño to Lago Salto on a different route). After traversing 4 km on Lago Salto a 1 km short animal trail leads to Lago Cines. Once you reach Lago Cisnes it’s 13 km on a combination of lakes and rivers that gets you very close to Villa O’Higgins. Only the last 3 km into the village must be walked on a gravel road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We travelled this route in 1.5 days and really enjoyed the landscape, the excellent trails and the scenic paddling. Even in suboptimal weather this route is feasible and offers plenty of alternatives and escape routes. Therefore I will re-route the regular packrafting route of GPT36H to this route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between Lago Claro and Lago Salto we discovered the best maintained trails of the entire Aysen region. Bridges cross even the smallest streams and all muddy areas are crossed on wooden passages. After years of hiking in this region this came as a surprise. But we also know why. These trails were not created to serve the public but a single family: los “Luksic”, the richest clan of Chile (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andrónico_Luksic_Abaroa). They buy up huge plots of land in this region to create family resorts and as investments. The land between Lago Claro and Lago Salto is owned to my knowledge by this family. And they have the money to contract a large stuff to i.e. create and maintain trails on their properties. What was nice: when a group of 3 employees passed us on a trail on quarts they did not challenge us but gave use useful recommendations how to continue. Legally, access to lakes, rivers and the coast must be given in Chile even if the private property i.e. surrounds a lake but landlords can make it difficult anyway. To my knowledge all access routes from public roads a locked but since we accessed this area on water we did not have to climb over locked gates. Therefore this route seams to me suitable for packrafters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple route variations are feasible that link in further lakes. Short bushwhacking portages might be required in this case but the landscape and vegetation seams generally more open than the Valdivian rain forrest on the Aysen coast. Someone can easily spend up to 5 days discovering other packrafting routes in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-28 / 6 days / Option 3: Lago Quetru, Rio Pascua, Lago &amp;amp; Glaciar Bergues, Fiordo Buzeta / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This 5 to 7 day round-trip is an fascinating hidden gemstone that combines some of the finest packrafting on lakes, rivers and fjords in touching distance to the Southern Patagonian Icefield with some demanding bushwhacking and visits of remotely living settlers. It’s South-Western Patagonia in a nutshell. The entire route traverses an area that is practically never visited by tourists and this not because of lack of attraction but because it is simply off the trotted path and requires a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its needs a window of decent weather to make it an enjoyable adventure. Thanks to the remaining two homesteads of settlers that offer food and accommodation someone can sit out unsuitable weather with comfort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Bravo to Lago Quetru: The first 14 km are an annoying road walk that might be shortened by hitchhiking the first 9 km from ferry landing point Point Rio Bravo to the crossing where the road to Rio Pascua starts. From there its 5 more km on a gravel road to the 4 km long Lago Negro that may be packrafted. If you are in a rush or want to use a window of good weather to advance faster better keep walking directly to the northern terminus of Lago Quetru. This avoids packing you packraft for the 2 km portage from Lago Negro to Lago Quetru.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lago Quetru to Rio Pascua: Lago Quetru is a nice 6 km paddle followed by a 2 km long very calm drainage river. Just before this river flows into Rio Pascua you find the home of Don Hernan Huelet to you left. His family offers accommodation and food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Pascua: Rio Pascua is to my knowledge the 3rd largest river of Chile in volume (discharge flow rate, after Rio Bio Bio and Rio Baker). This river is the drainage of Lago O’Higgins and descents on the first 30 km from 250 m altitude to about 20 m altitude in numerous rapids and cascades. After the last rapid the river continues for 30 more km as a powerful fast flowing river before discharging his turquoise water into the Pacific. This lower part of Rio Pascua is free of rapids but powerful eddies and trees in the water require the full attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homestead of Amelia: About 5 km before the discharge into the Pacific you find the homestead of Amelia and here family to you right next to the river. Amelia walked in autumn 1967 with here family including three little kids, cattle and horses in about 35 days from Rio Salto near Cochrane through the mountains to this location to take the land to settle (no maps, no compass, partly no trails, no ultra-light gear, no GPS, no satellite communication). She happily opens here home for visitors and offers accommodation and food. Being here guest and listening to here adventures was a highlight of the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lago Bergues and Campo de Hielo de Sur: This highly recommendable side trip gets you in two days from the homestead of Amelia to the edge of the Southern Patagonian Icefield and back. You can leave not needed food and gear with Amelia. Cross Rio Pascua and follow the gravel road to the bridge of Rio Borgues. Before crossing the river start walking 6 km through the wetland and glacier sediments to Lago Bergues. This rather easy bushwhacking and cross-country took us only 3 hours. Inflate you packraft and paddle the 8 km to the glacier that flows down from the Southern Patagonian Icefield. Keep the required safety distance to the glacier and the floating blocks of ice that may disintegrate anytime. You may camp one night on one of the beaches in this area but try to camp as high as possible. Return on the same route. Experienced whitewater packrafters may consider to paddle down the drainage river after a careful analysis of satellite images and scouting the river. We did not dear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiordo Buzeta: On a very calm early morning float down from the homestead of Amelia the last 5 km of Rio Pascua into Pacific. While crossing the bay we observed a whale blowing fountains of water into air when breathing. Be aware that the sea in the bay Bahia Baja Pascua can be very rough if the wind enters from the north or the east. Better wait if conditions are not suitable. From the river mouth paddle 25 km to the northern terminus of Fiordo Buzeta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiordo Buzeta to Rio Bravo: Walking the 5 km from the northern terminus of Fiordo Buzeta to the Carretera Austral took us 8 hours; much more than expected and described by locals. Especially the first 2.5 km to Lago Cypress halfway were demanding. We again and again lost the faint trail but the rocky terrain makes it advisable to follow the established route and not to try to bushwhack your way. This would k lead again and again to cliffs with no safe continuation. Occasional trail marks (red pieces of fabric, blue pieces of plastic and machete tree marks and cuts) were extremely helpful but the distance between these marks increased and countless animal tracks divert in all directions. We have now a full GPS record what should facilitate further traverses. I will share this GPS record only if the next hiker promises to carry a machete (to clean the established route and make fresh tree marks) and lots of material to better mark the trail (i.e. yellow fabric strips).Especially from the highest point to Lago Cypress halfway we lost several hours in search of the established route. The second half of the portage (another 2.5 km) through the wetland was a lot easier and took us only 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Carretera Austral to Villa O’Higgins: Once you hit the Carretera Austral consider to backtrack to the refuge at the ferry landing point Rio Bravo. There you may sleep sheltered and it is the best point to hitchhike or catch a bus towards Villa O’Higgins. Diehard Thru-Hikers need to get prepared for 60 to 70 km of road walking. The regular packrafting route of this section becomes attractive again at Rio Colorado about 30 km before Villa O’Higgins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins see post: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1Mzg1NDI0OTMzMTgzMDg%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-27 / 1 day (40km) / Regular Packrafting Route / SOBO from Tortel to Rio Bravo via Canal Montalva and Fiordo Mitchell / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After packrafting Rio Baker from Cochrane to Tortel last season we verified now the continuation from Tortel to Rio Bravo in the fjords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Baker see: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1MzM3MDUyMTcxMzUzNjk%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We timed our travel to Tortel to arrive just before a series of low-wind day. The yr.no page predicted wind between 1 and 3 m/s during the entire next day which is exceptionally calm for this region (we had actually gusts of wind exceeding 10 m/s). We left Tortel paddling at sunrise to use the normally calmer morning to advance as much as possible and to cross in particular the most wind exposed area called by locals “quatro viento” as early as possible. “Quatro viento” means “four winds” and refers to a 2 km wide area where 4 fjords join and where often strong wind and high waves make paddling with a small raft unsafe. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 6 am and noon the sea was exceptionally calm. Then the wind picked then up during some heavy showers forcing us out of the water at one of the few small beaches along the route in Fiordo Mitchell. Luckily the sea calmed down after a hour and we could continue all the way to the point where the Carretera Austral continues at ferry landing point Rio Bravo at the end of the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this ferry port a spacious refuge was build for the people that wait for the ferry that connects two parts of the Carretera Austral (during high season the ferry runs 4 times per day). During the summer this refuge is frequently used by bikers that travel the Carretera Austral on bicycle. If you plan to sleep in the refuge (recommendable) you will therefore probably share it with bikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To continue towards Villa O’Higgins I recommend hitchhiking or taking a bus. Diehard Thru-Hikers need to get prepared for 60 to 70 km of road walking. The regular packrafting route of this section becomes attractive again at Rio Colorado. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins see: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1Mzg1NDI0OTMzMTgzMDg%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This packrafting route should only be attempted on two consecutive calm days. Don’t plan to complete the entire fjord route in one day. This is only feasible if the afternoon remains reasonable calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overcasted days with no or light rain are normally the best days for paddling fjords and lakes as the wind on sunny days normally increases in the late morning or around noon and remains strong till the late afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tortel is a village where waiting several days for suitable weather is feasible. Alternatively you may take a bus towards Villa O’Higgins to continue paddling on Rio Colorado about 30 km before Villa O’Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This route is only recommended in southbound direction due to the predominant wind direction in Fiordo Mitchell. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When packrafting these fjords be prepared to bail out at one of the few beaches and carry enough food and sweet water for several days in case you get stuck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did not see any other boat in these fjords until reaching ferry. We were told about one settler that lives a bit of the route near “quatro viento”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We paddled Fiordo Mitchell during rising tide and noticed a slight favorable tidal flow. During falling tide the tidal flow may get annoying in some parts of the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-25 to 2019-Jan-27 / GPT36P Rio Baker Southbound /  Regular Packrafting Route  / Part 1 of 3: Cochrane to Tortel / Ricardo Campos, Jennifer Schmitz(Jen Ni), Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rio Baker is with approx. 900 cubic meter per second Chile's largest river in terms of volume of water. Few rivers this large in the world remain undammed and free flowing. And apart from a few settlers on some of the river beaches you see barely any signs of human intervention. This makes this 170 km long river a beautiful but giant beast. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first river section powerful rapids fill the wide river valley with the constant roars of crushing water. Someone can admire this show of force from the distant Carretera Austral when traveling from Lago General Carrera to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only on the last 140 km this beast mostly snoozes but growls and snarls from time to time. And in one place - the “Salton” - it smashes everything with his giant fist that gets in his way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafting this lower part of Rio Baker is feasible for experienced packrafters but if you are not at least slightly scared you lack the right attitude. Powerful eddies and huge boils in the river bends require a constant careful reading of the water and foresighted, precise and forceful maneuvering. Strong wind can make the control of your packraft impossible so be prepared to sit out periods of unsuitable weather. The river flows with an average speed of about 8 km/h but exceeds this velocity in some parts substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one mortal rapid about halfway between the put in and the outflow into the sea: the “Salton”. An well maintained trail makes the 1 km portage rather easy but don’t miss the exit (details see below).&lt;br /&gt;
Three minor to moderate rapids should be carefully scouted or portaged. Depending on the current flow rate the difficulty and the possible rafting lines alter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first of the three rapids (Class 2) can be paddled generally on two lines: the relative wide open right side or a very slim “chicken line” on the far left. Expect strong eddies that require forceful paddling to stabilize the packraft in and after the rapid. A scouting and portage is also possible if stopping on the left side before the rapid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second moderate rapid is known as “Rapido Gonzalez” and is a rather long Class 3 rapid. The character of this rapid changes significantly with the amount of water. There is a reasonably well maintained portage trail on the right side. We portaged our packrafts about 1 km around this rapid after scouting. Paddling this rapid with an open packraft, without helmet, without a full size white-water-PFD and without plenty of white water experience seams not advisable. Losing your boat and gear in this remote area would put anyone in serious trouble even if making it back to river shore unhurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third minor rapid (Class 2) can be paddled rather safely if staying in the middle between the big boulders or it can be portaged on right side after entering a small bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy wind may make it impossible to paddle all the way to the sea. In this case you may leave Rio Baker at the airfield at Tortel or in the few spots where the road to Tortel is next to the river (only few spots on the last 30 river km).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suitable camp sites are relatively frequent thanks to the few settlers on both sides of the river and the cattle grazing land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would advise against packrafting this river solo or in a single boat. Only a second packraft provides the recommended support in case one boat is flipped by one of the powerful eddies and boils.&lt;br /&gt;
We were very fortunate with weather and wind and packrafted nearly 150 km in 2.5 days (approx. 25 h moving time including two portages). Also the fjord was unusual calm and we paddled into Tortel from the sea what makes the perfect finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Tortel you can resupply and bus to Cochrane and Villa O‘Higgins. A good continuation for packrafters is the Rio Colorado, Lago Colorado, Lago Cisnes, Lago Ciervo and Rio Mayer southbound on the way to Villa O‘Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-29 / GPT36P Rio Baker / Packrafting Route / Part 2 of 3: Tortel to Rio Colorado / With Jennifer Schmitz (Jen Ni) , Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Carretera Austral connects since 2003 Tortel with Villa O’Higgins and several buses per week connect both villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no trails left taking the bus is to my opinion the most practical option to connect from the Rio Baker with the next packrafting part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Connecting footsteps disciples” have three options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Roadwalk 115 km and packraft 9 km (from Puerto Yungay to Puerto Rio Bravo in a rather wind exposed fjord)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Roadwalk 67 km and packraft 40 km from Tortel to Puerto Rio Bravo in wind explosed fjords with few good exit and camp options. This 40 packraft kilometers are an serious challenge and might result in substantial waiting time for low-wind periods. See the attached image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Follow GPT36H instead of GPT36P.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-30 / GPT36P Rio Baker / Regular Packrafting Route / Part 3 of 3: Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins or Puerto Bahmondez / With Jennifer Schmitz (Jen Ni), Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This packrafting combination of 4 river sections and 3 or 4 lakes (depending on finish point) makes up a senic and quite diverse packrafting day (30 to 35 km). You can remain continuously on the water till either leaving at the suspension bridge over Rio Mayer (to resupply in Villa O’Higgins) or paddle all the way to Puerto Bahmondez (if you already have a ticket for the crossing to Candelario Mancilla and all your supplies for GPT38).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rather small rivers are mostly framed by dense low forest and swampland what limits the entry and exit options. But the small rivers contain surprisingly few fallen trees if entering at El Parrillal as we did.&lt;br /&gt;
While driving by bus to our put in at Parrillal we had a glimpse of some upstream parts of Rio Colorado that are currently published as an exploration packrafting route. This upstream river section seams in parts too shallow and completely blocked by trees and I will delete the first 14 km of it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When hiking on land someone can open overgrown parts by machete but when packrafting I don’t want to rely on a machete to smash a passage into an overgrown mini-river. So better skip the 22 km of Exploration Packrafting Route completely (EXP-RP-RI-1@36P-257.6) or investigate only the last 8 km of this Exploration Packrafting Route that seams open on satellite images. For this investigation seak your way from about Las Turbas at the Carretera Austral to Rio Colorado (see images with updated exploration suggestion).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT36P - Río Baker‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT36P_(Rio_Baker)&amp;diff=113490</id>
		<title>GPT36P (Rio Baker)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT36P_(Rio_Baker)&amp;diff=113490"/>
				<updated>2024-01-04T02:02:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 *2023-Dec-31 / 3 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RP + Variant G / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
I really enjoyed the ride on the rio baker. Technically it was not difficult but indeed it’s a mighty stream and you will observe big boils from time to time. Due to the high speed its easy to make 50 km or more per day. The first rapid {36P} [41.8/77] can be run on the right side in the main current but watch out for strong whirlpools after. I portaged rapido {36P} [56.9/70] ‘gonzalez’. It might be not impossible and the line is quite obvious and straight, but the consequences if not sticking to the line could be severe. Jan is right mentioning losing your boat there is a catastrophe. There is a good camp spot in the woods at the begin of the portage. I think the third rapid Jan mentioned is at Settler {36H-03} [6.8/63]. I found that rather easy and went on the left side. El Salton must be portaged of course. Massive forces here. The portage trail has nice campsites, too. I found a nice camping spot at one of the small islands at S 47° 40.282’ W 073° 06.376’ with lot of ripe calafate berry and even some of the first strawberries. Most of the bigger islands have cattle. There is one last rapid at S 47° 46.027’ W 073° 17.559’ called rapido borquez. It can be easily run on the right side. I left the river at the airport an toked Variant G to the beautiful town of Caleta Tortel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT36H Regular Packrafting Route / Southern End: Laguna Clara to Villa O‘Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
2020-Jan-08 1.5 days Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
﻿The Ruta de los Pioneros“ is one of the historic routes that was created and used by the first settlers in the last century. This route connected Villa O’Higgins with Cochrane long before the Carreta Austral was completed in the year 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northern and the southern terminus; approx. 50 km on each end; are now upgraded to gravel roads. Only the roughly 100 km in the middle remain a classic animal trail made and created by people on horses to drive cattle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To bypass as much as feasible of these gravel roads we have investigated in recent years multiple alternatives on both ends of GPT36H. Especially with a packraft most of these gravel road kilometers can be bypassed on a very attractive combination of lakes and rivers with shorter portages in between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now investigated and verified a route that first crosses the 2 km wide Lago Claro and than connects on an excellent 2 km trail to Rio Meyer. To continue either only cross Rio Meyer (like we did) or float downstream o. this river up to 4 km (alternative river exit to be scouted first!). An perfectly maintained trail leads then to Lago Biceño (2 to 6 km depending on only crossing Rio Meyer or floating downstream up to 4 km on Rio Mayer). Here a decision needs to be made depending on wind: either paddle a part of Lago Briceño or or continue walking 8 km to Salto on an scenic very well maintained trail (Alternatively a 6 km long trail connects from Lago Briceño to Lago Salto on a different route). After traversing 4 km on Lago Salto a 1 km short animal trail leads to Lago Cines. Once you reach Lago Cisnes it’s 13 km on a combination of lakes and rivers that gets you very close to Villa O’Higgins. Only the last 3 km into the village must be walked on a gravel road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We travelled this route in 1.5 days and really enjoyed the landscape, the excellent trails and the scenic paddling. Even in suboptimal weather this route is feasible and offers plenty of alternatives and escape routes. Therefore I will re-route the regular packrafting route of GPT36H to this route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between Lago Claro and Lago Salto we discovered the best maintained trails of the entire Aysen region. Bridges cross even the smallest streams and all muddy areas are crossed on wooden passages. After years of hiking in this region this came as a surprise. But we also know why. These trails were not created to serve the public but a single family: los “Luksic”, the richest clan of Chile (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andrónico_Luksic_Abaroa). They buy up huge plots of land in this region to create family resorts and as investments. The land between Lago Claro and Lago Salto is owned to my knowledge by this family. And they have the money to contract a large stuff to i.e. create and maintain trails on their properties. What was nice: when a group of 3 employees passed us on a trail on quarts they did not challenge us but gave use useful recommendations how to continue. Legally, access to lakes, rivers and the coast must be given in Chile even if the private property i.e. surrounds a lake but landlords can make it difficult anyway. To my knowledge all access routes from public roads a locked but since we accessed this area on water we did not have to climb over locked gates. Therefore this route seams to me suitable for packrafters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple route variations are feasible that link in further lakes. Short bushwhacking portages might be required in this case but the landscape and vegetation seams generally more open than the Valdivian rain forrest on the Aysen coast. Someone can easily spend up to 5 days discovering other packrafting routes in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-28 / 6 days / Option 3: Lago Quetru, Rio Pascua, Lago &amp;amp; Glaciar Bergues, Fiordo Buzeta / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This 5 to 7 day round-trip is an fascinating hidden gemstone that combines some of the finest packrafting on lakes, rivers and fjords in touching distance to the Southern Patagonian Icefield with some demanding bushwhacking and visits of remotely living settlers. It’s South-Western Patagonia in a nutshell. The entire route traverses an area that is practically never visited by tourists and this not because of lack of attraction but because it is simply off the trotted path and requires a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its needs a window of decent weather to make it an enjoyable adventure. Thanks to the remaining two homesteads of settlers that offer food and accommodation someone can sit out unsuitable weather with comfort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Bravo to Lago Quetru: The first 14 km are an annoying road walk that might be shortened by hitchhiking the first 9 km from ferry landing point Point Rio Bravo to the crossing where the road to Rio Pascua starts. From there its 5 more km on a gravel road to the 4 km long Lago Negro that may be packrafted. If you are in a rush or want to use a window of good weather to advance faster better keep walking directly to the northern terminus of Lago Quetru. This avoids packing you packraft for the 2 km portage from Lago Negro to Lago Quetru.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lago Quetru to Rio Pascua: Lago Quetru is a nice 6 km paddle followed by a 2 km long very calm drainage river. Just before this river flows into Rio Pascua you find the home of Don Hernan Huelet to you left. His family offers accommodation and food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Pascua: Rio Pascua is to my knowledge the 3rd largest river of Chile in volume (discharge flow rate, after Rio Bio Bio and Rio Baker). This river is the drainage of Lago O’Higgins and descents on the first 30 km from 250 m altitude to about 20 m altitude in numerous rapids and cascades. After the last rapid the river continues for 30 more km as a powerful fast flowing river before discharging his turquoise water into the Pacific. This lower part of Rio Pascua is free of rapids but powerful eddies and trees in the water require the full attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homestead of Amelia: About 5 km before the discharge into the Pacific you find the homestead of Amelia and here family to you right next to the river. Amelia walked in autumn 1967 with here family including three little kids, cattle and horses in about 35 days from Rio Salto near Cochrane through the mountains to this location to take the land to settle (no maps, no compass, partly no trails, no ultra-light gear, no GPS, no satellite communication). She happily opens here home for visitors and offers accommodation and food. Being here guest and listening to here adventures was a highlight of the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lago Bergues and Campo de Hielo de Sur: This highly recommendable side trip gets you in two days from the homestead of Amelia to the edge of the Southern Patagonian Icefield and back. You can leave not needed food and gear with Amelia. Cross Rio Pascua and follow the gravel road to the bridge of Rio Borgues. Before crossing the river start walking 6 km through the wetland and glacier sediments to Lago Bergues. This rather easy bushwhacking and cross-country took us only 3 hours. Inflate you packraft and paddle the 8 km to the glacier that flows down from the Southern Patagonian Icefield. Keep the required safety distance to the glacier and the floating blocks of ice that may disintegrate anytime. You may camp one night on one of the beaches in this area but try to camp as high as possible. Return on the same route. Experienced whitewater packrafters may consider to paddle down the drainage river after a careful analysis of satellite images and scouting the river. We did not dear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiordo Buzeta: On a very calm early morning float down from the homestead of Amelia the last 5 km of Rio Pascua into Pacific. While crossing the bay we observed a whale blowing fountains of water into air when breathing. Be aware that the sea in the bay Bahia Baja Pascua can be very rough if the wind enters from the north or the east. Better wait if conditions are not suitable. From the river mouth paddle 25 km to the northern terminus of Fiordo Buzeta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fiordo Buzeta to Rio Bravo: Walking the 5 km from the northern terminus of Fiordo Buzeta to the Carretera Austral took us 8 hours; much more than expected and described by locals. Especially the first 2.5 km to Lago Cypress halfway were demanding. We again and again lost the faint trail but the rocky terrain makes it advisable to follow the established route and not to try to bushwhack your way. This would k lead again and again to cliffs with no safe continuation. Occasional trail marks (red pieces of fabric, blue pieces of plastic and machete tree marks and cuts) were extremely helpful but the distance between these marks increased and countless animal tracks divert in all directions. We have now a full GPS record what should facilitate further traverses. I will share this GPS record only if the next hiker promises to carry a machete (to clean the established route and make fresh tree marks) and lots of material to better mark the trail (i.e. yellow fabric strips).Especially from the highest point to Lago Cypress halfway we lost several hours in search of the established route. The second half of the portage (another 2.5 km) through the wetland was a lot easier and took us only 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Carretera Austral to Villa O’Higgins: Once you hit the Carretera Austral consider to backtrack to the refuge at the ferry landing point Rio Bravo. There you may sleep sheltered and it is the best point to hitchhike or catch a bus towards Villa O’Higgins. Diehard Thru-Hikers need to get prepared for 60 to 70 km of road walking. The regular packrafting route of this section becomes attractive again at Rio Colorado about 30 km before Villa O’Higgins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins see post: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1Mzg1NDI0OTMzMTgzMDg%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-27 / 1 day (40km) / Regular Packrafting Route / SOBO from Tortel to Rio Bravo via Canal Montalva and Fiordo Mitchell / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After packrafting Rio Baker from Cochrane to Tortel last season we verified now the continuation from Tortel to Rio Bravo in the fjords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Baker see: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1MzM3MDUyMTcxMzUzNjk%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We timed our travel to Tortel to arrive just before a series of low-wind day. The yr.no page predicted wind between 1 and 3 m/s during the entire next day which is exceptionally calm for this region (we had actually gusts of wind exceeding 10 m/s). We left Tortel paddling at sunrise to use the normally calmer morning to advance as much as possible and to cross in particular the most wind exposed area called by locals “quatro viento” as early as possible. “Quatro viento” means “four winds” and refers to a 2 km wide area where 4 fjords join and where often strong wind and high waves make paddling with a small raft unsafe. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 6 am and noon the sea was exceptionally calm. Then the wind picked then up during some heavy showers forcing us out of the water at one of the few small beaches along the route in Fiordo Mitchell. Luckily the sea calmed down after a hour and we could continue all the way to the point where the Carretera Austral continues at ferry landing point Rio Bravo at the end of the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this ferry port a spacious refuge was build for the people that wait for the ferry that connects two parts of the Carretera Austral (during high season the ferry runs 4 times per day). During the summer this refuge is frequently used by bikers that travel the Carretera Austral on bicycle. If you plan to sleep in the refuge (recommendable) you will therefore probably share it with bikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To continue towards Villa O’Higgins I recommend hitchhiking or taking a bus. Diehard Thru-Hikers need to get prepared for 60 to 70 km of road walking. The regular packrafting route of this section becomes attractive again at Rio Colorado. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins see: m.facebook.com/story/graphql_permalink/?graphql_id=UzpfSTY3ODk3MzQ4OTpWSzo1Mzg1NDI0OTMzMTgzMDg%3D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This packrafting route should only be attempted on two consecutive calm days. Don’t plan to complete the entire fjord route in one day. This is only feasible if the afternoon remains reasonable calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overcasted days with no or light rain are normally the best days for paddling fjords and lakes as the wind on sunny days normally increases in the late morning or around noon and remains strong till the late afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tortel is a village where waiting several days for suitable weather is feasible. Alternatively you may take a bus towards Villa O’Higgins to continue paddling on Rio Colorado about 30 km before Villa O’Higgins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This route is only recommended in southbound direction due to the predominant wind direction in Fiordo Mitchell. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When packrafting these fjords be prepared to bail out at one of the few beaches and carry enough food and sweet water for several days in case you get stuck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did not see any other boat in these fjords until reaching ferry. We were told about one settler that lives a bit of the route near “quatro viento”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We paddled Fiordo Mitchell during rising tide and noticed a slight favorable tidal flow. During falling tide the tidal flow may get annoying in some parts of the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-25 to 2019-Jan-27 / GPT36P Rio Baker Southbound /  Regular Packrafting Route  / Part 1 of 3: Cochrane to Tortel / Ricardo Campos, Jennifer Schmitz(Jen Ni), Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rio Baker is with approx. 900 cubic meter per second Chile's largest river in terms of volume of water. Few rivers this large in the world remain undammed and free flowing. And apart from a few settlers on some of the river beaches you see barely any signs of human intervention. This makes this 170 km long river a beautiful but giant beast. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first river section powerful rapids fill the wide river valley with the constant roars of crushing water. Someone can admire this show of force from the distant Carretera Austral when traveling from Lago General Carrera to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only on the last 140 km this beast mostly snoozes but growls and snarls from time to time. And in one place - the “Salton” - it smashes everything with his giant fist that gets in his way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafting this lower part of Rio Baker is feasible for experienced packrafters but if you are not at least slightly scared you lack the right attitude. Powerful eddies and huge boils in the river bends require a constant careful reading of the water and foresighted, precise and forceful maneuvering. Strong wind can make the control of your packraft impossible so be prepared to sit out periods of unsuitable weather. The river flows with an average speed of about 8 km/h but exceeds this velocity in some parts substantially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one mortal rapid about halfway between the put in and the outflow into the sea: the “Salton”. An well maintained trail makes the 1 km portage rather easy but don’t miss the exit (details see below).&lt;br /&gt;
Three minor to moderate rapids should be carefully scouted or portaged. Depending on the current flow rate the difficulty and the possible rafting lines alter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first of the three rapids (Class 2) can be paddled generally on two lines: the relative wide open right side or a very slim “chicken line” on the far left. Expect strong eddies that require forceful paddling to stabilize the packraft in and after the rapid. A scouting and portage is also possible if stopping on the left side before the rapid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second moderate rapid is known as “Rapido Gonzalez” and is a rather long Class 3 rapid. The character of this rapid changes significantly with the amount of water. There is a reasonably well maintained portage trail on the right side. We portaged our packrafts about 1 km around this rapid after scouting. Paddling this rapid with an open packraft, without helmet, without a full size white-water-PFD and without plenty of white water experience seams not advisable. Losing your boat and gear in this remote area would put anyone in serious trouble even if making it back to river shore unhurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third minor rapid (Class 2) can be paddled rather safely if staying in the middle between the big boulders or it can be portaged on right side after entering a small bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy wind may make it impossible to paddle all the way to the sea. In this case you may leave Rio Baker at the airfield at Tortel or in the few spots where the road to Tortel is next to the river (only few spots on the last 30 river km).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suitable camp sites are relatively frequent thanks to the few settlers on both sides of the river and the cattle grazing land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would advise against packrafting this river solo or in a single boat. Only a second packraft provides the recommended support in case one boat is flipped by one of the powerful eddies and boils.&lt;br /&gt;
We were very fortunate with weather and wind and packrafted nearly 150 km in 2.5 days (approx. 25 h moving time including two portages). Also the fjord was unusual calm and we paddled into Tortel from the sea what makes the perfect finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Tortel you can resupply and bus to Cochrane and Villa O‘Higgins. A good continuation for packrafters is the Rio Colorado, Lago Colorado, Lago Cisnes, Lago Ciervo and Rio Mayer southbound on the way to Villa O‘Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-29 / GPT36P Rio Baker / Packrafting Route / Part 2 of 3: Tortel to Rio Colorado / With Jennifer Schmitz (Jen Ni) , Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Carretera Austral connects since 2003 Tortel with Villa O’Higgins and several buses per week connect both villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no trails left taking the bus is to my opinion the most practical option to connect from the Rio Baker with the next packrafting part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Connecting footsteps disciples” have three options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Roadwalk 115 km and packraft 9 km (from Puerto Yungay to Puerto Rio Bravo in a rather wind exposed fjord)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Roadwalk 67 km and packraft 40 km from Tortel to Puerto Rio Bravo in wind explosed fjords with few good exit and camp options. This 40 packraft kilometers are an serious challenge and might result in substantial waiting time for low-wind periods. See the attached image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Follow GPT36H instead of GPT36P.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Jan-30 / GPT36P Rio Baker / Regular Packrafting Route / Part 3 of 3: Rio Colorado to Villa O’Higgins or Puerto Bahmondez / With Jennifer Schmitz (Jen Ni), Markus Legner and Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This packrafting combination of 4 river sections and 3 or 4 lakes (depending on finish point) makes up a senic and quite diverse packrafting day (30 to 35 km). You can remain continuously on the water till either leaving at the suspension bridge over Rio Mayer (to resupply in Villa O’Higgins) or paddle all the way to Puerto Bahmondez (if you already have a ticket for the crossing to Candelario Mancilla and all your supplies for GPT38).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rather small rivers are mostly framed by dense low forest and swampland what limits the entry and exit options. But the small rivers contain surprisingly few fallen trees if entering at El Parrillal as we did.&lt;br /&gt;
While driving by bus to our put in at Parrillal we had a glimpse of some upstream parts of Rio Colorado that are currently published as an exploration packrafting route. This upstream river section seams in parts too shallow and completely blocked by trees and I will delete the first 14 km of it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When hiking on land someone can open overgrown parts by machete but when packrafting I don’t want to rely on a machete to smash a passage into an overgrown mini-river. So better skip the 22 km of Exploration Packrafting Route completely (EXP-RP-RI-1@36P-257.6) or investigate only the last 8 km of this Exploration Packrafting Route that seams open on satellite images. For this investigation seak your way from about Las Turbas at the Carretera Austral to Rio Colorado (see images with updated exploration suggestion).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT36P - Río Baker‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT35_(Parque_Patagonia)&amp;diff=113482</id>
		<title>GPT35 (Parque Patagonia)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT35_(Parque_Patagonia)&amp;diff=113482"/>
				<updated>2024-01-03T17:51:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-21 / 8 day / Hiking + Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Option 10 + Old and new tracks to Administration Parque Patagonia Valle Chacabuco  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most have been described by Kris and Stina. The plateau and the entire track is awesome. After the kind Arriero at the puesto {35} [15.8/1075] (actually its his house) I found it a little bit tricky to find a good route first but then just ascended and found a nice cross country route. Camped before the plateau. There are nice spots just before 1400 m, after that its just rocky until you descend to the Water {35} [23.9/1586]. Camp {35} [32.6/1300] was a little bit swampy. Found a better spot 300 m south. Try to be early at the road if you want to hitchhike. I was lucky and got the last car passing at 14.00 to the park at day. On the 25/12 the park entrance (but only the entrance) is always closed! Keep in mind if you come around christmas. At the park entrance you must disinfect your packrafting gear due to Didymo algae. I could not packraft lago jenimeni and verde due to wind but its still stunning. Between Water {35} [75.5/937] and Ford {35} [79.3/846] there is a approx. 3-4 steep bluff. I felt really uncomfortable with my heavy backpack as a lot of erosion happened to the steep ‘steps’. Maybe exploring an additional bush bashing route is feasible here. The ford was rather deep and could be a problem for shorter persons but I crossed in the evening, so in the morning it should be fine. Collapsed Refuge {35} [81.0/819] makes a nice camp spot. The other forts were fine. Stayed one night at Casa Piedra were I met Tobi and Fangwen and spend dinner and breakfast together the next day. CONAF first denied to packraft Rio Chacabuco due to conservation reasons, but after I mentioned that I came along all the track with my gear and rangers et sector jenimeni they were fine with me going on that river. The river is a bit unspectacular. I left at the River Out {35} [119.8/277] and I followed the old trail/road to Park Ranger, Refuge, Camp {35} [123.2/263]. There is a new picknick hut and I spend the night in there with a spectacular view of the valle chacabuco to the rims of campo hielo norte. The next day I continued the old track right side of the river (not in the GPT track files) until the bridge {35-10} [4.7/265]. Track is still in good conditions and occasionally used by the horses and guanacos there. A wonderful hike with massive views. I than continued on the CONAF trail (also not in the GPT track files) to Park administracion at Lodging $$$ {35-03} [1.9/340]. Would not recommend the restaurant. 65 $ for a 3 course meal but nothing fancy. Better spend for dinner in Cochrane. But for a post hike drink at the bar it is a lovely place and staff is kind. Also liked the museum and stayed the night at the campsite approximately 2 km away. The puma still seems to be there occasionally. Next day I hitchhiked out to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-18 to 2023-Dec-23/ 5.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got a taxi for the first 8 kilometers of the roadwalk. Nobody present at the farm where the dirtroad starts to go uphill, gates easy to get through, friendly dog. We hiked just 6km and made camp by a stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day passed the puesto at km15.8, owner seemed friendly and waved. Slowly climbed up to the plateau, lots of water everywhere, very few snowpatches en route. Perfect day - not much wind. Saw lots of guanacos, hares, flamingos. Moving cross-country was ok throughout. Climbed a few barbed-wire fences. Finally found the dirt road, hiked to camp at km42.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning hitched a ride to the park entry with a ranger. We had no online booking as we didn't know when we'd arrive, they had us make one on site. Super friendly guys, said that there is currently fewer visitors than normally at this time. The route between Rio San Antonio crossing and Camp Raleigh has been changed, partially new trail built; follows mainly the Lago Esmeralda trail. There is now a brand new hanging bridge over Rio San Antonio right next to Camp Raleigh, avoiding all the needless crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the camp there trail seems new in places, but then resorts to many rivercrossings again. The way up and down the Puertozuela La Gloria is steep and loose. After Lago Verde there are a million more crossings until you turn South. Here the trail is not much maintained, lots of fallen trees. The next 25km to Casa Piedra the trail is a bit harder to see at first but then gets much better. The guy (not a ranger) at Casa Piedra informed us that the Siete Lagos trail is closed but couldn't say why. It's definitely overgrown in parts, lots of fallen trees - need to keep track on the gpx at all times. After settler at km135.2 the trail has been recently maintained and bushes cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For photos and stories, you can follow us on Instagram: @smallfootprint_bigadventures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-31 to 2023-Apr-06 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option J / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We enjoyed this section a lot, especially with all the beautiful autumn colors in early April and basically without people until the last part before Cochrane. PN Patagonia closed some sectors on the first Monday in April, so we were the last ones to get a permission and do this section ‘legally’. Be prepared for this if you want to do this part in April or later. The problem is they close Casa Del Piedra and probably won’t let you pass to that sector from Lago Jeinemeni, where the entrance stays open for longer time. Sneaking around the guards house early in the morning or just not be specific about your plans might work if needed, its very unlikely you would meet anyone on the way from the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just like others we found the plateau between km 20-28 very very windy. Definitely don’t count with camping there. We found a good spot right after the secound pass, aprox. 500m down the hill where you can find a wind protected place. The descent down is a little slow but with nice views, guanacos, horses.. simply amazing. Once back on the road, it’s not too far to the PN entrance where we met a guard, but fortunately were able to get a permission as described above. The trail from Lago Jeinemeni was one of our favorites. All the fords were easy, but expect quite slow progress in the CC parts. We camped in a forrest at km 81 where is a destroyed refugio but still a good spot for camping. The rest of the trail to Casa Del Piedra is again straightforward and the landscape is somehow more dry. We didn’t cross the first bridge but went with the J option which turned out to be a good decision as we met a xx of guanacos that let us come really close to them. Closed and locked refugio still provides a good shelter, but when open it must be a perfect stop in the middle of this long section. Water was turned off as well but there is a stream behind the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent the next night on the beach of Lago Gutierrez where is enough space to build a tent - bushes around the trail are otherwise very thorny and sharp. After the ascent to the pass was a good stream of water, probably the last place to safely take unfiltered water for the next couple of kms. The trail from there leads around all the lakes and is nice and easy. We spent the night in a refugio at km 134. This one was the only one standing from what we have seen and its a good shelter when it rains, however we decided to stay in our tent anyway. You can make fire inside. Closest water is actually the one in a lake uphill, the stream on the other side of the path was very dirty and hard to gather anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From there its a one more day until the finish with a good pace. We haven’t met the settler Daniel, but he’s definitely still living there. Beautiful beach of Lago Cochrane and from there we started to meet more and more tourists, doing just a day hike or some circuit around the lake - might be a good option as well in this beautiful region. The last kms felt a little long for us as we were looking forward to have some rest and enjoy all the fun in town. At the official campsite were a few people but no one asked us about anything. There are nice toilets and shower. From there its around 30m to Cochrane. Good to remember they celebrate Easter holidays in Chile as well, but we still managed to find some shop and bakery open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  12/03/2023 - 18/03/2023 / RR SOBO / Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing section 35 was due to closure of the Patagonia NP caused by heavy rains with helicopter rescue of several tourists from Valle Hermoso quite complicated, we did walk all we could in Tamango reserve and later (when it was opened) in Chacabuco valley. Be sure not to miss the museum. It's really worth it. The northern part was opened as the last one, that's why we've skipped it and hitchhiked back to Caretera. All paths in great condition. When going from Tamango to Chacabuco there's one suggestion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that on RR (35, km 141) ends new 11km long track ”Huemules” which starts at the parking in Chacabuco valley on RP (35, km 132.5). That trail might be a nice alternative to RR (mud road) leading over private land of settler David Huemul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*8.02. - 05.03.23 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher / SOBO, Chile Chico - Cochrane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started in Chile Chico around 5 pm walking the first km on the road. After a while we got a ride to the Bahía Jara cross and camped a few hundred meters further near the street (we carried water from Chile Chico).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent to the plateau is mostly easy dirtroad walking and the last CC part easy to navigate. The whole stretch on the plateau until the street at km 41.5 we had extreme wind, which made walking super tiring and nearly blew us away a few times. We found a tiny and steep, but wind protected place to set up our tent at around km 28 in the ridge dug by the river. We had to get a bit inventive to set it up and to be able to sleep properly there. There were almost no other places that were protected by the wind until you get off the plateau. As almost all previous entries say, it's better to camp off the plateau. But it's really worth doing it because you can see Guanacos and flamingos on it :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we reached the street at km 41.5 we were lucky and a car passed by a few minutes later, which brought us to the entrance of Parque Patagonia. We payed 15k CLP p.p. and walked to the camp Raleigh at Lago verde. There are some sheltered places to set up the tent, with an unfamiliar amount of people for the GPT. Lago Verde is beautiful though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day involves lots of river- and stream crossings and it started to rain not particularly heavy, but after some hours we were completely wet. Therefore the rivercrossing at km 82.6 was really hard for Anna (1,63 m) but we managed by inertlocking our arms and doing it step by step slowly. After that the trails get really good and you can walk way faster. We camped at the unofficial camp site at km 84.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had good weather the next day and the trail was really good until Lago Gutierrez. Up to the pass the trail gets a bit worse with some navigation issues, but you always find a good path again. As the others wrote there are only some tiny streams within the first km after the pass until the next Laguna, so we filled up our bottles there and camped somewhere in the forest soon afterwards once it started to rain again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day there were still not too much water sources and we fetched the first water at the first Laguna which wasn't super easy to access. The trail until Lago Cochrane wasn't in bad condition neither. We also took Option L, which follows the 'regular' siete lagunas trail. The stretch from Lago Cochrane until the Conaf office at the end of the lake is absolutely amazing with great views of one of the clearest lakes in the world. We camped at km 145.7 and took a bath in the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last 8 km to Cochrane went super fast on an easy trail until Conaf and 4 km road walking to the town, so happily we could escape from the starting rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 20 to 24 of February 2023 / Silke &amp;amp; Hans / Loop - Fachinal -&amp;gt; Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't do the regular route, but read about an intresting loop starting in Fachinal and entering the normal route at Valley Hermoso. We then continued along the regular route to the entrance at Laguna Jeinimeni, and back to Chile Chico. The first 3 days from Fachinal we didn't see any other hikers, but it was pretty clear why. The trail was completely overgrown, full of fallen trees and a lot of the time there is no trail at all. But we managed our way through pretty good, and is was an awesome alternative to enter the Park. We recorded our GPX for others, waypointed some POI's and added some photo's to it: https://ridewithgps.com/trips/114121493&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 1 / 18km / +740m /&lt;br /&gt;
Although we heard of a bus to Fachinal from Chile Chico, nobody really appeared to know any information about it.. In the terminal the people we spoke said there were none. So we started hitchhiking the following morning. But after 3-4h of no luck we went back to the terminal, and all of a sudden there was a bus leaving at 11:30. 10.000 pesos pp, a little expensive but being unsuccesfull hitchhiking we took it. We had lunch at the turnoff, and starting hiking around 13:00. The first part is on a clear double track, but soons turns into a clear singletrack. We took the wrong intersection twice (waypointed on our GPX). We camped right before the first big river crossing. There is one steel cable, so if you bring a harness you could tiroller across. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 2 / 22km / +1100m /&lt;br /&gt;
First up, we crossed the river. The water level didn't seem a lot lower than the day before, and at the deepest part it was about halfway our thighs. After taking another wrong intersection and backtracking, we reach the second river crossing. Again a steel cable is provided but the crossing was pretty straightforward, and the water level was only slighty above our knees. Just across the river is a an old cabin, and then short after a very new refugio (locked, used by a trekking agency). The trail gets super dense after this, climbs steeply on the mountain side and dissapears completely on numerous occasions. After the climb it flattens out, opens up and you reach a laguna. After the laguna it's the easiest to just follow the river bed down to the open valley floor (possible sheltered campsite in the forest). Follow the valley floor to another amazing laguna where you can camp near a second locked refugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 3 / 14km / +440m /&lt;br /&gt;
We started the day with a side-trip to a mirador looking over the glacier high above. Takes about 1,5-2 hours return. We then packed up camp and headed for Valley Hermoso. You pass another beautiful laguna and follow the river down to the main valley. Lots of river crossing here. We camped at the Refugio Valley Hermoso, arriving earlier than expected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 4 / 15km / +200m /&lt;br /&gt;
Very short and easy daytrip to another laguna. About 3 hours return. We just chilled the rest of the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 5 / 36km / +830m /&lt;br /&gt;
Final day along the normal route to the entrance of Laguna Jeinimeni. The day started off with some heavy rain for a couple of hours, but all the river crossings were still very doable. We arrived at the entrance around 13:00, and there was no sign of anybody leaving soon. So we decided to continue hiking untill we could find a ride along the way. We ended up hiking an extra 19km before finally a car was willing to take us along. There is an established campsite at the entrance for 3000 pesos pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 19 to 24 of February 2023 / Will / SOBO, regular route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not too much to add on this one. I had a good time but the section felt long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way up to the first plateau there were a few somewhat sheltered places to camp past the puesto. I camped around km 19, just before the last steep climb up to the plateau. Lots of streams around there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the river crossings went above my knees, after a dry week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I liked the detour up to the Lago Jeinemeni mirador. I also took variant I out and back to a glacier lake, I'm less sure whether that was worth it. I couldn't find any real trail, it was nice easy cross country walking through the woods followed by some open rocky ground. The glacial lake was cool, but not as spectacular as some of the ones I've seen in other sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I camped at the casa de piedras and took a luxurious warm shower. The ranger said you're supposed to pay at the office in valle Chacabuco, but since our route doesn't go there she just let me stay for free. She also said that sendero de siete lagunas (our route) was closed, but that I could do it since I had my gps and satellite communicator. She made it sound tough/dangerous though it turned out to be fairly quick trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much water or campsites along the siete lagunas. There's a nice campsite at the tip of the pencil lake just after the (still intact!) refugio at 133.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-12-19 / NOBO / RR + Option 35-L / Ondrej and Bara / Cochrane - Chile Chico / 7.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We really enjoyed this section! We went from Cochrane to Chile Chico. Our favourite parts were the descent through Valle Hermoso and the descent on the cross country section to Chile Chico. We spent 7.5 days on this section, taking a relaxed pace and including a half day break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We only had to pay 9,000 CLP per person entrance fee at the Cochrane park gate (sector Tamango). We then showed the pass three days later to a ranger at Casa de Piedras and he let us go. The final checkpoint for us was the CONAF park exit/entrance at Lago Jeinemeni. The ranger there didn’t want to see our pass at all, he just asked from where we hiked (we said Casa de Piedras).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some details: - Starting from Cochrane, the trail is easy walking up until km 144.9. As you leave Lago Cochrane, the trail is harder to follow. Fortunately this lasts only up to km 138, where the trail becomes easy to follow again. We camped next to the refuge on km133.9. The refuge has a good roof and can serve as an emergency shelter. There is no good water next to it though - we needed to climb the hill to the laguna to refill. - From roughly km 125 to km 99, the RR follows the old Siete Lagunas trail, which is not maintained anymore. Expect some fallen trees and slightly overgrown parts but the trail is beautiful and easy to navigate in general. - We took Option L to cut some overgrown road walking as recommended by others. We really liked it. - We camped next to the destroyed refuge at Laguna Guagua (km 118.3) and really loved the place - there is an amazing pebble beach at the laguna. - If you don’t want to camp at Casa de Piedras, there is a place for a small tent and a stream at roughly km 97 (-47.07463, -72.20439). We camped there. - The river crossings in Valle Aviles and Vale Hermoso were maximum to our knees. The deepest one was at Lago Verde (km 66.1). However, the river levels can change rapidly when it rains the days before - do check the weather. - We camped at the eastern shore of Lago Verde (km 61.7; campsite Raleigh) and really loved it - it has picnic tables and a spacious cooking/eating shelter. - We hitchhiked the part on the road between km 53 and 41.5. Few cars go by but the hitch was easy - we stopped the first car. - The cross country section from km 41.5 is very different from the rest - semi-desert like and lots of animals. We saw llamas, flamimgos, condors and hares (among sheep, cows and horses). - Between km 38 and 33 the path goes along a fence. We had to get over the fence once (we scrambled below it without problems). - If you are going NOBO, expect stunning views of the General Carrera Lake and Torres del Avelano when coming from the last pass (km 20.8) down to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ranger in Casa de Piedras wanted to prevent us to walk the RR NOBO from Casa de Piedras to Valle Hermoso. He claimed that route is closed now as the rivers are too high to cross. To avoid conflict, we said that we will only do the “loop trail” which is basically the RR from Casa de Piedras up until the bridge where the RR joins Option J. The Option J is then used to return back to Casa de Piedras. When doing the loop, we met several hikers in the opposite direction who confirmed that all river crossings are fine. In light of this we decided to continue on the RR and indeed the deepest ford was to our knees. Therefore if faced with a ranger claiming that the rivers are too high, we suggest to start with the loop trail (rangers should be okay with that) and get more info on the river levels from the hikers going the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 last week January NoBo (6 days but could have very easily been done in less) / Helen and Craig + (Caro, Ali and Gabby)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Such lovely camp sites. Beautiful places to stay the night the whole way around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Very very easy trails. River crossing section isn't bad at all and the Valle hermosa lives up to its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;1st and last camp site particularly lovely&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Keep eyes peeled for pumas! I would have easily missed the sighting if I hadn't been looking the right way at the right time. They were super close. 10m or less away. Two cubs outside the refugio at casa peidra. Not where they are commonly seen in the park at all Aparently around west winds camp they are more commenly seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Museum in the middle of the section worth checking out. Very visual and quite hard hitting environmental museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Can hitch easy enough to Chile Chico but leave last camp early in the morning. There's often a driver with a 4x4 who drives hikers in to the park and will take you back for 10,000p/p. Hikers who were a few hours behind us had no luck hitching as demand can often overtake spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*27 of January to 1 of February 2023 / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach / GPT35 RR SOBO / 5.5 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Chile Chico - Lago Jeinimeni - Valle Hermoso - Casa de Piedra - Lago Cochrane - Cochrane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What a beautiful and diverse stretch of the GPT! I hiked half of this section with Zach, up to Casa de Piedras at km 98.9. We were unable to get a hitch out of Chile Chico, so we ended up walking the road to where the trail begins. No navigation issues, but the entire cross-country section to Río de las Nieves (waypoint at 42.7 km) is very exposed and was very windy when we crossed. We ended up camping at the water at 23.9 km, but the wind blew very strongly all night and I was worried it might take my tent. If you can, it is better to camp off this plateau unless the weather is calm. Lots of guanaco trails to follow :) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the CONAF office at km 53.0, we each paid 9,000 clp for entry to the national park, plus 6,000 clp for passage/camping along the trail to Casa de Piedras in the Valles Hermoso and Aviles. Beautiful trail the whole way, popular and well-maintained, with cairns and markers to follow. There is an awesome shelter and camping area with picnic tables on the eastern shore of Lago Verde, at the end of Option D. In my opinion it was nicer than the popular refugio in Valle Hermoso (km 68.1) that everyone talks about. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had no issues with fords, except the one at km 82.6 which flows into Río Aviles. It was the end of a warm sunny day, so the flow was quite high and strong. Had I been on my own I would have camped on the north side and waited till morning to cross. However, this time I was able to cross by linking arms with Zach as he is much taller than me and was more stable in the current. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Casa de Piedras, Zach and I parted ways as he wanted to packraft down the Río Chacabuco. The ranger at the Casa told me the Sendero de las Siete Lagunas (which begins at km 99.5) was no longer maintained. This is true, there were stretches in the desertlike brush that were hard to follow, and I checked the GPS frequently. Generally it was better when the trail went into wooded areas. I also found this trail to be dry — the only water I found was the water from the lagunas and a tiny trickle about a kilometer south of the pass. Lots of spiky plants that get stuck in your socks and shoes. I took Option L to cut out some overgrown minor road walking. It's sad that this trail is being neglected and left to be swallowed up by nature, because otherwise it is quite scenic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horse trail that goes from the puesto of Daniel Huemul (km 143.3) to Lago Cochrane was also rough and overgrown. Everything gets easier once you reach Lago Cochrane though, nice, maintained trails all the way to Cochrane with beautiful places to camp along the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT35 / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam / 2022-Dec-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much is already detailed below, so we will keep it short &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 day: from Chile Chico to the entrance of the National Park. We camped one night before the pass at S 46.61639 W 71.81632. Water right next to the camp. Pass is very windy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days: from the National Park to the Refugio. Nice refugio with small house where you can make a fire inside to dry things. From the Refugio to Casa Piedra is possible in one day. But it is a long day with many kilometres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5 days: Casa Piedra to Cochrane. Leaving Casa Piedra, after a few hundred metres the trail leaves the Minor Road and enters the trail (where there is a large stone marker). The trail is officially closed and partly in bad condition. There are many fallen trees on the trail, some of it is overgrown and not completely clear. We therefore checked the GPS regularly. We took OH-TL-V{35-L}, which saves a few kilometres of (overgrown) minor road.&lt;br /&gt;
We spent one night at Laguna Guagua (Refugio is completely destroyed) and one at Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
When we left the national park, no one was at the office. We therefore simply went through...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT35 Variant P, Option 3, 3C, 3D / Meylin Ubilla, Jan Dudeck / 2022-Dec-12 and 13 / 1.5 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While waiting in the village Cochrane for our friends to catch up, we did a little 1.5 day hike higher up next to Lago Cochrane that we visited at least 3 times by packraft in past years. For the first time this year we waked with a light backpack without packrafting gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took Variant P eastbound that slowly climbs on a gravel road to an altitude of 500 m and then continues as a panorama trail in this altitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, this is not authorized access to Parque Patagonia (Sector Tamango) and two gates need to be climbed but there was nobody to be seen on this route. The normal access to the park is down next Rio Cochrane and Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly the entire route was scenic and worth the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settler “El Húngaro” apparently sold the land and became part of the national park. There is an open building that might be used as a refuge in case of emergency but camping is probably more comfortable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The refuge at {35-P} [4.0/501] is collapsed but camping is pleasant on this pasture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail section OH-TL-V {35-03} [0.0+5.2] is not maintained for several years making this route inconvenient to walk. The route south of both lakes is easy walking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as Parque Patagonia does not challenge hikers to make a full traverse from Cochrane to Chile Chico it is prudent to take the official route which is the current regular route and pay the entrance fee near Cochrane when hiking northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But should longer multi-day traverses be denied, then it might be less bothersome to take Variant P which avoids the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafters can travel east and westbound on Lago Cochrane and will not pass any park entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alice &amp;amp; Florian / 4 to 10 November-2022 / Regular Hiking Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here's our story of our GPT35. We really enjoyed this section, it is really diverse, beautiful landscapes and we saw heaps of animals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we wanted to do the trail in the northbound direction, we took the bus from chile chico to Cochrane, arriving in chile chico from argentina from the south (border o'higgins closed...). It tales 4 hours and leaves on sunday at 14 (return Monday 7 Am), Monday 16 (return Tuesday 7 AM),Wednesday and Friday 7 Am (return 16).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took the option north of Cochrane because we were not sure if they would allow us to sleep in the tamango reserve. But, indeed you have to pass a no entry sign, a gate and a sign saying that entering the park that way is prohibited so we do not recommend it when it is written on the conaf website that it is allowed to sleep in tamango section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took the sendero de los huemules and slept at camp 1 waypoint. There was plenty of water at that time and a beautiful view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that we took the option OH-TL-V 35-P to avoid going downhill. The entry of this trail is about 150m before what is indicated on the GPT so be aware. I don't think the trail is an official one from the park so you have to fight your way through some bushes. But apart from that, it is clear. Then we joined the regular route, which since the 2022 version does follow the siete lagunas  trail. You will join the siete lagunas trail at the kilometer 11 more or less. We then camped around the km 13 of the  7 lagunas trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We found water just before climbing at the pass at S47°06.0856' W072°17.592' and there is more at the top. However, it is true that it is drier on the other side of the pass, so if you are going Southbound, pack enough water from Lago Gutierrez to climb the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent the third night at casa de Piedra where you have all facilities (electricity, hot shower, kitchen). Unfortunately for us they were on strike so they wouldn't allow us to go further on the trail. We did anyway as going out to jeiminini or through the road to chacabuco would take the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
By the way various national parks - including Torres del Paine were on strike at the moment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part in the aviles valley is really clear, the trail is really nice and easy and with a lot of water available. Exiting the casa de piedra you should take the option OH-TI-V 35-J instead of the regular route, it will save you 600 m and two river crossings, and the view is similar. Starting at km 20, you will have to reduce your pace because the trail is busy with a lot of fallen trees, bushes and rocks. Between the km 22 and 23 of the valle aviles trail, the trail has been swept away by the river this winter so you have to cross the river two more times to go around. The kilometers indications disappear more or less after the pass, at km 25. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that you enter the valle Hermoso.  We camped at the waypoint 17/Camp Valle Hermoso but we do not recommend it. It was really small and close to the river, so if there is a sudden level rise because of heavy rain or a flooding because of a glaciar outburst (GLOF), you might get wet... Better sleep st the small caban near km23 if you don't think you will reach the refugio in valle Hermoso.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach Lago Verde, follow the GPT track and not the trail that leads to the lake, or you will have to turn back. After the pass it's more river crossings but you can save some kilometers in the river bed by taking the option OH-TI-V 35-E and then OH-TI-V 35-D until the rio jeimenini (the first part of the option OH-TI-V 35-D does not exist anymore). We did not have any trouble to cross the Rio between the 2 lakes even though we were in the middle of the afternoon. It was about thigh deep for me but I'm tall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that it's really easy to the Parc entrance. We went back to Chile Chico walking on the road instead of taking the cross country option, because0 there were still snow on the mountain. The first part is still pretty until the intersection, once you enter the valley of the Rio it is a bit more monotonous. Halfway there is an access to an annex of the national park, to go see the Cueva de las manos and valle lunar. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrien Kunzli / 31-Oct-2022-04-November-2022 / Regular Hiking Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All rivers crossing are easy to pass at this time of year. One tricky passage on the snow at the entrance of lago verde, very steep, but it was to avoid walking in the lake (frozen feet early in the morning). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No guards at the entrance at Tamango so i didnt pay the fee but didnt get my pass. Tamara gently gave me one at the camping of casa del piedra (apparently if i didnt have this pass i could not be admitted at Jeinimeni.) At Jeinimeni pass, again, nobody. So i were to the houses near and finaly find the guy. He took my pass and i get no fee in this NOBO direction. &lt;br /&gt;
Nice shortcut after the bridge of Rio de las Nieves (S 46° 47.274', W 071° 54.665') that can avoid you a little bit of the 4x4 unfinshing road and get you directly into the heart of this amazing and beautifull last part. So: &lt;br /&gt;
In front of the end of the bridge, you go up the big hill and go diagonally (or directly if you feel better) to join the path (pretty wild) of the gps (S 46° 45.843', W 071° 54.359'). Small stretches of paths are drawn rather well along this shortcut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much good water between the bridge (brown water) and the puesto but the the puesto's water is of much better quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT 35: Parque Patagonia/ Exploration Route via Valle Maullín Grande/ 2022 March-12/ 4 days / Tobias Schorcht, Jonas Grünewald &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked from Maullín Grande to Cochrane by chance. I always wanted to do the stretch from Chile Chico to Cochrane, but we had just 4 days left… When we hitchhiked northbounded from Villa O’Higgins, we luckily got picked up by Pascual Diaz, who is a experienced Mountain Guide (company Kalem) and took us all the way to his refugio in Maullín Grande. He also explained us, how to reach Cochrane on time while doing that crossing. The next day he took us to the end of the Road, where we started hiking around midday (-46,80390, -72,42001). It was a easy walk to the end of the Valley where we camped (-46,87872, -72,34138). The following day was hard, but we went up to the pass (1430m) in perfect sunshine. At (-46,87234, -72,30906) you will face a waterfall in a steep canyon. We recommend to walk on the left side (northwest) through the forest until you meet the riverbed again. The other side is also possible (we went there), but you have to climb higher in difficult terrain. From that point you can easily do a cross country walk up to the pass, where you have to cross the Glaciar (without cracks). It was absolutely stunning! Going down to the laguna is quite steep. I would not do it in bad weather conditions. When you meet the laguna, you can either walk on the left or right side. Both options are not easy. We crossed on the right (southern) side, which is ok in good weather conditions. There is one river crossing in between, which could be impossible with more water. Now we think it would have been easier to walk on the left (northern) side, although we would have had needed to cross the river before and after the laguna. Packrafting is an option as well, but since it only 1.5 km we don’t think it is worth it. Camped in a forest close to the regular trail dry and save. All in all we recommend this option to experienced hikers in good weather conditions. The hike to Cochrane was hard, because we had just 2 days for 80km. So we hitchhiked to the museum of Parque Patagonia and we even saw a puma at the Westwind Campsite! It seems like this puma shows up there regularly. I waited for that moment almost 5 months. My dream came true on my very last evening in nature. Thank you Patagonia for this great gift. 🙏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Christmas2021 / GPT 35, NOBO, participants Janna &amp;amp; Matthias, dec 2021, duration 6 days from Cochrane to Conaf center at Lago Jeinimeni, then hitchhiked to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As recommended by a friend we opted for the following route through the Parque Nacional de Patagonia which is highly recommendable (first two days mainly GPT variants and options, afterwards GPT regular routes. There are several marked senderos in the beginning as 5 Los Huemules, 8 los Pumas, 7 los Guanacos, sendero 9, sendero Lagunas Altas etc.) as you can see in our attached tracking file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all the trails were easy to find, some seemed to be still unhiked this year. To enter the park from Cochrane we had to pass a prohibition sign and climb over a no entrar gate. We didn't meet anyone on the first day, the settler didn't seem to be around. The following days we met two to three other hikers per day, but no rangers until the end at Conaf Center near Lago Jeinimeni, where we easily paid the park fees in arrears (8000 pp park entrance fee and an additional 6000 pp overnight stays in the park). We deliberately skipped the Conaf center in Valle Chacabuco on the advice of our friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good to know:&lt;br /&gt;
- There is no water anymore at S 47.198557, W 72.474927 near the camping site but instead at S 47.203460, W 72.480747 and S 47.179332, W 72.465807&lt;br /&gt;
- There were many lagoons on our day 3 that weren't visibly well marked neither on our apps nor on the Garmin GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
- All the marked refugios along the trail are heavily damaged except Casa de Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
(closed on the 24th of dec) and Refugio Valle Hermoso (where we could even dry our&lt;br /&gt;
soaked shoes from the many river crossings next to the fireplace).&lt;br /&gt;
- From the refugio Valle Hermoso we did a side trip to the first glacier lake in the Valle&lt;br /&gt;
Estero Ventisquero without all the luggage.&lt;br /&gt;
- The río Jeinimeni water level was up to our waists and strong (note it had rained the&lt;br /&gt;
night before). According to others it was supposed to be knee-deep.&lt;br /&gt;
- Hitchhiking from Conaf center Jeinimeni to Chile Chico is possible when camping or day guests are leaving. As we arrived later in the afternoon we spent an extra night there. &lt;br /&gt;
- The supermercado sur in Chile Chico sells gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Track files and waypoints: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1-98Ou9jk0porCVRp7CSFZ-KciXQ2PBzD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Greater Patagonian Trail (7).jpg|thumb|GPT35 - RN Lago Jeinimeni]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*30 Nov RR 5 days SOBO Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Chile Chico I got the Bahia Jara bus &amp;amp; got off at the junction, saves a 6KM roadwalk. Walked 2KM up the road then on trail to the high plateau. The settler before the pass wasn't there but his dogs were a bit territorial so I avoided the puesto. I went across the high plateau &amp;amp; camped a bit before the second puesto in one long day. Camp marked on track file below the pass was not very good (boggy &amp;amp; sloping) so I continued down to camp near the stream. The second puesto is above the RR &amp;amp; not visible from it. Camping on the high plateau definitely not recommended. It is very exposed &amp;amp; the wind can &amp;amp; will knock tents. On day 2 I got to CONAF, they said a puma had been there every day the week before. Continued with many river crossings to the hut. There are trails marked with ribbons on LHS of the river SOBO, they go in on small loops which avoid some of the river crossings. Nearing the hut there is a stream flowing into the lake. At the lake it was too deep to cross. Bush bashed for about 40 metres to reach the ford. Camped outside the hut. Several river crossings on the third day. The double crossing is the crux. I avoided it by going over the bluff on LHS of river with a bit of tree bashing but I don't recommend that. The bluff descent is cliffed off with only a narrow breach where you can downclimb on trees. The breach is not obvious from above. Better to ford the river - it was running high but I met several hikers who had crossed it. Got to Casa de Pidera in 1 long day from the hut. You can cook in the Casa (they have a gas stove, electricity &amp;amp; showers) but have to camp outside. There are some trees to shelter from the wind. On the fourth day I started walking Sendero de Siete Lagunas (SSL) but I was using the 2019 track file which doesn't show the SSL. It had not been walked much recently &amp;amp; the route was not obvious. At the lake I lost the SSL in guanaco tracks. I continued around the lake &amp;amp; walked out about 2KM to the road. The descent to the road was cliffed off but I found a way down in a gully. Then I walked out the road past a meadow where hundreds of guanaco were grazing. Past the meadow I went in left on a side road to rejoin the RR. On the fifth day I walked past Daniel Huemul's puesto &amp;amp; was lucky to meet Daniel who was riding out &amp;amp; he showed me the way. He said the direct RR which goes right from the puesto is now overgrown &amp;amp; disused. Instead we went out to the left. There is a small road which goes in a loop &amp;amp; turns towards Lago Cochrane but with his directions I was able to shortcut it. I paid 15,000 CLP for entry &amp;amp; camping at CONAF Lago Jeinemeni &amp;amp; they didn't charge me anything at Casa de Piedra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Mar-18 , Tyler Wood, 7 Days Sobo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section to end my season with. I got a couple short hitches on the way up past Chile Chico. Up past the last puesto are some great areas to camp along a big boulder field. Maybe 2 km more. Beautiful and surrounded by Guanacos. Plenty of water too. Up near the top of the pass was very cold, but very beautiful, and even saw a bunch of flamingoes in the lakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way down the pass I tried to find the fore-mentioned route to the puesto to take the road the rest of the way down and didn’t really have any luck...found my way anyways and camped down by Rio sucio under a willow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Into Jenimeni I got another little hitch. Once you cross the deeper river by Laguna esmeralda just keep those water shoes on, you’ll be crossing many more times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also was told by a ranger that sendero siete Lagunas wasn’t habilitado, but went for it anyways. Water is Not after Laguna Gutiérrez for a while, so make sure you fill up around there. After the pass there are a few more small&lt;br /&gt;
Streams to fill up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The road walking to Tmango reserve seemed to take forever, but Walking/camping by Lago Cochrane was all worth it. At puesto Huemul Is when I got my first advice that the corona virus was a big deal. The woman told me there were 3 confirmed cases in Cochrane, I went there and booked my tickets straight home. Hasta le vista baby!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-February-08 / 7 days / Southbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long and beautiful section. No major difficulties. Great diversity. Without hitchhiking, it took me 173 kilometers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1st part / 2 days / Chile Chico to Div 217&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the cross country, valley full of Guanacos. I camped just after the puesto, about 2 kilometers after the beginning of the cross country, before the pass, where there are still rocks to protect from the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
As related in previous reports, after camp 279, you will stumbled upon a fence. Go on the East along the fence, cross it, and you will find a trail to the next Puesto and then the trail goes down from the puesto to the dirt road. You will avoid cross country this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2nd part / 2,5 days to Casa de Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
Popular part. Groups of hikers along the way. 8000CLP entrance fee + 6000 CLP for 2 nights sleeping inside the park. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3rd part / 2,5 days / Sendero de las 7 lagunas&lt;br /&gt;
After Casa de Piedra, I followed the GPS regular route which took me to the beginning of the Sendero of 7 lagunas. CONAF said it was not &amp;quot;habilitado&amp;quot; but it is actually well marked. The good thing is that there will be no hikers on this part, except when you approach the end, along the lago Cochrane. The trail is very different from the GPS tracks but no difficulties to find it. So, don't worry not having the GPS tracks. &lt;br /&gt;
At S 47º08.015' W 72º18.948', there is a nice place to camp and also, the trail will merge with the optional route OH-TL-V@35-02F-#001 You can then follow this track and then go back to the Regular Route to reach Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin Lizondo / 28-Jan-2020 / Regular Hiking Southbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section took me 6 days. Some tips:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part from Chile Chico has a +20 km cross country walk. The wind is extremly strong and the route very high, with no forest protection. I recommend spending the first night behind the trees of El Ciprés (the settler Orlando Vazquez allows people to pass and is very kind) or near to the puesto at the end of the minor road at  46º 36' 5,3&amp;quot; S, 71º 48' 45,05&amp;quot; O (Miguel Pacheco is very kind too). Enough water all along the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jeinimeni section of Parque Patagonia is very easy and well marked. Entrance to foreigners costs CLP 8000 plus 6000 if spending the night. There’s a shelter with place for fire and tents after 18 km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Valley Aviles to Casa de Piedra is also easy and beautifull, with many free camping spots. Casa de Piedra costs CLP 8000 per night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the gps track is very different from the actual trail, called “Sendero de las Siete Lagunas”. I recommend taking this route instead of the old gps track, as it’s very well maintained. At Lago la Pepa ( 47º 7' 45,19&amp;quot; S, 72º 18' 41,54&amp;quot; O   ) the trail crosses an old overgrown minor road, which coincides with the gps track and takes to Puesto Huemul (47º 11' 25,31&amp;quot; S, 72º 26' 6,98&amp;quot; O). If going to the left, you’ll reach the puesto, if going up to the right you’ll end the official “Sendero de las Siete Lagunas” near to the main park center. Other hiking options are possible from that point, but the regular route to Puesto Huemul is the shortest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Puesto Huemul, the trail goes down near to the lake Cochrane through Sendero “Coigües” and “Carpinteros”. Well marked and signed, this trails will take you to the start of Tamango section, very near to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-27 / GPT35 New Route: Lago General Carrera (Fachinal) to Parque Patagonia (Lago Jenimeni or “Casa de Piedra”) / 5 days / Meylin Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González and Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a recommendation from Tobias Hellwig W and Daniel Mahn Borkowsky we investigated a new route that I did no had on my radar until a few weeks ago. This route provides an alternative access from the southern coast of Lago General Carrera into the Parque Patagonia and is of interest for packrafters and hikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route is a traditional animal trail that was used by the settlers of Fachinal to drive cattle to a large summer pasture that is now part of Parque Patagonia (sector Jenimeni). With the enforcement of keeping domestic animals out of the protected park area a 5 km trail section inside Parque Patagonia lacks maintenance but is still quite well traversable for GPT standards. Apart from this short trail section most of the route is very scenic and nice to walk but practically unknown. Only one tourism company runs guided hiking trips along this route about once per months. Apart from this occasionally use the full traverse seams not to be done anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to lack of trail markings we spend about one extra day in searching and following the poorly maintained 5 km trail section but with our GPS record other hikers should struggle much less than we did and will be able to walk in 4 to 5 moderate hiking days from Fachinal at the southern shore of Lago General Carrera to “Casa de Piedra” in the center of Parque Patagonia in the Valle Chacabuco.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the route northbound as we considered the option to cross Lago General Carretera at its shortest narrow by packraft. Here the lake is only 3.2 km wide but we finally did not cross this rather dangerous lake due to suboptimal wind conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fachinal to Rio Aviles River Crossing: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A well maintained “cattle highway” leads from Fachinal from the road bridge of Rio Aviles along the western/southern side of Rio Aviles to the limit of Parque Patagonia. This roughly 20 km long trail section gets regularly cleaned with chain saws to facilitate access to the pastures along Rio Aviles for free-rooming cattle. Most of the trees that have fallen on the trail have been cut to keep the trail easily traversable. Some hikers might find the “pointless up and down” annoying but this trail was created by men that move on horses that did not had to ascent and descent themself. About 1 km before crossing the Rio Aviles two signs indicate the limit of Parque Patagonia (Sector Jenimeni) and ban access for unauthorized people and domestic animals (without providing any clue who might be authorized and who not ;-). From the park limit the trail descents steep to Rio Aviles but remain well maintained to ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trail section requires two possibly demanding river crossings that can become impossible during snow melt in spring, after heavy rain or on the afternoon or evening of hot days (melting water from glaciers!). To keep the route traversable in such circlesumstances the tourism company has installed in both locations steel ropes (to cross these two rivers hooked up in harness to the steel rope without even touching the water).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Aviles River Crossing to the Pass (1150 m above Sea Level): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the river crossing the trail condition suddenly changes. Fallen trees don’t get cut anymore and undergrowth is not cleaned by machete. It’s mainly the remaining path on the ground that indicates the former animal trail. Advance is slow and in various locations care must be taken to not loose the trail. Here you will need to climb over fall trees and push occasionally through dense vegetation until reaching an altitude of 950 m. At this altitude the forest floor opens up (no dense undergrowth any more) and the trail disappears completely. Here walking becomes easy again. Walk the following kilometer through the open forest following roughly the GPS track until reaching the end of the forest and the small lake after the 1150 m high pass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An advise for northbound hikers: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the first signs of the trail in the open forest was a struggle as we had no information where exactly the trail starts to descent. I searched at least 3 or 4 hours in a 400 m wide and 1200 m long section of open forest till I found a first old machete mark on a tree that indicated the location of the trail. Carefully searching and following similar marks I finally found the  descending trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Searching northbound we lost the trail again when reaching Rio Aviles at the bottom of the valley and searched half a day for the correct continuation. A well visible and noticeably used trail next to Rio Aviles leads directly to an suitable river ford but from there a well maintained trail continues 1 km in the wrong direction (upstream). Only after bushbashing 1 km along the river shore downstream we recognized with surprise a second river ford (now the correct river ford) which connects to the well maintained trail section in the correct direction. In hindsight we understood that the well maintained trail simply continues upstream along Rio Aviles and that this trail crosses twice the Rio Aviles. Due to a partially not evident trail section on the other side of we did not recognize this when hitting this trail on the bottom of the valley and took the wrong direction to the wrong river ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now hikers with our GPS record and a GPS should not struggle to find and follow this trail as we did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pass (1150 m above Sea Level) to Valle Hermoso Refugio: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After leaving the forest at the 1150 m high pass the most scenic part of this route starts. A roughly 15 km long cross country route leads over pastures and river sediments past 3 lakes and two glaciers to the Refugio Valle Hermoso. Occasionally signs of a trail are visible but due to the open landscape a continuous trail neither exists nor is needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the Refuge Valle Hermoso this route connects with regular route that leads along Valle Aviles (diffrent river with the same name!) to “Casa de Piedra” in the center of Parque Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access to Trail Head at Fachinal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple buses per week from Chile Chico to Puerto Tranquilo on the Carretera Austral that pass Fachinal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monday and Friday runs a subsidized bus from Chile Chico to Fachinal and back to Chile Chico (One round trip in the morning and a second one in the evening).&lt;br /&gt;
8:30 leaving Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
9:30 in Fachinal&lt;br /&gt;
11:00 returning to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
17:30 leaving Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
18:30 in Fachinal&lt;br /&gt;
20:00 returning to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to cross Lago General Carrera to continue hiking in the Cordillera Avellano North of the lake speak to Carloz Amoros in Fachinal (mobile: +56 9 76267029 / price around 30‘000 CLP) or Pascual Diaz de Mallin Grande.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-January 23 / Oreste Marquis/ Northbound : 8 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Going northbound. I followed the route until the second settler at the puesto Tejuela. From there, until the optional route @35-02e#001,&lt;br /&gt;
I could not find the approximate trail in the files. I manage to find another one which is call siete Lagunas. It is really easy to follow and really beautiful! I find it near km 18 and keep walking on it until km 38. It is the end of it and is at the campground near Lago Gutiérrez.  For more informations go reed Martin post in recent alerts and suggestion. I met him on the trail and he updated the wikiexplora before me. From the beginning to Casa Piedra took me 3 days. Then I hiked to the end of the reserve in an other 3 days. Lots of rivers to cross but felt pretty safe for all of them even the one higher between Lagos Jeinimeni and Verde. The cross country part the next day was my favorite of the hole trip! Awesome views, a lot of wildlife, just need to check a little bit more the gps!  Last day, I headed to Chile Chico without any problem. Overall, I love it! Enjoyed it as much as GPT40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-January / Matthieu / Northbound : 7.5 days &amp;quot;tranquilito&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Incredible trekk, lots of different type of views and soil, my favorite since El Chalten. Money required for passing by the reserves !!&lt;br /&gt;
I hitchhiked 10 km on the road to Casa Piedra, and 12 km between Jeinemini qnd the beginning of the trail that goes north in the mountain to join Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1st part : Reserve Tamango''' : 6000 CLP the entry&lt;br /&gt;
I took the old &amp;quot;Huemul trail&amp;quot; in the Tamango reserve, taking the left route at the &amp;quot;Camp 284&amp;quot; It is an old trail for 4x4, so very easy, and closed to vehicles now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2nd part : The road to Casa Piedra :''' the rangers I crossed were all agreed that it was not permitted to camp aside of the road (so the information is different that in Nov). One officiql camping at the end of Tamango reserve (WestWind) and one at Casa Piedra 26 km after. 8000 CLP each. At Westwind (not verified, only inforñqtions for guardaparques): no accomodations, only baño. At Casa Piedra . real big house, hot shower, electricity, place to cook. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3rd part : Reserve Jenemeni :''' Entry 8000 CLP. For the camping, the ranger told me that it was permitted to camp wherever I wanted, so the information differs too from november. And at the exit, I told the ranger about my &amp;quot;savage&amp;quot; camping in the conversation, and he didnt tic at all, so no stress. The rangers are very nice !&lt;br /&gt;
Good trekk, easy to follow. One very good refuge in the valle Hermoso where fire is possible. a more open refuge/camping site by the east shore of Lago Verde. &lt;br /&gt;
Many river crossing, all safe except one, before the Laguna Esmeralda. Strong current, and people choose many different way with different profundness. Better do it in the morning, being a glaciar river (I could effectively compare between late in the afternoon and the morning and it is very different).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Last part, to Chile Chico by the mountain :''' Amazing views, totaly different climate, more dry and with only bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the Cross country after the 4x4 road, I would advise to go a few meters west from the GPS tracks, to the east side of the river. There is effectively a fence on the west ridge, and a good trail on the east ridge that can avoid you the difficult crossing of many bushes, and that goes directly to the puesto.&lt;br /&gt;
Two puestos, The 135 of metal being used by the locals (real bed inside), so just putted the tent outside. The second one 134 is actually a real house. Two mens were here when I arrived, working with the animals. I could put the tent near the house and take water from the sink outside. Many dogs, all nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT35 Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
Mum, Sis and I. Southbound. 11 days.*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well. What an interesting and varied section. Also the longest walk I think we'd all done. It took us 11 days in the end with a couple of longer side trips. Interestingly, when we emerged from the park it was closed, there was martial law in effect, a curfew in place. Borders closed. Only a week to get back to Santiago to catch the last flights back to Australia... Anyway. We're heading back now. Got temperature tested as we reentered Chili Chico this morning. Waiting for the boat across the lake mañana in la mañana. No buses out of town. Enough rambling...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As always, thanks to the others before us that have taken the time to comment and provide feedback. Here's my two cents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly here are some landmarks to make it easier for others to orient themselves: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/oGvL0ey6_7/El_Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://oGvL0ey6_7/El_Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
Casa Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/4GvJGSxqPH/Casa_Piedra_%28Stone_House%29&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://4GvJGSxqPH/Casa_Piedra_%28Stone_House%29&lt;br /&gt;
Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/wGvC_gnJaX/Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://wGvC_gnJaX/Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camping in Chile Chico:&lt;br /&gt;
El Carro is supposed to be the cheapest place to stay in town. Though if you want a hot shower it's the same as Kon-aiken next door. We stayed at neither so can't really comment, but there were a lot of people staying at Kon-aiken and next to none at El Carro which might be indicitive of value for money or just the fact they are a little closer to the centre of town.&lt;br /&gt;
El Carro however was the only one willing to look after some things for us.&lt;br /&gt;
We also visited a hostel, but the owner was unfortunately very rude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El carro&lt;br /&gt;
4k frío &lt;br /&gt;
5k caliente &lt;br /&gt;
1k por día por mochila &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kon-aiken&lt;br /&gt;
5k pp / noche &lt;br /&gt;
No baggage service &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1: Chili Chico to Jeinemeni&lt;br /&gt;
In the end we decided to cache things in the bushes just outside of town. Mum and my sister got a lift to the Bahía Jara cruz whist I was caching. Unfortunately I had to walk all the way to El Ciprés where my mum and sister had been enjoying a nice conversation with Orlando Vazquez who allowed us to pass but emphasised the dangers and didn't really recommend crossing. &lt;br /&gt;
Passing through the gate a couple of utes were exiting. Apparently there is a new mine up in the mountains and they didn't really want us to walk up. They admitted they just worked there.&lt;br /&gt;
Turn off the main rd that assumably heads to the mine about here: -46.57775, -71.82666&lt;br /&gt;
Goucho Miguel Pacheco passed us on the way up herding some cattle and we talked to him at the puesto for a while. We also gave him one of the Australian coins we'd been carrying around. He seemed to believe it was everyone's right to pass. &amp;quot;People pass through here all the time &amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Just yesterday a lad passed by &amp;quot;.&amp;quot;It's the shortest route across the mountains &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway. We camped in the rocks just outside the park boundaries (as mentioned by??).&lt;br /&gt;
We then camped two nights up on the windy plateau. Our side trip to Valle Lunes was amazing. I'd recommend it. But be careful with wind. Oh and did anyone mention the guanacos?&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately I think the water wasn't very clean on this part. Sheep, cows, guanacos, birds... It's the first time in Chile I've wished I took my water filter along. We had some sore stomachs.&lt;br /&gt;
Dropping down the other side we hit the mentioned fence (about here -46.72574, -71.90211). We crossed, but would recommend following it to the left until you get to a corner. I'm not sure where it starts, but there is a trail running on the outside of the fence to the puesto. We then followed a sheep trail that ran high on the left (east) of the valley. Very good but it bypassed Las Abutardas completely and seemed to be heading towards Laguna los Flamencos instead. We ended up cutting down to the road where León passed us heading into town, a little confused why we hadn't taken the 'proper trail'.&lt;br /&gt;
We camped the night at the Río El Sucio camp. Not really recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
We walked the road and stayed at Río Las Vacas for a bit which is at the border of the park and a nicer place to camp. (There is a good stream between the two).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 2: Jeinemeni to Casa Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
It was 8k to enter the park (for foreigners) and an additional 6k for camping in Valle Hermoso. The section to the refugio (-46.84092, -72.14078) was very nice. This is the only shelter still standing. The others included in the track files were not really enterable.&lt;br /&gt;
Heading to the refugio (where everyone seems to camp) you cross the small ankle deep creek exiting Laguna Esmeralda and then the deeper river between Lago Verde and Jeinemeni. This might have been the trickiest but when we crossed it wasn't really bad. We then had two more smaller crossings before passing through Portezuela La Gloria (1100m) to cross Estero Ventisquero and the other river running down the main valley.&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we did the popular side trip to the glacier in this valley: -46.80924, -72.20116&lt;br /&gt;
We wondered if it was the same way Jan et al entered recently?&lt;br /&gt;
From the refugio to Valle Avilés there are no compulsory river crossings if you stick to the somewhat scrubby trail to the left (south) of the valley. The first crossing we did was Río Avilés shortly followed by the tributary. So only 8 crossings (wet feet) on the RR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We walked from the refugio to Casa Piedra in a day. It was closed so we camped on the other side of the Rd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 3: Casa Piedra to Cochrane&lt;br /&gt;
From casa piedra we took the aforementioned Sendero las Siete Lagunas. It is not it the track files but indeed very well marked with numbered markers every kilometre. I'll upload a kml with the markers I recorded as well as some of the water bodies I sketched.&lt;br /&gt;
After the stream running into Lago Gutiérrez there wasn't much water until Lago la Pepa.&lt;br /&gt;
You will briefly intersect with a road here: -47.14006, -72.37138. The  road seems to run down to Puesto Tejuela coinciding with OH-TL-V@35-02F-#001 which I think is incorrectly labelled as TL. Part of RH-TL-I@35-99.0+30.0 too should be marked as MR. You'll intersect this road before taking it down to Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
We passed the occupied dwelling (Daniel Huemul?) but the man wearing a shirt emblazoned with Parque Patagonia seemed afraid to approach us (another hint the world had gone Corona crazy). He wouldn't let us take the RR so we followed the road for a bit before taking another newly made trail also not in the track files.&lt;br /&gt;
Everything after that was very easy to follow.&lt;br /&gt;
Everything was abandoned at the entrance and the gate locked. People avoided us on the streets and covered their face when passing us. &lt;br /&gt;
We grabbed some needed food (we were very short after 11 days!) and got on the WiFi. Wow! How things had changed! Martial law in place and a curfew in place, we slept under a bridge with some Colombians and caught a bus back to Chili Chico in the morning. Waiting for the boat across the lake tomorrow now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Links to files :&lt;br /&gt;
Kilometre markers: https://www.dropbox.com/s/fuzt4xacxjjvvg4/kms.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
Water bodies: https://www.dropbox.com/s/uz1ei95s1913xvb/water.bodies.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
Other planning: &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.dropbox.com/s/uk9ym56gufwk4zq/planning.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019 Dec / Olrik/ Northbound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing part of the GPT, from Cochrane ou enter in the Tamango national reserve and pay 6000CLP for the entrance. We took several trails to get to Valle Chacabuco : Las Aguilas, Las Lengasm Los Condores, Laguna Altas. Great views. We had a snow storm at the pass though. There you end up in a paid campground. From there we walked the dirt road to Casa Piedras in Valle Chacabuco, it was beautiful with lots of guanacos. Then we took the Las Aviles sendero. We camped near the first river crossing as it was late and waited for the morning to cross. It is normally not possible to wild camp in the park but the guardaparque told us to camp there if the river crossing is not sage. The rest of the trail is easy to follow next to the river. There is a pass then you descend to Valle Hermoso and to lago Jeinimeni. It was just gorgeous and easy to follow with great weather. Be aware of the numerous river crossings. In lago Jeinimeni there is a paid campground. From there you can hitchhike, walk, or pay a transportation at the entrance of the park (15000Clp pp) but I'm not sure if this is a regular thing. We ended up hitchhiking to get to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-28/ Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe/ 5.5days/ Northbound / Regular Hiking Route (Cochrane to Chile Chico) with OH-32-2-#003/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section might have been our favorite out of the whole Group H, where the diversity of the landscape was our favorite part (also including weather and trail conditions). The NP was entered at Tamango just outside of Cochrane. Registration is mandatory, the entrance fee is at 8000 CLP. The ranger asked us to explain our route and since the regular Hiking route did not seem familiar to them, they told us to take the optionals route going north over the pass to WestWinds campground and then do the road walk Eastwards. &lt;br /&gt;
The pass had some snow patches on the Southern side but was easy to traverse. At the Valley Chacabuco (another entrance to the national park) we got asked for our permits and the route we plan on taking. We heard different information on if it is allowed to camp at the road or not (there were signs that told us not to do it but the ranger said it is okay). After the roadwalk, we passed another ranger station where we had to register and sign a responsibility form telling that we plan to leave at Lago Jeinimeni (and telling that we're only allowed to stay at designated campsites). The hike from there is extremely beautiful and super diverse, the trail well maintained. The rivers were at higher flow but all fords were doable. &lt;br /&gt;
We camped next to the Refugio because we still weren't sure about the camping rules (other hikers we met said they were told that it's okay to camp everywhere along the river). Leaving the NP at Lago Jeinimeni was straightforward, but it's mandatory to check out at the rangers office. The cross-country section after the road walk was a bit slow on the way up due to many bushes and hilly terrain. We found a nice trail next to the fence leading up to the puesto when going up the ridge on the Eastern side. From the puesto we took a short steep uphill after which the terrain became more open and easier to travel on. It was very windy and snowy in the mountains, which made it difficult to walk at times and it felt like the temperatures were rather low.&lt;br /&gt;
The lagoons on the way up are filled with exciting birds (flamingos!) and guanacos are running around on the whole plain. Once reaching the plateau we headed down in a pretty straight line which was easier than the uphill until we reached the road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chile Chico has two supermarkets. Sell gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cochrane is a decently sized town with three mid-range supermarkets. The largest one, which is a grocery and department store, is located adjacent to the town square. There are many lodging and restaurant options. Be sure to withdraw an ample amount of money here because most of the businesses in the next town, Villa O’Higgins, only take cash and there is no ATM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Mar-31 to 2023-Apr-06 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option J / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PN Patagonia closed some sectors on the first Monday in April, so we were the last ones to get a permission and do this section ‘legally’. Be prepared for this if you want to do this part in April or later. The problem is they close Casa Del Piedra and probably won’t let you pass to that sector from Lago Jeinemeni, where the entrance stays open for longer time. Sneaking around the guards house early in the morning or just not be specific about your plans might work if needed, its very unlikely you would meet anyone on the way from the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT35 - RN Lago Jeinimeni]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT35_(Parque_Patagonia)&amp;diff=113481</id>
		<title>GPT35 (Parque Patagonia)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT35_(Parque_Patagonia)&amp;diff=113481"/>
				<updated>2024-01-03T17:48:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-21 / 8 day / Hiking + Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Option 10 + Old and new tracks to Administration Parque Patagonia Valle Chacabuco  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most have been described by Kris and Stina. The plateau and the entire track is awesome. After the kind Arriero at the puesto {35} [15.8/1075] (actually its his house) I found it a little bit tricky to find a good route first but then just ascended and found a nice cross country route. Camped before the plateau. There are nice spots just before 1400 m, after that its just rocky until you descend to the Water {35} [23.9/1586]. Camp {35} [32.6/1300] was a little bit swampy. Found a better spot 300 m south. Try to be early at the road if you want to hitchhike. I was lucky and got the last car passing at 14.00 to the park at day. On the 25/12 the park entrance (but only the entrance) is always closed! Keep in mind if you come around christmas. At the park entrance you must disinfect your packrafting gear due to Didymo algae. I could not packraft lago jenimeni and verde due to wind but its still stunning. Between Water {35} [75.5/937] and Ford {35} [79.3/846] there is a approx. 3-4 steep bluff. I felt really uncomfortable with my heavy backpack as a lot of erosion happened to the steep ‘steps’. Maybe exploring an additional bush bashing route is feasible here. The ford was rather deep and could be a problem for shorter persons but I crossed in the evening, so in the morning it should be fine. Collapsed Refuge {35} [81.0/819] makes a nice camp spot. The other forts were fine. Stayed one night at Casa Piedra were I met Tobi and Fangwen and spend dinner and breakfast together the next day. CONAF first denied to packraft Rio Chacabuco, but after I mentioned that I came along all the track with my gear and rangers et sector jenimeni they were fine with me going on that river. The river is unspectacular. I left at the River Out {35} [119.8/277] and I followed the old trail/road to Park Ranger, Refuge, Camp {35} [123.2/263]. There is a new picknick hut and I spend the night in there with a spectacular view of the valle chacabuco to the rims of campo hielo norte. The next day I continued the old track right side of the river (not in the GPT track files) until the bridge {35-10} [4.7/265]. Track is still in good conditions and occasionally used by the horses and guanacos there. A wonderful hike with massive views. I than continued on the CONAF trail (also not in the GPT track files) to Park administracion at Lodging $$$ {35-03} [1.9/340]. Would not recommend the restaurant. 65 $ for a 3 course meal but nothing fancy. Better spend for dinner in Cochrane. But for a post hike drink at the bar it is a lovely place and staff is kind. Also liked the museum and stayed the night at the campsite approximately 2 km away. The puma still seems to be there occasionally. Next day I hitchhiked out to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-18 to 2023-Dec-23/ 5.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got a taxi for the first 8 kilometers of the roadwalk. Nobody present at the farm where the dirtroad starts to go uphill, gates easy to get through, friendly dog. We hiked just 6km and made camp by a stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day passed the puesto at km15.8, owner seemed friendly and waved. Slowly climbed up to the plateau, lots of water everywhere, very few snowpatches en route. Perfect day - not much wind. Saw lots of guanacos, hares, flamingos. Moving cross-country was ok throughout. Climbed a few barbed-wire fences. Finally found the dirt road, hiked to camp at km42.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning hitched a ride to the park entry with a ranger. We had no online booking as we didn't know when we'd arrive, they had us make one on site. Super friendly guys, said that there is currently fewer visitors than normally at this time. The route between Rio San Antonio crossing and Camp Raleigh has been changed, partially new trail built; follows mainly the Lago Esmeralda trail. There is now a brand new hanging bridge over Rio San Antonio right next to Camp Raleigh, avoiding all the needless crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the camp there trail seems new in places, but then resorts to many rivercrossings again. The way up and down the Puertozuela La Gloria is steep and loose. After Lago Verde there are a million more crossings until you turn South. Here the trail is not much maintained, lots of fallen trees. The next 25km to Casa Piedra the trail is a bit harder to see at first but then gets much better. The guy (not a ranger) at Casa Piedra informed us that the Siete Lagos trail is closed but couldn't say why. It's definitely overgrown in parts, lots of fallen trees - need to keep track on the gpx at all times. After settler at km135.2 the trail has been recently maintained and bushes cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For photos and stories, you can follow us on Instagram: @smallfootprint_bigadventures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Mar-31 to 2023-Apr-06 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option J / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We enjoyed this section a lot, especially with all the beautiful autumn colors in early April and basically without people until the last part before Cochrane. PN Patagonia closed some sectors on the first Monday in April, so we were the last ones to get a permission and do this section ‘legally’. Be prepared for this if you want to do this part in April or later. The problem is they close Casa Del Piedra and probably won’t let you pass to that sector from Lago Jeinemeni, where the entrance stays open for longer time. Sneaking around the guards house early in the morning or just not be specific about your plans might work if needed, its very unlikely you would meet anyone on the way from the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just like others we found the plateau between km 20-28 very very windy. Definitely don’t count with camping there. We found a good spot right after the secound pass, aprox. 500m down the hill where you can find a wind protected place. The descent down is a little slow but with nice views, guanacos, horses.. simply amazing. Once back on the road, it’s not too far to the PN entrance where we met a guard, but fortunately were able to get a permission as described above. The trail from Lago Jeinemeni was one of our favorites. All the fords were easy, but expect quite slow progress in the CC parts. We camped in a forrest at km 81 where is a destroyed refugio but still a good spot for camping. The rest of the trail to Casa Del Piedra is again straightforward and the landscape is somehow more dry. We didn’t cross the first bridge but went with the J option which turned out to be a good decision as we met a xx of guanacos that let us come really close to them. Closed and locked refugio still provides a good shelter, but when open it must be a perfect stop in the middle of this long section. Water was turned off as well but there is a stream behind the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent the next night on the beach of Lago Gutierrez where is enough space to build a tent - bushes around the trail are otherwise very thorny and sharp. After the ascent to the pass was a good stream of water, probably the last place to safely take unfiltered water for the next couple of kms. The trail from there leads around all the lakes and is nice and easy. We spent the night in a refugio at km 134. This one was the only one standing from what we have seen and its a good shelter when it rains, however we decided to stay in our tent anyway. You can make fire inside. Closest water is actually the one in a lake uphill, the stream on the other side of the path was very dirty and hard to gather anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From there its a one more day until the finish with a good pace. We haven’t met the settler Daniel, but he’s definitely still living there. Beautiful beach of Lago Cochrane and from there we started to meet more and more tourists, doing just a day hike or some circuit around the lake - might be a good option as well in this beautiful region. The last kms felt a little long for us as we were looking forward to have some rest and enjoy all the fun in town. At the official campsite were a few people but no one asked us about anything. There are nice toilets and shower. From there its around 30m to Cochrane. Good to remember they celebrate Easter holidays in Chile as well, but we still managed to find some shop and bakery open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  12/03/2023 - 18/03/2023 / RR SOBO / Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing section 35 was due to closure of the Patagonia NP caused by heavy rains with helicopter rescue of several tourists from Valle Hermoso quite complicated, we did walk all we could in Tamango reserve and later (when it was opened) in Chacabuco valley. Be sure not to miss the museum. It's really worth it. The northern part was opened as the last one, that's why we've skipped it and hitchhiked back to Caretera. All paths in great condition. When going from Tamango to Chacabuco there's one suggestion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that on RR (35, km 141) ends new 11km long track ”Huemules” which starts at the parking in Chacabuco valley on RP (35, km 132.5). That trail might be a nice alternative to RR (mud road) leading over private land of settler David Huemul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*8.02. - 05.03.23 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher / SOBO, Chile Chico - Cochrane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started in Chile Chico around 5 pm walking the first km on the road. After a while we got a ride to the Bahía Jara cross and camped a few hundred meters further near the street (we carried water from Chile Chico).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent to the plateau is mostly easy dirtroad walking and the last CC part easy to navigate. The whole stretch on the plateau until the street at km 41.5 we had extreme wind, which made walking super tiring and nearly blew us away a few times. We found a tiny and steep, but wind protected place to set up our tent at around km 28 in the ridge dug by the river. We had to get a bit inventive to set it up and to be able to sleep properly there. There were almost no other places that were protected by the wind until you get off the plateau. As almost all previous entries say, it's better to camp off the plateau. But it's really worth doing it because you can see Guanacos and flamingos on it :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we reached the street at km 41.5 we were lucky and a car passed by a few minutes later, which brought us to the entrance of Parque Patagonia. We payed 15k CLP p.p. and walked to the camp Raleigh at Lago verde. There are some sheltered places to set up the tent, with an unfamiliar amount of people for the GPT. Lago Verde is beautiful though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day involves lots of river- and stream crossings and it started to rain not particularly heavy, but after some hours we were completely wet. Therefore the rivercrossing at km 82.6 was really hard for Anna (1,63 m) but we managed by inertlocking our arms and doing it step by step slowly. After that the trails get really good and you can walk way faster. We camped at the unofficial camp site at km 84.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had good weather the next day and the trail was really good until Lago Gutierrez. Up to the pass the trail gets a bit worse with some navigation issues, but you always find a good path again. As the others wrote there are only some tiny streams within the first km after the pass until the next Laguna, so we filled up our bottles there and camped somewhere in the forest soon afterwards once it started to rain again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day there were still not too much water sources and we fetched the first water at the first Laguna which wasn't super easy to access. The trail until Lago Cochrane wasn't in bad condition neither. We also took Option L, which follows the 'regular' siete lagunas trail. The stretch from Lago Cochrane until the Conaf office at the end of the lake is absolutely amazing with great views of one of the clearest lakes in the world. We camped at km 145.7 and took a bath in the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last 8 km to Cochrane went super fast on an easy trail until Conaf and 4 km road walking to the town, so happily we could escape from the starting rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 20 to 24 of February 2023 / Silke &amp;amp; Hans / Loop - Fachinal -&amp;gt; Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't do the regular route, but read about an intresting loop starting in Fachinal and entering the normal route at Valley Hermoso. We then continued along the regular route to the entrance at Laguna Jeinimeni, and back to Chile Chico. The first 3 days from Fachinal we didn't see any other hikers, but it was pretty clear why. The trail was completely overgrown, full of fallen trees and a lot of the time there is no trail at all. But we managed our way through pretty good, and is was an awesome alternative to enter the Park. We recorded our GPX for others, waypointed some POI's and added some photo's to it: https://ridewithgps.com/trips/114121493&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 1 / 18km / +740m /&lt;br /&gt;
Although we heard of a bus to Fachinal from Chile Chico, nobody really appeared to know any information about it.. In the terminal the people we spoke said there were none. So we started hitchhiking the following morning. But after 3-4h of no luck we went back to the terminal, and all of a sudden there was a bus leaving at 11:30. 10.000 pesos pp, a little expensive but being unsuccesfull hitchhiking we took it. We had lunch at the turnoff, and starting hiking around 13:00. The first part is on a clear double track, but soons turns into a clear singletrack. We took the wrong intersection twice (waypointed on our GPX). We camped right before the first big river crossing. There is one steel cable, so if you bring a harness you could tiroller across. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 2 / 22km / +1100m /&lt;br /&gt;
First up, we crossed the river. The water level didn't seem a lot lower than the day before, and at the deepest part it was about halfway our thighs. After taking another wrong intersection and backtracking, we reach the second river crossing. Again a steel cable is provided but the crossing was pretty straightforward, and the water level was only slighty above our knees. Just across the river is a an old cabin, and then short after a very new refugio (locked, used by a trekking agency). The trail gets super dense after this, climbs steeply on the mountain side and dissapears completely on numerous occasions. After the climb it flattens out, opens up and you reach a laguna. After the laguna it's the easiest to just follow the river bed down to the open valley floor (possible sheltered campsite in the forest). Follow the valley floor to another amazing laguna where you can camp near a second locked refugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 3 / 14km / +440m /&lt;br /&gt;
We started the day with a side-trip to a mirador looking over the glacier high above. Takes about 1,5-2 hours return. We then packed up camp and headed for Valley Hermoso. You pass another beautiful laguna and follow the river down to the main valley. Lots of river crossing here. We camped at the Refugio Valley Hermoso, arriving earlier than expected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 4 / 15km / +200m /&lt;br /&gt;
Very short and easy daytrip to another laguna. About 3 hours return. We just chilled the rest of the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DAY 5 / 36km / +830m /&lt;br /&gt;
Final day along the normal route to the entrance of Laguna Jeinimeni. The day started off with some heavy rain for a couple of hours, but all the river crossings were still very doable. We arrived at the entrance around 13:00, and there was no sign of anybody leaving soon. So we decided to continue hiking untill we could find a ride along the way. We ended up hiking an extra 19km before finally a car was willing to take us along. There is an established campsite at the entrance for 3000 pesos pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 19 to 24 of February 2023 / Will / SOBO, regular route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not too much to add on this one. I had a good time but the section felt long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way up to the first plateau there were a few somewhat sheltered places to camp past the puesto. I camped around km 19, just before the last steep climb up to the plateau. Lots of streams around there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the river crossings went above my knees, after a dry week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I liked the detour up to the Lago Jeinemeni mirador. I also took variant I out and back to a glacier lake, I'm less sure whether that was worth it. I couldn't find any real trail, it was nice easy cross country walking through the woods followed by some open rocky ground. The glacial lake was cool, but not as spectacular as some of the ones I've seen in other sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I camped at the casa de piedras and took a luxurious warm shower. The ranger said you're supposed to pay at the office in valle Chacabuco, but since our route doesn't go there she just let me stay for free. She also said that sendero de siete lagunas (our route) was closed, but that I could do it since I had my gps and satellite communicator. She made it sound tough/dangerous though it turned out to be fairly quick trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much water or campsites along the siete lagunas. There's a nice campsite at the tip of the pencil lake just after the (still intact!) refugio at 133.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-12-19 / NOBO / RR + Option 35-L / Ondrej and Bara / Cochrane - Chile Chico / 7.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We really enjoyed this section! We went from Cochrane to Chile Chico. Our favourite parts were the descent through Valle Hermoso and the descent on the cross country section to Chile Chico. We spent 7.5 days on this section, taking a relaxed pace and including a half day break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We only had to pay 9,000 CLP per person entrance fee at the Cochrane park gate (sector Tamango). We then showed the pass three days later to a ranger at Casa de Piedras and he let us go. The final checkpoint for us was the CONAF park exit/entrance at Lago Jeinemeni. The ranger there didn’t want to see our pass at all, he just asked from where we hiked (we said Casa de Piedras).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some details: - Starting from Cochrane, the trail is easy walking up until km 144.9. As you leave Lago Cochrane, the trail is harder to follow. Fortunately this lasts only up to km 138, where the trail becomes easy to follow again. We camped next to the refuge on km133.9. The refuge has a good roof and can serve as an emergency shelter. There is no good water next to it though - we needed to climb the hill to the laguna to refill. - From roughly km 125 to km 99, the RR follows the old Siete Lagunas trail, which is not maintained anymore. Expect some fallen trees and slightly overgrown parts but the trail is beautiful and easy to navigate in general. - We took Option L to cut some overgrown road walking as recommended by others. We really liked it. - We camped next to the destroyed refuge at Laguna Guagua (km 118.3) and really loved the place - there is an amazing pebble beach at the laguna. - If you don’t want to camp at Casa de Piedras, there is a place for a small tent and a stream at roughly km 97 (-47.07463, -72.20439). We camped there. - The river crossings in Valle Aviles and Vale Hermoso were maximum to our knees. The deepest one was at Lago Verde (km 66.1). However, the river levels can change rapidly when it rains the days before - do check the weather. - We camped at the eastern shore of Lago Verde (km 61.7; campsite Raleigh) and really loved it - it has picnic tables and a spacious cooking/eating shelter. - We hitchhiked the part on the road between km 53 and 41.5. Few cars go by but the hitch was easy - we stopped the first car. - The cross country section from km 41.5 is very different from the rest - semi-desert like and lots of animals. We saw llamas, flamimgos, condors and hares (among sheep, cows and horses). - Between km 38 and 33 the path goes along a fence. We had to get over the fence once (we scrambled below it without problems). - If you are going NOBO, expect stunning views of the General Carrera Lake and Torres del Avelano when coming from the last pass (km 20.8) down to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ranger in Casa de Piedras wanted to prevent us to walk the RR NOBO from Casa de Piedras to Valle Hermoso. He claimed that route is closed now as the rivers are too high to cross. To avoid conflict, we said that we will only do the “loop trail” which is basically the RR from Casa de Piedras up until the bridge where the RR joins Option J. The Option J is then used to return back to Casa de Piedras. When doing the loop, we met several hikers in the opposite direction who confirmed that all river crossings are fine. In light of this we decided to continue on the RR and indeed the deepest ford was to our knees. Therefore if faced with a ranger claiming that the rivers are too high, we suggest to start with the loop trail (rangers should be okay with that) and get more info on the river levels from the hikers going the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 last week January NoBo (6 days but could have very easily been done in less) / Helen and Craig + (Caro, Ali and Gabby)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Such lovely camp sites. Beautiful places to stay the night the whole way around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Very very easy trails. River crossing section isn't bad at all and the Valle hermosa lives up to its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;1st and last camp site particularly lovely&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Keep eyes peeled for pumas! I would have easily missed the sighting if I hadn't been looking the right way at the right time. They were super close. 10m or less away. Two cubs outside the refugio at casa peidra. Not where they are commonly seen in the park at all Aparently around west winds camp they are more commenly seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt;Museum in the middle of the section worth checking out. Very visual and quite hard hitting environmental museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; Can hitch easy enough to Chile Chico but leave last camp early in the morning. There's often a driver with a 4x4 who drives hikers in to the park and will take you back for 10,000p/p. Hikers who were a few hours behind us had no luck hitching as demand can often overtake spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*27 of January to 1 of February 2023 / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach / GPT35 RR SOBO / 5.5 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Chile Chico - Lago Jeinimeni - Valle Hermoso - Casa de Piedra - Lago Cochrane - Cochrane &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What a beautiful and diverse stretch of the GPT! I hiked half of this section with Zach, up to Casa de Piedras at km 98.9. We were unable to get a hitch out of Chile Chico, so we ended up walking the road to where the trail begins. No navigation issues, but the entire cross-country section to Río de las Nieves (waypoint at 42.7 km) is very exposed and was very windy when we crossed. We ended up camping at the water at 23.9 km, but the wind blew very strongly all night and I was worried it might take my tent. If you can, it is better to camp off this plateau unless the weather is calm. Lots of guanaco trails to follow :) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the CONAF office at km 53.0, we each paid 9,000 clp for entry to the national park, plus 6,000 clp for passage/camping along the trail to Casa de Piedras in the Valles Hermoso and Aviles. Beautiful trail the whole way, popular and well-maintained, with cairns and markers to follow. There is an awesome shelter and camping area with picnic tables on the eastern shore of Lago Verde, at the end of Option D. In my opinion it was nicer than the popular refugio in Valle Hermoso (km 68.1) that everyone talks about. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had no issues with fords, except the one at km 82.6 which flows into Río Aviles. It was the end of a warm sunny day, so the flow was quite high and strong. Had I been on my own I would have camped on the north side and waited till morning to cross. However, this time I was able to cross by linking arms with Zach as he is much taller than me and was more stable in the current. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Casa de Piedras, Zach and I parted ways as he wanted to packraft down the Río Chacabuco. The ranger at the Casa told me the Sendero de las Siete Lagunas (which begins at km 99.5) was no longer maintained. This is true, there were stretches in the desertlike brush that were hard to follow, and I checked the GPS frequently. Generally it was better when the trail went into wooded areas. I also found this trail to be dry — the only water I found was the water from the lagunas and a tiny trickle about a kilometer south of the pass. Lots of spiky plants that get stuck in your socks and shoes. I took Option L to cut out some overgrown minor road walking. It's sad that this trail is being neglected and left to be swallowed up by nature, because otherwise it is quite scenic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horse trail that goes from the puesto of Daniel Huemul (km 143.3) to Lago Cochrane was also rough and overgrown. Everything gets easier once you reach Lago Cochrane though, nice, maintained trails all the way to Cochrane with beautiful places to camp along the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT35 / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam / 2022-Dec-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much is already detailed below, so we will keep it short &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 day: from Chile Chico to the entrance of the National Park. We camped one night before the pass at S 46.61639 W 71.81632. Water right next to the camp. Pass is very windy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days: from the National Park to the Refugio. Nice refugio with small house where you can make a fire inside to dry things. From the Refugio to Casa Piedra is possible in one day. But it is a long day with many kilometres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5 days: Casa Piedra to Cochrane. Leaving Casa Piedra, after a few hundred metres the trail leaves the Minor Road and enters the trail (where there is a large stone marker). The trail is officially closed and partly in bad condition. There are many fallen trees on the trail, some of it is overgrown and not completely clear. We therefore checked the GPS regularly. We took OH-TL-V{35-L}, which saves a few kilometres of (overgrown) minor road.&lt;br /&gt;
We spent one night at Laguna Guagua (Refugio is completely destroyed) and one at Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
When we left the national park, no one was at the office. We therefore simply went through...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT35 Variant P, Option 3, 3C, 3D / Meylin Ubilla, Jan Dudeck / 2022-Dec-12 and 13 / 1.5 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While waiting in the village Cochrane for our friends to catch up, we did a little 1.5 day hike higher up next to Lago Cochrane that we visited at least 3 times by packraft in past years. For the first time this year we waked with a light backpack without packrafting gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took Variant P eastbound that slowly climbs on a gravel road to an altitude of 500 m and then continues as a panorama trail in this altitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently, this is not authorized access to Parque Patagonia (Sector Tamango) and two gates need to be climbed but there was nobody to be seen on this route. The normal access to the park is down next Rio Cochrane and Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly the entire route was scenic and worth the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settler “El Húngaro” apparently sold the land and became part of the national park. There is an open building that might be used as a refuge in case of emergency but camping is probably more comfortable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The refuge at {35-P} [4.0/501] is collapsed but camping is pleasant on this pasture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail section OH-TL-V {35-03} [0.0+5.2] is not maintained for several years making this route inconvenient to walk. The route south of both lakes is easy walking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as Parque Patagonia does not challenge hikers to make a full traverse from Cochrane to Chile Chico it is prudent to take the official route which is the current regular route and pay the entrance fee near Cochrane when hiking northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But should longer multi-day traverses be denied, then it might be less bothersome to take Variant P which avoids the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafters can travel east and westbound on Lago Cochrane and will not pass any park entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alice &amp;amp; Florian / 4 to 10 November-2022 / Regular Hiking Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here's our story of our GPT35. We really enjoyed this section, it is really diverse, beautiful landscapes and we saw heaps of animals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we wanted to do the trail in the northbound direction, we took the bus from chile chico to Cochrane, arriving in chile chico from argentina from the south (border o'higgins closed...). It tales 4 hours and leaves on sunday at 14 (return Monday 7 Am), Monday 16 (return Tuesday 7 AM),Wednesday and Friday 7 Am (return 16).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took the option north of Cochrane because we were not sure if they would allow us to sleep in the tamango reserve. But, indeed you have to pass a no entry sign, a gate and a sign saying that entering the park that way is prohibited so we do not recommend it when it is written on the conaf website that it is allowed to sleep in tamango section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took the sendero de los huemules and slept at camp 1 waypoint. There was plenty of water at that time and a beautiful view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that we took the option OH-TL-V 35-P to avoid going downhill. The entry of this trail is about 150m before what is indicated on the GPT so be aware. I don't think the trail is an official one from the park so you have to fight your way through some bushes. But apart from that, it is clear. Then we joined the regular route, which since the 2022 version does follow the siete lagunas  trail. You will join the siete lagunas trail at the kilometer 11 more or less. We then camped around the km 13 of the  7 lagunas trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We found water just before climbing at the pass at S47°06.0856' W072°17.592' and there is more at the top. However, it is true that it is drier on the other side of the pass, so if you are going Southbound, pack enough water from Lago Gutierrez to climb the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent the third night at casa de Piedra where you have all facilities (electricity, hot shower, kitchen). Unfortunately for us they were on strike so they wouldn't allow us to go further on the trail. We did anyway as going out to jeiminini or through the road to chacabuco would take the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
By the way various national parks - including Torres del Paine were on strike at the moment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part in the aviles valley is really clear, the trail is really nice and easy and with a lot of water available. Exiting the casa de piedra you should take the option OH-TI-V 35-J instead of the regular route, it will save you 600 m and two river crossings, and the view is similar. Starting at km 20, you will have to reduce your pace because the trail is busy with a lot of fallen trees, bushes and rocks. Between the km 22 and 23 of the valle aviles trail, the trail has been swept away by the river this winter so you have to cross the river two more times to go around. The kilometers indications disappear more or less after the pass, at km 25. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that you enter the valle Hermoso.  We camped at the waypoint 17/Camp Valle Hermoso but we do not recommend it. It was really small and close to the river, so if there is a sudden level rise because of heavy rain or a flooding because of a glaciar outburst (GLOF), you might get wet... Better sleep st the small caban near km23 if you don't think you will reach the refugio in valle Hermoso.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach Lago Verde, follow the GPT track and not the trail that leads to the lake, or you will have to turn back. After the pass it's more river crossings but you can save some kilometers in the river bed by taking the option OH-TI-V 35-E and then OH-TI-V 35-D until the rio jeimenini (the first part of the option OH-TI-V 35-D does not exist anymore). We did not have any trouble to cross the Rio between the 2 lakes even though we were in the middle of the afternoon. It was about thigh deep for me but I'm tall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that it's really easy to the Parc entrance. We went back to Chile Chico walking on the road instead of taking the cross country option, because0 there were still snow on the mountain. The first part is still pretty until the intersection, once you enter the valley of the Rio it is a bit more monotonous. Halfway there is an access to an annex of the national park, to go see the Cueva de las manos and valle lunar. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrien Kunzli / 31-Oct-2022-04-November-2022 / Regular Hiking Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All rivers crossing are easy to pass at this time of year. One tricky passage on the snow at the entrance of lago verde, very steep, but it was to avoid walking in the lake (frozen feet early in the morning). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No guards at the entrance at Tamango so i didnt pay the fee but didnt get my pass. Tamara gently gave me one at the camping of casa del piedra (apparently if i didnt have this pass i could not be admitted at Jeinimeni.) At Jeinimeni pass, again, nobody. So i were to the houses near and finaly find the guy. He took my pass and i get no fee in this NOBO direction. &lt;br /&gt;
Nice shortcut after the bridge of Rio de las Nieves (S 46° 47.274', W 071° 54.665') that can avoid you a little bit of the 4x4 unfinshing road and get you directly into the heart of this amazing and beautifull last part. So: &lt;br /&gt;
In front of the end of the bridge, you go up the big hill and go diagonally (or directly if you feel better) to join the path (pretty wild) of the gps (S 46° 45.843', W 071° 54.359'). Small stretches of paths are drawn rather well along this shortcut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much good water between the bridge (brown water) and the puesto but the the puesto's water is of much better quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GPT 35: Parque Patagonia/ Exploration Route via Valle Maullín Grande/ 2022 March-12/ 4 days / Tobias Schorcht, Jonas Grünewald &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked from Maullín Grande to Cochrane by chance. I always wanted to do the stretch from Chile Chico to Cochrane, but we had just 4 days left… When we hitchhiked northbounded from Villa O’Higgins, we luckily got picked up by Pascual Diaz, who is a experienced Mountain Guide (company Kalem) and took us all the way to his refugio in Maullín Grande. He also explained us, how to reach Cochrane on time while doing that crossing. The next day he took us to the end of the Road, where we started hiking around midday (-46,80390, -72,42001). It was a easy walk to the end of the Valley where we camped (-46,87872, -72,34138). The following day was hard, but we went up to the pass (1430m) in perfect sunshine. At (-46,87234, -72,30906) you will face a waterfall in a steep canyon. We recommend to walk on the left side (northwest) through the forest until you meet the riverbed again. The other side is also possible (we went there), but you have to climb higher in difficult terrain. From that point you can easily do a cross country walk up to the pass, where you have to cross the Glaciar (without cracks). It was absolutely stunning! Going down to the laguna is quite steep. I would not do it in bad weather conditions. When you meet the laguna, you can either walk on the left or right side. Both options are not easy. We crossed on the right (southern) side, which is ok in good weather conditions. There is one river crossing in between, which could be impossible with more water. Now we think it would have been easier to walk on the left (northern) side, although we would have had needed to cross the river before and after the laguna. Packrafting is an option as well, but since it only 1.5 km we don’t think it is worth it. Camped in a forest close to the regular trail dry and save. All in all we recommend this option to experienced hikers in good weather conditions. The hike to Cochrane was hard, because we had just 2 days for 80km. So we hitchhiked to the museum of Parque Patagonia and we even saw a puma at the Westwind Campsite! It seems like this puma shows up there regularly. I waited for that moment almost 5 months. My dream came true on my very last evening in nature. Thank you Patagonia for this great gift. 🙏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Christmas2021 / GPT 35, NOBO, participants Janna &amp;amp; Matthias, dec 2021, duration 6 days from Cochrane to Conaf center at Lago Jeinimeni, then hitchhiked to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As recommended by a friend we opted for the following route through the Parque Nacional de Patagonia which is highly recommendable (first two days mainly GPT variants and options, afterwards GPT regular routes. There are several marked senderos in the beginning as 5 Los Huemules, 8 los Pumas, 7 los Guanacos, sendero 9, sendero Lagunas Altas etc.) as you can see in our attached tracking file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all the trails were easy to find, some seemed to be still unhiked this year. To enter the park from Cochrane we had to pass a prohibition sign and climb over a no entrar gate. We didn't meet anyone on the first day, the settler didn't seem to be around. The following days we met two to three other hikers per day, but no rangers until the end at Conaf Center near Lago Jeinimeni, where we easily paid the park fees in arrears (8000 pp park entrance fee and an additional 6000 pp overnight stays in the park). We deliberately skipped the Conaf center in Valle Chacabuco on the advice of our friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good to know:&lt;br /&gt;
- There is no water anymore at S 47.198557, W 72.474927 near the camping site but instead at S 47.203460, W 72.480747 and S 47.179332, W 72.465807&lt;br /&gt;
- There were many lagoons on our day 3 that weren't visibly well marked neither on our apps nor on the Garmin GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
- All the marked refugios along the trail are heavily damaged except Casa de Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
(closed on the 24th of dec) and Refugio Valle Hermoso (where we could even dry our&lt;br /&gt;
soaked shoes from the many river crossings next to the fireplace).&lt;br /&gt;
- From the refugio Valle Hermoso we did a side trip to the first glacier lake in the Valle&lt;br /&gt;
Estero Ventisquero without all the luggage.&lt;br /&gt;
- The río Jeinimeni water level was up to our waists and strong (note it had rained the&lt;br /&gt;
night before). According to others it was supposed to be knee-deep.&lt;br /&gt;
- Hitchhiking from Conaf center Jeinimeni to Chile Chico is possible when camping or day guests are leaving. As we arrived later in the afternoon we spent an extra night there. &lt;br /&gt;
- The supermercado sur in Chile Chico sells gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Track files and waypoints: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1-98Ou9jk0porCVRp7CSFZ-KciXQ2PBzD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Greater Patagonian Trail (7).jpg|thumb|GPT35 - RN Lago Jeinimeni]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*30 Nov RR 5 days SOBO Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Chile Chico I got the Bahia Jara bus &amp;amp; got off at the junction, saves a 6KM roadwalk. Walked 2KM up the road then on trail to the high plateau. The settler before the pass wasn't there but his dogs were a bit territorial so I avoided the puesto. I went across the high plateau &amp;amp; camped a bit before the second puesto in one long day. Camp marked on track file below the pass was not very good (boggy &amp;amp; sloping) so I continued down to camp near the stream. The second puesto is above the RR &amp;amp; not visible from it. Camping on the high plateau definitely not recommended. It is very exposed &amp;amp; the wind can &amp;amp; will knock tents. On day 2 I got to CONAF, they said a puma had been there every day the week before. Continued with many river crossings to the hut. There are trails marked with ribbons on LHS of the river SOBO, they go in on small loops which avoid some of the river crossings. Nearing the hut there is a stream flowing into the lake. At the lake it was too deep to cross. Bush bashed for about 40 metres to reach the ford. Camped outside the hut. Several river crossings on the third day. The double crossing is the crux. I avoided it by going over the bluff on LHS of river with a bit of tree bashing but I don't recommend that. The bluff descent is cliffed off with only a narrow breach where you can downclimb on trees. The breach is not obvious from above. Better to ford the river - it was running high but I met several hikers who had crossed it. Got to Casa de Pidera in 1 long day from the hut. You can cook in the Casa (they have a gas stove, electricity &amp;amp; showers) but have to camp outside. There are some trees to shelter from the wind. On the fourth day I started walking Sendero de Siete Lagunas (SSL) but I was using the 2019 track file which doesn't show the SSL. It had not been walked much recently &amp;amp; the route was not obvious. At the lake I lost the SSL in guanaco tracks. I continued around the lake &amp;amp; walked out about 2KM to the road. The descent to the road was cliffed off but I found a way down in a gully. Then I walked out the road past a meadow where hundreds of guanaco were grazing. Past the meadow I went in left on a side road to rejoin the RR. On the fifth day I walked past Daniel Huemul's puesto &amp;amp; was lucky to meet Daniel who was riding out &amp;amp; he showed me the way. He said the direct RR which goes right from the puesto is now overgrown &amp;amp; disused. Instead we went out to the left. There is a small road which goes in a loop &amp;amp; turns towards Lago Cochrane but with his directions I was able to shortcut it. I paid 15,000 CLP for entry &amp;amp; camping at CONAF Lago Jeinemeni &amp;amp; they didn't charge me anything at Casa de Piedra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Mar-18 , Tyler Wood, 7 Days Sobo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section to end my season with. I got a couple short hitches on the way up past Chile Chico. Up past the last puesto are some great areas to camp along a big boulder field. Maybe 2 km more. Beautiful and surrounded by Guanacos. Plenty of water too. Up near the top of the pass was very cold, but very beautiful, and even saw a bunch of flamingoes in the lakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way down the pass I tried to find the fore-mentioned route to the puesto to take the road the rest of the way down and didn’t really have any luck...found my way anyways and camped down by Rio sucio under a willow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Into Jenimeni I got another little hitch. Once you cross the deeper river by Laguna esmeralda just keep those water shoes on, you’ll be crossing many more times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also was told by a ranger that sendero siete Lagunas wasn’t habilitado, but went for it anyways. Water is Not after Laguna Gutiérrez for a while, so make sure you fill up around there. After the pass there are a few more small&lt;br /&gt;
Streams to fill up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The road walking to Tmango reserve seemed to take forever, but Walking/camping by Lago Cochrane was all worth it. At puesto Huemul Is when I got my first advice that the corona virus was a big deal. The woman told me there were 3 confirmed cases in Cochrane, I went there and booked my tickets straight home. Hasta le vista baby!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-February-08 / 7 days / Southbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long and beautiful section. No major difficulties. Great diversity. Without hitchhiking, it took me 173 kilometers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1st part / 2 days / Chile Chico to Div 217&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the cross country, valley full of Guanacos. I camped just after the puesto, about 2 kilometers after the beginning of the cross country, before the pass, where there are still rocks to protect from the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
As related in previous reports, after camp 279, you will stumbled upon a fence. Go on the East along the fence, cross it, and you will find a trail to the next Puesto and then the trail goes down from the puesto to the dirt road. You will avoid cross country this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2nd part / 2,5 days to Casa de Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
Popular part. Groups of hikers along the way. 8000CLP entrance fee + 6000 CLP for 2 nights sleeping inside the park. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3rd part / 2,5 days / Sendero de las 7 lagunas&lt;br /&gt;
After Casa de Piedra, I followed the GPS regular route which took me to the beginning of the Sendero of 7 lagunas. CONAF said it was not &amp;quot;habilitado&amp;quot; but it is actually well marked. The good thing is that there will be no hikers on this part, except when you approach the end, along the lago Cochrane. The trail is very different from the GPS tracks but no difficulties to find it. So, don't worry not having the GPS tracks. &lt;br /&gt;
At S 47º08.015' W 72º18.948', there is a nice place to camp and also, the trail will merge with the optional route OH-TL-V@35-02F-#001 You can then follow this track and then go back to the Regular Route to reach Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin Lizondo / 28-Jan-2020 / Regular Hiking Southbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section took me 6 days. Some tips:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part from Chile Chico has a +20 km cross country walk. The wind is extremly strong and the route very high, with no forest protection. I recommend spending the first night behind the trees of El Ciprés (the settler Orlando Vazquez allows people to pass and is very kind) or near to the puesto at the end of the minor road at  46º 36' 5,3&amp;quot; S, 71º 48' 45,05&amp;quot; O (Miguel Pacheco is very kind too). Enough water all along the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jeinimeni section of Parque Patagonia is very easy and well marked. Entrance to foreigners costs CLP 8000 plus 6000 if spending the night. There’s a shelter with place for fire and tents after 18 km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Valley Aviles to Casa de Piedra is also easy and beautifull, with many free camping spots. Casa de Piedra costs CLP 8000 per night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the gps track is very different from the actual trail, called “Sendero de las Siete Lagunas”. I recommend taking this route instead of the old gps track, as it’s very well maintained. At Lago la Pepa ( 47º 7' 45,19&amp;quot; S, 72º 18' 41,54&amp;quot; O   ) the trail crosses an old overgrown minor road, which coincides with the gps track and takes to Puesto Huemul (47º 11' 25,31&amp;quot; S, 72º 26' 6,98&amp;quot; O). If going to the left, you’ll reach the puesto, if going up to the right you’ll end the official “Sendero de las Siete Lagunas” near to the main park center. Other hiking options are possible from that point, but the regular route to Puesto Huemul is the shortest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Puesto Huemul, the trail goes down near to the lake Cochrane through Sendero “Coigües” and “Carpinteros”. Well marked and signed, this trails will take you to the start of Tamango section, very near to Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-27 / GPT35 New Route: Lago General Carrera (Fachinal) to Parque Patagonia (Lago Jenimeni or “Casa de Piedra”) / 5 days / Meylin Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González and Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a recommendation from Tobias Hellwig W and Daniel Mahn Borkowsky we investigated a new route that I did no had on my radar until a few weeks ago. This route provides an alternative access from the southern coast of Lago General Carrera into the Parque Patagonia and is of interest for packrafters and hikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route is a traditional animal trail that was used by the settlers of Fachinal to drive cattle to a large summer pasture that is now part of Parque Patagonia (sector Jenimeni). With the enforcement of keeping domestic animals out of the protected park area a 5 km trail section inside Parque Patagonia lacks maintenance but is still quite well traversable for GPT standards. Apart from this short trail section most of the route is very scenic and nice to walk but practically unknown. Only one tourism company runs guided hiking trips along this route about once per months. Apart from this occasionally use the full traverse seams not to be done anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to lack of trail markings we spend about one extra day in searching and following the poorly maintained 5 km trail section but with our GPS record other hikers should struggle much less than we did and will be able to walk in 4 to 5 moderate hiking days from Fachinal at the southern shore of Lago General Carrera to “Casa de Piedra” in the center of Parque Patagonia in the Valle Chacabuco.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the route northbound as we considered the option to cross Lago General Carretera at its shortest narrow by packraft. Here the lake is only 3.2 km wide but we finally did not cross this rather dangerous lake due to suboptimal wind conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fachinal to Rio Aviles River Crossing: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A well maintained “cattle highway” leads from Fachinal from the road bridge of Rio Aviles along the western/southern side of Rio Aviles to the limit of Parque Patagonia. This roughly 20 km long trail section gets regularly cleaned with chain saws to facilitate access to the pastures along Rio Aviles for free-rooming cattle. Most of the trees that have fallen on the trail have been cut to keep the trail easily traversable. Some hikers might find the “pointless up and down” annoying but this trail was created by men that move on horses that did not had to ascent and descent themself. About 1 km before crossing the Rio Aviles two signs indicate the limit of Parque Patagonia (Sector Jenimeni) and ban access for unauthorized people and domestic animals (without providing any clue who might be authorized and who not ;-). From the park limit the trail descents steep to Rio Aviles but remain well maintained to ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trail section requires two possibly demanding river crossings that can become impossible during snow melt in spring, after heavy rain or on the afternoon or evening of hot days (melting water from glaciers!). To keep the route traversable in such circlesumstances the tourism company has installed in both locations steel ropes (to cross these two rivers hooked up in harness to the steel rope without even touching the water).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Aviles River Crossing to the Pass (1150 m above Sea Level): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the river crossing the trail condition suddenly changes. Fallen trees don’t get cut anymore and undergrowth is not cleaned by machete. It’s mainly the remaining path on the ground that indicates the former animal trail. Advance is slow and in various locations care must be taken to not loose the trail. Here you will need to climb over fall trees and push occasionally through dense vegetation until reaching an altitude of 950 m. At this altitude the forest floor opens up (no dense undergrowth any more) and the trail disappears completely. Here walking becomes easy again. Walk the following kilometer through the open forest following roughly the GPS track until reaching the end of the forest and the small lake after the 1150 m high pass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An advise for northbound hikers: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the first signs of the trail in the open forest was a struggle as we had no information where exactly the trail starts to descent. I searched at least 3 or 4 hours in a 400 m wide and 1200 m long section of open forest till I found a first old machete mark on a tree that indicated the location of the trail. Carefully searching and following similar marks I finally found the  descending trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Searching northbound we lost the trail again when reaching Rio Aviles at the bottom of the valley and searched half a day for the correct continuation. A well visible and noticeably used trail next to Rio Aviles leads directly to an suitable river ford but from there a well maintained trail continues 1 km in the wrong direction (upstream). Only after bushbashing 1 km along the river shore downstream we recognized with surprise a second river ford (now the correct river ford) which connects to the well maintained trail section in the correct direction. In hindsight we understood that the well maintained trail simply continues upstream along Rio Aviles and that this trail crosses twice the Rio Aviles. Due to a partially not evident trail section on the other side of we did not recognize this when hitting this trail on the bottom of the valley and took the wrong direction to the wrong river ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now hikers with our GPS record and a GPS should not struggle to find and follow this trail as we did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pass (1150 m above Sea Level) to Valle Hermoso Refugio: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After leaving the forest at the 1150 m high pass the most scenic part of this route starts. A roughly 15 km long cross country route leads over pastures and river sediments past 3 lakes and two glaciers to the Refugio Valle Hermoso. Occasionally signs of a trail are visible but due to the open landscape a continuous trail neither exists nor is needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the Refuge Valle Hermoso this route connects with regular route that leads along Valle Aviles (diffrent river with the same name!) to “Casa de Piedra” in the center of Parque Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access to Trail Head at Fachinal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple buses per week from Chile Chico to Puerto Tranquilo on the Carretera Austral that pass Fachinal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monday and Friday runs a subsidized bus from Chile Chico to Fachinal and back to Chile Chico (One round trip in the morning and a second one in the evening).&lt;br /&gt;
8:30 leaving Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
9:30 in Fachinal&lt;br /&gt;
11:00 returning to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
17:30 leaving Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
18:30 in Fachinal&lt;br /&gt;
20:00 returning to Chile Chico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to cross Lago General Carrera to continue hiking in the Cordillera Avellano North of the lake speak to Carloz Amoros in Fachinal (mobile: +56 9 76267029 / price around 30‘000 CLP) or Pascual Diaz de Mallin Grande.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-January 23 / Oreste Marquis/ Northbound : 8 days &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Going northbound. I followed the route until the second settler at the puesto Tejuela. From there, until the optional route @35-02e#001,&lt;br /&gt;
I could not find the approximate trail in the files. I manage to find another one which is call siete Lagunas. It is really easy to follow and really beautiful! I find it near km 18 and keep walking on it until km 38. It is the end of it and is at the campground near Lago Gutiérrez.  For more informations go reed Martin post in recent alerts and suggestion. I met him on the trail and he updated the wikiexplora before me. From the beginning to Casa Piedra took me 3 days. Then I hiked to the end of the reserve in an other 3 days. Lots of rivers to cross but felt pretty safe for all of them even the one higher between Lagos Jeinimeni and Verde. The cross country part the next day was my favorite of the hole trip! Awesome views, a lot of wildlife, just need to check a little bit more the gps!  Last day, I headed to Chile Chico without any problem. Overall, I love it! Enjoyed it as much as GPT40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-January / Matthieu / Northbound : 7.5 days &amp;quot;tranquilito&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Incredible trekk, lots of different type of views and soil, my favorite since El Chalten. Money required for passing by the reserves !!&lt;br /&gt;
I hitchhiked 10 km on the road to Casa Piedra, and 12 km between Jeinemini qnd the beginning of the trail that goes north in the mountain to join Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1st part : Reserve Tamango''' : 6000 CLP the entry&lt;br /&gt;
I took the old &amp;quot;Huemul trail&amp;quot; in the Tamango reserve, taking the left route at the &amp;quot;Camp 284&amp;quot; It is an old trail for 4x4, so very easy, and closed to vehicles now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2nd part : The road to Casa Piedra :''' the rangers I crossed were all agreed that it was not permitted to camp aside of the road (so the information is different that in Nov). One officiql camping at the end of Tamango reserve (WestWind) and one at Casa Piedra 26 km after. 8000 CLP each. At Westwind (not verified, only inforñqtions for guardaparques): no accomodations, only baño. At Casa Piedra . real big house, hot shower, electricity, place to cook. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3rd part : Reserve Jenemeni :''' Entry 8000 CLP. For the camping, the ranger told me that it was permitted to camp wherever I wanted, so the information differs too from november. And at the exit, I told the ranger about my &amp;quot;savage&amp;quot; camping in the conversation, and he didnt tic at all, so no stress. The rangers are very nice !&lt;br /&gt;
Good trekk, easy to follow. One very good refuge in the valle Hermoso where fire is possible. a more open refuge/camping site by the east shore of Lago Verde. &lt;br /&gt;
Many river crossing, all safe except one, before the Laguna Esmeralda. Strong current, and people choose many different way with different profundness. Better do it in the morning, being a glaciar river (I could effectively compare between late in the afternoon and the morning and it is very different).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Last part, to Chile Chico by the mountain :''' Amazing views, totaly different climate, more dry and with only bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the Cross country after the 4x4 road, I would advise to go a few meters west from the GPS tracks, to the east side of the river. There is effectively a fence on the west ridge, and a good trail on the east ridge that can avoid you the difficult crossing of many bushes, and that goes directly to the puesto.&lt;br /&gt;
Two puestos, The 135 of metal being used by the locals (real bed inside), so just putted the tent outside. The second one 134 is actually a real house. Two mens were here when I arrived, working with the animals. I could put the tent near the house and take water from the sink outside. Many dogs, all nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT35 Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
Mum, Sis and I. Southbound. 11 days.*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well. What an interesting and varied section. Also the longest walk I think we'd all done. It took us 11 days in the end with a couple of longer side trips. Interestingly, when we emerged from the park it was closed, there was martial law in effect, a curfew in place. Borders closed. Only a week to get back to Santiago to catch the last flights back to Australia... Anyway. We're heading back now. Got temperature tested as we reentered Chili Chico this morning. Waiting for the boat across the lake mañana in la mañana. No buses out of town. Enough rambling...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As always, thanks to the others before us that have taken the time to comment and provide feedback. Here's my two cents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly here are some landmarks to make it easier for others to orient themselves: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/oGvL0ey6_7/El_Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://oGvL0ey6_7/El_Ciprés&lt;br /&gt;
Casa Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/4GvJGSxqPH/Casa_Piedra_%28Stone_House%29&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://4GvJGSxqPH/Casa_Piedra_%28Stone_House%29&lt;br /&gt;
Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
http://ge0.me/wGvC_gnJaX/Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
ge0://wGvC_gnJaX/Westwind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camping in Chile Chico:&lt;br /&gt;
El Carro is supposed to be the cheapest place to stay in town. Though if you want a hot shower it's the same as Kon-aiken next door. We stayed at neither so can't really comment, but there were a lot of people staying at Kon-aiken and next to none at El Carro which might be indicitive of value for money or just the fact they are a little closer to the centre of town.&lt;br /&gt;
El Carro however was the only one willing to look after some things for us.&lt;br /&gt;
We also visited a hostel, but the owner was unfortunately very rude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El carro&lt;br /&gt;
4k frío &lt;br /&gt;
5k caliente &lt;br /&gt;
1k por día por mochila &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kon-aiken&lt;br /&gt;
5k pp / noche &lt;br /&gt;
No baggage service &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1: Chili Chico to Jeinemeni&lt;br /&gt;
In the end we decided to cache things in the bushes just outside of town. Mum and my sister got a lift to the Bahía Jara cruz whist I was caching. Unfortunately I had to walk all the way to El Ciprés where my mum and sister had been enjoying a nice conversation with Orlando Vazquez who allowed us to pass but emphasised the dangers and didn't really recommend crossing. &lt;br /&gt;
Passing through the gate a couple of utes were exiting. Apparently there is a new mine up in the mountains and they didn't really want us to walk up. They admitted they just worked there.&lt;br /&gt;
Turn off the main rd that assumably heads to the mine about here: -46.57775, -71.82666&lt;br /&gt;
Goucho Miguel Pacheco passed us on the way up herding some cattle and we talked to him at the puesto for a while. We also gave him one of the Australian coins we'd been carrying around. He seemed to believe it was everyone's right to pass. &amp;quot;People pass through here all the time &amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Just yesterday a lad passed by &amp;quot;.&amp;quot;It's the shortest route across the mountains &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway. We camped in the rocks just outside the park boundaries (as mentioned by??).&lt;br /&gt;
We then camped two nights up on the windy plateau. Our side trip to Valle Lunes was amazing. I'd recommend it. But be careful with wind. Oh and did anyone mention the guanacos?&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately I think the water wasn't very clean on this part. Sheep, cows, guanacos, birds... It's the first time in Chile I've wished I took my water filter along. We had some sore stomachs.&lt;br /&gt;
Dropping down the other side we hit the mentioned fence (about here -46.72574, -71.90211). We crossed, but would recommend following it to the left until you get to a corner. I'm not sure where it starts, but there is a trail running on the outside of the fence to the puesto. We then followed a sheep trail that ran high on the left (east) of the valley. Very good but it bypassed Las Abutardas completely and seemed to be heading towards Laguna los Flamencos instead. We ended up cutting down to the road where León passed us heading into town, a little confused why we hadn't taken the 'proper trail'.&lt;br /&gt;
We camped the night at the Río El Sucio camp. Not really recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
We walked the road and stayed at Río Las Vacas for a bit which is at the border of the park and a nicer place to camp. (There is a good stream between the two).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 2: Jeinemeni to Casa Piedra&lt;br /&gt;
It was 8k to enter the park (for foreigners) and an additional 6k for camping in Valle Hermoso. The section to the refugio (-46.84092, -72.14078) was very nice. This is the only shelter still standing. The others included in the track files were not really enterable.&lt;br /&gt;
Heading to the refugio (where everyone seems to camp) you cross the small ankle deep creek exiting Laguna Esmeralda and then the deeper river between Lago Verde and Jeinemeni. This might have been the trickiest but when we crossed it wasn't really bad. We then had two more smaller crossings before passing through Portezuela La Gloria (1100m) to cross Estero Ventisquero and the other river running down the main valley.&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we did the popular side trip to the glacier in this valley: -46.80924, -72.20116&lt;br /&gt;
We wondered if it was the same way Jan et al entered recently?&lt;br /&gt;
From the refugio to Valle Avilés there are no compulsory river crossings if you stick to the somewhat scrubby trail to the left (south) of the valley. The first crossing we did was Río Avilés shortly followed by the tributary. So only 8 crossings (wet feet) on the RR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We walked from the refugio to Casa Piedra in a day. It was closed so we camped on the other side of the Rd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 3: Casa Piedra to Cochrane&lt;br /&gt;
From casa piedra we took the aforementioned Sendero las Siete Lagunas. It is not it the track files but indeed very well marked with numbered markers every kilometre. I'll upload a kml with the markers I recorded as well as some of the water bodies I sketched.&lt;br /&gt;
After the stream running into Lago Gutiérrez there wasn't much water until Lago la Pepa.&lt;br /&gt;
You will briefly intersect with a road here: -47.14006, -72.37138. The  road seems to run down to Puesto Tejuela coinciding with OH-TL-V@35-02F-#001 which I think is incorrectly labelled as TL. Part of RH-TL-I@35-99.0+30.0 too should be marked as MR. You'll intersect this road before taking it down to Lago Cochrane.&lt;br /&gt;
We passed the occupied dwelling (Daniel Huemul?) but the man wearing a shirt emblazoned with Parque Patagonia seemed afraid to approach us (another hint the world had gone Corona crazy). He wouldn't let us take the RR so we followed the road for a bit before taking another newly made trail also not in the track files.&lt;br /&gt;
Everything after that was very easy to follow.&lt;br /&gt;
Everything was abandoned at the entrance and the gate locked. People avoided us on the streets and covered their face when passing us. &lt;br /&gt;
We grabbed some needed food (we were very short after 11 days!) and got on the WiFi. Wow! How things had changed! Martial law in place and a curfew in place, we slept under a bridge with some Colombians and caught a bus back to Chili Chico in the morning. Waiting for the boat across the lake tomorrow now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Links to files :&lt;br /&gt;
Kilometre markers: https://www.dropbox.com/s/fuzt4xacxjjvvg4/kms.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
Water bodies: https://www.dropbox.com/s/uz1ei95s1913xvb/water.bodies.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
Other planning: &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.dropbox.com/s/uk9ym56gufwk4zq/planning.kmz?dl=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019 Dec / Olrik/ Northbound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing part of the GPT, from Cochrane ou enter in the Tamango national reserve and pay 6000CLP for the entrance. We took several trails to get to Valle Chacabuco : Las Aguilas, Las Lengasm Los Condores, Laguna Altas. Great views. We had a snow storm at the pass though. There you end up in a paid campground. From there we walked the dirt road to Casa Piedras in Valle Chacabuco, it was beautiful with lots of guanacos. Then we took the Las Aviles sendero. We camped near the first river crossing as it was late and waited for the morning to cross. It is normally not possible to wild camp in the park but the guardaparque told us to camp there if the river crossing is not sage. The rest of the trail is easy to follow next to the river. There is a pass then you descend to Valle Hermoso and to lago Jeinimeni. It was just gorgeous and easy to follow with great weather. Be aware of the numerous river crossings. In lago Jeinimeni there is a paid campground. From there you can hitchhike, walk, or pay a transportation at the entrance of the park (15000Clp pp) but I'm not sure if this is a regular thing. We ended up hitchhiking to get to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-28/ Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe/ 5.5days/ Northbound / Regular Hiking Route (Cochrane to Chile Chico) with OH-32-2-#003/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section might have been our favorite out of the whole Group H, where the diversity of the landscape was our favorite part (also including weather and trail conditions). The NP was entered at Tamango just outside of Cochrane. Registration is mandatory, the entrance fee is at 8000 CLP. The ranger asked us to explain our route and since the regular Hiking route did not seem familiar to them, they told us to take the optionals route going north over the pass to WestWinds campground and then do the road walk Eastwards. &lt;br /&gt;
The pass had some snow patches on the Southern side but was easy to traverse. At the Valley Chacabuco (another entrance to the national park) we got asked for our permits and the route we plan on taking. We heard different information on if it is allowed to camp at the road or not (there were signs that told us not to do it but the ranger said it is okay). After the roadwalk, we passed another ranger station where we had to register and sign a responsibility form telling that we plan to leave at Lago Jeinimeni (and telling that we're only allowed to stay at designated campsites). The hike from there is extremely beautiful and super diverse, the trail well maintained. The rivers were at higher flow but all fords were doable. &lt;br /&gt;
We camped next to the Refugio because we still weren't sure about the camping rules (other hikers we met said they were told that it's okay to camp everywhere along the river). Leaving the NP at Lago Jeinimeni was straightforward, but it's mandatory to check out at the rangers office. The cross-country section after the road walk was a bit slow on the way up due to many bushes and hilly terrain. We found a nice trail next to the fence leading up to the puesto when going up the ridge on the Eastern side. From the puesto we took a short steep uphill after which the terrain became more open and easier to travel on. It was very windy and snowy in the mountains, which made it difficult to walk at times and it felt like the temperatures were rather low.&lt;br /&gt;
The lagoons on the way up are filled with exciting birds (flamingos!) and guanacos are running around on the whole plain. Once reaching the plateau we headed down in a pretty straight line which was easier than the uphill until we reached the road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chile Chico has two supermarkets. Sell gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cochrane is a decently sized town with three mid-range supermarkets. The largest one, which is a grocery and department store, is located adjacent to the town square. There are many lodging and restaurant options. Be sure to withdraw an ample amount of money here because most of the businesses in the next town, Villa O’Higgins, only take cash and there is no ATM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Mar-31 to 2023-Apr-06 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option J / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PN Patagonia closed some sectors on the first Monday in April, so we were the last ones to get a permission and do this section ‘legally’. Be prepared for this if you want to do this part in April or later. The problem is they close Casa Del Piedra and probably won’t let you pass to that sector from Lago Jeinemeni, where the entrance stays open for longer time. Sneaking around the guards house early in the morning or just not be specific about your plans might work if needed, its very unlikely you would meet anyone on the way from the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT35 - RN Lago Jeinimeni]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT33P_(Rio_Ibanez)&amp;diff=113221</id>
		<title>GPT33P (Rio Ibanez)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT33P_(Rio_Ibanez)&amp;diff=113221"/>
				<updated>2023-12-19T16:11:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-18 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
I think this section deserves definitely more emphasis! The landscape changes dramatically here after Section 32. The green forests are gone and give rise to an impressive red-brown canyon landscape with little oasis in between. On a good day the views back to cerro Castillo are just magnificent. Also the river speed was swift and you can easily make it in one day to Puerto Ibanez. The sandbanks can be avoided if you stick to the slightly more turquoise waters. I did not deflated the packraft at the portage and just carried it on my back. Keep care of the thorny Calafate bushes when you ascend the sandy dune at the beginning of the portage. The sand can be somehow wearisome here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walk out of Villa Cerro Castillo along a dirt road to the put-in for Río Ibañez located at a rocky beach. At the time of our hike, there was construction going on in this area so don’t be surprised if the put-in changes. The river is wide, slow moving, and at lower flows there are many sandbars hidden just below the surface that will beach even packrafts. After about 20.5 km, packrafters must take out to portage around a Class V+ waterfall at a sandy beach surrounded by steep gravel slopes. The portage is a short cross-country route through farmland which ends at a gate. Just past the gate is Highway X-735. The put-in for the second part of the Río Ibañez float is at a sandy beach. This section of the river to Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez is also very slow moving. Strong winds may make packrafting impractical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez is a small town with a few food options and a small grocery store. The docks for the ferry to Chile Chico across Lago General Carrera is located on the southeast edge of town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Puerto Ibanez: Pirámide Hostal B&amp;amp;B is a nice and cheap place top stay (25.000 Pesos including breakfast). Veronica is a very friendly host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The Regular Route of GPT33H was developed for hiking and a packraft is neither needed nor recommended even if a packraft may be deployed in northbound and southbound direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most packrafters that travel southbound will probably opt for section GPT33P to float on the lower Rio Ibañez from Villa Cerro Castillo to Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez. This packrafting route has a water proportion of 80%. In comparison, on GPT33H the water proportion is in best case 20%. But this water proportion can only be archived on an exceptionally calm day when wind permits packrafting all the way from Puerto Avellano to Levicán along the shore of Lago General Carrera. On most summer days strong wind and resulting high waves will impede packrafting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But for packrafters that travel northbound GPT33H provides an interesting option. These packrafters might attempt to cross Lago General Carrera from Fachinal to Puerto Avellano either with a motorboat or by packraft, then hike the very attractive centerpiece of GPT33H past the Torres de Avellano and conclude this section by packrafting the final 21 km (Rio Sin Nombre, Laguna Verde and the upper Rio Ibañez) to finish in Villa Cerro Castillo. For more information to this option see the section description of GPT34P and the comment to the section combination GPT33H with GPT32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Combining GPT33H with GPT32&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If hiking GPT33H with a packraft northbound than the packraft can be inflated at the bridge over Rio Sin Nombre to paddle 2 km downstream on this river, cross the 1 km wide Laguna Verde on its western shore and continue to the upper Rio Ibañez to float down 18 km on the upper Rio Ibañez towards Villa Cerro Castillo. From the last recommended exit on the upper Rio Ibañez it is only a 3 km walk into Villa Cerro Castillo. This route combines GPT33H Option 3 with GPT33H Option 8 and GPT32 Option 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT33P - Río Ibañez]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT27P_(Alto_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=113220</id>
		<title>GPT27P (Alto Rio Palena)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT27P_(Alto_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=113220"/>
				<updated>2023-12-19T16:08:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-04 / 2.5 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess the River was quite close to its maximum according to the shoreline. Nevertheless, I found it not special challenging. I found it useful to scout the first Rapid {27P} [4.2/178] just after the bridge as its pretty fast. Same is true for Rapid {27P} [23.4/135] which has some boulders and some counter currents. Highest speed was 23 km/h. In general you can circumvent the stronger currents in this upper part by paddling close to the shoreline. This changes after the joining of Rio Frio. The river is now pretty powerful and its better to go for the center of the currents as sometimes whirlpools can form on the sides. Saying that its technical not challenging and fun to ride these big waves. Watch out for sunken trees even in the ‘calmer’ parts as river is still fast. There is a nice camp spot between the trees just before Bridge {27P-L} [18.5/65] at S 43° 48.426’ W 072° 21.151’. After the bridge to La Junta all rapids were easy or even disappeared in the high waters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Recommendations: The section is best paddled between January and May. The primary danger would be a high and fast river, typically most common early in the season, or after heavy rain. The river can only be paddled westwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 27P is 103.5km and takes 2-2.5 days to complete. Together with Section 28P, the two sections are a total of 180km and take around 4 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section is stunning, interesting, unpopulated and fun. Although, in reality, much of 27P is not too far from a road or occasional buildings, these are rarely visible and the river feels remote. Even more so for the continuation onto Section 28P. Alto Río Palena passes through farmland with a mountainous backdrop. It is very scenic. The many rapids and constantly changing features of the river make it stimulating. Combined with 28P, paddling on one river from the mountains to the Pacific is a wonderful experience. A very attractive section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Río Palena may not be suitable for beginners. There are many rapids, countless tree and rock obstacles, and occasional strong currents and whirlpools. At times of high river levels, the river will not only be faster, but there will be fewer places to get out or scout. There are many more rapids than indicated in the track file. That said, the rapids are generally not above Class 2, and some of the earliest and most challenging ones, can be portered around. Plus, the many obstacles in the river are avoidable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT 27 and 28P/ Alto y Bajo Río Palena/ Packrafting Route / 2022 Jan-24 / 5 days / Tobias Schorcht&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Palena River is a juvel for all Packrafters with some experience. It was a pleasure to paddle down all the way from Palena to Rául Marín Balmaceda and see the changes of the river day by day. I started right under the brigde 2km beside Palena. There was not that much water in the upper part, I had to carry the Packraft 4 times during the first 20 Kilometers. Since it is an unregulated stream, the riverbelt and the rapids are changing constantly. I observed some of the rapids before I started kayaking, which was absolutly necessary. The confluencia with Río Frío is spectacular, because the colores of the 2 rivers starts to mix. The river speeds up in the lower parts, gets wider and more effected by the wind, who appears usually from the seaside. Be aware of the tides which influences the level of the River after -43.88645/ -72.83230 up to 3m. After reaching the fjord I saw penguins and hundrets of seawolves (Punta islote) which came veeery close to my boat 😅. Enjoy!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*January 16-21/ Zach / Palena to Puerto Raúl Marín Balmaceda (27P &amp;amp; 28P) + Rio Frío (75P) / 6 Days easy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Shaun mentioned, Kara Davis and Jen Ni described this section quite well. I combined 27P, 28P, and the Rio Frío which was totally worth the added transport effort. If you enjoy the rapids of the upper Palena, you’ll love the Rio Frío. La Junta was a nice lunch stop and upon meeting some familiar cycle tourists, turned into an afternoon off. Note that the take out/camp here is a popular swimming spot, so take care of your belongings when going to town. I left my headphones in the sun to dry and they were gone when I returned. Despite that and rain the final day, I have nothing but good things to say about Rio Palena. The termas are aptly named. The surrounding moss and tannin in the water make you feel like a gingerbread man soaking in a forest gnome’s tea kettle. After seeing no one on the river except 1 fishing tour, I was very surprised to encounter a group of 50 paddlers as part of the Decenso Colectivo Ruta de Palena. This is an organized group that paddles from Palena to Puerto Raul Marin in 4 days this time each year. The ferry still runs Thursdays and Sundays, although it left around 11:30, not 9:40 as the website states. No problem to buy a ticket upon boarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-22 / Shaun / Regular Packrafting route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I combined this section with GPT28P. These two sections are spectacular, varied, fun and challenging. I barely saw another person the entire time, and there’s something very satisfying about following a single river all the way out to the ocean. Very enjoyable and memorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found the wiki comments of Kara Davis (below) and the Facebook comments of Jen Ni (Jan 5 2019) and Gerald Klamer (March 27, 2018) to be very helpful. Jen’s categorization of 27P and 28P into five sub-sections is very good. My impressions were similar to all of theirs and I don’t have much to add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not having much whitewater experience, I started 27P around km23, just west of the cable ferry and a series of early rapids. However, I was fine with the many rapids after that, so with hindsight I would have started from Palena. 27P and 28P each took me about a day and a half for a total of just over three days for the two combined. Apparently, the river was at a normal level for this time of year. It ran around 5-8kph for most of 27P and until about km40 of 28P, then maybe at 2-3kph thereafter. There were countless tree and rock hazards throughout, plus a number of whirlpools (often at sharp turns) - but these were all avoidable. As the river widened in 28P, I encountered fierce headwinds in several places, and a noticeable incoming tide toward the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Raúl Marin Balmaceda, I took the 11 hour ferry to Puerto Cisnes (departs Thursdays and Sundays) which technically completed the section, in its current form. The views were stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Comments posted on Facebook by Jen Ni January 5 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT27P and 28P (Alto and Bajo Rio Palena) Packrafting Westbound (😉): Palena to Raul Marin Balmaceda 2019-Jan-01 to 2019-Jan-04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our impression was that the river can be separated into 5 subsections, each with different character. All parts are attractive and felt quite remote. For camping you generally have the choice between sandy/rocky river banks and farm land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. (0-25km) Small river, many rapids: In this subsection the river is still relatively small and often shallow, ground contact can be a serious issue. At least every kilometer there's a small rapid (usually WW-1, sometimes class 2). There are many more rapids than mapped and those are not necessarily the most difficult. Usually the rapids are only deep enough to be run in a narrow part where the main current is. We only had problems with one rapid at Lat -43.62009 Lon -71.86343 where a tree blocked the main current making it impossible to run safely. The most difficult two rapids (class 2+) are at 22km (2km after the ferry) where many large rocks in the middle of the river make scouting and very precise maneuvering necessary. Depending on water levels they may not be runnable at all. Both rapids can be viewed and portaged (individually or together) by taking out on the beach on the left side. The river flowed with ~5kph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. (25-65km) Small river, few rapids, many trees: By now the river has grown a bit and ground contact becomes less of an issue. There are noticably fewer rapids and the largest challenge becomes maneuvering between the many trees lying in the water. The average velocity of the current was actually a bit higher than before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. (65-105km) Fast and medium-sized river with few obstacles: After Río Frío has joined the river at the 180° turn the river grows significantly and ground contact is almost no more issue. In this subsection, the river flows fastest (8kph) and we had a lot of fun with the relatively easy and broad rapids here. There are fewer trees in the water that can be easily avoided in the broad river. We found a lovely campsite on grass that did not seem to be used for grazing at Lat -43.89160 Lon -72.37914.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. (105-155km) Big river, fast current: Close to La Junta, the river is joined by Río Rosselot and becomes huge and mostly calm. We were surprised to see that it still flows with high velocity (5-8kph) and still has a noticable gradient that makes progress fast. The few trees can be easily avoided but may be difficult to spot sometimes. The main challenge that may arise here are strong head winds that make maneuvering quite difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. (155km-sea) Big and slow river, tidal effects: Starting at the large 270° loop, the massive river becomes noticably slower (2-3kph) and wind and tidal effects determine the speed of your progress. We found that the tides are approx. 30min after the times shown for Pto. Montt by the Android app (by 7th gear). Paddling here feels more like being on a lake and waves build up due to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: Be aware that the Chilean border control outside of Carrenleufú requires you to declare items in your possession, so keep this in mind when resupplying. They will confiscate certain foods, including produce and honey brought from Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first time during this hike where the Regular Hiking and Regular Packrafting Routes begin to significantly differ. The two tracks do not rejoin until GPT32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning from Palena, walk north down the paved road, 235-CH and cross Puente Palena to the put-in on the western bank of Río Palena. The river is swift and has several Class I and Class II rapids. There are also many places where the river splits and becomes very shallow. I would recommend scouting any rapid that makes you uncomfortable. Also be wary of obstructions, such as logs and branches, that occasionally block parts of the river. Camping along the edge during this stretch of the Río Palena is difficult due to the thick foliage and steep rocky beaches. Flat and clear spots are a rare find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river widens out approximately 12 km from the Palena put-in. There are still several class I and class II rapids, but with longer stretches of flat water in between. The banks on both sides are littered with rocky beaches, and nice camping is still hard to come by. There is also a notable increase in the density of homes and other structures lining the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The banks of the Río Palena flatten out and provide better camping after the ferry at El Tranquilo, approximately 20 km from put-in. This car/passenger ferry draws itself across the river along thick metal cables which can be easily passed on a packraft. A lot of the surrounding land is used for grazing and traces of livestock are everywhere. A sign advertising a refugio, “Predio El Refugio,” was located at La Mula, approximately 12.5 km past the ferry crossing. As several smaller streams join the Río Palena, the river swells and the frequency of rapids decreases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river continues winding through farmland all the way to the La Junta take-out. There is a small beach here with a trail that leads up to Highway 7. La Junta is located about 2 km south of the take-out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La Junta : plenty of lodging options, from hotels and cabañas to camping, as well as a couple medium sized grocery stores adequate for resupply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Franco, the owner of Los Rosadita hotel in Palena, can share expert knowledge of Rio Palena. The hotel is also a nice play to stay and makes good pizzas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Palena: Hostal Alto Patagonia has very tidy rooms and bathroom. Its 25.000 Peso per person including breakfast. Yolanda is a very kind host!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zach &lt;br /&gt;
The ferry still runs Thursdays and Sundays, although it left around 11:30, not 9:40 as the website states. No problem to buy a ticket upon boarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: Be aware that the Chilean border control outside of Carrenleufú requires you to declare items in your possession, so keep this in mind when resupplying. They will confiscate certain foods, including produce and honey brought from Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT27P - Alto Río Palena]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT32_(Cerro_Castillo)&amp;diff=113208</id>
		<title>GPT32 (Cerro Castillo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT32_(Cerro_Castillo)&amp;diff=113208"/>
				<updated>2023-12-19T03:47:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-12 / 6 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Variant D + Variant F / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
An Uber from Cohayique to Villa Simpson is about 9.000 Peso. From there I easily found rides to Lago Elizalde. A older man told me that there was also a camino from Lago Elizalde to Lago Azul passing cerro sombrero a couple of years ago. I really liked the walking through the valley to lago desierto. It passes a beautiful farmland landscape sprinkled with little lush patches of forest and creeks. Camping is easy there. But if you want to speed up there are also cars from time to time and hitchhiking is possible. At S 45° 52.495 W 072° 16.913 is a little shelter surrounded by some old tractors and a big mate cup installation. A farmer passing by  told me I am welcome to stay there. To reach lago desierto you have to climb a locked gate (well described by Kara Davis). I crossed lago desierto and camped at the isthmus between it and lago azul. There is a nice camp spot at waypoint Lake {32} [38.3/337] surrounded by old gooseberry bushes and an abandoned van. The central lodging building is collapsed so its seems to be an abandoned place now except the cattle. Next day I crossed lago azul. The wind increased dramatically forming up to 1 m waves. There are some emergency exits on the left even after the shore gets steeper after the settlers on the lefthand side. At the end of lago azul you reach a huge private hacienda on the isthmus, with a big park like forest and buildings within. I tried to sneak between the buildings but to reach the path to the mountains you finally have to pass a big meadow. There was a greenkeeper around and it was no problem for him to let me pass. The family was not around. The track to the mountains is steep and part of a big network of mountainbike trails. This network spans nearly the entire valley! I met six young chilenos who told me that they are working the summer to maintain the trails only for that family – I have never seen such a giant mountainbike network! Incredible how much effort and money must spend here only to satisfy a family’s hobby. The Chilenos were very friendly and even turned back to offer me a ride to the end of the valley as rain increased but I kept walking. This track is in really good conditions up to the bush bashing section. And here comes the problem: 1.) the bush bashing is wrong annotated. In reality it starts for 1.2 km at the end of the annotated section 2.) the track is mostly gone were it reaches the river bed. Landslides have washed away a big part. Don’t cross the landslide! It seems super instable! When you have forded the riverbed at the landslide don’t put on your shoes, yet. The following part has turned into swamp land. I suggest to make the entire 1.2 km in your fording footwear. After that the track to the las horquetas trail is mostly overgrown or blocked by trees but still visible. It was pretty hard for me as temperatures dropped to 4 °C and at this point it had not stopped raining for 48 hr. In bad weather that’s definitely no fun. The ranger hut was my salvation as it was abandoned but open and had a stove and even some firewood. The next day the weather was perfect and I continued towards cerro Castillo. There had been recent work around Camping Rio Turbio and the track is still in good condition. Paso Penón has heaps of snow and I found myself sinking to the hips from time to time. But in good weather it is ok. The views from the pass and the following valley even outcompeted the view from laguna castillo. After the paso penón the rest is fine. I used Variant F to descend. As mentioned before it now follows a different way in the end due to right of way conflict and you reach the street at approximately half way between villa cerro Castillo and the national park entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 05-Apr-2023 / Hiking / SOBO / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We really enjoyed this one. It's definitely worth waiting for good weather, not only for safe traverse of the steep part in the northern part of the park and following obstacles that are quite demanding but also for the views that were just incredible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from Villa Frei in the late afternoon, we made it on that day to the turn before Lago La Paloma, where we camped right behind a fence, before a little river, that you need to cross to follow the RR. There are 2 settlements, but still far enough, so no problem. You have to cross one fence and a gate on the way up. To avoid right-of-way conflict, we followed Cristopher &amp;amp; Anna's advice (thanks guys!) and turned right after the first gate behind the beginning of the optional trail. From there you just need to follow MR, cross a few gates and you will end up on a fenced field with bee hives on one side. Crossing them will take you directly to RR, so no bush-bashing is necessary. From there, the trail is pretty straightforward. We liked the view from Option B viewpoint and in good conditions it must be a perfect spot for camping, definitely doable in one day. The steep traverse didn't feel that dangerous for us, but we had really good conditions. The next obstacle, already described by others, is at the end of the traverse. We followed there a small ridge that will take you to the beginning of the grass parts. It's a little steep, but doable. From there we followed the grass parts, which create almost 'stairs' allowing you to climb up. It's again steep, but you can use your hands to pull yourself up, holding the grass patches. After that is the last challenging part, a rock that you need to climb over. We got there already after sunset and without an option to explore the best and safest way over, we decided to follow the old overgrown trail, that descends down without the need to climb over the rock. It seemed to be hard in the beginning, but after we got through the first few trees (without any leaves, just branches), we found a little strip without them, that takes you all the way down to the river, where we camped. It took us around 15 min to get down, so it might be a good alternative. From there you just need to walk through a little part of the forest and then continue by the river, so you are actually avoiding also the descent down, which some described as challenging as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the first marked pass and descent in rocky terrain, the CC part connects to an old trail, that later becomes a MR. The connection was easy to find by following the GPS. We had no problems passing around the rangers house, again by following the track files, at first through the forest and later around the river. From there the trail connects to the official way which makes navigation easy. We spent the night in the official campsite around 2 km before Laguna Carro Castillo, which is the only one open. There were 5-6 other tents, no ranger. The next day the weather got way way worse, which made us skip the last pass and go down from the laguna via one of the official routes. We met a ranger on the way up, pointing us to the official trail around yellow cairns, to sign off from the park. With no intention to pay on our way from the park, we actually followed some old trail (according to the old signs we met) that took us to the main road, right in front of the bridge. We had to cross one fence, but no other problem. It's a faster and safe way from the park.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*5 to 7 of February 2023 / Will / SOBO / 3 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section! I was worried about the tricky part, but sticking to the gpx track it didn't feel dangerous to me. Though I did have to leave the track to find easier ways around the cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There weren't any buses south out of Coyhaique on Sunday (except maybe early morning?). I ended up taking an Uber to villa frei, for a bearable 14000 pesos. The road walk was beautiful except for the wind trying to blow me into the cars. I caught a ride to Lago Monreal, from where I walked back up to variant L and then to the 23.6 campsite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn't have any right of way trouble, I just had to pass through a few unlocked gates with no people or buildings in sight. There were even a few groups of day hikers who passed by my camp on the way to the Lago Paloma mirador (variant B - must see!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also took variant D up to the glacier lake, worth it if it fits your schedule. I didn't have time to keep going up to the glacier itself, it looked like steeper rocky cross country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even in the touristy parts the trail was surprisingly slow and rocky. I ran into a few rangers, who look like normal hikers except with red and white baseball hats. They were ok with me not having a ticket once I explained my weird route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*15.02.23 -18.02.23 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher / SOBO&lt;br /&gt;
Coyhaique - Villa Cerro Castillo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hitchhiked from Coyhaique to Lago Paloma and started walking around 13:30 pm following the main path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail at the beginning is pretty good. At the junction with the option at km 17,5 you can walk further uphill along the fence for a couple of meters to enter the fence through a gate. This option is not in the gpx files. We decided to follow that to avoid the settlers after all.Then you can follow the dirtroad through two more gates until you reach a fence that you have to jump to the right to get to a meadow with beehives. There is another gate there and then you reach the main route again. In total we only had to jump two fences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then we followed the main route. Soon after we went through the gate of the National park Cerro Castillo and we (unfortunately) met two guardians of the park. After some back and forth they made us turn around, telling us that this path is closed and we have to enter the park via the main entrance and pay the 30.000 clp. So we had to take the option to las Horquetas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a few good km on a dirtroad, the path of option 1 gets bad. It seems like it hasn't been used for a long time. It was often hard to find and involved some bushbashing. It took us quite some time to get through there. Once you are at the river it gets much better. We forded the river next to the entrance to avoid the detour until Horquetas. The option was not very nice. Mostly just walking in the forest with BB so we would definetly recommend to try the main route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The entrance closes at 2 pm but the guards there were much nicer than the first two, and it was also no problem to get in at 3 pm. We had to register us and pay the 30.000 clp p.p. though. The rest of the trek we were not asked to show the tickets. The park guardians tell you that there is no water crossing both passes and you have to carry it from the official camps, which is simply not true. There is only no water after Laguna Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the exit (following the RR) we had to register us again. From there we planned to hitchhike to Villa Cerro Castillo, but there were no cars passing by. In the afternoon/evening it's probably easier to get a ride, because lots of cars parked at the exit. We would recommend Option E to avoid the dull roadwalk to Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed at Camping El Rincon, which was only 4.000 clp p.p., with no electricity, but the owner washed our clothes after we asked and we received it dry the next morning :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*18 to 21 of January 2023 / Véronica / GPT32 RR SOBO / 3.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Villa Freí - Lago La Paloma - north part of Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo - Las Horquetas trail (south part of Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo) - Villa Cerro Castillo&lt;br /&gt;
First off I want to say that I think this section deserves a 5 on the Attractiveness Scale. It is simply mind-blowingly beautiful and definitely on par with other sections further north that have a 5 on this scale. I also think the Difficulty Rating should be upped to a 5 as well, due to the technical, and arguably dangerous at times, section in the northern part of the park on the Regular Route. Wish I had someone with me during this stretch, but oh well, such is life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was lucky and caught a hitch most of the way to Lago La Paloma on the first day. It was hot and I don't think the road walk has any water sources until you get to the end. I then followed the new RR which bypasses the problematic right-of-way settler in the Lago Monreal area. However, this new detour is not fun. It involves climbing over (or crawling through/under) multiple barbed wire fences. I lost count after the 5th or 6th one. Also, the path and cross-country area are full of thorny plants, they got everywhere on my pack and clothing. I think it would just be better to take Option 32-L and chat with the settler instead to try and get through. Once you reach RH-MR-V {32} [18.9+4.7], it's all good, easy walking until the camp at 23.6 km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I reccomend taking Option 32-A after the campsite instead of the CC straight through the cow pasture. It is wet and muddy, whereas 32-A remains dry and easy to follow in the forest at the edge of the meadow. I also strongly recommend taking the short detour to the mirador at the end of Option 32-B. The views there of the cliffs and mountains surrounding Lago La Paloma are incredible. You could even camp there if you brought sufficient water and the weather is calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now for the difficult part in the 8-km cross-country section. This section was physically, mentally, and emotionally demanding. The first pass is at S 45° 55.740', W 072° 04.501'. It is easy walking up past the treeline into the alpine up to this point. The first challenge is a steep and unstable scree traverse, which begins at S 45° 56.019', W 072° 04.567'. Follow the GPS tracks here. At first I tried to go lower, right along the treeline, which was a big mistake that got me stuck in a terrible gully of slippery hard-packed sand. Very treacherous and scary trying to traverse it on all fours. After that ordeal, I scrambled back up to the altitude of the GPS tracks. This first scree traverse lasts about a km, the rocks are loose and it is very steep. I was tense and went very slowly. Got harassed by tábanos the whole way, but at least the weather was good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then at S 45° 56.288', W 072° 05.184', you reach the end of the bad scree and end up in a deep gully with a vertical wall face on the other side. Figuring out how to get up that cliff was hard for me. I left my pack at the bottom and tried climbing up various different ways with no success, only tiring myself out and getting myself in precarious situations where I could barely climb back down. I finally figured out the best way was to try and get to the lowest grassy patch to the left of the vertical rock wall. The easiest way to reach that grassy patch was to go upstream a bit, then traverse on the hard slippery sand northward, instead of trying to climb vertically straight up to it. Once you reach the grass, you can use the traction and stability of vegetation to clamber up and out of the gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next big obstacle is at S 45° 56.320', W 072° 05.446'. Like others have written, this is the vertical rock wall that spans up and down the mountain and that you have to climb over. I scouted ways up without my pack at first, trying to find the easiest way. At least with this rock wall, the handholds and footholds are solid — no slippery gravel/sand/scree.  But it does require actual rock climbing moves. If you fall you would likely tumble down the mountain, so please be very careful. A light backpack makes it relatively safer and easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other side of this wall, you can finally see where the trees end, and the lovely river you are supposed to climb down to reach. But there is still more scree to traverse here, and it is slow and unstable again. I tried taking a shortcut down a shallow gully filled with grass. I figured it would be safer than the rocks, but it was very steep and got unexpectedly muddy at one point, and I ended up slipping and sliding down the mountainside about 10 meters before being able to stop myself. Didn't get seriously hurt, just bruised up, but it really shook me and just added to the stress and fear of this whole section. So I guess my advice here is to again follow the GPS tracks across the scree and go down gradually to the river instead of trying to go straight down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the riverbed, it is easy walking to the top of the pass, with occasional cairns (and some good swimming holes). Down the south side of the pass, there are still a couple scree sections, but not nearly as bad as before. Lots of boulders, so slow going, but at least they felt more solid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Martin Lizondo has written, finding the start of RH-MR-V {32} [34.1+1.7] is tricky. It is not a minor road, it is an old footpath. The cross-country section ends at a creek as it turns into a high and steep waterfall. You have to cross the creek and look up to find a faint, overgrown trail that goes up into the forest. Once you find it though, it is simple enough to follow. There is a stretch though of several hundred meters where it is more of a bushwhack than anything else, nature has taken over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I followed the regular route that cuts through the forest to Río Turbío, I assume this is to avoid the ranger station nearby. The &amp;quot;bushbashing&amp;quot; section is easy through a mature forest, and then you just follow the bouldery riverbank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you get to the popular Las Horquetas trail, everything is easy until the end of the section. Some snow at the top of the first pass (Paso Peñón), but very manageable. The views of the saw-toothed mountains, lakes, and glaciers are spectacular. Despite reports of the park being &amp;quot;overrun,&amp;quot; I only met a handful of other hikers in this trail, and most of them after Laguna Castillo. No rangers at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think the Regular Route in its current configuration avoids the blue payment tent at the end of the park trail, but I didn't know that when I passed through, and ended up just following the riverbank down to the minor road to be safe (and avoid paying the ridiculous 30,000 clp access fee). The road walk to Cerro Castillo was Easy and uneventful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*23/02/2023 - 25/02/2023 / RR SOBO / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at Lago La Paloma, taking the bus from Coyhaique to Villa Frei (leaves at 8:15,15:30,17:30&amp;amp;19:30 from monday to friday and at 8:00 and 14:00 on saturday (no bus on sunday)). Then we hitchiked to the lake without problem and we camped there. Ready to start in the morning the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - Campamento Rio Turbio - 26.5km - +1800m/-1200m A big day but we hadnt the choice : heavy rain was announced for the next day... Cross country is demanding, better follow the tracks all the way long. A great camp site if you want to split this day is at the end of Option B. No water, windy but incredible view. The waypoint camp before is nice too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - Campamento El Bosque - 10km - +800m/-800m The 2 camps sites on the GPT at47.8 and at 50.3 are now forbidden. The new campsite is approx at km 49, in the middle. There is guardaparques, but no need to show the permit for us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - Cerro Castillo - 11km - +800m/-1500m The pass after Cerro Castillo was closed due to the wind. If you want to go to the other side, you have to get down at the park entrance and to go up again at the other entrance. We just went to the town. The regular route going down from there, from the Cerro Castillo, is not the one on the GPT. Actually, it goes more on the west side. At the end, there is a guardaparque, we checked out (even though we didn’t checked in) but no need to pay. Fortunately. Luck was with us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 23/02/2023 - 25/02/2023 / RR NOBO / Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Lago La Paloma, right of way conflict on RH (32, km 17.5): Owner of the land (and nearby houses) is called Cesar, according to him, the right way is by the mud road (OH 32-L) and not on the trail, which passes some 20m next to his house. The reason why there was a conflict might have been caused by Cesar's relative who didn't like tourists walking on their land.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Trail has been changed 3 years ago because of right of way conflict between CONAF and private owners on the OH (32-E). The new official trail (with official park entrance) leads on OH (32-E) for the first 2km, then turns right and goes down towards Rio Ibáñez to RR (32, km 85), well marked by metal yellow triangles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We've walked all section 32 from Villa Frei to Villa Cerro Castillo. The part from Lago Paloma to Rio Turbio is very difficult and might be even dangerous (especially in bad weather). The CC travers on the stones (in our case with strong wind and snow) was the hardest part. The MR leading down to the valley is partially overgrown. The second part is well marked with good camping possibilities. After heavy rains on Sunday 25th, the park has been closed for more than a week. There are 2 alerts on the road (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Feb 17 RR 3 days SOBO Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walked from Villa Frei. After about 12KM there is a food truck next to the road. Owners live there so should open for you. The owner of the private land wasn't there so had no access issues. You can camp in a big meadow @ 1250 metres or in good weather at a pass @ about 1325 metres (not marked on track file) just before the difficult CC section begins. Followed Veronica's advice to get up the gully on grass which worked well, thanks Veronica. There is no need for any rock climbing on this route. After the gully there are two rock bands running perpendicular to the route. You can go below both of them &amp;amp; bypass them at treeline. The second bypass is not very obvious but stay at the treeline &amp;amp; you will get through easily. After the pass, descending scree you come to a waterfall. Go left into the forest immediately before the waterfall - you may see a small cairn marking the spot. Just footprints at first but pick up a small trail as you go in. Leaving the park the RR to the left goes through private land. The optional route straight down is now the main trail, it goes down to a checkpoint just before the road. Checkpoint is at a stile over a fence so can't be avoided. It is run as a private 'concession' from CONAF. The workers were friendly &amp;amp; didn't charge me anything. However next year the concession will be run by a different company so depends who is there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2022 Feb: 05-07, SoBo, RR, Kris&amp;amp;Stiina&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued into this section straight from the previous one - 31H and the start of it, about first 16km, is like the whole previous section - dirt road. We hiked about 5 of those 16km and hitched the rest which I think was possible quite easy because it was weekend and a lot of cars with families were going to the Lago La Paloma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interesting part started once we were at the gate after crossing the outflow of Lago Monreal. The big sign was posted there stating that this is not some Sendero de Chile and that passing through here is strictly forbidden. We saw a guy at the gate when we were approaching, but as it was lunch time for us we stayed at the stream. Afterwards the guy was gone and there was no phone signal to call the nr. that Martin Lizondo has provided. After considering options of different routes we decided to keep it cool and climbed over the gate with fingers crossed. There were houses a few hundred meters up the road, but nobody seemed to be at home at that point, perhaps working in the field somewhere in the back, so we walked through the forbidden land without anyone intercepting, luck was with us. A few more gates later we climbed up into the forest and finally the Cerro Castillo National park with a big old welcoming sign. We stayed at the first marked campsite at 22,7km, there is a stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next morning as we were having our breakfast about 30 cows showed up and were completely dazzled by our presence. They stared at us for about 15min until they finally relaxed a bit, but not fully. As we were packing our camp some sudden movement must have scared them and they all went running for their lives as if a Kraken himself was after them, silly cows, we thought. Once we were all packed and ready to go we crossed the stream into the next meadow, and saw all the cows about 200m to our left. I am not exactly sure how cows work, but as soon as they saw us they organized a gang and all of them started running right at us. We of course were standing our ground so the cows would stop just 5m from us and look all tough. I would try to scare them away by counter attack in the form of a shouting, hiking pole waving lunatic. It worked to some extent, as we could slowly walk out of it, but the cows kept persistently be really close and walk/run at us. I guess they were trying to protect their pasture, maybe someone can enlighten me about cow-dynamics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the great battle of 2022, we disappeared in the forest and enjoyed the nice forest path while it lasted. Once out of the three line the path disappeared so we more or less followed the GPS marking. Neither of our maps showed the mentioned old path descending down into the valley, it was actually matching with the GPS, more or less. Up to the first pass, which is not marked, but is at about 26,8km the cross country was easy and then as mentioned before it got pretty difficult. If it would just be steep scree slope it would be alright, but this one had hard packed sand under the scree or sometimes no scree on it so it was very slippery (in dry conditions). Lots of prayers went to the Gods of Friction which helped us with traversing the treacherous slopes, with plenty of chances to become a statistic. I don’t think that that traverse is possible in wet conditions, not without crampons. And as for every good cake there is always a cherry on top, which was a little rock climbing session, which I personally didn’t mind, but I am not sure other hikers would appreciate. After that we still had to descend a steep scree down to the river. If there is a potential trail or option to go down the valley after the pass and then follow the river bank up, I think it is definitely a better, faster and safer option, especially if weather is not favorable. And looking from above down the valley it seemed like a feasible option to follow the river as the river itself was easily crossable and we didn’t spot any cliffs there, maybe next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After reaching the river at the valley bottom the way up to the second pass was easy and straight forward, even though still “sin sendero”. The way down from the pass is steep and bouldery but not dangerous and after a short bit some first signs of an old trail can be noticed, some cairs appear. Then once the trail gets down to the tree line there are a few bushy places, but nothing too bad and the closer to the actual trail you get the better it becomes. We also somewhat followed the GPS track but stayed more in the forest rather than beach to avoid the ranger hut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once we made it to the Las Horquetas trail all our worries were behind us and we could enjoy the nice trail and magnificent views. I don’t think I have ever seen tree line ending almost at the edge of the glacier in Europe it was happening a century ago, pretty cool stuff. We camped at the “segundo camping” with many other hikers, none doing the GPT though. And an interesting thing we observed was that people would just drink straight from the silty glacier stream without filtering or treating their water at all. Observation was made of different groups of people at different campsites. Is that a Chilean thing? Very impressive gut, if they can do it, unless ignorance is a bliss or they knew something that we didn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, two more mountain passes and we were heading down to Villa Cerro Castillo, with crowds of day-hikers that had come up to the Mirador Cerro Castillo. From there we actually didn’t follow the GPS track but headed down straight to the town. The ticket office with the park official is actually around this area: (46º 6.7520' S, 72º 12.0032' W). And the trail leading there is the official trail. The one that seemed on the map like the official, was actually not in use, not sure why. The satellite view on Gaia and info on the maps is somehow outdated. We tried to sneak past the office to avoid all explaining we had to do, but it’s kind of strategically placed so it wasn’t possible and we ended up just talking to the girl that was making sure everyone is checking out of the park. We had to pay 18.000 pesos per person which is the ticket for foreigners that want to go up to the mirador. We didn’t spill the beans about camping in the park and our small backpacks kept the suspicion low, so in the end it all worked out pretty good. From there it is still almost 5km to the town on a very dusty road, but with all the day hikers leaving a hitch was not a problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The town is really nice with plenty of shops and accommodations options. The only thing we didn’t manage to find was the threaded gas canister, but we found a few half-empty ones left in the Nordic Patagonia mess tent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more stories of the trail, pictures, videos and in case you want to ask us anything you can find us on Instagram: @smallfootprint_bigadventures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Section 32, Option 7: Valle Balboa. Southbound. 11 days (including waiting out a snow storm). Party (3): Mum, Sis and I.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After walking Section 35 we emerged in Cochrane to a world changed by the virus. We retreated to the now unfriendly Chili Chico and caught the ferry across to Ibáñez in the morning. For my mum and sister, getting back to Santiago to catch a flight home had been the priority, but on the way they shifted more to the stance I was taking: what was the point? Get stuck in Australia, or here? Patagonia didn't seem all that bad, and apart from facemasks and hand sanitiser, there were no shortages like back home. By the time we reached Coyhaique we'd all decided to stay a week or so to hatch a plan. We met up with Aldo and camped in his backyard for almost a week. I helped build his house a bit, but time was mostly filled with playing chess, dice, cards and guitar. The atmosphere seemed to encourage a lethargic state, blurring the days together and bending time. Finally however, we packed and walked into the town centre to make a start on the interesting option #007 of Section 32 through Valle Balboa, (traversing roughly from Lago Desierto to Río Ibáñez). With the virus and public transport on hold, it seemed unlikely the bus to Villa Freí (that we took last time for the RR of Section 32) would be running. We asked a taxi driver for a quote to drive us out. We grabbed some more supplies, and then caught a taxi with a much friendlier driver to Lago Elizalde ($15k). The driver showed us a great public camping spot on the shore of the lake. There were many established camp sites back from [close to] the beach. It was such a nice spot that we decided to lay back and spend the afternoon and night there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning, we walked the road to Río Paloma, scoring a lift for 5ks or so. We camped by the river not far before the end of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning we walked the last bit of the public road to where it ends at the very rickety bridge over Río Mogote. There is a nice little camping spot here (-45.91100, -72.31823). Climbing over the locked gate, we walked the private road to the ford. We tossed up visiting Lago Desierto and the people living next to it, but with the virus decided against it. This meant we didn't actually have to cross the river, instead locating the old road to the south. (The track files follow the road, but it is no longer used by vehicles and it is actually easier to head back down the main road a couple of hundred metres to where a cattle trail exists (-45.91601, -72.30806)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following this distinct road for some time, it seemed to be used for horse riding tours as there were coloured signs like &amp;quot;Spanglish&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Toobooku&amp;quot; on the side. You will soon reach the gate included in the track files. Here there is also access to a bridge across Estero Balboa. It looks like you can then access trails most of the way up to Cerró Negro. This might be interesting if someone wants to explore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple hundred metres after the gate the old road ends and an obvious trail continues to a miskept farmhouse. Continue along the well defined trail that gets a bit scrubby/overgrown before entering the forest. The trail is then very well maintained although quite muddy in spots (I could see it being quite bad after rain). You will need to ford a tributary not marked in the track files (-45.95592, -72.35114). Shortly afterwards is a junction (-45.95654, -72.35216). The route up the side valley could be explored if someone wants - we went only a short way to a corral. The track will dip back down to the river where there is an established camp (-45.97039, -72.35461). Continuing up the valley, there are many more established camps - the best are generally in close proximity to the fords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you cross the estero is about here: (-45.98105, -72.36205). There is only one ford, not two as the track files indicate. At the next couple of fords, the actual track deviates slightly from the track files. If you follow the current track files, you will avoid crossing the river at all, but will end up bush bashing briefly. We crossed the next two fords, but by staying on the west side of the river they should also be easily avoidable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail exits the forest (-46.02116, -72.42538)(the camp marked in the track files here is a swamp - go further up the valley!) from where it is cross country walking, not actually a trail as indicated. We camped next to the puesto which incorporates some pieces of a crashed plane (we found another piece whist exploring, but not the actual crash site). The route up to the Laguna Campana is also open and straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We waited out a rainy day only to wake to a snow storm the next!... and the next!. We ended up waiting 4 nights experimenting with some different bread recipes whilst we waited out the inclement weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally a sunny day! Continue up the valley, CC walking past an old corral. At the Nacimiento del Estero Balboa you again briefly enter the trees. Like the previous marked camp, again this whole area was very swampy and I didn't see a suitable place to camp. The camp included in the track files is in the middle of a swamp! We picked up fragments of a track heading up through the trees, but I think it is very vague or overgrown. That said, we had nearly a foot of snow in places so we could have easily missed things! There is a very obvious section of track here : (-46.05648, -72.47298). You'll quickly exit the trees (-46.05923, -72.47005) and start a long CC section in the alpine. We found some sections of trail, but for us it was mostly cross country walking. Plenty of water options the whole way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you enter the forest after completing the alpine section (-46.08687, -72.43537), you will be bush bashing for a long time! There was no discernible track even when we criss-crossed over the track files searching for it (no snow here anymore). Approaching the deep gorge, I decided to lead us a different, less steep way. This worked well and we camped at a very nice spot by the stream at the bottom (-46.09414, -72.42582).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we were debating simply following the river down (I wish we had!). Instead, we headed straight up the other side of the gorge. We located part of an old track here (-46.09685, -72.42463) but quickly lost it as we passed through the saddle (I think maybe it continues north?). Rejoining the suggested investigation route (EXP-OP-TL-I@32-07-#003), there is a good stream (-46.10202, -72.42403) and some camping on its banks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After some horrible bush bashing, we finally made it to a ravine gashing steeply down the mountain (-46.10598, -72.41534). There were many drops and it was impossible to go directly down. We later found out that the only other party to do this part had a rope! I can't really recommend going down here [and my sister can't recommend it at all! - &amp;quot;This is shit!&amp;quot;] Again, I'd recommend taking the main valley. The climbs we did were much more difficult than those on the northern part of Section 32 RR that people complain about. Also, if doing this option, it would be much easier travelling north! You could also consult the settlers on a better route. We finally reached the bottom where it opens up after about ~6hrs!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continuing, if you do follow EXP-OP-TL-V@32-07A-#003, the track files indicate there is a trail, but it is not quite so. There are CC sections and a labyrinth of cattle trails. You will need to use them to your advantage where they exist, and leave them when they go the wrong way. We went this way for a little while, but then tried following a primary cattle track that seemed to be heading directly down to the river... but we got stopped by a swamp (-46.11623, -72.41080). Continuing along EXP-OP-TL-V@32-07A-#003, you will get CC walking from the woods (after a cliff) about here: (-46.11546, -72.42372) If we were there again we would follow EXP-OP-CC-A@32-07-#004 down past the settler to the river. It then looked easy to walk along the river north to the cable car.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cable car: Don't use this by yourself! Don't use it if you are only two! Use it with three people minimum! I can't stress this enough. There is a lot of fiction and the locals we talked to here don't even consider it safe. They used the boat which has its own steel cable allowing you to tack across with relative ease. You will get wet feet if using the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking the cable car, we only just made it across with one in the car and two hauling on the rope, and at one point it looked like my sister might get stranded on the far side (she had a nightmare that night!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Carretera Austral: We waited the entire day by the Carretera Austral. Finally catching a colectivo late in the afternoon. With the virus, it was hard/imposible to hitchhike. We paid an inflated price ($3kpp) for transport to Cerró Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-March-6 / Ty &amp;amp; America / 4.5 Days SOBO RR. Start @ El Blanco&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started in El Blanco, opting to hike by Lago Montreal, which was pretty nice. No traffic though, so if you’re wanting a hitch the regular start in Villa freí may be a better option. Settlers in Lago Montreal are super friendly. There’s a bit of water there as you pass by the lake. We camped there. I recommend going further to the marked camp though because the next day is a big challenge. RH-CC-A@32-25.2+7.9 Is the Cruz of the section. After this all good. I do not recommend doing this unless you’re very comfortable on your feet and have a lightweight pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-stick to the treeline/marked path on this. The traversing is tough, but completely doable. 2-3 km in is the gully with the very difficult climb. Keep the the grassy patch, getting to the base of it was the most dangerous part for us. Very slippery rock. I had America drop her pack. High risk, but I was MUCH more comfortable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-about a k after is the second dangerous area. This is a straight rock wall that spans all the way up&amp;amp; down the mountain. The only way through is to climb around. I checked below it and didn’t find a way through the trees. I took both Sanita &amp;amp; America’s packs through this section; as again, it’s very high risk..with an actual climbing move involved. Again, it’s important you’re very comfortable with your pack to get through these parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After these dangerous sections we were wiped out and camped in the valley before the pass. Lots of places to camp with good water. Be aware of slight rockfall risk. There’s an amazing place to camp with ideal conditions at the top of the pass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Going on, all smooth, both marked camps on the way up the second pass are actually closed...there’s an open camp right between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing places to camp up by Laguna Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We snuck around the riverbed once we saw the blue tent at the bottom (where you might have to pay) and got by with no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jan 2020 GPT32 South 7days / Felix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Coyhaique to Villa Freí: There is a bus from the bus terminal in Coyhaique to Villa Freí. From there it was a hot dusty road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Accessing the park : You have to pass through 4 private properties to enter the first sector of the park. We met some people. Had short friendly chats, but no problems with access. Just before you enter the park (where there are two trail options) there is easy access to the river via a cow trail. However water in general was no issue and I didn't carry water for the entire 7 days through the park.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The camp site used to be an official campsite before the sector was closed due to access problems. The dunny is in great shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Through the first sector : The trail is in great shape until after the mirador. You then cut upwards into the alpine which is also easy walking. After passing through a saddle, you contour around above the treeline. This is the most difficult part of the section. Quite a bit of step scree traversing. Not for everyone. Once you drop into the valley waking is again easier. There are some occasional cairns that become more and more frequent as you drop into the other valley. As you contour left an intermittent trail is evident. When you enter the lenga forest (-45.97321, -72.10278) there is a great trail down that turns into a road here : (-45.97886, -72.10358) (Jan: maybe you want to update the track files to reflect this?) Then is road walking to join the popular walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Popular sector of Cerró Castillo : There are some side trips not included in the track files. They're on the map you get. Note that the old Bosque site (-46.06197, -72.16016) and La Tetera (-46.07200, -72.18390) are now closed. You can not camp there. For most people this means camping at the new el Bosque : (-46.06418, -72.16964)(Jan : maybe you want to update the track files?) Get to Laguna Cerró Castillo before 12 to beat the walkers heading up for the day. But this shouldn't be an issue as you need to cross the pass early : an important thing we would have liked to know is that the pass (-46.08030, -72.21103) can be closed in the afternoon due to strong winds. There is literally a ranger there that can turn people around. Not much water over the pass either. And the poza cerca mirador doesn't look welcoming. Carry water here. In the next valley there were more rangers and we saw some people get checked for permits. It's a shame this park is now being comercialalised :(&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Getting back to Coyhaique : Not much traffic. The last bus heads back at 6pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ I'll try upload some map photos and a breakdown of the entrance fees when I get the photos off my camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheers, Felix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-18 and 19 / Regular Hiking Southbound /  Martin Lizondo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The starting minor road gets into the private propiety of Pedro Sangüesa (+56 9 9099 9083) at 45º 52' 15,55&amp;quot; S, 72º 2' 46,28&amp;quot; O.  He didn’t like people to pass through and denied that there was a trail, but it turned out to be a Conaf’s well signed area. He said in the future he will ask for money, but finally left me pass for no charge. I met other day hikers going to « El Mirador ». Snow was easy at the passes. The trail was in good conditions until the cross country. There are two spots which I consider dangerous, so I don’t recomend doing this section alone: 1) the gps tracks passes through a very vertical rocky (nearly climbing). I was scared and I can’t recommend doing it, except you asume this risk. I could see later in a map that the original route went all way down in the valley through lenga forest, but if there was a trail it’s invisible now. 2) When the cross country leaves the tree line and becomes a small trail into the lenga forest at 45º 58' 23,54&amp;quot; S, 72º 6' 10,02&amp;quot; O  (“minor road” starts later, despite the gps track info); it’s very stepy and unmaintained. I made a mistake and started to follow the stream all way down, but you have to look up and search the beginning of the hidden path. It’s very vertical and easy to fell down, because of recent land slides. Be extremely carefull. The rest of Cerro Castillo from Las Horquetas is well maintained, beautifull and enjoyable. Cons: Lots of people. When leaving at the Nezoelandes entrance, you’ll have to pass near to the payment cabin. I didn’ t have to pay, but it was because I spent only a short time in the park. The cost for foreigners is normaly CLP 29,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jan 2020 / RH Northbound / Matthieu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No technical difficulties in the park, just following the trail and enjoying the views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow the GPT northbound, leave the parc trail to go north. It is an &amp;quot;old sendero&amp;quot; in the forest, but well maintained and easy to follow during the beginning (it is marked on maps of the parc). In this direction, no problem to leave the forest in a safe spot, but southbound, looking behind, seemed hard to find the entrance of the forest and of the safe trail ! No technical difficulties until the first pass, rocky terrain like the rest of the park. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dangerous part is indeed between the 2 passes. You dont go in the valley in front of you but follow the altitude line until the pass that you see at the right side of the valley. Very steepy rolling stones path. I was a little bit afraid. I tried to be smarter than the tracks, trying more uphill... this was a dangerous mistake that took me long to repair and go back to the tracks. There are indeed two river crossing (no dangerous waterstream) but they  are circled by cliffs, so not easily crossable. &lt;br /&gt;
The track follow mostly the tree line (I.e the separations between the little trees and the stones)  So my recommendations : &lt;br /&gt;
- follow the gps tracks : they follow the tree line who is safer with a solid ground and grass. Sometimes you have to cross the stones, no choice, so go slowly, choose your paces wisely and it's doable. Try to aim for the grounds of grass in the middle, which are solid, or the stones with foam on them, which mostly didn't move for a while. For the rivercrossing, it aims a good spot with no need to climb down or up.&lt;br /&gt;
- choose a good weather day : for me it was sunny and no wind, so perfect day, and it was already mentally hard (not speaking of the horseflies getting you crazy during the hard moments !). I wouldn't try it with rain or big wind in this river of rolling stones. &lt;br /&gt;
- if you don't feel it, easy escape by the normal trail of the parc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I can assure that the prize for the effort, going northbound, is amazing !! But I won't spoil ! &lt;br /&gt;
After the second pass, no technical difficulties, you find a Conaf trail easily, and I even cross some tourists with a guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019-Nov-29/ Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe/ 3days / Northbound / Regular Hiking Route with OH-MR-V (Villa Cerro Castillo to Las Horquetas)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section follows the rather popular tourist Hiking route Las Horquetas for the first two days, meaning there will be less solitude but also rather well maintained trails. The national park and the region around Cerro Castillo was very impressive, we especially enjoyed to take all the side trails and visit the numerous beautiful glacier lagoons. The only unpleasant part of the hike was the organization of the national park. The exorbitant high entrance fees are in no relation to the other parks, which is due to a high ratio of private land in the area but makes the park rather unattractive for tourists. some rangers seemed poorly informed and couldn't give much information (e.g. insisted that passes were &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; and only after asking numerous times agreed to check with his colleagues that told that they are &amp;quot;open&amp;quot;). They also said it is not possible to hike the regular route of the GPT, because we have to check out of the NP at the checkpoint Las Horquetas. There is an optional hiking route continuing North from there. Due to bad weather coming up we ended up not finishing the northern stretch of the trail and just followed the entire Las Horquetas Route at the Carretera Austral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-29 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snow line is at around 1200 Meters but all passes are safely traversable.&lt;br /&gt;
The National Park Entrance Fee got raised to 29000 CLP per person for overnight hikes in season 19/20. The park generally seemed very poorly organized, we were told the passes are &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; at first, whereas they were easy and safe to traverse. The ranger insisted that we could not hike the normal route northbound but have to sign out of the park at the Las Horquetas checkpoint. In high season, the ranger station in the park is manned, so maybe it is possible so sign out there and head northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-12 / Eva Havlová&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is still lots of snow in the National Park. I arrived to Villa Cerro Castillo 3 days ago (Novembre 12, 2019) and planed to hike nortbound but rangers didn't let me go. I saw the pass they were talking about (avalanche risk) and I don't think any avalanche could occure, but the thuth is that there is lots of water runing down and the trail is like a stream. They said it might be possible to do it next week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019 Jan/ OIlrik / Northbound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ended up doing the normal Cerro Castillo hike as the weather was forecasting heavy rain and snow so we did not want to be on the pass. The regular trail is just gorgeous and the park is beautiful. The trail in the north is not on the new CONAF maps but is marked on the old ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sandy beach with a visible structure in the grass is the take-out for Lago Elizalde. After exiting, make your way through the farmland until encountering a gravel road that leads past the house at the top of the hill up to Ruta X-686.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruta X-686 is a lightly trafficked but well-formed gravel road that is fenced on either side. After crossing the Río Paloma, Ruta X-686 makes a sharp left and begins to climb. 4 km after the sharp left turn, cross a bridge to the left and climb to a wooden gate. If you descend the steep slope to the left of the gate, there is camping under some trees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wooden gate marks the beginning of a very long driveway to a house located near the lake. The route takes you along this driveway until a river crossing. After crossing the river, walk northeast along its shore towards the Río Paloma. After reaching the end of the fenceline near the Río Paloma, turn east and walk along the fenceline until reaching Lago Desierto. At the river outlet, there is a nice beach to put in to Lago Desierto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no camping along the shores of Lago Desierto. The take-out is a rocky beach at the base of a bluff. Walk up the bluff and cross country through the farmland to Lago Azul. At the east end of the farm, descend down a road to a rocky beach at the Lago Azul shoreline with a metal structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of potential camping options along the shoreline of Lago Azul. There are also several residences on the north shore. The take-out is a long rocky beach set before a well manicured forest. On the east end of the land near Lago La Paloma is an expensive looking house surrounded by several other buildings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a 4WD track to the west of the smaller red house located south of the big residence. Ascend the steep climb on a well-formed road that is criss-crossed with several smaller tracks labeled in english with wooden signs. Due to the steep slopes on either side of the cut out road, there is no camping here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually, the route turns off of the road onto an overgrown 4WD track. Camping off the track is still difficult because of prickly vegetation and steep terrain. This track ends 2.5 km from where the Regular Packrafting Route joins the Regular Hiking Route. From here, the route involves some bushwhacking and following a small trail as it winds in and out of existence. Just before joining with the Regular Hiking Route, the route widens into an old 4WD track that passes some destroyed structures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The routes join up at a large rock cairn and continues to follow a 4WD track until reaching a large wooden sign with a map of the Reserva Nacional Cerro Castillo. Here there is also a campsite and ranger station. There is a 5.000 CLP fee to enter the reserve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route from here is a popular track for backpackers with designated campsites. The trail is well-formed and winds through the forest. When the trail becomes less obvious, the way is shown with yellow markers. In this area there is a designated campsite with a latrine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At treeline, follow the cairns and rocks painted with white and red stripes through the scree up and over the first pass (approximate elevation 1.450 m). After the steep descent, reenter the trees. There is a campsite, Camping El Bosque, soon after reaching treeline (approximately elevation 940 m) with water and a latrine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail begins to wind up through the forest toward Laguna Castillo. The sights from Laguna Castillo, which is at the base of the pass, are stunning. There are two tracks that climb up to the pass. Make sure to take the path that climbs to the south instead of continuing southeast over the obvious saddle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The track down to Ruta X-720 is well formed, marked, and popular, but occasionally braided. Follow it until reaching the wooden stile with a rangers hut. From there join Ruta X-720, a dirt road which leads to Highway 7 and Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Town: Villa Cerro Castillo. Villa Cerro Castillo has several restaurants, small markets, and plenty of lodging options, including a popular backpacker camping destination on the east side of town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Buses to Villa Frei from Coyhaique bus terminal: Monday 7:30, 8:15, 15:30, 17:00, 19:30 Tuesday to Friday 8:15, 15:30, 17:30, 19:30 Saturday 08:00 and 14:00. No bus on Sunday. It takes about 30 minutes to get to Villa Frei &amp;amp; the bus generally turns around immediately &amp;amp; goes back to Coyhaique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023/ Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid right-of-way conflict, we followed Cristopher &amp;amp; Anna's advice (thanks guys!) and turned right after the first gate behind the beginning of the optional trail. From there you just need to follow MR, cross a few gates and you will end up on a fenced field with bee hives on one side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023/ Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Lago La Paloma, right of way conflict on RH (32, km 17.5): Owner of the land (and nearby houses) is called Cesar, according to him, the right way is by the mud road (OH 32-L) and not on the trail, which passes some 20m next to his house. The reason why there was a conflict might have been caused by Cesar's relative who didn't like tourists walking on their land.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Trail has been changed 3 years ago because of right of way conflict between CONAF and private owners on the OH (32-E). The new official trail (with official park entrance) leads on OH (32-E) for the first 2km, then turns right and goes down towards Rio Ibáñez to RR (32, km 85), well marked by metal yellow triangles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
The entrance closes at 2 pm but the guards there were much nicer than the first two, and it was also no problem to get in at 3 pm. We had to register us and pay the 30.000 clp p.p. though. The rest of the trek we were not asked to show the tickets. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Martin Lizondo&lt;br /&gt;
The starting minor road gets into the private propiety of Pedro Sangüesa (+56 9 9099 9083) at 45º 52' 15,55&amp;quot; S, 72º 2' 46,28&amp;quot; O. He didn’t like people to pass through and denied that there was a trail, but it turned out to be a Conaf’s well signed area. He said in the future he will ask for money, but finally left me pass for no charge.&lt;br /&gt;
(...)&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving at the Nezoelandes entrance, you’ll have to pass near to the payment cabin. I didn’ t have to pay, but it was because I spent only a short time in the park. The cost for foreigners is normaly CLP 29,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT32 - Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT33P_(Rio_Ibanez)&amp;diff=113207</id>
		<title>GPT33P (Rio Ibanez)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT33P_(Rio_Ibanez)&amp;diff=113207"/>
				<updated>2023-12-19T03:27:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-18 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
I think this section deserves definitely more emphasis! The landscape changes dramatically here after Section 32. The green forests are gone and give rise to an impressive red-brown canyon landscape with little oasis in between. On a good day the views back to cerro Castillo are just magnificent. Also the river speed was swift and you can easily make it in one day to Puerto Ibanez. The sandbanks can be avoided if you stick to the slightly more turquoise waters. I did not deflated the packraft at the portage and just carried it on my back. Keep care of the thorny Calafate bushes when you ascend the sandy dune at the beginning of the portage. The sand can be somehow wearisome here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walk out of Villa Cerro Castillo along a dirt road to the put-in for Río Ibañez located at a rocky beach. At the time of our hike, there was construction going on in this area so don’t be surprised if the put-in changes. The river is wide, slow moving, and at lower flows there are many sandbars hidden just below the surface that will beach even packrafts. After about 20.5 km, packrafters must take out to portage around a Class V+ waterfall at a sandy beach surrounded by steep gravel slopes. The portage is a short cross-country route through farmland which ends at a gate. Just past the gate is Highway X-735. The put-in for the second part of the Río Ibañez float is at a sandy beach. This section of the river to Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez is also very slow moving. Strong winds may make packrafting impractical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez is a small town with a few food options and a small grocery store. The docks for the ferry to Chile Chico across Lago General Carrera is located on the southeast edge of town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The Regular Route of GPT33H was developed for hiking and a packraft is neither needed nor recommended even if a packraft may be deployed in northbound and southbound direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most packrafters that travel southbound will probably opt for section GPT33P to float on the lower Rio Ibañez from Villa Cerro Castillo to Puerto Ingeniero Ibañez. This packrafting route has a water proportion of 80%. In comparison, on GPT33H the water proportion is in best case 20%. But this water proportion can only be archived on an exceptionally calm day when wind permits packrafting all the way from Puerto Avellano to Levicán along the shore of Lago General Carrera. On most summer days strong wind and resulting high waves will impede packrafting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But for packrafters that travel northbound GPT33H provides an interesting option. These packrafters might attempt to cross Lago General Carrera from Fachinal to Puerto Avellano either with a motorboat or by packraft, then hike the very attractive centerpiece of GPT33H past the Torres de Avellano and conclude this section by packrafting the final 21 km (Rio Sin Nombre, Laguna Verde and the upper Rio Ibañez) to finish in Villa Cerro Castillo. For more information to this option see the section description of GPT34P and the comment to the section combination GPT33H with GPT32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Combining GPT33H with GPT32&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If hiking GPT33H with a packraft northbound than the packraft can be inflated at the bridge over Rio Sin Nombre to paddle 2 km downstream on this river, cross the 1 km wide Laguna Verde on its western shore and continue to the upper Rio Ibañez to float down 18 km on the upper Rio Ibañez towards Villa Cerro Castillo. From the last recommended exit on the upper Rio Ibañez it is only a 3 km walk into Villa Cerro Castillo. This route combines GPT33H Option 3 with GPT33H Option 8 and GPT32 Option 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT33P - Río Ibañez]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT32_(Cerro_Castillo)&amp;diff=113206</id>
		<title>GPT32 (Cerro Castillo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT32_(Cerro_Castillo)&amp;diff=113206"/>
				<updated>2023-12-19T03:10:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-12 / 6 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Variant D + Variant F / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
An Uber from Cohayique to Villa Simpson is about 9.000 Peso. From there I easily found rides to Lago Elizalde. A older man told me that there was also a camino from Lago Elizalde to Lago Azul passing cerro sombrero a couple of years ago. I really liked the walking through the valley to lago desierto. It passes a beautiful farmland landscape sprinkled with little lush patches of forest and creeks. Camping is easy there. But if you want to speed up there are also cars from time to time and hitchhiking is possible. At is a little shack surrounded by some old tractors and a big mate cup installation. A farmer passing by car told me I am welcome to stay there. To reach lago desierto you have to climb a locked gate (well described by Kara Davis). I crossed lago desierto and camped at the isthmus between it at lago azul. There is a nice camp spot surrounded by old gooseberry bushes and an abandoned van. The central lodging building is collapsed so its seems to be an abandoned place now except the cattle. Next day I crossed lago azul. The wind increased dramatically forming up to 1 m waves. There are some emergency exits on the left even after the shore gets steeper after the settlers on the lefthand side. At the end of lago azul you reach a huge private hacienda on the isthmus, with a big park like forest and buildings within. I tried to sneak between the buildings but to reach the path to the mountains you finally have to pass a big meadow. There was a greenkeeper around and it was no problem for him to let me pass. The family was not around. The track to the mountains is steep and part of a big network of mountainbike trails. This network spans nearly the entire valley! I met six young chilenos who told me that they are working the summer to maintain the trails only for that family – I have never seen such a giant mountainbike network! Incredible how much effort and money must spend here only to satisfy a family’s hobby. They Chilenos were very friendly and even turned back to offer me a ride to the end of the valley as rain increased but I kept walking. This track is in really good conditions up to the bush bashing section. And here comes the problem: 1.) the bush bashing is wrong annotated. In reality it starts for 1.2 km at the end of the annotated section 2.) the track is mostly gone were it reaches the river bed. Landslides have washed away a big part. Don’t cross the landslide! It seems super instable! When you have forded the riverbed at the landslide don’t put on your shoes, yet. The following part has turned into swamp land. I suggest to make the entire 1.2 km in your fording footwear. After that the track to the las horquetas trail is mostly overgrown or blocked by trees but still visible. It was pretty hard for me as temperatures dropped to 4 °C and at this point it had not stopped raining for 48 hr. In bad weather that’s definitely no fun. The ranger hut was my salvation as it was abandoned but open and had a stove and even some firewood. The next day the weather was perfect and I continued towards cerro Castillo. There had been recent work around Camping Rio Turbio and the track is still in good condition. Paso Penón has heaps of snow and I found myself sinking to the hips from time to time. But in good weather it is ok. The views from the pass and the following valley even outcompeted the view from laguna castillo. After the paso penón the rest is fine. I used Variant F to descend. As mentioned before It now follows a different way in the end due right of way and you reach the street at approximately half way between villa cerro Castillo and the national park entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 05-Apr-2023 / Hiking / SOBO / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We really enjoyed this one. It's definitely worth waiting for good weather, not only for safe traverse of the steep part in the northern part of the park and following obstacles that are quite demanding but also for the views that were just incredible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from Villa Frei in the late afternoon, we made it on that day to the turn before Lago La Paloma, where we camped right behind a fence, before a little river, that you need to cross to follow the RR. There are 2 settlements, but still far enough, so no problem. You have to cross one fence and a gate on the way up. To avoid right-of-way conflict, we followed Cristopher &amp;amp; Anna's advice (thanks guys!) and turned right after the first gate behind the beginning of the optional trail. From there you just need to follow MR, cross a few gates and you will end up on a fenced field with bee hives on one side. Crossing them will take you directly to RR, so no bush-bashing is necessary. From there, the trail is pretty straightforward. We liked the view from Option B viewpoint and in good conditions it must be a perfect spot for camping, definitely doable in one day. The steep traverse didn't feel that dangerous for us, but we had really good conditions. The next obstacle, already described by others, is at the end of the traverse. We followed there a small ridge that will take you to the beginning of the grass parts. It's a little steep, but doable. From there we followed the grass parts, which create almost 'stairs' allowing you to climb up. It's again steep, but you can use your hands to pull yourself up, holding the grass patches. After that is the last challenging part, a rock that you need to climb over. We got there already after sunset and without an option to explore the best and safest way over, we decided to follow the old overgrown trail, that descends down without the need to climb over the rock. It seemed to be hard in the beginning, but after we got through the first few trees (without any leaves, just branches), we found a little strip without them, that takes you all the way down to the river, where we camped. It took us around 15 min to get down, so it might be a good alternative. From there you just need to walk through a little part of the forest and then continue by the river, so you are actually avoiding also the descent down, which some described as challenging as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the first marked pass and descent in rocky terrain, the CC part connects to an old trail, that later becomes a MR. The connection was easy to find by following the GPS. We had no problems passing around the rangers house, again by following the track files, at first through the forest and later around the river. From there the trail connects to the official way which makes navigation easy. We spent the night in the official campsite around 2 km before Laguna Carro Castillo, which is the only one open. There were 5-6 other tents, no ranger. The next day the weather got way way worse, which made us skip the last pass and go down from the laguna via one of the official routes. We met a ranger on the way up, pointing us to the official trail around yellow cairns, to sign off from the park. With no intention to pay on our way from the park, we actually followed some old trail (according to the old signs we met) that took us to the main road, right in front of the bridge. We had to cross one fence, but no other problem. It's a faster and safe way from the park.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*5 to 7 of February 2023 / Will / SOBO / 3 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section! I was worried about the tricky part, but sticking to the gpx track it didn't feel dangerous to me. Though I did have to leave the track to find easier ways around the cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There weren't any buses south out of Coyhaique on Sunday (except maybe early morning?). I ended up taking an Uber to villa frei, for a bearable 14000 pesos. The road walk was beautiful except for the wind trying to blow me into the cars. I caught a ride to Lago Monreal, from where I walked back up to variant L and then to the 23.6 campsite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn't have any right of way trouble, I just had to pass through a few unlocked gates with no people or buildings in sight. There were even a few groups of day hikers who passed by my camp on the way to the Lago Paloma mirador (variant B - must see!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also took variant D up to the glacier lake, worth it if it fits your schedule. I didn't have time to keep going up to the glacier itself, it looked like steeper rocky cross country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even in the touristy parts the trail was surprisingly slow and rocky. I ran into a few rangers, who look like normal hikers except with red and white baseball hats. They were ok with me not having a ticket once I explained my weird route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*15.02.23 -18.02.23 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher / SOBO&lt;br /&gt;
Coyhaique - Villa Cerro Castillo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hitchhiked from Coyhaique to Lago Paloma and started walking around 13:30 pm following the main path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail at the beginning is pretty good. At the junction with the option at km 17,5 you can walk further uphill along the fence for a couple of meters to enter the fence through a gate. This option is not in the gpx files. We decided to follow that to avoid the settlers after all.Then you can follow the dirtroad through two more gates until you reach a fence that you have to jump to the right to get to a meadow with beehives. There is another gate there and then you reach the main route again. In total we only had to jump two fences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then we followed the main route. Soon after we went through the gate of the National park Cerro Castillo and we (unfortunately) met two guardians of the park. After some back and forth they made us turn around, telling us that this path is closed and we have to enter the park via the main entrance and pay the 30.000 clp. So we had to take the option to las Horquetas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a few good km on a dirtroad, the path of option 1 gets bad. It seems like it hasn't been used for a long time. It was often hard to find and involved some bushbashing. It took us quite some time to get through there. Once you are at the river it gets much better. We forded the river next to the entrance to avoid the detour until Horquetas. The option was not very nice. Mostly just walking in the forest with BB so we would definetly recommend to try the main route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The entrance closes at 2 pm but the guards there were much nicer than the first two, and it was also no problem to get in at 3 pm. We had to register us and pay the 30.000 clp p.p. though. The rest of the trek we were not asked to show the tickets. The park guardians tell you that there is no water crossing both passes and you have to carry it from the official camps, which is simply not true. There is only no water after Laguna Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the exit (following the RR) we had to register us again. From there we planned to hitchhike to Villa Cerro Castillo, but there were no cars passing by. In the afternoon/evening it's probably easier to get a ride, because lots of cars parked at the exit. We would recommend Option E to avoid the dull roadwalk to Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed at Camping El Rincon, which was only 4.000 clp p.p., with no electricity, but the owner washed our clothes after we asked and we received it dry the next morning :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*18 to 21 of January 2023 / Véronica / GPT32 RR SOBO / 3.5 days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Villa Freí - Lago La Paloma - north part of Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo - Las Horquetas trail (south part of Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo) - Villa Cerro Castillo&lt;br /&gt;
First off I want to say that I think this section deserves a 5 on the Attractiveness Scale. It is simply mind-blowingly beautiful and definitely on par with other sections further north that have a 5 on this scale. I also think the Difficulty Rating should be upped to a 5 as well, due to the technical, and arguably dangerous at times, section in the northern part of the park on the Regular Route. Wish I had someone with me during this stretch, but oh well, such is life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was lucky and caught a hitch most of the way to Lago La Paloma on the first day. It was hot and I don't think the road walk has any water sources until you get to the end. I then followed the new RR which bypasses the problematic right-of-way settler in the Lago Monreal area. However, this new detour is not fun. It involves climbing over (or crawling through/under) multiple barbed wire fences. I lost count after the 5th or 6th one. Also, the path and cross-country area are full of thorny plants, they got everywhere on my pack and clothing. I think it would just be better to take Option 32-L and chat with the settler instead to try and get through. Once you reach RH-MR-V {32} [18.9+4.7], it's all good, easy walking until the camp at 23.6 km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I reccomend taking Option 32-A after the campsite instead of the CC straight through the cow pasture. It is wet and muddy, whereas 32-A remains dry and easy to follow in the forest at the edge of the meadow. I also strongly recommend taking the short detour to the mirador at the end of Option 32-B. The views there of the cliffs and mountains surrounding Lago La Paloma are incredible. You could even camp there if you brought sufficient water and the weather is calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now for the difficult part in the 8-km cross-country section. This section was physically, mentally, and emotionally demanding. The first pass is at S 45° 55.740', W 072° 04.501'. It is easy walking up past the treeline into the alpine up to this point. The first challenge is a steep and unstable scree traverse, which begins at S 45° 56.019', W 072° 04.567'. Follow the GPS tracks here. At first I tried to go lower, right along the treeline, which was a big mistake that got me stuck in a terrible gully of slippery hard-packed sand. Very treacherous and scary trying to traverse it on all fours. After that ordeal, I scrambled back up to the altitude of the GPS tracks. This first scree traverse lasts about a km, the rocks are loose and it is very steep. I was tense and went very slowly. Got harassed by tábanos the whole way, but at least the weather was good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then at S 45° 56.288', W 072° 05.184', you reach the end of the bad scree and end up in a deep gully with a vertical wall face on the other side. Figuring out how to get up that cliff was hard for me. I left my pack at the bottom and tried climbing up various different ways with no success, only tiring myself out and getting myself in precarious situations where I could barely climb back down. I finally figured out the best way was to try and get to the lowest grassy patch to the left of the vertical rock wall. The easiest way to reach that grassy patch was to go upstream a bit, then traverse on the hard slippery sand northward, instead of trying to climb vertically straight up to it. Once you reach the grass, you can use the traction and stability of vegetation to clamber up and out of the gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next big obstacle is at S 45° 56.320', W 072° 05.446'. Like others have written, this is the vertical rock wall that spans up and down the mountain and that you have to climb over. I scouted ways up without my pack at first, trying to find the easiest way. At least with this rock wall, the handholds and footholds are solid — no slippery gravel/sand/scree.  But it does require actual rock climbing moves. If you fall you would likely tumble down the mountain, so please be very careful. A light backpack makes it relatively safer and easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other side of this wall, you can finally see where the trees end, and the lovely river you are supposed to climb down to reach. But there is still more scree to traverse here, and it is slow and unstable again. I tried taking a shortcut down a shallow gully filled with grass. I figured it would be safer than the rocks, but it was very steep and got unexpectedly muddy at one point, and I ended up slipping and sliding down the mountainside about 10 meters before being able to stop myself. Didn't get seriously hurt, just bruised up, but it really shook me and just added to the stress and fear of this whole section. So I guess my advice here is to again follow the GPS tracks across the scree and go down gradually to the river instead of trying to go straight down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the riverbed, it is easy walking to the top of the pass, with occasional cairns (and some good swimming holes). Down the south side of the pass, there are still a couple scree sections, but not nearly as bad as before. Lots of boulders, so slow going, but at least they felt more solid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Martin Lizondo has written, finding the start of RH-MR-V {32} [34.1+1.7] is tricky. It is not a minor road, it is an old footpath. The cross-country section ends at a creek as it turns into a high and steep waterfall. You have to cross the creek and look up to find a faint, overgrown trail that goes up into the forest. Once you find it though, it is simple enough to follow. There is a stretch though of several hundred meters where it is more of a bushwhack than anything else, nature has taken over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I followed the regular route that cuts through the forest to Río Turbío, I assume this is to avoid the ranger station nearby. The &amp;quot;bushbashing&amp;quot; section is easy through a mature forest, and then you just follow the bouldery riverbank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you get to the popular Las Horquetas trail, everything is easy until the end of the section. Some snow at the top of the first pass (Paso Peñón), but very manageable. The views of the saw-toothed mountains, lakes, and glaciers are spectacular. Despite reports of the park being &amp;quot;overrun,&amp;quot; I only met a handful of other hikers in this trail, and most of them after Laguna Castillo. No rangers at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think the Regular Route in its current configuration avoids the blue payment tent at the end of the park trail, but I didn't know that when I passed through, and ended up just following the riverbank down to the minor road to be safe (and avoid paying the ridiculous 30,000 clp access fee). The road walk to Cerro Castillo was Easy and uneventful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*23/02/2023 - 25/02/2023 / RR SOBO / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at Lago La Paloma, taking the bus from Coyhaique to Villa Frei (leaves at 8:15,15:30,17:30&amp;amp;19:30 from monday to friday and at 8:00 and 14:00 on saturday (no bus on sunday)). Then we hitchiked to the lake without problem and we camped there. Ready to start in the morning the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - Campamento Rio Turbio - 26.5km - +1800m/-1200m A big day but we hadnt the choice : heavy rain was announced for the next day... Cross country is demanding, better follow the tracks all the way long. A great camp site if you want to split this day is at the end of Option B. No water, windy but incredible view. The waypoint camp before is nice too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - Campamento El Bosque - 10km - +800m/-800m The 2 camps sites on the GPT at47.8 and at 50.3 are now forbidden. The new campsite is approx at km 49, in the middle. There is guardaparques, but no need to show the permit for us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - Cerro Castillo - 11km - +800m/-1500m The pass after Cerro Castillo was closed due to the wind. If you want to go to the other side, you have to get down at the park entrance and to go up again at the other entrance. We just went to the town. The regular route going down from there, from the Cerro Castillo, is not the one on the GPT. Actually, it goes more on the west side. At the end, there is a guardaparque, we checked out (even though we didn’t checked in) but no need to pay. Fortunately. Luck was with us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 23/02/2023 - 25/02/2023 / RR NOBO / Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Lago La Paloma, right of way conflict on RH (32, km 17.5): Owner of the land (and nearby houses) is called Cesar, according to him, the right way is by the mud road (OH 32-L) and not on the trail, which passes some 20m next to his house. The reason why there was a conflict might have been caused by Cesar's relative who didn't like tourists walking on their land.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Trail has been changed 3 years ago because of right of way conflict between CONAF and private owners on the OH (32-E). The new official trail (with official park entrance) leads on OH (32-E) for the first 2km, then turns right and goes down towards Rio Ibáñez to RR (32, km 85), well marked by metal yellow triangles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We've walked all section 32 from Villa Frei to Villa Cerro Castillo. The part from Lago Paloma to Rio Turbio is very difficult and might be even dangerous (especially in bad weather). The CC travers on the stones (in our case with strong wind and snow) was the hardest part. The MR leading down to the valley is partially overgrown. The second part is well marked with good camping possibilities. After heavy rains on Sunday 25th, the park has been closed for more than a week. There are 2 alerts on the road (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Feb 17 RR 3 days SOBO Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walked from Villa Frei. After about 12KM there is a food truck next to the road. Owners live there so should open for you. The owner of the private land wasn't there so had no access issues. You can camp in a big meadow @ 1250 metres or in good weather at a pass @ about 1325 metres (not marked on track file) just before the difficult CC section begins. Followed Veronica's advice to get up the gully on grass which worked well, thanks Veronica. There is no need for any rock climbing on this route. After the gully there are two rock bands running perpendicular to the route. You can go below both of them &amp;amp; bypass them at treeline. The second bypass is not very obvious but stay at the treeline &amp;amp; you will get through easily. After the pass, descending scree you come to a waterfall. Go left into the forest immediately before the waterfall - you may see a small cairn marking the spot. Just footprints at first but pick up a small trail as you go in. Leaving the park the RR to the left goes through private land. The optional route straight down is now the main trail, it goes down to a checkpoint just before the road. Checkpoint is at a stile over a fence so can't be avoided. It is run as a private 'concession' from CONAF. The workers were friendly &amp;amp; didn't charge me anything. However next year the concession will be run by a different company so depends who is there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2022 Feb: 05-07, SoBo, RR, Kris&amp;amp;Stiina&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued into this section straight from the previous one - 31H and the start of it, about first 16km, is like the whole previous section - dirt road. We hiked about 5 of those 16km and hitched the rest which I think was possible quite easy because it was weekend and a lot of cars with families were going to the Lago La Paloma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interesting part started once we were at the gate after crossing the outflow of Lago Monreal. The big sign was posted there stating that this is not some Sendero de Chile and that passing through here is strictly forbidden. We saw a guy at the gate when we were approaching, but as it was lunch time for us we stayed at the stream. Afterwards the guy was gone and there was no phone signal to call the nr. that Martin Lizondo has provided. After considering options of different routes we decided to keep it cool and climbed over the gate with fingers crossed. There were houses a few hundred meters up the road, but nobody seemed to be at home at that point, perhaps working in the field somewhere in the back, so we walked through the forbidden land without anyone intercepting, luck was with us. A few more gates later we climbed up into the forest and finally the Cerro Castillo National park with a big old welcoming sign. We stayed at the first marked campsite at 22,7km, there is a stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next morning as we were having our breakfast about 30 cows showed up and were completely dazzled by our presence. They stared at us for about 15min until they finally relaxed a bit, but not fully. As we were packing our camp some sudden movement must have scared them and they all went running for their lives as if a Kraken himself was after them, silly cows, we thought. Once we were all packed and ready to go we crossed the stream into the next meadow, and saw all the cows about 200m to our left. I am not exactly sure how cows work, but as soon as they saw us they organized a gang and all of them started running right at us. We of course were standing our ground so the cows would stop just 5m from us and look all tough. I would try to scare them away by counter attack in the form of a shouting, hiking pole waving lunatic. It worked to some extent, as we could slowly walk out of it, but the cows kept persistently be really close and walk/run at us. I guess they were trying to protect their pasture, maybe someone can enlighten me about cow-dynamics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the great battle of 2022, we disappeared in the forest and enjoyed the nice forest path while it lasted. Once out of the three line the path disappeared so we more or less followed the GPS marking. Neither of our maps showed the mentioned old path descending down into the valley, it was actually matching with the GPS, more or less. Up to the first pass, which is not marked, but is at about 26,8km the cross country was easy and then as mentioned before it got pretty difficult. If it would just be steep scree slope it would be alright, but this one had hard packed sand under the scree or sometimes no scree on it so it was very slippery (in dry conditions). Lots of prayers went to the Gods of Friction which helped us with traversing the treacherous slopes, with plenty of chances to become a statistic. I don’t think that that traverse is possible in wet conditions, not without crampons. And as for every good cake there is always a cherry on top, which was a little rock climbing session, which I personally didn’t mind, but I am not sure other hikers would appreciate. After that we still had to descend a steep scree down to the river. If there is a potential trail or option to go down the valley after the pass and then follow the river bank up, I think it is definitely a better, faster and safer option, especially if weather is not favorable. And looking from above down the valley it seemed like a feasible option to follow the river as the river itself was easily crossable and we didn’t spot any cliffs there, maybe next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After reaching the river at the valley bottom the way up to the second pass was easy and straight forward, even though still “sin sendero”. The way down from the pass is steep and bouldery but not dangerous and after a short bit some first signs of an old trail can be noticed, some cairs appear. Then once the trail gets down to the tree line there are a few bushy places, but nothing too bad and the closer to the actual trail you get the better it becomes. We also somewhat followed the GPS track but stayed more in the forest rather than beach to avoid the ranger hut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once we made it to the Las Horquetas trail all our worries were behind us and we could enjoy the nice trail and magnificent views. I don’t think I have ever seen tree line ending almost at the edge of the glacier in Europe it was happening a century ago, pretty cool stuff. We camped at the “segundo camping” with many other hikers, none doing the GPT though. And an interesting thing we observed was that people would just drink straight from the silty glacier stream without filtering or treating their water at all. Observation was made of different groups of people at different campsites. Is that a Chilean thing? Very impressive gut, if they can do it, unless ignorance is a bliss or they knew something that we didn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, two more mountain passes and we were heading down to Villa Cerro Castillo, with crowds of day-hikers that had come up to the Mirador Cerro Castillo. From there we actually didn’t follow the GPS track but headed down straight to the town. The ticket office with the park official is actually around this area: (46º 6.7520' S, 72º 12.0032' W). And the trail leading there is the official trail. The one that seemed on the map like the official, was actually not in use, not sure why. The satellite view on Gaia and info on the maps is somehow outdated. We tried to sneak past the office to avoid all explaining we had to do, but it’s kind of strategically placed so it wasn’t possible and we ended up just talking to the girl that was making sure everyone is checking out of the park. We had to pay 18.000 pesos per person which is the ticket for foreigners that want to go up to the mirador. We didn’t spill the beans about camping in the park and our small backpacks kept the suspicion low, so in the end it all worked out pretty good. From there it is still almost 5km to the town on a very dusty road, but with all the day hikers leaving a hitch was not a problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The town is really nice with plenty of shops and accommodations options. The only thing we didn’t manage to find was the threaded gas canister, but we found a few half-empty ones left in the Nordic Patagonia mess tent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more stories of the trail, pictures, videos and in case you want to ask us anything you can find us on Instagram: @smallfootprint_bigadventures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Section 32, Option 7: Valle Balboa. Southbound. 11 days (including waiting out a snow storm). Party (3): Mum, Sis and I.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After walking Section 35 we emerged in Cochrane to a world changed by the virus. We retreated to the now unfriendly Chili Chico and caught the ferry across to Ibáñez in the morning. For my mum and sister, getting back to Santiago to catch a flight home had been the priority, but on the way they shifted more to the stance I was taking: what was the point? Get stuck in Australia, or here? Patagonia didn't seem all that bad, and apart from facemasks and hand sanitiser, there were no shortages like back home. By the time we reached Coyhaique we'd all decided to stay a week or so to hatch a plan. We met up with Aldo and camped in his backyard for almost a week. I helped build his house a bit, but time was mostly filled with playing chess, dice, cards and guitar. The atmosphere seemed to encourage a lethargic state, blurring the days together and bending time. Finally however, we packed and walked into the town centre to make a start on the interesting option #007 of Section 32 through Valle Balboa, (traversing roughly from Lago Desierto to Río Ibáñez). With the virus and public transport on hold, it seemed unlikely the bus to Villa Freí (that we took last time for the RR of Section 32) would be running. We asked a taxi driver for a quote to drive us out. We grabbed some more supplies, and then caught a taxi with a much friendlier driver to Lago Elizalde ($15k). The driver showed us a great public camping spot on the shore of the lake. There were many established camp sites back from [close to] the beach. It was such a nice spot that we decided to lay back and spend the afternoon and night there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning, we walked the road to Río Paloma, scoring a lift for 5ks or so. We camped by the river not far before the end of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the morning we walked the last bit of the public road to where it ends at the very rickety bridge over Río Mogote. There is a nice little camping spot here (-45.91100, -72.31823). Climbing over the locked gate, we walked the private road to the ford. We tossed up visiting Lago Desierto and the people living next to it, but with the virus decided against it. This meant we didn't actually have to cross the river, instead locating the old road to the south. (The track files follow the road, but it is no longer used by vehicles and it is actually easier to head back down the main road a couple of hundred metres to where a cattle trail exists (-45.91601, -72.30806)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following this distinct road for some time, it seemed to be used for horse riding tours as there were coloured signs like &amp;quot;Spanglish&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Toobooku&amp;quot; on the side. You will soon reach the gate included in the track files. Here there is also access to a bridge across Estero Balboa. It looks like you can then access trails most of the way up to Cerró Negro. This might be interesting if someone wants to explore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple hundred metres after the gate the old road ends and an obvious trail continues to a miskept farmhouse. Continue along the well defined trail that gets a bit scrubby/overgrown before entering the forest. The trail is then very well maintained although quite muddy in spots (I could see it being quite bad after rain). You will need to ford a tributary not marked in the track files (-45.95592, -72.35114). Shortly afterwards is a junction (-45.95654, -72.35216). The route up the side valley could be explored if someone wants - we went only a short way to a corral. The track will dip back down to the river where there is an established camp (-45.97039, -72.35461). Continuing up the valley, there are many more established camps - the best are generally in close proximity to the fords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you cross the estero is about here: (-45.98105, -72.36205). There is only one ford, not two as the track files indicate. At the next couple of fords, the actual track deviates slightly from the track files. If you follow the current track files, you will avoid crossing the river at all, but will end up bush bashing briefly. We crossed the next two fords, but by staying on the west side of the river they should also be easily avoidable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail exits the forest (-46.02116, -72.42538)(the camp marked in the track files here is a swamp - go further up the valley!) from where it is cross country walking, not actually a trail as indicated. We camped next to the puesto which incorporates some pieces of a crashed plane (we found another piece whist exploring, but not the actual crash site). The route up to the Laguna Campana is also open and straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We waited out a rainy day only to wake to a snow storm the next!... and the next!. We ended up waiting 4 nights experimenting with some different bread recipes whilst we waited out the inclement weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally a sunny day! Continue up the valley, CC walking past an old corral. At the Nacimiento del Estero Balboa you again briefly enter the trees. Like the previous marked camp, again this whole area was very swampy and I didn't see a suitable place to camp. The camp included in the track files is in the middle of a swamp! We picked up fragments of a track heading up through the trees, but I think it is very vague or overgrown. That said, we had nearly a foot of snow in places so we could have easily missed things! There is a very obvious section of track here : (-46.05648, -72.47298). You'll quickly exit the trees (-46.05923, -72.47005) and start a long CC section in the alpine. We found some sections of trail, but for us it was mostly cross country walking. Plenty of water options the whole way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you enter the forest after completing the alpine section (-46.08687, -72.43537), you will be bush bashing for a long time! There was no discernible track even when we criss-crossed over the track files searching for it (no snow here anymore). Approaching the deep gorge, I decided to lead us a different, less steep way. This worked well and we camped at a very nice spot by the stream at the bottom (-46.09414, -72.42582).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we were debating simply following the river down (I wish we had!). Instead, we headed straight up the other side of the gorge. We located part of an old track here (-46.09685, -72.42463) but quickly lost it as we passed through the saddle (I think maybe it continues north?). Rejoining the suggested investigation route (EXP-OP-TL-I@32-07-#003), there is a good stream (-46.10202, -72.42403) and some camping on its banks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After some horrible bush bashing, we finally made it to a ravine gashing steeply down the mountain (-46.10598, -72.41534). There were many drops and it was impossible to go directly down. We later found out that the only other party to do this part had a rope! I can't really recommend going down here [and my sister can't recommend it at all! - &amp;quot;This is shit!&amp;quot;] Again, I'd recommend taking the main valley. The climbs we did were much more difficult than those on the northern part of Section 32 RR that people complain about. Also, if doing this option, it would be much easier travelling north! You could also consult the settlers on a better route. We finally reached the bottom where it opens up after about ~6hrs!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continuing, if you do follow EXP-OP-TL-V@32-07A-#003, the track files indicate there is a trail, but it is not quite so. There are CC sections and a labyrinth of cattle trails. You will need to use them to your advantage where they exist, and leave them when they go the wrong way. We went this way for a little while, but then tried following a primary cattle track that seemed to be heading directly down to the river... but we got stopped by a swamp (-46.11623, -72.41080). Continuing along EXP-OP-TL-V@32-07A-#003, you will get CC walking from the woods (after a cliff) about here: (-46.11546, -72.42372) If we were there again we would follow EXP-OP-CC-A@32-07-#004 down past the settler to the river. It then looked easy to walk along the river north to the cable car.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cable car: Don't use this by yourself! Don't use it if you are only two! Use it with three people minimum! I can't stress this enough. There is a lot of fiction and the locals we talked to here don't even consider it safe. They used the boat which has its own steel cable allowing you to tack across with relative ease. You will get wet feet if using the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking the cable car, we only just made it across with one in the car and two hauling on the rope, and at one point it looked like my sister might get stranded on the far side (she had a nightmare that night!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Carretera Austral: We waited the entire day by the Carretera Austral. Finally catching a colectivo late in the afternoon. With the virus, it was hard/imposible to hitchhike. We paid an inflated price ($3kpp) for transport to Cerró Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-March-6 / Ty &amp;amp; America / 4.5 Days SOBO RR. Start @ El Blanco&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started in El Blanco, opting to hike by Lago Montreal, which was pretty nice. No traffic though, so if you’re wanting a hitch the regular start in Villa freí may be a better option. Settlers in Lago Montreal are super friendly. There’s a bit of water there as you pass by the lake. We camped there. I recommend going further to the marked camp though because the next day is a big challenge. RH-CC-A@32-25.2+7.9 Is the Cruz of the section. After this all good. I do not recommend doing this unless you’re very comfortable on your feet and have a lightweight pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-stick to the treeline/marked path on this. The traversing is tough, but completely doable. 2-3 km in is the gully with the very difficult climb. Keep the the grassy patch, getting to the base of it was the most dangerous part for us. Very slippery rock. I had America drop her pack. High risk, but I was MUCH more comfortable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-about a k after is the second dangerous area. This is a straight rock wall that spans all the way up&amp;amp; down the mountain. The only way through is to climb around. I checked below it and didn’t find a way through the trees. I took both Sanita &amp;amp; America’s packs through this section; as again, it’s very high risk..with an actual climbing move involved. Again, it’s important you’re very comfortable with your pack to get through these parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After these dangerous sections we were wiped out and camped in the valley before the pass. Lots of places to camp with good water. Be aware of slight rockfall risk. There’s an amazing place to camp with ideal conditions at the top of the pass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Going on, all smooth, both marked camps on the way up the second pass are actually closed...there’s an open camp right between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing places to camp up by Laguna Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We snuck around the riverbed once we saw the blue tent at the bottom (where you might have to pay) and got by with no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jan 2020 GPT32 South 7days / Felix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Coyhaique to Villa Freí: There is a bus from the bus terminal in Coyhaique to Villa Freí. From there it was a hot dusty road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Accessing the park : You have to pass through 4 private properties to enter the first sector of the park. We met some people. Had short friendly chats, but no problems with access. Just before you enter the park (where there are two trail options) there is easy access to the river via a cow trail. However water in general was no issue and I didn't carry water for the entire 7 days through the park.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The camp site used to be an official campsite before the sector was closed due to access problems. The dunny is in great shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Through the first sector : The trail is in great shape until after the mirador. You then cut upwards into the alpine which is also easy walking. After passing through a saddle, you contour around above the treeline. This is the most difficult part of the section. Quite a bit of step scree traversing. Not for everyone. Once you drop into the valley waking is again easier. There are some occasional cairns that become more and more frequent as you drop into the other valley. As you contour left an intermittent trail is evident. When you enter the lenga forest (-45.97321, -72.10278) there is a great trail down that turns into a road here : (-45.97886, -72.10358) (Jan: maybe you want to update the track files to reflect this?) Then is road walking to join the popular walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Popular sector of Cerró Castillo : There are some side trips not included in the track files. They're on the map you get. Note that the old Bosque site (-46.06197, -72.16016) and La Tetera (-46.07200, -72.18390) are now closed. You can not camp there. For most people this means camping at the new el Bosque : (-46.06418, -72.16964)(Jan : maybe you want to update the track files?) Get to Laguna Cerró Castillo before 12 to beat the walkers heading up for the day. But this shouldn't be an issue as you need to cross the pass early : an important thing we would have liked to know is that the pass (-46.08030, -72.21103) can be closed in the afternoon due to strong winds. There is literally a ranger there that can turn people around. Not much water over the pass either. And the poza cerca mirador doesn't look welcoming. Carry water here. In the next valley there were more rangers and we saw some people get checked for permits. It's a shame this park is now being comercialalised :(&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ Getting back to Coyhaique : Not much traffic. The last bus heads back at 6pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_____________________ I'll try upload some map photos and a breakdown of the entrance fees when I get the photos off my camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheers, Felix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Jan-18 and 19 / Regular Hiking Southbound /  Martin Lizondo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The starting minor road gets into the private propiety of Pedro Sangüesa (+56 9 9099 9083) at 45º 52' 15,55&amp;quot; S, 72º 2' 46,28&amp;quot; O.  He didn’t like people to pass through and denied that there was a trail, but it turned out to be a Conaf’s well signed area. He said in the future he will ask for money, but finally left me pass for no charge. I met other day hikers going to « El Mirador ». Snow was easy at the passes. The trail was in good conditions until the cross country. There are two spots which I consider dangerous, so I don’t recomend doing this section alone: 1) the gps tracks passes through a very vertical rocky (nearly climbing). I was scared and I can’t recommend doing it, except you asume this risk. I could see later in a map that the original route went all way down in the valley through lenga forest, but if there was a trail it’s invisible now. 2) When the cross country leaves the tree line and becomes a small trail into the lenga forest at 45º 58' 23,54&amp;quot; S, 72º 6' 10,02&amp;quot; O  (“minor road” starts later, despite the gps track info); it’s very stepy and unmaintained. I made a mistake and started to follow the stream all way down, but you have to look up and search the beginning of the hidden path. It’s very vertical and easy to fell down, because of recent land slides. Be extremely carefull. The rest of Cerro Castillo from Las Horquetas is well maintained, beautifull and enjoyable. Cons: Lots of people. When leaving at the Nezoelandes entrance, you’ll have to pass near to the payment cabin. I didn’ t have to pay, but it was because I spent only a short time in the park. The cost for foreigners is normaly CLP 29,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jan 2020 / RH Northbound / Matthieu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No technical difficulties in the park, just following the trail and enjoying the views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow the GPT northbound, leave the parc trail to go north. It is an &amp;quot;old sendero&amp;quot; in the forest, but well maintained and easy to follow during the beginning (it is marked on maps of the parc). In this direction, no problem to leave the forest in a safe spot, but southbound, looking behind, seemed hard to find the entrance of the forest and of the safe trail ! No technical difficulties until the first pass, rocky terrain like the rest of the park. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dangerous part is indeed between the 2 passes. You dont go in the valley in front of you but follow the altitude line until the pass that you see at the right side of the valley. Very steepy rolling stones path. I was a little bit afraid. I tried to be smarter than the tracks, trying more uphill... this was a dangerous mistake that took me long to repair and go back to the tracks. There are indeed two river crossing (no dangerous waterstream) but they  are circled by cliffs, so not easily crossable. &lt;br /&gt;
The track follow mostly the tree line (I.e the separations between the little trees and the stones)  So my recommendations : &lt;br /&gt;
- follow the gps tracks : they follow the tree line who is safer with a solid ground and grass. Sometimes you have to cross the stones, no choice, so go slowly, choose your paces wisely and it's doable. Try to aim for the grounds of grass in the middle, which are solid, or the stones with foam on them, which mostly didn't move for a while. For the rivercrossing, it aims a good spot with no need to climb down or up.&lt;br /&gt;
- choose a good weather day : for me it was sunny and no wind, so perfect day, and it was already mentally hard (not speaking of the horseflies getting you crazy during the hard moments !). I wouldn't try it with rain or big wind in this river of rolling stones. &lt;br /&gt;
- if you don't feel it, easy escape by the normal trail of the parc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I can assure that the prize for the effort, going northbound, is amazing !! But I won't spoil ! &lt;br /&gt;
After the second pass, no technical difficulties, you find a Conaf trail easily, and I even cross some tourists with a guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019-Nov-29/ Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe/ 3days / Northbound / Regular Hiking Route with OH-MR-V (Villa Cerro Castillo to Las Horquetas)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section follows the rather popular tourist Hiking route Las Horquetas for the first two days, meaning there will be less solitude but also rather well maintained trails. The national park and the region around Cerro Castillo was very impressive, we especially enjoyed to take all the side trails and visit the numerous beautiful glacier lagoons. The only unpleasant part of the hike was the organization of the national park. The exorbitant high entrance fees are in no relation to the other parks, which is due to a high ratio of private land in the area but makes the park rather unattractive for tourists. some rangers seemed poorly informed and couldn't give much information (e.g. insisted that passes were &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; and only after asking numerous times agreed to check with his colleagues that told that they are &amp;quot;open&amp;quot;). They also said it is not possible to hike the regular route of the GPT, because we have to check out of the NP at the checkpoint Las Horquetas. There is an optional hiking route continuing North from there. Due to bad weather coming up we ended up not finishing the northern stretch of the trail and just followed the entire Las Horquetas Route at the Carretera Austral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-29 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snow line is at around 1200 Meters but all passes are safely traversable.&lt;br /&gt;
The National Park Entrance Fee got raised to 29000 CLP per person for overnight hikes in season 19/20. The park generally seemed very poorly organized, we were told the passes are &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; at first, whereas they were easy and safe to traverse. The ranger insisted that we could not hike the normal route northbound but have to sign out of the park at the Las Horquetas checkpoint. In high season, the ranger station in the park is manned, so maybe it is possible so sign out there and head northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Nov-12 / Eva Havlová&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is still lots of snow in the National Park. I arrived to Villa Cerro Castillo 3 days ago (Novembre 12, 2019) and planed to hike nortbound but rangers didn't let me go. I saw the pass they were talking about (avalanche risk) and I don't think any avalanche could occure, but the thuth is that there is lots of water runing down and the trail is like a stream. They said it might be possible to do it next week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019 Jan/ OIlrik / Northbound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ended up doing the normal Cerro Castillo hike as the weather was forecasting heavy rain and snow so we did not want to be on the pass. The regular trail is just gorgeous and the park is beautiful. The trail in the north is not on the new CONAF maps but is marked on the old ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sandy beach with a visible structure in the grass is the take-out for Lago Elizalde. After exiting, make your way through the farmland until encountering a gravel road that leads past the house at the top of the hill up to Ruta X-686.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruta X-686 is a lightly trafficked but well-formed gravel road that is fenced on either side. After crossing the Río Paloma, Ruta X-686 makes a sharp left and begins to climb. 4 km after the sharp left turn, cross a bridge to the left and climb to a wooden gate. If you descend the steep slope to the left of the gate, there is camping under some trees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wooden gate marks the beginning of a very long driveway to a house located near the lake. The route takes you along this driveway until a river crossing. After crossing the river, walk northeast along its shore towards the Río Paloma. After reaching the end of the fenceline near the Río Paloma, turn east and walk along the fenceline until reaching Lago Desierto. At the river outlet, there is a nice beach to put in to Lago Desierto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no camping along the shores of Lago Desierto. The take-out is a rocky beach at the base of a bluff. Walk up the bluff and cross country through the farmland to Lago Azul. At the east end of the farm, descend down a road to a rocky beach at the Lago Azul shoreline with a metal structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of potential camping options along the shoreline of Lago Azul. There are also several residences on the north shore. The take-out is a long rocky beach set before a well manicured forest. On the east end of the land near Lago La Paloma is an expensive looking house surrounded by several other buildings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a 4WD track to the west of the smaller red house located south of the big residence. Ascend the steep climb on a well-formed road that is criss-crossed with several smaller tracks labeled in english with wooden signs. Due to the steep slopes on either side of the cut out road, there is no camping here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually, the route turns off of the road onto an overgrown 4WD track. Camping off the track is still difficult because of prickly vegetation and steep terrain. This track ends 2.5 km from where the Regular Packrafting Route joins the Regular Hiking Route. From here, the route involves some bushwhacking and following a small trail as it winds in and out of existence. Just before joining with the Regular Hiking Route, the route widens into an old 4WD track that passes some destroyed structures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The routes join up at a large rock cairn and continues to follow a 4WD track until reaching a large wooden sign with a map of the Reserva Nacional Cerro Castillo. Here there is also a campsite and ranger station. There is a 5.000 CLP fee to enter the reserve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route from here is a popular track for backpackers with designated campsites. The trail is well-formed and winds through the forest. When the trail becomes less obvious, the way is shown with yellow markers. In this area there is a designated campsite with a latrine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At treeline, follow the cairns and rocks painted with white and red stripes through the scree up and over the first pass (approximate elevation 1.450 m). After the steep descent, reenter the trees. There is a campsite, Camping El Bosque, soon after reaching treeline (approximately elevation 940 m) with water and a latrine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail begins to wind up through the forest toward Laguna Castillo. The sights from Laguna Castillo, which is at the base of the pass, are stunning. There are two tracks that climb up to the pass. Make sure to take the path that climbs to the south instead of continuing southeast over the obvious saddle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The track down to Ruta X-720 is well formed, marked, and popular, but occasionally braided. Follow it until reaching the wooden stile with a rangers hut. From there join Ruta X-720, a dirt road which leads to Highway 7 and Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Town: Villa Cerro Castillo. Villa Cerro Castillo has several restaurants, small markets, and plenty of lodging options, including a popular backpacker camping destination on the east side of town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Buses to Villa Frei from Coyhaique bus terminal: Monday 7:30, 8:15, 15:30, 17:00, 19:30 Tuesday to Friday 8:15, 15:30, 17:30, 19:30 Saturday 08:00 and 14:00. No bus on Sunday. It takes about 30 minutes to get to Villa Frei &amp;amp; the bus generally turns around immediately &amp;amp; goes back to Coyhaique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023/ Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid right-of-way conflict, we followed Cristopher &amp;amp; Anna's advice (thanks guys!) and turned right after the first gate behind the beginning of the optional trail. From there you just need to follow MR, cross a few gates and you will end up on a fenced field with bee hives on one side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023/ Jakub+Veronika:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Lago La Paloma, right of way conflict on RH (32, km 17.5): Owner of the land (and nearby houses) is called Cesar, according to him, the right way is by the mud road (OH 32-L) and not on the trail, which passes some 20m next to his house. The reason why there was a conflict might have been caused by Cesar's relative who didn't like tourists walking on their land.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Trail has been changed 3 years ago because of right of way conflict between CONAF and private owners on the OH (32-E). The new official trail (with official park entrance) leads on OH (32-E) for the first 2km, then turns right and goes down towards Rio Ibáñez to RR (32, km 85), well marked by metal yellow triangles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
The entrance closes at 2 pm but the guards there were much nicer than the first two, and it was also no problem to get in at 3 pm. We had to register us and pay the 30.000 clp p.p. though. The rest of the trek we were not asked to show the tickets. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Martin Lizondo&lt;br /&gt;
The starting minor road gets into the private propiety of Pedro Sangüesa (+56 9 9099 9083) at 45º 52' 15,55&amp;quot; S, 72º 2' 46,28&amp;quot; O. He didn’t like people to pass through and denied that there was a trail, but it turned out to be a Conaf’s well signed area. He said in the future he will ask for money, but finally left me pass for no charge.&lt;br /&gt;
(...)&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving at the Nezoelandes entrance, you’ll have to pass near to the payment cabin. I didn’ t have to pay, but it was because I spent only a short time in the park. The cost for foreigners is normaly CLP 29,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT32 - Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT28P_(Bajo_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=112971</id>
		<title>GPT28P (Bajo Rio Palena)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT28P_(Bajo_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=112971"/>
				<updated>2023-12-11T16:15:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-06 / 2.5 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR + Variant G / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
Most has been said in previous posts. The river is easy but headwinds can be annoying from time to times. Termas are a must see. In fiordo pitipalena I was surprised by a dolphin just 2 m in front of me. They are quite currios there. The ferry in the direction of Puerto Chacabuco leaves Thursday and Sunday at 8.50 AM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Recommendations: The section is best paddled between January and May. The primary danger would be a high and fast river, most common early in the season or after heavy rain. The river can only be paddled westwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paddling portion of this section on Rio Palena is 78km and takes about 1.5-2 days to complete. Together with GPT27P, the two sections are 180km in total and take around 4 days. The ferry journey from Raul Marin Balmaceda takes an additional eleven hours, but only runs twice a week (Thursdays and Sundays). The section is stunning, interesting, unpopulated and fun. This section feels even more remote than 27P, although the river here becomes calmer. The mountains and farmland of 27P give way to hills and woodland. It is quite easy to not see another person until within a few kms of the section’s end. Combined with 27P, paddling one river down from the mountains out to the Pacific is a wonderful experience. A very attractive section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ferry ride from Raul Marin Balmaceda to Puerto Cisnes is spectacular. It threads along the coastline passing mountains, islands and fiords. Very beautiful indeed, and an opportunity to scout out future packrafting options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Section 28P is easier than 27P, Bajo Río Palena may not be suitable for beginners. There are a number of rapids, countless tree and rock obstacles, and occasional strong currents and whirlpools. At times of high river levels, the river will not only be faster, but there will be fewer places to get out or scout. There are many more rapids than indicated in the track file. That said, the rapids are generally not above Class 2, plus, the many obstacles in the river are avoidable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the river widens and calms, the challenges become occasional strong head winds and potentially adverse tides. These can slow progress significantly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2021-Feb-05 to 2021-Feb-08 / GPT28P Option 5: Packrafting Seno Gala (and Ferry from Puerto Chacabuco to Quellon) / Northbound Packrafting / Masha Ovchinnikova , Mikhail Bogdanov , Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González and Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two years ago we rushed by packraft in about 4 hours through Seno Gala to paddle from Santo Domingo via Villa Melimoyu, Canal Jacaf and Canal Puyuhuapi to Puerto Cisnes (GPT28P Option 6 and 7). This left no time to investigate the lateral arms of this scenic fjord. Therefore we decided to return now and to utilize three days with optimal weather to enter the three lateral arms of Seno Gala.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To share this experience we invited Masha and Misha to join us on this packrafting exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navieraustral operates the ferry “Queulat” that travels twice per week the fjords between Quellon and Puerto Chacabuco (and back) and that stops at all the villages and settlements en route. This ferry greatly facilitates access to several remote fjords that are suitable for packrafting due to their generally wind sheltered location and orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we approached by ferry Isla Gala in the Canal Jacaf at 04:00 am in the morning the wind prediction and the actual wind condition were both perfect to cross the rather open Canal Jacaf to enter Seno Gala from the south. Therefore we opted to leave the ferry at Puerto Gala to start the investigation from Isla Gala and not from Melimoyu (“Plan B”). Starting in Melimoyu from the north would have provided a better wind protection in suboptimal weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Puerto Gala to Isla Rudy, Isla Fabregas and Punta Marquez (Canal Jacaf): In this more open part wind, waves and tidal flow are typically stronger than within Seno Gala. But thanks to the optimal weather we had no wind and waves and during falling tide we had a 1 to 2 km/h northbound tidal flow while passing east of Isla Chita (2 to 3 hours after high tide, apparently the water leaving Canal Jacaf is redirected by these islands). I’m now left with the impression that tidal flows in the vicinity of Isla Gala are normally manageable by packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Punta Marquez to Punta Wieghardt and Isla Jewet: During falling tide about 3 to 4 hours after high tide the tidal flow was approximately 1 km/h southbound (outbound from fjord as expected during falling tide).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Estero del Medio and Rio del Medio (GPT28P Option 5D): During low tide we paddled and pulled our packrafts about 650 m upstream. After a rather try period the river was slow enough to paddle partially upstream. Packrafters with the appetite to explore an rarely visited lake may paddle and pull the packraft 4 km upstream to reach Laguna del Medio. This is best attempted during high tide to facilitate the upstream paddling. There is a settler south of Isla Colono where packrafters may ask to camp one night (well maintained pasture).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Isla Jewet to Punta Swart: This scenic arm of Seno Gala is worth the detour. The end of this fjord looks more like a mountain lake than a fjord. An abandoned house whitenesses a recent but failed attempt to settle in this area. Due to a lack of suitable camp sites we installed our tents on a rock just above sea level at the end of the fjord. The view was amazing and calm weather made a wind protection irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archeological discoveries indicate that the native sea nomads valued these waters and buried their deceased family members in a hidden cave in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Punta Gonzalez to Islote Salvo: While we paddled Seno Gala in perfect conditions (no wind, no waves, sunshine) a group a dolphins accompanied us for one hour while hunting fish (or we accompanied them and the dolphins did not care).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Brazo Poza de Oro: This scenic 3 km long arm has three tiny narrows and is best visited just before high tide. While the tide is rising or falling moderate rapids form at these narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hermit settle at “Settler {28P-05C} [0.3/7]” apparently loves his self-chosen isolation and did not permit us to camp one night on the only suitable patch of grass in this area. Therefore we searched a suitable campsite on the opposite shore just west of Punta Campos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Punta Campos: We searched some time for a suitable spot to pitch two tents on the beach just west of Punta Campos. Since all beaches are occasionally flooded during high tide we searched for a reasonable flat spots in between the trees. Eventually we found a suitable spot behind the first line of trees and cleaned with machetes two camp sites. We were surprised to see a collapsed house hidden in the trees. On this beach mussels (almejas) can be digged out during low tide and cooked for dinner (we cooked seafood pasta with freshly harvested mussels).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Villa Melimoyu: A 4.5 km short road connects the eastern end of Seno Gala with Seno Melimoyu where the ferry between Quellon and Puerto Chacabuco stops 4 times per week (two southbound and two northbound stops per week). The tiny village has currently about 50 inhabitants. Pia Jose Rojo Moreira runs a hostería near Seno Melimoyu and recently build a beautiful dome-shaped cabaña near Seno Gala. This dome-shaped cabaña provides a perfect view into Seno Gala and was our shared home for one night (solar electricity, wifi, accommodates 4 persons comfortably). A small shop and craft beer brewery permits to resupply essentials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 1: The ferry between Quellon and Puerto Chacabuco is also a very good choice for hikers that wish to travel and see the Patagonian fjords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 2: Packrafting in Patagonia works best with an opportunistic attitude and flexible plans that are constantly adopted to the actual weather and the latest weather prediction. With an inflexible linar plan someone gets easily “stuck” due to unsuitable wind and weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 3: The generally good wind protection, the minor to moderate tidal flows and the easy access by ferry makes Seno Gala a suitable location for packrafters with little to no fjord experience (like the fjords Estuario de Reloncavi, Pitipalena and the Canal Puyuhuapi). The relative short distances can be managed with slower single packrafts. Of cause, wind can be quite strong at times and packrafters must check the weather forecast and be prepared to sit out unsuitable weather if needed. A machete is highly recommended to open a spot for a tent if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 4: A machete is an essential tool when paddling in unpopulated fjords (Pitipalena, Seno Gala, Fiordo Comau, Canal Refugio, Canal Jacaf, Isla Magdalena) to clean a camp site that is slightly elevated above the high tide water level. In unpopulated Patagonian fjords every square meter that is not occasionally flooded by sea water is covered by trees and dense undergrowth. In such areas the best camp sites are the spots that cannot be seen from the water and that are fully hidden between larger trees a few meters from the coast in slightly sloped terrain. Try to camp at least one meters above the high tide level (the line where flood wood and floating garbage accumulated). Two or more meter are even better as tsunamis can form during earthquakes and landslides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only along populated fjords a machete is not required (Estuario de Reloncavi, Canal Puyuhuapi between Puerto Cisnes and Puyuhuapi).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 5: While traveling by ferry from Villa Melimoyu via Raul Marin Balmaceda to Quellon we had sunny and very calm weather. Inside the fjords were no waves and the ferry moved perfectly smooth like on rails. But while crossing from Raul Marin Balmaceda to Quellon the ferry was rolling heavily. The waves apparently formed far away in the open Pacific Ocean an in the 40 km wide “gap” between Isla Gran Guayteca (Melinka) and Chiloe these waves rolled in unhindered and hit the coast between Santo Domingo and Parque Nacional Corcovado. The waves itself were long and did not break on the open sea but such long waves cause dangerous surfs along the coast making it hard or impossible to exit or enter the water by packraft. Therefore packrafting between Santo Domingo and Chaiten is very challenging and wave conditions are hard to predict even if the weather is perfect. Therefore these routes are classified as EXP-loration or EXP-pedition routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 6: Joining with other hikers and packrafters for a section or two is normally a brilliant and enlightening experience. Previous Facebook post help to understand special interests and skills of other hikers and packrafters. This helps to “guesstimate” if joining for a few days is likely to work out or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporarily joining others for a section or two is best done weeks after starting to travel on the GPT (with your well-known travel partner or solo). Based on my observations looking for (unfamiliar) travel partner(s) before even commencing on the GPT rarely works out well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 7: A decked tandem (double) packrafter is the best packraft type for fjords and larger lakes. Single packrafts are substantially slower and less suitable for longer traverses. Single packrafts are favorable on rivers especially when choosing rivers with whitewater sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
. Conclusion 8: Before harvesting and eating seafood ask locals if the seafood is safe to eat. Occasionally toxic algae spreads in the fjords making seafood highly toxic. („mares roja“)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-24 / Shaun / Regular Packrafting Route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I paddled the regular routes of GPT27P and GPT28P as part of one trip, and my combined comments for both are under section GPT27P.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT28P / Option 1 / Isla Magdalena via Seno Magdalena, Seno Soto, Canal Jacaf and Canal Puyuhuapi / 2020-Jan-17 / 5 days /&lt;br /&gt;
Meylin Elisabeth Ubilla González and Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We just completed the 10th packrafting route exploration this season, but this time with excellent weather throughout the entire 5-day trip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
﻿Around 2 years ago, when starting to plan the packrafting sea routes two fjords of Isla Magdalena caught my attention. These two fjords penetrated deep into this island and nearly join each other at both ends deep inside the island. It’s just over 1 km of land that separates these two seawater channels. These two fjords are of interest for packrafting as both fjords provide more wind protection than the wide open channels Jacaf and Puyuhuapi. It appeared therefore favorable to link these two fjords into the packrafting route from Villa Melimoyu to Puerto Cisnes. The big question mark was primarily the roughly 1 km long portage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To investigate this route we started in Puerto Cisnes as this would facilitate a return in case the portage proved not feasible. We could also speak to various people in Puerto Cisnes before attempting a traverse. One settler that owns large plots of land on Isla Magdalena was the best source of information. He stated that many years ago a basic trail existed between the fjords but that this trail is now completely overgrown. But he was optimistic that with machetes someone may make the traverse in about one day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Cisnes to Seno Magdalena:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A challenge might be the crossing of the 5 km wide Canal Puyuhuapi depending on wind and tidal flows. This is best done in the early morning on a calm day. Also tidal flows should be considered. During falling tide the tidal flow in Canal Puyuhuapi between Puerto Cisnes and Canal Jacaf seams northbound; during rising tide southbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 17 km long Seno Magdalena the predominant wind is eastbound what favors the generally recommended travel direction from Villa Melimoyu to Puerto Cisnes. A couple of salmon farms are currently located in this fjord. One larger building on the southern shore of this fjord seams to house the employees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Towards the western terminus of Seno Magdalena we spotted 3 buildings from settlers, with possibly one of them abandoned. A other two homes or puestos appear occasionally used. Especially the terminus of Seno Magdalena is well sheltered and particular scenic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Portage from Seno Magdalena to Seno Soto:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We pitched our tend around 2 m above the high tide sea level in the forest after cleaning a flat patch with our machetes. This became our base for two nights as we needed one full day to smash a new provisional trail into the forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Valdivian Rainforest in this traverse turned out to be reasonable open (high trees generate in good parts sufficient shade to limit growth on the ground). The traverse is also free of rocky terrain and swamps could be circumvented. Only few shorter steep ascends and descends were required. Also the ground was normally not covered by multiple layers of fallen trees so we could walk mostly on the ground without balancing over fallen trunks. Therefore we could smash a decent 1 km long trail in one day into the forest till a small lake (9 h going, 2 h returning, 2 persons with one machete each). The next day we walked with our heavy backpacks in 2 hours to this small lake, crossed the lake by packraft and cleaned in 2 hours the final 130 m to the shore of Seno Soto. This provisional trail will soon become overgrown if not maintained by an occasional packrafter with a machete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seno Soto:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenic and well sheltered 19 km long fjord was a packrafting delight. This fjord appeared free of human intervention (no salmon farms or boat traffic). Here the wind direction will depend on weather (northbound and southbound wind not uncommon). We spotted some penguins, numerous dolphins and plenty of sea lions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canal Jacaf:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Canal Jacaf boat traffic is frequent. During this and our last trip I estimated that every 15 to 30 Minutes a boat was passing by. In the eastern section of Canal Jacaf the tidal flow during falling tide was westbound and reached even next to the shore 3 km/h. Sea maps indicate up to 3 kn tidal flow (nearly 6 km/h).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Canal Puyuhuapi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When entering Canal Puyuhuapi a decision must be taken to continue either to Puyuhuapi or Puerto Cisnes. Both towns are in 25 km distance and hot springs are on the way along shore in each direction. On the way to Puerto Cisnes two free hot springs are on the eastern shore of Isla Magdalena. On the way to Puyuhuapi two commercialized thermal springs are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT28P / Villa Melimoyu to Puerto Cisnes&lt;br /&gt;
(Part of Option 1: Seno Gala, Canal Jacaf, Canal Puyuhuapi) / 2019-Nov-20 / 3 days / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 or 4 years ago - after packrafting the Rio Palena - we took the ferry from Raul Marin Balmaceda to Puerto Cisnes that passes 170 km along the Patagonian fjords. It was a calm sunny day, I spend most of the ferry ride on the deck and I was obviously thinking if these fjords can be packrafted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we did it except the first 33 km that traverse the exposed Golfo de Corcovado (see my last post to GPT28P).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Required gear:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the traverse with different packrafting gear than we used 4 years ago. We now have a two-seater MRS Barracuda with an integrated spreydeck and two kayak paddles. We waited twice a day for a suitable weather window and enjoyed this demanding but rewarding packrafting route at the fullest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempting any traverse of significant length with an open packraft in the Patagonian fjords is not a sign of bravery but stupidity. Wind and waves can suddenly increase, fill the packraft with water and without any exit location nearby you are helplessly exposed to the currents with little control of where you are going. Only few selected fjord routes with plenty of beaches and exit locations can be safely packrafted with on open packraft (i.e. GPT22 or GPT76).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general strategy in these fjords is: “Wait, run and hide!”. 1. Wait near the start while following the weather forecast closely with everything ready to go (gear, food). 2. If a suitable weather window opens, leave early and “run“ with a minimum of breaks and leisure stops until either the wind or the evening stops you. 3. Hide in a sheltered location high enough the high-tide water line. Be prepared with sufficient food to possibly stay for days in your hiding location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wildlife:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dolphins, sea-lions and penguins room the se fjords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human life:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the exit of Seno Gala is the small fishing settlement Isla Gala but predominant wind makes it often difficult to access this tiny village. At the eastern shore of Canal Puyuhuapi are various settlements with easy access from the sea and perfect camp sites. Within Canal Jacaf are no further settlements but a number of permanently maned salmon farms. The entire route is frequently used by boats with the majority of the traffic created by the salmon farms and fishing but asking to be evacuated by one of these boats should be a last resort and not part of the travel plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wind:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We we’re fortunate and enjoyed 3 exceptional calm days with moderate wind and waves (about 1 m) in only two shorter open sections. Wind in these channels can be firce making navigating by packraft in these waters impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currents and tidal flows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to sea maps the water speed in the canal Jacaf can reach 5 kn (9 km/h) but we experienced this part rather static. But we struggled after leaving canal Jacaf in the canal Puyuhuapi going southbound. During 6 hours with a falling tide we paddled against a consistent northbound flow of around 1 to 1.5 kn (1.5 to 2.5 km/h). My impression was that this is not a reversing tidal flow but a general current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Land exists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The generally steep cost results in only few suitable landing beaches. And the forrest reaches right down to the high-tide line. The track files contain several decent beaches where camping seams more comfortable if hiding in the trees behind the open beach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT28P / Packrafting from Santo Domingo to Villa Melimoyu (Part of Option 1) / 2019-Nov-18 / 1 day / Southbound / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now verified the suggested packrafting route from Santo Domingo to Villa Melimoyu that I first considered packrafting when taking this route by ferry after floating down Rio Palena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an very attractive but exposed fjord route. Dolphins, sea lions, penguins and lots of birds habitat this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waiting for suitable weather (especially calm wind) and a close eye on the weather forecast is essential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this traverse a packraft with a spreydeck and should not be attempted with an classic open packraft. A sail is very beneficial and makes this traverse safer as you can reach a sheltered location faster in case of increasing wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Isla Refugio provides a reasonable good wind protection on a good part of this route but the last 6 km are rather open and wind and waves can make this stretch a nightmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The about one dozen islands just before the the final open stretch provide some emergency shelter and you can pick your private island to sit out unsuitable weather before reaching Villa Melimoyu. But don't expect sandy beaches and palme trees on these island. To make an emergency shelter you need to carry sufficient sweat water, a machete to open a small spot and probably a hammock to stay above the high tide water level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tiny settlements on both ends of this route are worthwhile visiting especially when able to converse with the settlers. Both locations are suitable to sit out days of unsuitable weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Southbound seams the preferable direction due to typical wind direction and tidal flows according to locals. It worked perfectly for us. Only in case of less frequent “viento sur” a northbound traverse becomes feasible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Naviera Austral ferry route “Ruta Cordillera” connects twice per week southbound (and twice per week nothbound) Raul Marin Balmaceda with Santo Domingo and continues to from Santo Domingo to Villa Melimoyu, Isla Gala, Puerto Cisnes and Puerto Chacabuco. The ferry requires about 1:30 h for the short ride from Raul Marin Balmaceda to Santo Domingo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafting the 20 km from Rio Palena (next to Raul Marin Balmaceda) to Santo Domingo might be feasible on a perfect day if starting with the first light in the morning but this water route is a serious packrafting challenge as this water route traverse the unprotected Golfo de Corcovado. There are probably not more than a dozen such perfect days per season so either be very patient or take the next ferry. One of the bays along this unprotected route is named “Bahia Mala” (Bad Bay) and this seams no randomly chosen name. But when entering the “Canal Refugio“ (another well descriptive name) the wind and waves get suddenly a lot calmer. At the mouth of this more sheltered channel is the tiny settlement Santo Domingo that was founded some decades ago. Arriving here by ferry seams the rational choice if not willing to wait days or weeks for a suitable weather window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT28P / Exploration Fjord Pitipalena (Part of Option 2) / 2019-11-14 / 3 days / Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We packrafted in the last 3 days the Fjord Pitipalena from Raul Marin Balmaceda (Puerto Marin or RMB) to the northern terminus of Brazo Pillan (Point B of attached map) and returned in two days back to Puerto Marin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fjord sightings of penguins, sea lions and dolphins are frequent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tidal flows can reach in some parts 4 km/h but typically do not exceed 1 km/h.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As in all open waters wind and waves can be fierce but calm days are not uncommon due to the protection of the surrounding mountains. Be prepared to sit out days of bad weather in one of the few sheltered areas on the coast. We spend one night hanging in the trees with torrential rain and heavy gusty wind. On the last km back we were fighting heavy gusts of wind to return back to the village.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meeting Rodrigo Parra was one highlight of this tour. He is the last settlers outside of Puerto Marin in this fjord. Location see image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decades ago this fjord was well populated with hundreds of settlers living at various shores of this fjord to harvest algae and some settlers attempted to grow cattle. All but one settler retreated and nature wiped out virtually all traces of these settlements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also investigated the area between the northern terminus of Brazo Pillan and Rio TicToc. Decades ago an well established trail crossed this 1.3 km land connection but this trail disappeared in most parts and is overgrown by dense but not impassable forest. I covered about 450 m in 1.5 hours noticing parts of an old trail or simply the machete battle field of packrafters or kayakers in this dense forest. This route to Rio TicToc is still occasionally taken by highly experienced sea kajakers or packrafters to access Parque Corcovado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exploration route from Rio TioTic to Chaiten follows the very exposed coast of the Golfo Corcovado. To cover the approximately 80 km from the mouth of Rio TicToc to Chaiten it needs plenty of sea-traveling experience, lots of patience and plenty of food to spend most of the time waiting for the occasional good-weather-window. I’m not sure if I better remove this route from the GPT network as a packraft traverse seams currently pretty fooled to me. I at least, have currently no desire to explore this route in the next years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Comments posted on Facebook by Jen Ni on January 5 2019&lt;br /&gt;
GPT27P and 28P (Alto and Bajo Rio Palena) Packrafting Westbound (😉): Palena to Raul Marin Balmaceda 2019-Jan-01 to 2019-Jan-04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our impression was that the river can be separated into 5 subsections, each with different character. All parts are attractive and felt quite remote. For camping you generally have the choice between sandy/rocky river banks and farm land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. (0-25km) Small river, many rapids: In this subsection the river is still relatively small and often shallow, ground contact can be a serious issue. At least every kilometer there's a small rapid (usually WW-1, sometimes class 2). There are many more rapids than mapped and those are not necessarily the most difficult. Usually the rapids are only deep enough to be run in a narrow part where the main current is. We only had problems with one rapid at Lat -43.62009 Lon -71.86343 where a tree blocked the main current making it impossible to run safely. The most difficult two rapids (class 2+) are at 22km (2km after the ferry) where many large rocks in the middle of the river make scouting and very precise maneuvering necessary. Depending on water levels they may not be runnable at all. Both rapids can be viewed and portaged (individually or together) by taking out on the beach on the left side. The river flowed with ~5kph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. (25-65km) Small river, few rapids, many trees: By now the river has grown a bit and ground contact becomes less of an issue. There are noticably fewer rapids and the largest challenge becomes maneuvering between the many trees lying in the water. The average velocity of the current was actually a bit higher than before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. (65-105km) Fast and medium-sized river with few obstacles: After Río Frío has joined the river at the 180° turn the river grows significantly and ground contact is almost no more issue. In this subsection, the river flows fastest (8kph) and we had a lot of fun with the relatively easy and broad rapids here. There are fewer trees in the water that can be easily avoided in the broad river. We found a lovely campsite on grass that did not seem to be used for grazing at Lat -43.89160 Lon -72.37914.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. (105-155km) Big river, fast current: Close to La Junta, the river is joined by Río Rosselot and becomes huge and mostly calm. We were surprised to see that it still flows with high velocity (5-8kph) and still has a noticable gradient that makes progress fast. The few trees can be easily avoided but may be difficult to spot sometimes. The main challenge that may arise here are strong head winds that make maneuvering quite difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. (155km-sea) Big and slow river, tidal effects: Starting at the large 270° loop, the massive river becomes noticably slower (2-3kph) and wind and tidal effects determine the speed of your progress. We found that the tides are approx. 30min after the times shown for Pto. Montt by the Android app (by 7th gear). Paddling here feels more like being on a lake and waves build up due to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Channel between Río Palena and fjord: We explored the first channel but turned around after 200m because it is overgrown by trees and too narrow to safely pass. We then followed the regular route and paddled through the second channel, which is much wider and still has 1-2kph current (possibly due to falling tide?), into the fjord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fjord: Due to the breathtaking scenery and the remoteness of the fjord it is definitely worth paddling to the town instead of taking the road if possible. We also saw several dolphins and many birds here. The tides are very relevant here and cause currents of several kph. Make sure to not paddle this during rising tide (or very strong winds).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few infos about Raul Marin Balmaceda: - There is a bus to La Junta on Sun 12:00 and Tue, Wed, Fri 8:00 and to Coyhaique on Sun 8:00 - There is only Entel cell phone service and no ATM - There are several small supermarkets as well as lodging options and 2 restaurants - Ferry tickets can be bought online or directly at the Naviera Austral office in town&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Río Palena continues to steadily grow as it makes its way towards the ocean. This section has noticeably fewer rapids, and mostly consists of calm, slow moving water. Camping is abundant and easy to find. There are many rocky beaches that lead to flat grassy or sandy land. Within 20 km or so from the ocean, tidal effects on the river current are noticeable. Check a tidal timetable before embarking to get an idea of good times to paddle. If the wind or tides makes paddling impracticable, it is possible to reach Ruta X-12, a dirt road which follows the river and leads to Puerto Raúl Marín Balmaceda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes for Travel to Puerto Chacabuco (Beginning of GPT29P): There are two options for transportation to Puerto Chacabuco:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Ferry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Book your tickets on the ferry from Puerto R.M. Balmaceda to Puerto Chacabuco in advance here: http://www.navieraustral.cl/itinerarios-y-tarifas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ferry is a popular travel option and only runs a couple days during the week. It is also possible to purchase tickets at the local grocery store, but be prepared to wait for several days if you decide to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Three Buses and a Taxi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an option to take a series of shuttles to Puerto Chacabuco. This is a cheaper but certainly less enjoyable and more time consuming option. The series of shuttles required to get from Puerto R.M. Balmaceda to Puerto Chacabuco are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. There is a van that runs from Puerto R.M. Balmaceda to La Junta twice a day which leaves from the ferry port (trip time ~3 hours). The tourist information station in Puerto R.M. Balmaceda can give you times and details about tickets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. From La Junta, there's a bus to Coyhaique that usually only runs once a day (trip time ~5 hours). Tickets may be bought before hand at the local depot (ask the tourist information center for directions). One company that offers transportation by bus from La Junta to Coyhaique is Aguilas Patagónicas. See their website here: http://www.aguilaspatagonicas.cl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c. From Coyhaique, catch one of the many buses traveling to Puerto Aysen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d. The final step is to hire a taxi (about 500 CLP) to Puerto Chacabuco. There is a pickup/dropoff location along highway 240 just outside of the Unimart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Puerto Raúl Marín (R.M.) Balmaceda&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto R.M. Balmaceda has a few lodging options and lots of open ground for camping. There are a couple of expensive markets that could meet resupply needs, but Coyhaique or Puerto Aysen definitely have better options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Raul Marin Balmaceda has a few food shops, lodging options and bus services.&lt;br /&gt;
But Coyhaique or Puerto Aysen definitely have better options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021 / GPT28P Option 5: &lt;br /&gt;
Villa Melimoyu: &lt;br /&gt;
The tiny village has currently about 50 inhabitants. Pia Jose Rojo Moreira runs a hostería near Seno Melimoyu and recently build a beautiful dome-shaped cabaña near Seno Gala. This dome-shaped cabaña provides a perfect view into Seno Gala and was our shared home for one night (solar electricity, wifi, accommodates 4 persons comfortably). A small shop and craft beer brewery permits to resupply essentials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A bus runs several times a week to La Junta from where connections to elsewhere can easily be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021 /GPT28P Option 5 &lt;br /&gt;
Navieraustral operates the ferry “Queulat” that travels twice per week the fjords between Quellon and Puerto Chacabuco (and back) and that stops at all the villages and settlements en route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019 /Meylin Ubilla &amp;amp; Jan Dudeck&lt;br /&gt;
The Naviera Austral ferry route “Ruta Cordillera” connects twice per week southbound (and twice per week nothbound) Raul Marin Balmaceda with Santo Domingo and continues to from Santo Domingo to Villa Melimoyu, Isla Gala, Puerto Cisnes and Puerto Chacabuco. The ferry requires about 1:30 h for the short ride from Raul Marin Balmaceda to Santo Domingo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A scenic ferry runs south twice a week (Thursdays and Sundays) to Puerto Cisnes (11 hours) and onto Puerto Chacabuco. There is also a service northwards to Quellon. Tickets can be bought online or at a grocery store in town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2017 / Kara Davis &lt;br /&gt;
Notes for Travel to Puerto Chacabuco (Beginning of GPT29P): There are two options for transportation to Puerto Chacabuco:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Ferry&lt;br /&gt;
Book your tickets on the ferry from Puerto R.M. Balmaceda to Puerto Chacabuco in advance here: http://www.navieraustral.cl/itinerarios-y-tarifas&lt;br /&gt;
The ferry is a popular travel option and only runs a couple days during the week. It is also possible to purchase tickets at the local grocery store, but be prepared to wait for several days if you decide to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Three Buses and a Taxi&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an option to take a series of shuttles to Puerto Chacabuco. This is a cheaper but certainly less enjoyable and more time consuming option. The series of shuttles required to get from Puerto R.M. Balmaceda to Puerto Chacabuco are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
a. There is a van that runs from Puerto R.M. Balmaceda to La Junta twice a day which leaves from the ferry port (trip time ~3 hours). The tourist information station in Puerto R.M. Balmaceda can give you times and details about tickets.&lt;br /&gt;
b. From La Junta, there's a bus to Coyhaique that usually only runs once a day (trip time ~5 hours). Tickets may be bought before hand at the local depot (ask the tourist information center for directions). One company that offers transportation by bus from La Junta to Coyhaique is Aguilas Patagónicas. See their website here: http://www.aguilaspatagonicas.cl.&lt;br /&gt;
c. From Coyhaique, catch one of the many buses traveling to Puerto Aysen.&lt;br /&gt;
d. The final step is to hire a taxi (about 500 CLP) to Puerto Chacabuco. There is a pickup/dropoff location along highway 240 just outside of the Unimart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT28P - Bajo Río Palena]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT27P_(Alto_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=112962</id>
		<title>GPT27P (Alto Rio Palena)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT27P_(Alto_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=112962"/>
				<updated>2023-12-11T15:44:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-04 / 2.5 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess the River was quite close to its maximum according to the shoreline. Nevertheless, I found it not special challenging. I found it useful to scout the first Rapid {27P} [4.2/178] just after the bridge as its pretty fast. Same is true for Rapid {27P} [23.4/135] which has some boulders and some counter currents. Highest speed was 23 km/h. In general you can circumvent the stronger currents in this upper part by paddling close to the shoreline. This changes after the joining of Rio Frio. The river is now pretty powerful and its better to go for the center of the currents as sometimes whirlpools can form on the sides. Saying that its technical not challenging and fun to ride these big waves. Watch out for sunken trees even in the ‘calmer’ parts as river is still fast. There is a nice camp spot between the trees just before Bridge {27P-L} [18.5/65] at S 43° 48.426’ W 072° 21.151’. After the bridge to La Junta all rapids were easy or even disappeared in the high waters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Recommendations: The section is best paddled between January and May. The primary danger would be a high and fast river, typically most common early in the season, or after heavy rain. The river can only be paddled westwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 27P is 103.5km and takes 2-2.5 days to complete. Together with Section 28P, the two sections are a total of 180km and take around 4 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section is stunning, interesting, unpopulated and fun. Although, in reality, much of 27P is not too far from a road or occasional buildings, these are rarely visible and the river feels remote. Even more so for the continuation onto Section 28P. Alto Río Palena passes through farmland with a mountainous backdrop. It is very scenic. The many rapids and constantly changing features of the river make it stimulating. Combined with 28P, paddling on one river from the mountains to the Pacific is a wonderful experience. A very attractive section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Río Palena may not be suitable for beginners. There are many rapids, countless tree and rock obstacles, and occasional strong currents and whirlpools. At times of high river levels, the river will not only be faster, but there will be fewer places to get out or scout. There are many more rapids than indicated in the track file. That said, the rapids are generally not above Class 2, and some of the earliest and most challenging ones, can be portered around. Plus, the many obstacles in the river are avoidable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT 27 and 28P/ Alto y Bajo Río Palena/ Packrafting Route / 2022 Jan-24 / 5 days / Tobias Schorcht&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Palena River is a juvel for all Packrafters with some experience. It was a pleasure to paddle down all the way from Palena to Rául Marín Balmaceda and see the changes of the river day by day. I started right under the brigde 2km beside Palena. There was not that much water in the upper part, I had to carry the Packraft 4 times during the first 20 Kilometers. Since it is an unregulated stream, the riverbelt and the rapids are changing constantly. I observed some of the rapids before I started kayaking, which was absolutly necessary. The confluencia with Río Frío is spectacular, because the colores of the 2 rivers starts to mix. The river speeds up in the lower parts, gets wider and more effected by the wind, who appears usually from the seaside. Be aware of the tides which influences the level of the River after -43.88645/ -72.83230 up to 3m. After reaching the fjord I saw penguins and hundrets of seawolves (Punta islote) which came veeery close to my boat 😅. Enjoy!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*January 16-21/ Zach / Palena to Puerto Raúl Marín Balmaceda (27P &amp;amp; 28P) + Rio Frío (75P) / 6 Days easy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Shaun mentioned, Kara Davis and Jen Ni described this section quite well. I combined 27P, 28P, and the Rio Frío which was totally worth the added transport effort. If you enjoy the rapids of the upper Palena, you’ll love the Rio Frío. La Junta was a nice lunch stop and upon meeting some familiar cycle tourists, turned into an afternoon off. Note that the take out/camp here is a popular swimming spot, so take care of your belongings when going to town. I left my headphones in the sun to dry and they were gone when I returned. Despite that and rain the final day, I have nothing but good things to say about Rio Palena. The termas are aptly named. The surrounding moss and tannin in the water make you feel like a gingerbread man soaking in a forest gnome’s tea kettle. After seeing no one on the river except 1 fishing tour, I was very surprised to encounter a group of 50 paddlers as part of the Decenso Colectivo Ruta de Palena. This is an organized group that paddles from Palena to Puerto Raul Marin in 4 days this time each year. The ferry still runs Thursdays and Sundays, although it left around 11:30, not 9:40 as the website states. No problem to buy a ticket upon boarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-22 / Shaun / Regular Packrafting route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I combined this section with GPT28P. These two sections are spectacular, varied, fun and challenging. I barely saw another person the entire time, and there’s something very satisfying about following a single river all the way out to the ocean. Very enjoyable and memorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found the wiki comments of Kara Davis (below) and the Facebook comments of Jen Ni (Jan 5 2019) and Gerald Klamer (March 27, 2018) to be very helpful. Jen’s categorization of 27P and 28P into five sub-sections is very good. My impressions were similar to all of theirs and I don’t have much to add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not having much whitewater experience, I started 27P around km23, just west of the cable ferry and a series of early rapids. However, I was fine with the many rapids after that, so with hindsight I would have started from Palena. 27P and 28P each took me about a day and a half for a total of just over three days for the two combined. Apparently, the river was at a normal level for this time of year. It ran around 5-8kph for most of 27P and until about km40 of 28P, then maybe at 2-3kph thereafter. There were countless tree and rock hazards throughout, plus a number of whirlpools (often at sharp turns) - but these were all avoidable. As the river widened in 28P, I encountered fierce headwinds in several places, and a noticeable incoming tide toward the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Raúl Marin Balmaceda, I took the 11 hour ferry to Puerto Cisnes (departs Thursdays and Sundays) which technically completed the section, in its current form. The views were stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Comments posted on Facebook by Jen Ni January 5 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT27P and 28P (Alto and Bajo Rio Palena) Packrafting Westbound (😉): Palena to Raul Marin Balmaceda 2019-Jan-01 to 2019-Jan-04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our impression was that the river can be separated into 5 subsections, each with different character. All parts are attractive and felt quite remote. For camping you generally have the choice between sandy/rocky river banks and farm land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. (0-25km) Small river, many rapids: In this subsection the river is still relatively small and often shallow, ground contact can be a serious issue. At least every kilometer there's a small rapid (usually WW-1, sometimes class 2). There are many more rapids than mapped and those are not necessarily the most difficult. Usually the rapids are only deep enough to be run in a narrow part where the main current is. We only had problems with one rapid at Lat -43.62009 Lon -71.86343 where a tree blocked the main current making it impossible to run safely. The most difficult two rapids (class 2+) are at 22km (2km after the ferry) where many large rocks in the middle of the river make scouting and very precise maneuvering necessary. Depending on water levels they may not be runnable at all. Both rapids can be viewed and portaged (individually or together) by taking out on the beach on the left side. The river flowed with ~5kph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. (25-65km) Small river, few rapids, many trees: By now the river has grown a bit and ground contact becomes less of an issue. There are noticably fewer rapids and the largest challenge becomes maneuvering between the many trees lying in the water. The average velocity of the current was actually a bit higher than before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. (65-105km) Fast and medium-sized river with few obstacles: After Río Frío has joined the river at the 180° turn the river grows significantly and ground contact is almost no more issue. In this subsection, the river flows fastest (8kph) and we had a lot of fun with the relatively easy and broad rapids here. There are fewer trees in the water that can be easily avoided in the broad river. We found a lovely campsite on grass that did not seem to be used for grazing at Lat -43.89160 Lon -72.37914.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. (105-155km) Big river, fast current: Close to La Junta, the river is joined by Río Rosselot and becomes huge and mostly calm. We were surprised to see that it still flows with high velocity (5-8kph) and still has a noticable gradient that makes progress fast. The few trees can be easily avoided but may be difficult to spot sometimes. The main challenge that may arise here are strong head winds that make maneuvering quite difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. (155km-sea) Big and slow river, tidal effects: Starting at the large 270° loop, the massive river becomes noticably slower (2-3kph) and wind and tidal effects determine the speed of your progress. We found that the tides are approx. 30min after the times shown for Pto. Montt by the Android app (by 7th gear). Paddling here feels more like being on a lake and waves build up due to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: Be aware that the Chilean border control outside of Carrenleufú requires you to declare items in your possession, so keep this in mind when resupplying. They will confiscate certain foods, including produce and honey brought from Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first time during this hike where the Regular Hiking and Regular Packrafting Routes begin to significantly differ. The two tracks do not rejoin until GPT32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning from Palena, walk north down the paved road, 235-CH and cross Puente Palena to the put-in on the western bank of Río Palena. The river is swift and has several Class I and Class II rapids. There are also many places where the river splits and becomes very shallow. I would recommend scouting any rapid that makes you uncomfortable. Also be wary of obstructions, such as logs and branches, that occasionally block parts of the river. Camping along the edge during this stretch of the Río Palena is difficult due to the thick foliage and steep rocky beaches. Flat and clear spots are a rare find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river widens out approximately 12 km from the Palena put-in. There are still several class I and class II rapids, but with longer stretches of flat water in between. The banks on both sides are littered with rocky beaches, and nice camping is still hard to come by. There is also a notable increase in the density of homes and other structures lining the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The banks of the Río Palena flatten out and provide better camping after the ferry at El Tranquilo, approximately 20 km from put-in. This car/passenger ferry draws itself across the river along thick metal cables which can be easily passed on a packraft. A lot of the surrounding land is used for grazing and traces of livestock are everywhere. A sign advertising a refugio, “Predio El Refugio,” was located at La Mula, approximately 12.5 km past the ferry crossing. As several smaller streams join the Río Palena, the river swells and the frequency of rapids decreases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river continues winding through farmland all the way to the La Junta take-out. There is a small beach here with a trail that leads up to Highway 7. La Junta is located about 2 km south of the take-out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La Junta : plenty of lodging options, from hotels and cabañas to camping, as well as a couple medium sized grocery stores adequate for resupply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Franco, the owner of Los Rosadita hotel in Palena, can share expert knowledge of Rio Palena. The hotel is also a nice play to stay and makes good pizzas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zach &lt;br /&gt;
The ferry still runs Thursdays and Sundays, although it left around 11:30, not 9:40 as the website states. No problem to buy a ticket upon boarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: Be aware that the Chilean border control outside of Carrenleufú requires you to declare items in your possession, so keep this in mind when resupplying. They will confiscate certain foods, including produce and honey brought from Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT27P - Alto Río Palena]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT19_(Volcan_Puyehue)&amp;diff=112961</id>
		<title>GPT19 (Volcan Puyehue)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT19_(Volcan_Puyehue)&amp;diff=112961"/>
				<updated>2023-12-11T14:51:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Nov-29 / 2 days / Hiking / SOBO / OH-02A + OH-02 + RR (Variant D, E and G) / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I first attempted to make my way to the plateau by Option 02A. This is not possible as the entire lower trail lies within the private park Parque Futangeu. The entrance fee would be $15.000, camping is forbidden and access to the upper parts is blocked by private property of one of the park owners. Park is strictly fenced and has a guarda del parque. So this is definetly no Option for ascent but maybe for leaving the plateau NOBO. I easily catched a ride on Option 2 to the RR. The gate to Neri and Hectors place was locked, therefore i passed the two locked gates on Option D and connected by Option E back on RR. As others mentioned water is scarce all the way up, but a little creek can be easily accessed from Option D just 200 m after Option E has branched (S 40° 25.785' W 072° 06.839'). Good camping spots when Option G reenters RR. Saw wild boar nearby. Snow starts apruptly at 1300 m within the forest. Mystic atmosphere but hard walking. Lots of patagonian woodpeckers around. Snow increases gradually and I decided to leave my backpack near the Water ? {19} [53.5/1330] which was nearly covered by snow but provides already fresh water. At the rim of the plateau (1550 m) the views were spectacular but the plateau is impassable right now as it has meters of snow there. So I returned back the same way to Rininahue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Feb-04 to 2023-Feb-07 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great section, after a lot of forrest trails it was nice to see again something totally different and quite similiar to the landscape of GPT06. We were a little irresponsible with the water so better plan carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beginning around the lake is just road walking with quite a lot of traffic, depending on the weekday, but its better to avoid it, we didn’t feel always safe with more cars passing by. There should be ferry that goes on the other side of the lake. Good restaurant at around km 2-3, the one with empanadas to go in the house above the restaurant (reealy good). We camped behind a gate at km 5.7, below one of the miradors. At Hueinahue we went down to the beach we have seen from the road, hoping to buy some food, but nothing was there except of crowds of people. We crossed the river to get back on the road, but it would have been better to return back really. MR continues for the next almost 30km, but its quite nice walking through forrest and around settlements. Food truck with empanadas and some drinks at km 23 was a nice surprise, but might be there only in summer. Great place to camp by laguna at km 31, but its shores are all muddy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bridge at km 37 is the last reliable source of water so keep it in mind! When we got to the start of option 03, there was only locked gate and no one around at Hector and Neri’s place. Because of that we went with 03, and after 2 locked gates joined the CC variant and back on the RR. There is probably some tiny stream at the CC part but not easily accessible. The way up on the RR already was relatively easy with a few fallen trees that you can always walk around. We were hoping to find some water at km 53.5 or the one next to it but it was all dry already, just like many creeks that we have seen over the treeline. This became a problem for us, and the first water we found was at the big plateau you have to descent to in order to continue to the lava field and further. We didnt turn left at the beginning but continued straight to a few snowfields that are still big enough and on a hot day we could gather water from the snowmelt. From that point its about half a day to the next water (close to the start of descent down to the refugio and valley) so again good to take as much as you can. We didn’t have to pay anything at the end of the section as someone told us, this might be the case only in NOBO direction, or it was because we went there later in the evening. We camped on a yard of family living across the road for 5k CLP, they sell some basic food and its possible to have a shower there as well. Bus to Osorno and Entre Lagos as well leaves early in the morning around 7 AM we think but rather ask.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-JAN-10 - 2023-JAN-13 / 3 days / hiking / RR + volcan summit + termas - round trip from south / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wanted to precise one thing that I haven't understand : Santiago has a restaurant, near the road and a refuge (waypoint refuge no water). You have to check in at the restaurant to pay the 15k CLP /pers. This price includes a night in the refuge (there is nobody in there), access to volcano and a night at the camping near the restaurant (with cold shower for free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - Refugio El Caulle - 8km - +1000m/-0m First day going up to the refuge. We took the bus from Osorno, the only one going to Anticura leaves at 6pm but you have plenty of others going to Termas de Puyehue (going to Aguas Calientes). From there, 15km of hitchike, very easy. Then, the rise until the refuge in a beautiful and green forest. There is water upward the refuge, 15min walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - Volcan Puyehue + camp El Domo - 13km - +1300m/-1100m The caldeira of the volcano is superb ! the path is well traced until the summit. Then, we did the round of it and went down on the opposite side. We camped at the &amp;quot;El Domo&amp;quot; camp, located on Santiago's map, around km XX. Water is available just before it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - Termas - 17km - +700m/-900m Under the rain, it's not easy to navigate on the volcanic plateau. I would say that a navigation device is mandatory. Hot springs are very enjoyable after such a day under the rain. There is drinkable water before the hot springs (1km).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - Back to Restaurant El Caulle on RR - 32km - +1300m/-2400m A long day, even longer under the rain but doable. The restaurant was closed when we arrived (a Monday at 7pm). Santiago selled us basic food (pasta, sauce, eggs (a bit expensive)) and he opened the doors of his barn for us to sleep dry. The only bus going down from here to Osorno leaves at 7:30am.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-JAN / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option OH-001 crossing Rio Corrigue: this section barely exists as large parts have been taken back by bamboo. It is now a severe &amp;amp; sustained bamboo bash requiring huge effort to crawl, break &amp;amp; climb through at about 1 kilometre per hour. Try RR or other options instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-05 / 4 days / hiking / SOBO / RR / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I came from GPT18. Before Lago Maihue there are a couple of small shops &amp;amp; a restaurant. As you go around Lago Maihue on the road there are a lot of $ campsites, then the road climbs high above the lake before dropping to Rio Hueinahue. I forded the river easily &amp;amp; went down to Camping Rupimeca at the lake, about 1KM off route. Good cheap campsite, no electricity but they will charge your phone at the house. Next day I continued to Hector &amp;amp; Neri's house but they weren't around. I went in on the alternative route which goes right on a road just before Hector &amp;amp; Niri's place. It's marked private with two locked gates but there was no one there. Stream near the road but difficult to access - running in a gully &amp;amp; blocked by vegetation. After several attempts I was able to access the stream higher up &amp;amp; camped nearby. Just before the alternative route rejoins the RR from Hector &amp;amp; Niri's house there is a stream, if you drop down right a few hundred metres from RR onto the alternative route here you can get water. The water sources marked near the treeline were tiny stagnant pools &amp;amp; they are a bit off trail. However, in early January there was plenty of water above treeline from snowmelt. Did the spectacular traverse in one long day. The snowfields could be traversed or avoided fairly easily. Fill up with water before you descend to the hut. There was no water at the hut &amp;amp; on the trail out to the road the marked water sources were only tiny trickles. Carry a few litres of water up to the hut if you are NOBO. There was no one at the entrance &amp;amp; I hitched out to Entre Lagos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-JAN-28 - 2023-JAN-30 / 3 days / hiking / NOBO / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much has already been explained in great detail, so we will be brief: We saw no one at the entrance and therefore walked through without paying an entrance fee. The two water streams in the forest are dry and there is no water directly at the refugio. However, there are still snowfields about 1-2 km further up from the refugio which provide enough water. There was still enough water at 68.6. After that, there were still isolated snowfields, but partly further away from the trail. We spent the night between the lava rocks at S 40.53312 / W 72.16869, as there were still snowfields there, which we used for drinking water. After that, there was no more water until we reached Neri and Hector's house. The two of them were so nice and filled up our water. They charged an entrance fee of 5,000 CLP per person. Because of language barriers, we weren't sure if it was voluntary or because we couldn't show a ticket from the other entrance. Anyway, we paid and moved on. Hitchhiking to Rininahue went quite well once you are on the bigger Minor Road T-851.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-JAN-26 - 2023-JAN-29 / 4 days / hiking / SOBO / Riñinahue (option 2) - Volcán Puyehue (option 4B) - Licán / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Panguipulli we took a bus at 8:40 am to Los Lagos (on a thursday). From there we took another bus to Paillaco at 11:30 am and got off at the cruce Reumén/Futrono. The connecting bus to Futrono passed there around 12:20 pm. From Futrono we took a bus to Llifén at 13:15 pm. From there we hitchhiked until the junction of Option 2 with the RR at km 37 approx. and arrived there around 17:00 pm. On the way up to Los Venados there is one accessible creek approx. 2,5 km before Los Venados. When we arrived there the gate following the RR was locked. As we didn't wanted to dry camp (we didn't fill up our bottles at the creek) we tried to get access to the river following variant D. It's definitely not possible to get water there, the forest is too dense and its getting too steep to climb down. So we went back and luckily after a while Hector and Neri arrived. They offered us to stay at their Refugio the night as it was already quite late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way up to the plateau is a good path. We collected some water from the northern &amp;quot;water?&amp;quot; waypoint around km 53,5. As Véronica mentioned there are only some shallow pools, but with clear water. On the plateau there are still some creeks from the snowmelt, but not that many so better carry some water. Around km 65 we saw in the valley on the left hand side a nicely flowing creek (off the RR) and decided to camp there. Its a detour of about 15-20min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we woke up to a clear blue sky and therefore decided to climb the volcano and to take the surrounding variant. On the ascent we didn't follow the GPS, which was a bad idea, as we ended up in a steep scree traverse/sketchy rock climbing. So it took us a lot of time to reach the ridge. Once there we enjoyed the amazing views! Walking around the crater got more and more tiring with all the ups and downs, but it's worth it! It was our favorite section so far. We collected some snowmelt water on the descent and camped at the Refugio (no water there).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path down from the Refugio is in good conditions. From Licán we got a ride directly to Puerto Montt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021-Dec-19 / Molly and Melissa / GPT21 Northbound - RR + ascent of summit:&lt;br /&gt;
4 days - skipping some of the gravel road along the lake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We went from Osorno to Puyehue, as the bus driver said that no buses went any further. From there we were quickly able to hitch a ride to Lican which is the start of the minor road. It's a couple of kilometres before Anticura. It would also be possible to walk, from Puyehue to Lican is about 10 km. We walked up to the restaurant and met a man who lives close by, he told us Santiago wasn't home, but he could take our payment. As others have written, Santiago wants to know the names and approximate schedule of everyone going towards the volcano. We slept at his camp site as well, it has flushing toilets and showers in a shed, it doesn't cost extra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volcán Puyehue:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short: Snow is no longer a problem, but there is still enough to create little streams, so carrying 1-1,5 L of water each was fine for us. Beautiful but tough. Navigation is okay when using the GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first of the little streams marked as water on the GPS while climbing up through the forest was dry, the other was still running. We passed the refugio, which has quite a few bunk beds without mattresses. From there the path towards the volcano is quite clear through the grass, and is marked with frequent cairns further up so the navigation here is quite easy all the way to the top. We left our bags on the main route which was a good decision, it was very steep with very loose small volcanic rocks. The view from up there was amazing. When continuing past the volcano, there is a trail for about three kilometres more, but after that it's pure cross country. With the GPS it's not that hard to navigate, but clear weather is necessary and the terrain is tough, especially when passing between the lava fields. We found that the Locus Maps showed a different route than the GPS. We still found quite a few streams, especially when still near the volcano, if there's snow there's probably still some water. The snow is no problem for walking though. The first water? was pretty big and will probably last some time, but the second was really small, but there are several other streams as well. There's also more water in the afternoon when more snow has melted. All in all climbing from the camping, climbing the volcano and traversing the plateau took us two days of walking. It could be done in less, but would be tough. We got quite sunburned even though we used sunscreen, it's very exposed!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had no trouble with finding the trail on the other side, it already starts being clear before reaching the forest. After that it's mostly just easy walking on gravel roads. When going northbound there is an alternative route around Hector and Neri's place that seems easier, we opted for the overgrown route to their house because we wanted to see if we could buy some bread, they didn't sell any though, but we had a nice chat with Hector as he let us through their locked gate. They later drove us about a kilometre when they passed us. The gravel road was a bit tedious and very hot, and hard to find good camping spots. The one marked on the GPS was behind a fence and some dense vegetation, but a little earlier it was possible to go through a gate to a little lake. We were told that there were many pumas and that we couldn't drink the water from the lake, we drank from a little stream going to the lake instead, and we didn't see any pumas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Hueinahue:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were able to cross the river without problems, it went to mid- thigh height and we are both around 160 cm tall. The current wasn't too strong either. We have had quite a few warm, dry days before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the road along the lake we were passed by a bus going to Valdivia which we jumped on happily, so coming off the trail could not have been easier. It passed through Maihue and Futrono as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021-Dec-03 / Alex Abramov / GPT19: Volcán Puyehue. Northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Plateau&amp;quot; still has a LOT of snow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Feb 2020 / Matthieu / RR + ascent of the summit + OH to the Hot Springs, Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great section, amazing views, no technical difficulties with the trails and cross country..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*16-01-2020 / Arnaud Debilly / Southbound 4 full days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the forest, the volcanic terrain is very easy to walk in and the landscapes are wonderful. We saw many smokes from the volcanic activity but seemed not dangerous. Check the status of the volcano before to go (www.sernageomin.cl).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing in Rupumeica. Little shops in Maqueo and Maihue. A lot of camping sites, free and payable, along the Lago Maihue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 -round trip from south / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé :&lt;br /&gt;
Santiago has a restaurant, near the road and a refuge (waypoint refuge no water). You have to check in at the restaurant to pay the 15k CLP /pers. This price includes a night in the refuge (there is nobody in there), access to volcano and a night at the camping near the restaurant (with cold shower for free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Restaurant El Caulle on RR - 32km - +1300m/-2400m. The restaurant was closed when we arrived (a Monday at 7pm). Santiago selled us basic food (pasta, sauce, eggs (a bit expensive)) and he opened the doors of his barn for us to sleep dry. The only bus going down from here to Osorno leaves at 7:30am.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
Stayed at Hector qnd Neri Refugio for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo &lt;br /&gt;
In Anticura we found accommodation, but we didn't look for resupply, which is probably not so easy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
We ressuplied in Curiñe, with a minimatket there.&lt;br /&gt;
We slept in the cabañas of Carmen Panguilef (+56 984 54 83 03) in rupumeica bajo who is very welcoming and a proud mapuche.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WATER : &lt;br /&gt;
NO WATER at the first refuge down the volcano, you got to go a little bit further up and west. &amp;quot;Water 12?&amp;quot; wasnt working when I was though, but there was a last stream after before going west to the desert ( at the div 128).You have a good half day of walking without water, so take some supply with you. The water comes back just before the div 126, on a place which looks like a dry lake, with little streams coming down some frozen snow. &lt;br /&gt;
There is another part without water, that begins a little after Div 126 until the refuge of Neri and Hector. I personnaly thought easy to find water in the forest and got really thirsty because of that. There was nobody in the refuge, so I could find water a few meters after the north gate of the house, following a little trail that went on the right side, directly in the forest and to the river. (A little bit of bush bashing at the end, next to the river). Further on the road down there was some other rivers and there and good camping sites. You join the real road at bridge 63 and no problems of water after.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
Bus to Osorno and Entre Lagos as well leaves early in the morning around 7 AM we think but rather ask.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
From Panguipulli we took a bus at 8:40 am to Los Lagos (on a thursday). From there we took another bus to Paillaco at 11:30 am and got off at the cruce Reumén/Futrono. The connecting bus to Futrono passed there around 12:20 pm. From Futrono we took a bus to Llifén at 13:15 pm. From there we hitchhiked until the junction of Option 2 with the RR at km 37 approx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021/ Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
We went from Osorno to Puyehue, as the bus driver said that no buses went any further. From there we were quickly able to hitch a ride to Lican which is the start of the minor road. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
To avoid the 15 first kilometers we took the bus from puerto Maihue to Rupumeica Bajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021 / Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
On the road along the lake we were passed by a bus going to Valdivia which we jumped on happily, so coming off the trail could not have been easier. It passed through Maihue and Futrono as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You have to pay the entry of the private property in Lican, at the camping/restaurant of the base of the volcano (10 000 CLP). The owner is called Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT19 - Volcán Puyehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354781.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354783.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354857.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354866.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354871.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354758.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354765.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354768.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354769.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354773.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT27P_(Alto_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=112665</id>
		<title>GPT27P (Alto Rio Palena)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT27P_(Alto_Rio_Palena)&amp;diff=112665"/>
				<updated>2023-12-04T03:18:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Dec-04 / Approx 4 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Recommendations: The section is best paddled between January and May. The primary danger would be a high and fast river, typically most common early in the season, or after heavy rain. The river can only be paddled westwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 27P is 103.5km and takes 2-2.5 days to complete. Together with Section 28P, the two sections are a total of 180km and take around 4 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section is stunning, interesting, unpopulated and fun. Although, in reality, much of 27P is not too far from a road or occasional buildings, these are rarely visible and the river feels remote. Even more so for the continuation onto Section 28P. Alto Río Palena passes through farmland with a mountainous backdrop. It is very scenic. The many rapids and constantly changing features of the river make it stimulating. Combined with 28P, paddling on one river from the mountains to the Pacific is a wonderful experience. A very attractive section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Río Palena may not be suitable for beginners. There are many rapids, countless tree and rock obstacles, and occasional strong currents and whirlpools. At times of high river levels, the river will not only be faster, but there will be fewer places to get out or scout. There are many more rapids than indicated in the track file. That said, the rapids are generally not above Class 2, and some of the earliest and most challenging ones, can be portered around. Plus, the many obstacles in the river are avoidable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*GPT 27 and 28P/ Alto y Bajo Río Palena/ Packrafting Route / 2022 Jan-24 / 5 days / Tobias Schorcht&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Palena River is a juvel for all Packrafters with some experience. It was a pleasure to paddle down all the way from Palena to Rául Marín Balmaceda and see the changes of the river day by day. I started right under the brigde 2km beside Palena. There was not that much water in the upper part, I had to carry the Packraft 4 times during the first 20 Kilometers. Since it is an unregulated stream, the riverbelt and the rapids are changing constantly. I observed some of the rapids before I started kayaking, which was absolutly necessary. The confluencia with Río Frío is spectacular, because the colores of the 2 rivers starts to mix. The river speeds up in the lower parts, gets wider and more effected by the wind, who appears usually from the seaside. Be aware of the tides which influences the level of the River after -43.88645/ -72.83230 up to 3m. After reaching the fjord I saw penguins and hundrets of seawolves (Punta islote) which came veeery close to my boat 😅. Enjoy!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*January 16-21/ Zach / Palena to Puerto Raúl Marín Balmaceda (27P &amp;amp; 28P) + Rio Frío (75P) / 6 Days easy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Shaun mentioned, Kara Davis and Jen Ni described this section quite well. I combined 27P, 28P, and the Rio Frío which was totally worth the added transport effort. If you enjoy the rapids of the upper Palena, you’ll love the Rio Frío. La Junta was a nice lunch stop and upon meeting some familiar cycle tourists, turned into an afternoon off. Note that the take out/camp here is a popular swimming spot, so take care of your belongings when going to town. I left my headphones in the sun to dry and they were gone when I returned. Despite that and rain the final day, I have nothing but good things to say about Rio Palena. The termas are aptly named. The surrounding moss and tannin in the water make you feel like a gingerbread man soaking in a forest gnome’s tea kettle. After seeing no one on the river except 1 fishing tour, I was very surprised to encounter a group of 50 paddlers as part of the Decenso Colectivo Ruta de Palena. This is an organized group that paddles from Palena to Puerto Raul Marin in 4 days this time each year. The ferry still runs Thursdays and Sundays, although it left around 11:30, not 9:40 as the website states. No problem to buy a ticket upon boarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-22 / Shaun / Regular Packrafting route&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I combined this section with GPT28P. These two sections are spectacular, varied, fun and challenging. I barely saw another person the entire time, and there’s something very satisfying about following a single river all the way out to the ocean. Very enjoyable and memorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found the wiki comments of Kara Davis (below) and the Facebook comments of Jen Ni (Jan 5 2019) and Gerald Klamer (March 27, 2018) to be very helpful. Jen’s categorization of 27P and 28P into five sub-sections is very good. My impressions were similar to all of theirs and I don’t have much to add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not having much whitewater experience, I started 27P around km23, just west of the cable ferry and a series of early rapids. However, I was fine with the many rapids after that, so with hindsight I would have started from Palena. 27P and 28P each took me about a day and a half for a total of just over three days for the two combined. Apparently, the river was at a normal level for this time of year. It ran around 5-8kph for most of 27P and until about km40 of 28P, then maybe at 2-3kph thereafter. There were countless tree and rock hazards throughout, plus a number of whirlpools (often at sharp turns) - but these were all avoidable. As the river widened in 28P, I encountered fierce headwinds in several places, and a noticeable incoming tide toward the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Raúl Marin Balmaceda, I took the 11 hour ferry to Puerto Cisnes (departs Thursdays and Sundays) which technically completed the section, in its current form. The views were stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Comments posted on Facebook by Jen Ni January 5 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT27P and 28P (Alto and Bajo Rio Palena) Packrafting Westbound (😉): Palena to Raul Marin Balmaceda 2019-Jan-01 to 2019-Jan-04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our impression was that the river can be separated into 5 subsections, each with different character. All parts are attractive and felt quite remote. For camping you generally have the choice between sandy/rocky river banks and farm land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. (0-25km) Small river, many rapids: In this subsection the river is still relatively small and often shallow, ground contact can be a serious issue. At least every kilometer there's a small rapid (usually WW-1, sometimes class 2). There are many more rapids than mapped and those are not necessarily the most difficult. Usually the rapids are only deep enough to be run in a narrow part where the main current is. We only had problems with one rapid at Lat -43.62009 Lon -71.86343 where a tree blocked the main current making it impossible to run safely. The most difficult two rapids (class 2+) are at 22km (2km after the ferry) where many large rocks in the middle of the river make scouting and very precise maneuvering necessary. Depending on water levels they may not be runnable at all. Both rapids can be viewed and portaged (individually or together) by taking out on the beach on the left side. The river flowed with ~5kph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. (25-65km) Small river, few rapids, many trees: By now the river has grown a bit and ground contact becomes less of an issue. There are noticably fewer rapids and the largest challenge becomes maneuvering between the many trees lying in the water. The average velocity of the current was actually a bit higher than before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. (65-105km) Fast and medium-sized river with few obstacles: After Río Frío has joined the river at the 180° turn the river grows significantly and ground contact is almost no more issue. In this subsection, the river flows fastest (8kph) and we had a lot of fun with the relatively easy and broad rapids here. There are fewer trees in the water that can be easily avoided in the broad river. We found a lovely campsite on grass that did not seem to be used for grazing at Lat -43.89160 Lon -72.37914.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. (105-155km) Big river, fast current: Close to La Junta, the river is joined by Río Rosselot and becomes huge and mostly calm. We were surprised to see that it still flows with high velocity (5-8kph) and still has a noticable gradient that makes progress fast. The few trees can be easily avoided but may be difficult to spot sometimes. The main challenge that may arise here are strong head winds that make maneuvering quite difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. (155km-sea) Big and slow river, tidal effects: Starting at the large 270° loop, the massive river becomes noticably slower (2-3kph) and wind and tidal effects determine the speed of your progress. We found that the tides are approx. 30min after the times shown for Pto. Montt by the Android app (by 7th gear). Paddling here feels more like being on a lake and waves build up due to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: Be aware that the Chilean border control outside of Carrenleufú requires you to declare items in your possession, so keep this in mind when resupplying. They will confiscate certain foods, including produce and honey brought from Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first time during this hike where the Regular Hiking and Regular Packrafting Routes begin to significantly differ. The two tracks do not rejoin until GPT32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning from Palena, walk north down the paved road, 235-CH and cross Puente Palena to the put-in on the western bank of Río Palena. The river is swift and has several Class I and Class II rapids. There are also many places where the river splits and becomes very shallow. I would recommend scouting any rapid that makes you uncomfortable. Also be wary of obstructions, such as logs and branches, that occasionally block parts of the river. Camping along the edge during this stretch of the Río Palena is difficult due to the thick foliage and steep rocky beaches. Flat and clear spots are a rare find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river widens out approximately 12 km from the Palena put-in. There are still several class I and class II rapids, but with longer stretches of flat water in between. The banks on both sides are littered with rocky beaches, and nice camping is still hard to come by. There is also a notable increase in the density of homes and other structures lining the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The banks of the Río Palena flatten out and provide better camping after the ferry at El Tranquilo, approximately 20 km from put-in. This car/passenger ferry draws itself across the river along thick metal cables which can be easily passed on a packraft. A lot of the surrounding land is used for grazing and traces of livestock are everywhere. A sign advertising a refugio, “Predio El Refugio,” was located at La Mula, approximately 12.5 km past the ferry crossing. As several smaller streams join the Río Palena, the river swells and the frequency of rapids decreases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river continues winding through farmland all the way to the La Junta take-out. There is a small beach here with a trail that leads up to Highway 7. La Junta is located about 2 km south of the take-out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La Junta : plenty of lodging options, from hotels and cabañas to camping, as well as a couple medium sized grocery stores adequate for resupply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Franco, the owner of Los Rosadita hotel in Palena, can share expert knowledge of Rio Palena. The hotel is also a nice play to stay and makes good pizzas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zach &lt;br /&gt;
The ferry still runs Thursdays and Sundays, although it left around 11:30, not 9:40 as the website states. No problem to buy a ticket upon boarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: Be aware that the Chilean border control outside of Carrenleufú requires you to declare items in your possession, so keep this in mind when resupplying. They will confiscate certain foods, including produce and honey brought from Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT27P - Alto Río Palena]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT19_(Volcan_Puyehue)&amp;diff=112664</id>
		<title>GPT19 (Volcan Puyehue)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT19_(Volcan_Puyehue)&amp;diff=112664"/>
				<updated>2023-12-04T03:12:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Nov-29 / 2 days / Hiking / SOBO / OH-02A + 0H-02 + RR (Variant D, E and G) / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I first attempted to make my way to the plateau by Option 02A. This is not possible as the entire lower trail lies within the private park Parque Futangeu. The entrance fee would be $15.000, camping is forbidden and access to the upper parts is blocked by private property of one of the park owners. Park is strictly fenced and has a guarda del parque. So this is definetly no Option for ascent but maybe for leaving the plateau NOBO. I easily catched a ride on Option 2 to the RR. The gate to Neri and Hectors place was locked, therefore i passed the two locked gates on Option D and connected by Option E back on RR. As others mentioned water is scarce all the way up, but a little creek can be easily accessed from Option D just 200 m after Option E has branched (S 40° 25.785' W 072° 06.839'). Good camping spots when Option G reenters RR. Saw wild boar nearby. Snow starts apruptly at 1300 m within the forest. Mystic atmosphere but hard walking. Lots of patagonian woodpeckers around. Snow increases gradually and I decided to leave my backpack near the Water ? {19} [53.5/1330] which was nearly covered by snow but provides already fresh water. At the rim of the plateau (1550 m) the views were spectacular but the plateau is impassable right now as it has meters of snow there. So I returned back the same way to Rininahue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Feb-04 to 2023-Feb-07 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great section, after a lot of forrest trails it was nice to see again something totally different and quite similiar to the landscape of GPT06. We were a little irresponsible with the water so better plan carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beginning around the lake is just road walking with quite a lot of traffic, depending on the weekday, but its better to avoid it, we didn’t feel always safe with more cars passing by. There should be ferry that goes on the other side of the lake. Good restaurant at around km 2-3, the one with empanadas to go in the house above the restaurant (reealy good). We camped behind a gate at km 5.7, below one of the miradors. At Hueinahue we went down to the beach we have seen from the road, hoping to buy some food, but nothing was there except of crowds of people. We crossed the river to get back on the road, but it would have been better to return back really. MR continues for the next almost 30km, but its quite nice walking through forrest and around settlements. Food truck with empanadas and some drinks at km 23 was a nice surprise, but might be there only in summer. Great place to camp by laguna at km 31, but its shores are all muddy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bridge at km 37 is the last reliable source of water so keep it in mind! When we got to the start of option 03, there was only locked gate and no one around at Hector and Neri’s place. Because of that we went with 03, and after 2 locked gates joined the CC variant and back on the RR. There is probably some tiny stream at the CC part but not easily accessible. The way up on the RR already was relatively easy with a few fallen trees that you can always walk around. We were hoping to find some water at km 53.5 or the one next to it but it was all dry already, just like many creeks that we have seen over the treeline. This became a problem for us, and the first water we found was at the big plateau you have to descent to in order to continue to the lava field and further. We didnt turn left at the beginning but continued straight to a few snowfields that are still big enough and on a hot day we could gather water from the snowmelt. From that point its about half a day to the next water (close to the start of descent down to the refugio and valley) so again good to take as much as you can. We didn’t have to pay anything at the end of the section as someone told us, this might be the case only in NOBO direction, or it was because we went there later in the evening. We camped on a yard of family living across the road for 5k CLP, they sell some basic food and its possible to have a shower there as well. Bus to Osorno and Entre Lagos as well leaves early in the morning around 7 AM we think but rather ask.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-JAN-10 - 2023-JAN-13 / 3 days / hiking / RR + volcan summit + termas - round trip from south / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wanted to precise one thing that I haven't understand : Santiago has a restaurant, near the road and a refuge (waypoint refuge no water). You have to check in at the restaurant to pay the 15k CLP /pers. This price includes a night in the refuge (there is nobody in there), access to volcano and a night at the camping near the restaurant (with cold shower for free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - Refugio El Caulle - 8km - +1000m/-0m First day going up to the refuge. We took the bus from Osorno, the only one going to Anticura leaves at 6pm but you have plenty of others going to Termas de Puyehue (going to Aguas Calientes). From there, 15km of hitchike, very easy. Then, the rise until the refuge in a beautiful and green forest. There is water upward the refuge, 15min walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - Volcan Puyehue + camp El Domo - 13km - +1300m/-1100m The caldeira of the volcano is superb ! the path is well traced until the summit. Then, we did the round of it and went down on the opposite side. We camped at the &amp;quot;El Domo&amp;quot; camp, located on Santiago's map, around km XX. Water is available just before it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - Termas - 17km - +700m/-900m Under the rain, it's not easy to navigate on the volcanic plateau. I would say that a navigation device is mandatory. Hot springs are very enjoyable after such a day under the rain. There is drinkable water before the hot springs (1km).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - Back to Restaurant El Caulle on RR - 32km - +1300m/-2400m A long day, even longer under the rain but doable. The restaurant was closed when we arrived (a Monday at 7pm). Santiago selled us basic food (pasta, sauce, eggs (a bit expensive)) and he opened the doors of his barn for us to sleep dry. The only bus going down from here to Osorno leaves at 7:30am.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-JAN / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option OH-001 crossing Rio Corrigue: this section barely exists as large parts have been taken back by bamboo. It is now a severe &amp;amp; sustained bamboo bash requiring huge effort to crawl, break &amp;amp; climb through at about 1 kilometre per hour. Try RR or other options instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-Jan-05 / 4 days / hiking / SOBO / RR / Frank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I came from GPT18. Before Lago Maihue there are a couple of small shops &amp;amp; a restaurant. As you go around Lago Maihue on the road there are a lot of $ campsites, then the road climbs high above the lake before dropping to Rio Hueinahue. I forded the river easily &amp;amp; went down to Camping Rupimeca at the lake, about 1KM off route. Good cheap campsite, no electricity but they will charge your phone at the house. Next day I continued to Hector &amp;amp; Neri's house but they weren't around. I went in on the alternative route which goes right on a road just before Hector &amp;amp; Niri's place. It's marked private with two locked gates but there was no one there. Stream near the road but difficult to access - running in a gully &amp;amp; blocked by vegetation. After several attempts I was able to access the stream higher up &amp;amp; camped nearby. Just before the alternative route rejoins the RR from Hector &amp;amp; Niri's house there is a stream, if you drop down right a few hundred metres from RR onto the alternative route here you can get water. The water sources marked near the treeline were tiny stagnant pools &amp;amp; they are a bit off trail. However, in early January there was plenty of water above treeline from snowmelt. Did the spectacular traverse in one long day. The snowfields could be traversed or avoided fairly easily. Fill up with water before you descend to the hut. There was no water at the hut &amp;amp; on the trail out to the road the marked water sources were only tiny trickles. Carry a few litres of water up to the hut if you are NOBO. There was no one at the entrance &amp;amp; I hitched out to Entre Lagos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-JAN-28 - 2023-JAN-30 / 3 days / hiking / NOBO / Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much has already been explained in great detail, so we will be brief: We saw no one at the entrance and therefore walked through without paying an entrance fee. The two water streams in the forest are dry and there is no water directly at the refugio. However, there are still snowfields about 1-2 km further up from the refugio which provide enough water. There was still enough water at 68.6. After that, there were still isolated snowfields, but partly further away from the trail. We spent the night between the lava rocks at S 40.53312 / W 72.16869, as there were still snowfields there, which we used for drinking water. After that, there was no more water until we reached Neri and Hector's house. The two of them were so nice and filled up our water. They charged an entrance fee of 5,000 CLP per person. Because of language barriers, we weren't sure if it was voluntary or because we couldn't show a ticket from the other entrance. Anyway, we paid and moved on. Hitchhiking to Rininahue went quite well once you are on the bigger Minor Road T-851.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023-JAN-26 - 2023-JAN-29 / 4 days / hiking / SOBO / Riñinahue (option 2) - Volcán Puyehue (option 4B) - Licán / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Panguipulli we took a bus at 8:40 am to Los Lagos (on a thursday). From there we took another bus to Paillaco at 11:30 am and got off at the cruce Reumén/Futrono. The connecting bus to Futrono passed there around 12:20 pm. From Futrono we took a bus to Llifén at 13:15 pm. From there we hitchhiked until the junction of Option 2 with the RR at km 37 approx. and arrived there around 17:00 pm. On the way up to Los Venados there is one accessible creek approx. 2,5 km before Los Venados. When we arrived there the gate following the RR was locked. As we didn't wanted to dry camp (we didn't fill up our bottles at the creek) we tried to get access to the river following variant D. It's definitely not possible to get water there, the forest is too dense and its getting too steep to climb down. So we went back and luckily after a while Hector and Neri arrived. They offered us to stay at their Refugio the night as it was already quite late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way up to the plateau is a good path. We collected some water from the northern &amp;quot;water?&amp;quot; waypoint around km 53,5. As Véronica mentioned there are only some shallow pools, but with clear water. On the plateau there are still some creeks from the snowmelt, but not that many so better carry some water. Around km 65 we saw in the valley on the left hand side a nicely flowing creek (off the RR) and decided to camp there. Its a detour of about 15-20min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we woke up to a clear blue sky and therefore decided to climb the volcano and to take the surrounding variant. On the ascent we didn't follow the GPS, which was a bad idea, as we ended up in a steep scree traverse/sketchy rock climbing. So it took us a lot of time to reach the ridge. Once there we enjoyed the amazing views! Walking around the crater got more and more tiring with all the ups and downs, but it's worth it! It was our favorite section so far. We collected some snowmelt water on the descent and camped at the Refugio (no water there).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path down from the Refugio is in good conditions. From Licán we got a ride directly to Puerto Montt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021-Dec-19 / Molly and Melissa / GPT21 Northbound - RR + ascent of summit:&lt;br /&gt;
4 days - skipping some of the gravel road along the lake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We went from Osorno to Puyehue, as the bus driver said that no buses went any further. From there we were quickly able to hitch a ride to Lican which is the start of the minor road. It's a couple of kilometres before Anticura. It would also be possible to walk, from Puyehue to Lican is about 10 km. We walked up to the restaurant and met a man who lives close by, he told us Santiago wasn't home, but he could take our payment. As others have written, Santiago wants to know the names and approximate schedule of everyone going towards the volcano. We slept at his camp site as well, it has flushing toilets and showers in a shed, it doesn't cost extra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volcán Puyehue:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short: Snow is no longer a problem, but there is still enough to create little streams, so carrying 1-1,5 L of water each was fine for us. Beautiful but tough. Navigation is okay when using the GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first of the little streams marked as water on the GPS while climbing up through the forest was dry, the other was still running. We passed the refugio, which has quite a few bunk beds without mattresses. From there the path towards the volcano is quite clear through the grass, and is marked with frequent cairns further up so the navigation here is quite easy all the way to the top. We left our bags on the main route which was a good decision, it was very steep with very loose small volcanic rocks. The view from up there was amazing. When continuing past the volcano, there is a trail for about three kilometres more, but after that it's pure cross country. With the GPS it's not that hard to navigate, but clear weather is necessary and the terrain is tough, especially when passing between the lava fields. We found that the Locus Maps showed a different route than the GPS. We still found quite a few streams, especially when still near the volcano, if there's snow there's probably still some water. The snow is no problem for walking though. The first water? was pretty big and will probably last some time, but the second was really small, but there are several other streams as well. There's also more water in the afternoon when more snow has melted. All in all climbing from the camping, climbing the volcano and traversing the plateau took us two days of walking. It could be done in less, but would be tough. We got quite sunburned even though we used sunscreen, it's very exposed!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had no trouble with finding the trail on the other side, it already starts being clear before reaching the forest. After that it's mostly just easy walking on gravel roads. When going northbound there is an alternative route around Hector and Neri's place that seems easier, we opted for the overgrown route to their house because we wanted to see if we could buy some bread, they didn't sell any though, but we had a nice chat with Hector as he let us through their locked gate. They later drove us about a kilometre when they passed us. The gravel road was a bit tedious and very hot, and hard to find good camping spots. The one marked on the GPS was behind a fence and some dense vegetation, but a little earlier it was possible to go through a gate to a little lake. We were told that there were many pumas and that we couldn't drink the water from the lake, we drank from a little stream going to the lake instead, and we didn't see any pumas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Hueinahue:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were able to cross the river without problems, it went to mid- thigh height and we are both around 160 cm tall. The current wasn't too strong either. We have had quite a few warm, dry days before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the road along the lake we were passed by a bus going to Valdivia which we jumped on happily, so coming off the trail could not have been easier. It passed through Maihue and Futrono as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021-Dec-03 / Alex Abramov / GPT19: Volcán Puyehue. Northbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Plateau&amp;quot; still has a LOT of snow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Feb 2020 / Matthieu / RR + ascent of the summit + OH to the Hot Springs, Northbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great section, amazing views, no technical difficulties with the trails and cross country..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*16-01-2020 / Arnaud Debilly / Southbound 4 full days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the forest, the volcanic terrain is very easy to walk in and the landscapes are wonderful. We saw many smokes from the volcanic activity but seemed not dangerous. Check the status of the volcano before to go (www.sernageomin.cl).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing in Rupumeica. Little shops in Maqueo and Maihue. A lot of camping sites, free and payable, along the Lago Maihue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 -round trip from south / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé :&lt;br /&gt;
Santiago has a restaurant, near the road and a refuge (waypoint refuge no water). You have to check in at the restaurant to pay the 15k CLP /pers. This price includes a night in the refuge (there is nobody in there), access to volcano and a night at the camping near the restaurant (with cold shower for free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Restaurant El Caulle on RR - 32km - +1300m/-2400m. The restaurant was closed when we arrived (a Monday at 7pm). Santiago selled us basic food (pasta, sauce, eggs (a bit expensive)) and he opened the doors of his barn for us to sleep dry. The only bus going down from here to Osorno leaves at 7:30am.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
Stayed at Hector qnd Neri Refugio for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo &lt;br /&gt;
In Anticura we found accommodation, but we didn't look for resupply, which is probably not so easy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
We ressuplied in Curiñe, with a minimatket there.&lt;br /&gt;
We slept in the cabañas of Carmen Panguilef (+56 984 54 83 03) in rupumeica bajo who is very welcoming and a proud mapuche.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WATER : &lt;br /&gt;
NO WATER at the first refuge down the volcano, you got to go a little bit further up and west. &amp;quot;Water 12?&amp;quot; wasnt working when I was though, but there was a last stream after before going west to the desert ( at the div 128).You have a good half day of walking without water, so take some supply with you. The water comes back just before the div 126, on a place which looks like a dry lake, with little streams coming down some frozen snow. &lt;br /&gt;
There is another part without water, that begins a little after Div 126 until the refuge of Neri and Hector. I personnaly thought easy to find water in the forest and got really thirsty because of that. There was nobody in the refuge, so I could find water a few meters after the north gate of the house, following a little trail that went on the right side, directly in the forest and to the river. (A little bit of bush bashing at the end, next to the river). Further on the road down there was some other rivers and there and good camping sites. You join the real road at bridge 63 and no problems of water after.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
Bus to Osorno and Entre Lagos as well leaves early in the morning around 7 AM we think but rather ask.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
From Panguipulli we took a bus at 8:40 am to Los Lagos (on a thursday). From there we took another bus to Paillaco at 11:30 am and got off at the cruce Reumén/Futrono. The connecting bus to Futrono passed there around 12:20 pm. From Futrono we took a bus to Llifén at 13:15 pm. From there we hitchhiked until the junction of Option 2 with the RR at km 37 approx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021/ Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
We went from Osorno to Puyehue, as the bus driver said that no buses went any further. From there we were quickly able to hitch a ride to Lican which is the start of the minor road. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
To avoid the 15 first kilometers we took the bus from puerto Maihue to Rupumeica Bajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2021 / Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
On the road along the lake we were passed by a bus going to Valdivia which we jumped on happily, so coming off the trail could not have been easier. It passed through Maihue and Futrono as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You have to pay the entry of the private property in Lican, at the camping/restaurant of the base of the volcano (10 000 CLP). The owner is called Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT19 - Volcán Puyehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354781.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354783.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354857.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354866.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354871.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354758.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354765.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354768.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354769.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_13_Volcán_Puyehue_109354773.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT18_(Lago_Pirihueico)&amp;diff=112631</id>
		<title>GPT18 (Lago Pirihueico)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT18_(Lago_Pirihueico)&amp;diff=112631"/>
				<updated>2023-12-03T03:42:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Recommendation Jan Dudeck in November 2023: Based on the STRAVA Heat Global Heatmap (https://www.strava.com/heatmap#11.72/-71.93115/-40.05048/hot/all) the route GPT18 Option 1 is more used. It remains unclear if this route gets hikers in the right-of-way dispute. Anyway, it seams worthwhile attempting this route especially when walking southbound. This should avoid demanding bush bashing and also prevents some more difficult river crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Nov-22 / 4 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After section 17P I continued on that section. Had no issues with the armada de Chile. I guess you can prevent problems by inflating the packraft at the park/camping spot as indicated in the packrafting track files (some trees provide shelter, too). The crossing of the lake was amazing. I scouted a potential emergency camp site at (S 30° 53.353' W071° 50.302') with a little creek and an abandoned track that winds out into the mountains but not investigated the track further. The Camp {18} [7.9+0.4/625] is fantastic. Nice views and beach. Next day I continued to Camp {18} [22.2/615]. Some fisherman are around in the afternoon at this part of the lake. Had a nice chat with three of them - the lake is famous for its trouts. Saw also some close to the shore in shallow water. Next day I went ashore at RP-TL-V {18} [22.9+0.1] and continued regular route. The track is in good condition (only a few small trunks) despite the second Bridge {18} [37.1/1012] is collapsed. But the river can be forded easily instead. Snow starts at 1200 m a soon became a problem. As the ascent to Pass {18} [43.0/1485] lies on the southern site, snow is retained on the broad but winding track forming snow shields of 1-3 m thickness. Saying that, the ascent is possible but exhaustive. I only went to the pass and returned as up there the amount of snow gets massive an the track is covered completely under steep snowy flanks. I guess it to be better on the descent on the northern side but I did not investigated. I camped on the track for one night and continued the next day to the shore where I landed the day before. Met a group of 15 mountainbiking Chilenos who said they have to make it to Puerto Fuy over that track, but I do not know if and how they achived. You can encounter Chilean Ocelot Tarantula and Darwin's frog directly on the track close to the lake. Next day I tooked the RH-MR-V {18} [26.0+6.5] to Puerto Pirehueico and toked the ferry back to Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Recommendation Frank in January 2023: Option OH-001 crossing Rio Corrigue: this section barely exists as large parts have been taken back by bamboo. It is now a severe &amp;amp; sustained bamboo bash requiring huge effort to crawl, break &amp;amp; climb through at about 1 kilometre per hour. Try RR or other options instead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-04 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH 18-A / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ferry from Pt Fuy leaves 4 times a day (schedule posted to fb group) but in high season it seems to be sold out quickly - at 09:30 we were able to buy tickets only for the last one that day and there was a big line… some people might have a reservation, but we are not sure if its possible to book in advance. The price is a little over 1000 CLP, payment only with cc. However we asked at the 13:30 ferry if we can take it since we have just backpacks and don’t even need a seat, and there was no problem, the ferry had way more seats than people anyway. Possible to charge electronics there and buy drinks. On the other side are 2 accomodation options - cabaña and basic rooms in residence house that are for 40k CLP for 3 bed room and 30k CLP for 2 single bed room, incl. private bathroom with hot water. Basic shop is a little overpriced so better to buy in Pt Fuy. Good options for eating - huge sandwiches, empanadas and local beer in the wooden kiosks where most of the people from ferry go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued the next day, jumping over a gate and crawling under a barbed wire fence after. The way to the pass is a minor road through nice forrest. From X point at km 50.5 the trail becomes a little less visible for the next 4km with some fallen trees and branches here and there, but still nice walking. Fun begins at camp km 64.1 - trail becomes gradually more and more overgrown, eventhough its not so hard to follow it, we were progressing really slow. At the end its a lot of crawling close to the ground to get under all the bamboos, and very tropical conditions in our case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were not sure which route is the best one to follow after, so we started with RR, but decided to leave it after first few meters after the ford as it was densly overgrown. Thanks to Molly and Melis comment we took the optional route on the other side and it was really close to normal trail, what a pleasent surprise for us! Someone had work on it recently, there were new barbed wires at the beginning where you have to crawl under the fence, but from there only a few little overgrown parts. After 2.5 km you join a 4x4 road and that goes all the way to the gate. We were again finishing late in the evening to reach the camp with thermas, and before the gate we met a car with english-speaking locals who looked surprised to see us at first, but showed us the way and advised us to ask the guard to open the gate for us. When we reached the gate, we saw light in the guards house, but decided to climb over the gate, that was locked at the time. After around 1.5 km we came to a house that was also secured by a wooden gate, easy to climb over. Free camp with hot springs has a lot of space and there were some locals (friday evening), even more came in the morning. Pools have warm but not hot water which is perfect for a bath with view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unmarked small shop is at the beginning of the paved road and many more shops and places to eat on the main route to the lake. The marked shop at km 93.3 has good supplies and prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-06 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Zach + Valentin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After meeting in Bolivia, we met up again in Puerto Fuy. Dubious section selection for Valentin’s first multi day hike. We took the 09:00 super scenic ferry to Puerto Pirehueico. Another vote for Mané’s empanadas de pescado. After hopping over the signless fence the trail follows an old road bed with a gentle grade for a day and a half: one last dip in the lake, a nice woods vibe, big old trees, some light caressing of bushes, and flowers galore. My paddle blade made an excellent Tábano (horsefly) swatter for the open fields. Views at the pass were rewarding but brief. After the bridge and cabin at 64.2 the bamboo bumping began. A machete would have been cathartic. The regular route trail (RR-TL-V {18} [62.7/72.2+2.1]) was the whackiest. Gaps in the trees allowed sufficient sunshine for walls of bamboo to grow. It was usually possible to see the old treadway but slow goings averaging less than 1 km/hr. “Termas➡️” was written in red on a tree around (-40.1600, -71.9206) but we didn’t investigate. We didn’t see (RR-TL-V {18} [67.6/77.2+1.3]) and forded when the road reached the river, shimmying under barbed wire on the other side. Later we saw the riverside gate a bit south of the southernmost “ford?” location. No problems with guards or property owners. The termas naturales were a splendid end to Valentin’s first backpacking trip. We got a ride out from a couple at the hot springs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR &amp;amp; optional route between Estero El Africano and waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot; / Frank &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 40KM are on an old jeep track. There are some fallen trees but you can generally get round them easily. At Camp 133 the ground is rough &amp;amp; I didn't find a good camping spot. Instead a little before the camp I crossed the stream &amp;amp; 200 metres downstream there are two huts. The smaller one is in good condition &amp;amp; I slept on the floor. Saw wild boar nearby. You cross the river on a bridge to a hut, continuing on a trail that is partly overgrown with young bamboo. Bush bashing is mostly easy. Also some fallen trees &amp;amp; 2 very short sections of severe bamboo bashing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crossed Rio Curringue near Estero Africano to continue on optional trail 001. If you follow track file 001 after the river crossing you come to an impenetrable wall of bamboo. Instead I went downstream about 40 metres &amp;amp; by a small wall I cut up onto the trail. It gets clearer as you go up but soon disappears in the bamboo forest. Micro navigation is required as if you break through on the route you may come to a partially clear section where you can walk upright but breaking off route generally leads to more bamboo. This section was the most overgrown I encountered on GPT1-40. A machete would not be very useful as the bamboo is growing in solid walls. When you get to 002 it is a clear jeep track &amp;amp; 003 is also good. Took me 9 hours to get from camp 134 to 135. It would be best to avoid crossing Rio Curringue &amp;amp; stay on RR. The alternative route which splits from RR at camp 134 may also be viable. Camped on a small layby above where optional route 003 descends to the river. Easy river crossing on day 3 &amp;amp; I walked out by waypoint &amp;quot;guard&amp;quot; The guard was at the house near the gate but he just waved &amp;amp; the gate was open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2021-Dec-25 / 4 days / Hiking / NOBO / Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good: You dive deep into old forests, it feels like true jungle. Many beautiful flowery meadows. Beautiful views on the last-ish part before the lake + the lake. We didn't meet anyone after crossing the gate. Nice hot springs in the beginning. The ferry trip itself&lt;br /&gt;
Bad: Quite slow to get through a section of the forest - definitely manageable. Feels very much like breaking in as you literally climb a huge fence. Forest may be a little repetitive for some&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT18:&lt;br /&gt;
The first part marked as a minor road is now paved. &lt;br /&gt;
We camped at the first hot springs without the dollar sign. It's a big field where you can camp, and the hot springs are really nice. There are several holes right next to the river, and the water has a nice temperature, not too hot, though probably still best when out of the sun. We didn't go to the other hot springs (Chihuío) where you have to pay, but it seems to be a big swimming pool of a kind. They close at 17:30.&lt;br /&gt;
When continuing on the gravel road, several signs tell you that it's private property, and finally you get to a big gate next to a house. Maybe the guard's? No one was around when we came, though, and we climbed across the gate. From there we took the optional route along the gravel road, as you had to climb yet another gate to get to the regular route. When the gravel road split up, we picked the one closest to the river. It was nice and clear all the way, whereas the other one seemed very muddy. They met again, our route was behind a little gate that could easily be opened. From there, the optional route followed a very small trail, pretty overgrown, but still definitely doable. It seemed that someone had recently been through with a machete, we didn't need one. At one point we came to a barbed wire fence, and the trail seemed to continue along it. That was wrong, you have to cross the fence immediately, and the trail continues on the other side.&lt;br /&gt;
We met the regular route by the river at two and decided to continue to the next spot marked as camp. That gave us a long day, the trail was still overgrown, though better than the previous, and it was slow going. When we came through it wasn't muddy though. There was nowhere to camp before the bridge. Right after, there is an abandoned field to the right of the route, the grass is quite long, but it's an okay camping site.&lt;br /&gt;
The plant with bright orange flowers and white spots on the leaves hurt to the touch, like a stinging nettle.&lt;br /&gt;
We saw strawberry plants everywhere, a nice section when they are in season!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From there, the rest of the way is on an abandoned 4x4 track, it's never difficult to see, but a little overgrown in places. It climbs above the treeline where the view is very nice, but we were attacked by hordes of flies that went away as we walked back into the forest. We camped on the lake shore, it's a great place to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Pirihueico has several restaurants, we had empanadas at Donde Mané, they were great. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat leaves everyday at 4 pm from Puerto Pirihueico and arrives at Puerto Fuy around 5 - too late for any busses. It seems you should buy tickets in the big building next to the lake? bus leaves for Panguipulli the next day around 7 am and 9 am - I think the last is at around 4 pm, and from there there are many busses to Valdivia. There are a ton of accomodation options and restaurants in Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb / Hiking / NOBO / RR + OH-01 / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Forest trail, a part technical and slow. The rest is nice and calm, easy to follow, for the ones liking the smell of fresh herbs, flowers, and the bees. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Track followed:&lt;br /&gt;
I followed the recommendations of Martina Ivo Arnaud and Matus.&lt;br /&gt;
Arriving on the RR, just before the waypoint &amp;quot;Guards&amp;quot;, there was a huge portal, closed. But not the usual portal easy to climb, the type of portal to say that you don´t want cars and walkers in. I decided to cross country straight north to the Rio Curringue and cross here to join the OH18-001. This OH is a big truck path, so no difficulties. I suspect that there are constructing a road north to Puerto Fuy on this side of the river. &lt;br /&gt;
After the camp 135, The is a div follonwing the OH 001. There begins the little technical forest trail (good little horsetrail, well maintained by the locals, easy to follow but really muddy and a lot of up and downhill). It goes to the river Curringue againm that you have to cross, and join the RR after on the other side, until Camp 134. It personnally took me around 5 hours to go from camp 135 to Camp 134, so I would recommend not to begin this section at the end of the day. No need of the machete.&lt;br /&gt;
After Camp 134, 4x4 road, easy to follow. Keep an eye on the GPS thow, lots of traps with other roads going everywhere, waiting for careless walke&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Legality of this section ?:&lt;br /&gt;
It seems unclear. Everything from Chihuiyo to Pirehueico/Puerto Fuy is part of the Huilo Huilo Parc. BUt the only part that you have to pay for seems to be the northern part, next to Neltume, where there is a lot of tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
The optionnal road 001 seems free and I even crossed a chilean family at the camp 135, with their car, and they had a barbecue before around.&lt;br /&gt;
After Camp 134, I crossed a car of Guardaparques : they just asked me where I came from and where I went, made sure that I had the GPS to not loose myself in the forest, and let me continue without discussion. So I guess that there is finally no problems with walking in this part of the parc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Feb-13 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH-01 + 02 + 03 between Estero El Africano and waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot; / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the previous comments of Arnaud and Matus we were prepared for the middle part of this section. At the Estero El Africano we didn't try long to find the regular route but crossed the Río Curringue to take optional route 001, 002 and 003 and got back to the regular route at the waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole stretch RR-MR-V@18-64.1+8.1 (from the waypoint &amp;quot;Camp&amp;quot; to the Estero El Africano) is a muddy trail, no minor road, which makes quite a difference in hiking time calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't really look for resupply, accommodation or transportation opportunities in Curriñe or Puerto Maihue but at the moment in high season it's very easy to hitchhike to Futrono, where you find everything, plus regular busses to Valdivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-5 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / OP Lago Pirihueico only / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafted Lago Pirihueico only - as add-on to Section 17P. Didn’t hike any part of Section 18. At Puerto Fuy, an official of the Armada/Navy said solo kayaking on the lake was prohibited, but after a 10 minute conversation I convinced him to let me do it. Key was saying that I, not Navy, bore responsibility. Lake is stunning, especially at dawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-16 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 days with one day off due to rain&lt;br /&gt;
We started with the ferry from puerto fuy at 9am (3 or 4 boats a day - around 1000 clp). 1h30 trip to pirihueico. Then the path starts in the private property of the parque Huilo Huilo (&amp;quot;no entrar&amp;quot; sign but no one to check). The path is clear, looks like a minor road with ancient bridges to cross the river. After around 40km, the track follows a very little path, looks like bush bashing during 5km.&lt;br /&gt;
Then you join a river, parallel to the track. At that point, we followed the track that went into the forest. It was so dense that we did maybe 200m in one hour. We decided to turn back to walk in the river (around 2km), or on the side, until we found a real path. That was a good and efficient solution.&lt;br /&gt;
We found no guardaparques or private guards to discuss right of way passage so had no problems with this aspect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: We were halted by rangers in a jeep on the 4WD road on the west side of Río Pillanleufu. They informed us it was illegal to be in Huilo Huilo at this time because the reserve was closed for the rehabilitation of the Pudú, the world’s smallest deer. We had no knowledge of this since we entered the reserve in a very remote location and there was not adequate signage to inform us of this closure. After explaining this to the ranger, they escorted us out of the reserve. You may want to enquire about the status of Huilo Huilo before beginning this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: This was publicly accessible land with public roads until the Petermann clan took control of this vast property during the final year of the Pinochet dictatorship. Huilo Huilo is not advertised as a “private for profit reserve” with very expensive high-end lodging but wood logging continues in parts of this property. Several hikers reported that they were stopped by guards and send or escorted out. It remains unclear to me if the right-of-way legally ended or if the new owner simply want to keep people out that don’t spend lots of money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT18 begins with a 23 km paddle on Lago Pirihueico, a long, remote, serpentine lake. There are almost no residences along the shoreline of Lago Pirihueico, but there are some beaches suitable for camping. A ferry also runs from Puerto Fuy to Puerto Pirihueico at the southern end of the lake several times a day. You can find more information about the ferry and make reservations here: https://barcazahuahum.com/en/schedule-and-prices/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The take-out is not obvious, and we relied on our GPS to guide us to the spot. A short walk up is a 4WD track that leads into the Reserva Biológica Huilo Huilo. The track is overgrown and littered with downed trees but becomes clearer and easier to navigate as it ascends. The views are gorgeous as the 4WD track climbs above treeline. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the route nears the roaring Río Pillanleufu, it reduces to a single track trail. The trail meanders on the east shore of the river and eventually disappears. We backtracked a bit and made our way down to the east river bank which we followed until we picked up the trail in a large meadow. A bridge is located where the GPS track is shown crossing over the Río Pillanleufu to the west side and joining a 4WD road. The vegetation on this side of the river is thick and camping is hard to come across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 10 km from the bridge crossing, the 4WD track ends in an impenetrable bamboo forest. We backtracked and headed down to the west bank of the Río Pillanleufu where we found a horse track that eventually led back to the main route. The route follows easy grade farm roads until exiting onto T-559. T-559 is a windy gravel road which makes for an easy road walk all the way to Lago Maihue and the end of GPT18. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Futrono&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futrono, about a 40 minute drive from where the route joins T-559, is the nearest large town. It has a variety of restaurants and lodging options and is a good place to resupply. There is no central bus station in Futrono, but there is a gas station at the east end of town where you can pick up a bus that will take you back to the trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Puerto Pirihueico&lt;br /&gt;
Several restaurants and a small shop which has coffee, tea, pasta and flour.&lt;br /&gt;
Cabañas and camp ground&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are frequent buses from Valdivia to Pangipulli, about one an hour from 8AM to 9PM.&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 buses a day from Panguipulli to Puerto Fuy Monday-Friday, 4 on Saturday &amp;amp; 2 on Sunday. The last one every day is at 7:30 PM&lt;br /&gt;
This link gives the ferry timetable from Puerto Fuy to Puerto Pirehueico in English:&lt;br /&gt;
https://barcazahuahum.com/en/schedule-and-prices/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT18 - Lago Pirihueico]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276202.jpg|thumb|center|1100px|GPT18]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276179.jpg|thumb|center|1100px|A beach at Pirihueico]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230396.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230403.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230411.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230416.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230424.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230388.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276229.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230384.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230395.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT18_(Lago_Pirihueico)&amp;diff=112630</id>
		<title>GPT18 (Lago Pirihueico)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT18_(Lago_Pirihueico)&amp;diff=112630"/>
				<updated>2023-12-03T03:31:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Recommendation Jan Dudeck in November 2023: Based on the STRAVA Heat Global Heatmap (https://www.strava.com/heatmap#11.72/-71.93115/-40.05048/hot/all) the route GPT18 Option 1 is more used. It remains unclear if this route gets hikers in the right-of-way dispute. Anyway, it seams worthwhile attempting this route especially when walking southbound. This should avoid demanding bush bashing and also prevents some more difficult river crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Nov-22 / 4 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After section 17P I continued on that section. Had no issues with the armada de Chile. I guess you can prevent problems by inflating the packraft at the park/camping spot as indicated in the packrafting track files (some trees provide shelter, too). The crossing of the lake was amazing. I scouted a potential emergency camp site at (S 30° 53.353' W071° 50.302') with a little creek and an abandoned track that winds out into the mountains but not investigated the track further. The Camp {18} [7.9+0.4/625] is fantastic. Nice views and beach. Next day I continued to Camp {18} [22.2/615]. Some fisherman are around in the afternoon at this part of the lake. Had a nice chat with three of them - the lake is famous for its trouts. Saw also some close to the shore in shallow water. Next day I went ashore at RP-TL-V {18} [22.9+0.1] and continued regular route. The track is in good condition (only a few small trunks) despite the second Bridge {18} [37.1/1012] is collapsed. But the river can be forded easily instead. Snow starts at 1200 m a soon became a problem. As the ascent to Pass {18} [43.0/1485] lies on the southern site, snow is retained on the broad but winding track forming snow shields of 1-3 m thickness. Saying that, the ascent is possible but exhaustive. I only went to the pass and returned as up there the amount of snow gets massive an the track is covered completely under steep snowy flanks. I guess it to be better on the descent on the northern side but I did not investigated. I camped on the track for one night and continued the next day to the shore where I landed the before. Met a group of 15 mountainbiking Chilenos who said they have to make it to Puerto Fuy over that track, but I do not know if and how they achived. Saw and Darwin's frog directly on the track close to the lake Next day I tooked the RH-MR-V {18} [26.0+6.5] to Puerto Pirehueico and toked the ferry back to Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Recommendation Frank in January 2023: Option OH-001 crossing Rio Corrigue: this section barely exists as large parts have been taken back by bamboo. It is now a severe &amp;amp; sustained bamboo bash requiring huge effort to crawl, break &amp;amp; climb through at about 1 kilometre per hour. Try RR or other options instead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-04 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH 18-A / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ferry from Pt Fuy leaves 4 times a day (schedule posted to fb group) but in high season it seems to be sold out quickly - at 09:30 we were able to buy tickets only for the last one that day and there was a big line… some people might have a reservation, but we are not sure if its possible to book in advance. The price is a little over 1000 CLP, payment only with cc. However we asked at the 13:30 ferry if we can take it since we have just backpacks and don’t even need a seat, and there was no problem, the ferry had way more seats than people anyway. Possible to charge electronics there and buy drinks. On the other side are 2 accomodation options - cabaña and basic rooms in residence house that are for 40k CLP for 3 bed room and 30k CLP for 2 single bed room, incl. private bathroom with hot water. Basic shop is a little overpriced so better to buy in Pt Fuy. Good options for eating - huge sandwiches, empanadas and local beer in the wooden kiosks where most of the people from ferry go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued the next day, jumping over a gate and crawling under a barbed wire fence after. The way to the pass is a minor road through nice forrest. From X point at km 50.5 the trail becomes a little less visible for the next 4km with some fallen trees and branches here and there, but still nice walking. Fun begins at camp km 64.1 - trail becomes gradually more and more overgrown, eventhough its not so hard to follow it, we were progressing really slow. At the end its a lot of crawling close to the ground to get under all the bamboos, and very tropical conditions in our case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were not sure which route is the best one to follow after, so we started with RR, but decided to leave it after first few meters after the ford as it was densly overgrown. Thanks to Molly and Melis comment we took the optional route on the other side and it was really close to normal trail, what a pleasent surprise for us! Someone had work on it recently, there were new barbed wires at the beginning where you have to crawl under the fence, but from there only a few little overgrown parts. After 2.5 km you join a 4x4 road and that goes all the way to the gate. We were again finishing late in the evening to reach the camp with thermas, and before the gate we met a car with english-speaking locals who looked surprised to see us at first, but showed us the way and advised us to ask the guard to open the gate for us. When we reached the gate, we saw light in the guards house, but decided to climb over the gate, that was locked at the time. After around 1.5 km we came to a house that was also secured by a wooden gate, easy to climb over. Free camp with hot springs has a lot of space and there were some locals (friday evening), even more came in the morning. Pools have warm but not hot water which is perfect for a bath with view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unmarked small shop is at the beginning of the paved road and many more shops and places to eat on the main route to the lake. The marked shop at km 93.3 has good supplies and prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-06 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Zach + Valentin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After meeting in Bolivia, we met up again in Puerto Fuy. Dubious section selection for Valentin’s first multi day hike. We took the 09:00 super scenic ferry to Puerto Pirehueico. Another vote for Mané’s empanadas de pescado. After hopping over the signless fence the trail follows an old road bed with a gentle grade for a day and a half: one last dip in the lake, a nice woods vibe, big old trees, some light caressing of bushes, and flowers galore. My paddle blade made an excellent Tábano (horsefly) swatter for the open fields. Views at the pass were rewarding but brief. After the bridge and cabin at 64.2 the bamboo bumping began. A machete would have been cathartic. The regular route trail (RR-TL-V {18} [62.7/72.2+2.1]) was the whackiest. Gaps in the trees allowed sufficient sunshine for walls of bamboo to grow. It was usually possible to see the old treadway but slow goings averaging less than 1 km/hr. “Termas➡️” was written in red on a tree around (-40.1600, -71.9206) but we didn’t investigate. We didn’t see (RR-TL-V {18} [67.6/77.2+1.3]) and forded when the road reached the river, shimmying under barbed wire on the other side. Later we saw the riverside gate a bit south of the southernmost “ford?” location. No problems with guards or property owners. The termas naturales were a splendid end to Valentin’s first backpacking trip. We got a ride out from a couple at the hot springs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR &amp;amp; optional route between Estero El Africano and waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot; / Frank &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 40KM are on an old jeep track. There are some fallen trees but you can generally get round them easily. At Camp 133 the ground is rough &amp;amp; I didn't find a good camping spot. Instead a little before the camp I crossed the stream &amp;amp; 200 metres downstream there are two huts. The smaller one is in good condition &amp;amp; I slept on the floor. Saw wild boar nearby. You cross the river on a bridge to a hut, continuing on a trail that is partly overgrown with young bamboo. Bush bashing is mostly easy. Also some fallen trees &amp;amp; 2 very short sections of severe bamboo bashing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crossed Rio Curringue near Estero Africano to continue on optional trail 001. If you follow track file 001 after the river crossing you come to an impenetrable wall of bamboo. Instead I went downstream about 40 metres &amp;amp; by a small wall I cut up onto the trail. It gets clearer as you go up but soon disappears in the bamboo forest. Micro navigation is required as if you break through on the route you may come to a partially clear section where you can walk upright but breaking off route generally leads to more bamboo. This section was the most overgrown I encountered on GPT1-40. A machete would not be very useful as the bamboo is growing in solid walls. When you get to 002 it is a clear jeep track &amp;amp; 003 is also good. Took me 9 hours to get from camp 134 to 135. It would be best to avoid crossing Rio Curringue &amp;amp; stay on RR. The alternative route which splits from RR at camp 134 may also be viable. Camped on a small layby above where optional route 003 descends to the river. Easy river crossing on day 3 &amp;amp; I walked out by waypoint &amp;quot;guard&amp;quot; The guard was at the house near the gate but he just waved &amp;amp; the gate was open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2021-Dec-25 / 4 days / Hiking / NOBO / Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good: You dive deep into old forests, it feels like true jungle. Many beautiful flowery meadows. Beautiful views on the last-ish part before the lake + the lake. We didn't meet anyone after crossing the gate. Nice hot springs in the beginning. The ferry trip itself&lt;br /&gt;
Bad: Quite slow to get through a section of the forest - definitely manageable. Feels very much like breaking in as you literally climb a huge fence. Forest may be a little repetitive for some&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT18:&lt;br /&gt;
The first part marked as a minor road is now paved. &lt;br /&gt;
We camped at the first hot springs without the dollar sign. It's a big field where you can camp, and the hot springs are really nice. There are several holes right next to the river, and the water has a nice temperature, not too hot, though probably still best when out of the sun. We didn't go to the other hot springs (Chihuío) where you have to pay, but it seems to be a big swimming pool of a kind. They close at 17:30.&lt;br /&gt;
When continuing on the gravel road, several signs tell you that it's private property, and finally you get to a big gate next to a house. Maybe the guard's? No one was around when we came, though, and we climbed across the gate. From there we took the optional route along the gravel road, as you had to climb yet another gate to get to the regular route. When the gravel road split up, we picked the one closest to the river. It was nice and clear all the way, whereas the other one seemed very muddy. They met again, our route was behind a little gate that could easily be opened. From there, the optional route followed a very small trail, pretty overgrown, but still definitely doable. It seemed that someone had recently been through with a machete, we didn't need one. At one point we came to a barbed wire fence, and the trail seemed to continue along it. That was wrong, you have to cross the fence immediately, and the trail continues on the other side.&lt;br /&gt;
We met the regular route by the river at two and decided to continue to the next spot marked as camp. That gave us a long day, the trail was still overgrown, though better than the previous, and it was slow going. When we came through it wasn't muddy though. There was nowhere to camp before the bridge. Right after, there is an abandoned field to the right of the route, the grass is quite long, but it's an okay camping site.&lt;br /&gt;
The plant with bright orange flowers and white spots on the leaves hurt to the touch, like a stinging nettle.&lt;br /&gt;
We saw strawberry plants everywhere, a nice section when they are in season!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From there, the rest of the way is on an abandoned 4x4 track, it's never difficult to see, but a little overgrown in places. It climbs above the treeline where the view is very nice, but we were attacked by hordes of flies that went away as we walked back into the forest. We camped on the lake shore, it's a great place to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Pirihueico has several restaurants, we had empanadas at Donde Mané, they were great. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat leaves everyday at 4 pm from Puerto Pirihueico and arrives at Puerto Fuy around 5 - too late for any busses. It seems you should buy tickets in the big building next to the lake? bus leaves for Panguipulli the next day around 7 am and 9 am - I think the last is at around 4 pm, and from there there are many busses to Valdivia. There are a ton of accomodation options and restaurants in Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb / Hiking / NOBO / RR + OH-01 / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Forest trail, a part technical and slow. The rest is nice and calm, easy to follow, for the ones liking the smell of fresh herbs, flowers, and the bees. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Track followed:&lt;br /&gt;
I followed the recommendations of Martina Ivo Arnaud and Matus.&lt;br /&gt;
Arriving on the RR, just before the waypoint &amp;quot;Guards&amp;quot;, there was a huge portal, closed. But not the usual portal easy to climb, the type of portal to say that you don´t want cars and walkers in. I decided to cross country straight north to the Rio Curringue and cross here to join the OH18-001. This OH is a big truck path, so no difficulties. I suspect that there are constructing a road north to Puerto Fuy on this side of the river. &lt;br /&gt;
After the camp 135, The is a div follonwing the OH 001. There begins the little technical forest trail (good little horsetrail, well maintained by the locals, easy to follow but really muddy and a lot of up and downhill). It goes to the river Curringue againm that you have to cross, and join the RR after on the other side, until Camp 134. It personnally took me around 5 hours to go from camp 135 to Camp 134, so I would recommend not to begin this section at the end of the day. No need of the machete.&lt;br /&gt;
After Camp 134, 4x4 road, easy to follow. Keep an eye on the GPS thow, lots of traps with other roads going everywhere, waiting for careless walke&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Legality of this section ?:&lt;br /&gt;
It seems unclear. Everything from Chihuiyo to Pirehueico/Puerto Fuy is part of the Huilo Huilo Parc. BUt the only part that you have to pay for seems to be the northern part, next to Neltume, where there is a lot of tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
The optionnal road 001 seems free and I even crossed a chilean family at the camp 135, with their car, and they had a barbecue before around.&lt;br /&gt;
After Camp 134, I crossed a car of Guardaparques : they just asked me where I came from and where I went, made sure that I had the GPS to not loose myself in the forest, and let me continue without discussion. So I guess that there is finally no problems with walking in this part of the parc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Feb-13 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH-01 + 02 + 03 between Estero El Africano and waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot; / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the previous comments of Arnaud and Matus we were prepared for the middle part of this section. At the Estero El Africano we didn't try long to find the regular route but crossed the Río Curringue to take optional route 001, 002 and 003 and got back to the regular route at the waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole stretch RR-MR-V@18-64.1+8.1 (from the waypoint &amp;quot;Camp&amp;quot; to the Estero El Africano) is a muddy trail, no minor road, which makes quite a difference in hiking time calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't really look for resupply, accommodation or transportation opportunities in Curriñe or Puerto Maihue but at the moment in high season it's very easy to hitchhike to Futrono, where you find everything, plus regular busses to Valdivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-5 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / OP Lago Pirihueico only / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafted Lago Pirihueico only - as add-on to Section 17P. Didn’t hike any part of Section 18. At Puerto Fuy, an official of the Armada/Navy said solo kayaking on the lake was prohibited, but after a 10 minute conversation I convinced him to let me do it. Key was saying that I, not Navy, bore responsibility. Lake is stunning, especially at dawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-16 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 days with one day off due to rain&lt;br /&gt;
We started with the ferry from puerto fuy at 9am (3 or 4 boats a day - around 1000 clp). 1h30 trip to pirihueico. Then the path starts in the private property of the parque Huilo Huilo (&amp;quot;no entrar&amp;quot; sign but no one to check). The path is clear, looks like a minor road with ancient bridges to cross the river. After around 40km, the track follows a very little path, looks like bush bashing during 5km.&lt;br /&gt;
Then you join a river, parallel to the track. At that point, we followed the track that went into the forest. It was so dense that we did maybe 200m in one hour. We decided to turn back to walk in the river (around 2km), or on the side, until we found a real path. That was a good and efficient solution.&lt;br /&gt;
We found no guardaparques or private guards to discuss right of way passage so had no problems with this aspect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: We were halted by rangers in a jeep on the 4WD road on the west side of Río Pillanleufu. They informed us it was illegal to be in Huilo Huilo at this time because the reserve was closed for the rehabilitation of the Pudú, the world’s smallest deer. We had no knowledge of this since we entered the reserve in a very remote location and there was not adequate signage to inform us of this closure. After explaining this to the ranger, they escorted us out of the reserve. You may want to enquire about the status of Huilo Huilo before beginning this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: This was publicly accessible land with public roads until the Petermann clan took control of this vast property during the final year of the Pinochet dictatorship. Huilo Huilo is not advertised as a “private for profit reserve” with very expensive high-end lodging but wood logging continues in parts of this property. Several hikers reported that they were stopped by guards and send or escorted out. It remains unclear to me if the right-of-way legally ended or if the new owner simply want to keep people out that don’t spend lots of money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT18 begins with a 23 km paddle on Lago Pirihueico, a long, remote, serpentine lake. There are almost no residences along the shoreline of Lago Pirihueico, but there are some beaches suitable for camping. A ferry also runs from Puerto Fuy to Puerto Pirihueico at the southern end of the lake several times a day. You can find more information about the ferry and make reservations here: https://barcazahuahum.com/en/schedule-and-prices/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The take-out is not obvious, and we relied on our GPS to guide us to the spot. A short walk up is a 4WD track that leads into the Reserva Biológica Huilo Huilo. The track is overgrown and littered with downed trees but becomes clearer and easier to navigate as it ascends. The views are gorgeous as the 4WD track climbs above treeline. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the route nears the roaring Río Pillanleufu, it reduces to a single track trail. The trail meanders on the east shore of the river and eventually disappears. We backtracked a bit and made our way down to the east river bank which we followed until we picked up the trail in a large meadow. A bridge is located where the GPS track is shown crossing over the Río Pillanleufu to the west side and joining a 4WD road. The vegetation on this side of the river is thick and camping is hard to come across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 10 km from the bridge crossing, the 4WD track ends in an impenetrable bamboo forest. We backtracked and headed down to the west bank of the Río Pillanleufu where we found a horse track that eventually led back to the main route. The route follows easy grade farm roads until exiting onto T-559. T-559 is a windy gravel road which makes for an easy road walk all the way to Lago Maihue and the end of GPT18. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Futrono&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futrono, about a 40 minute drive from where the route joins T-559, is the nearest large town. It has a variety of restaurants and lodging options and is a good place to resupply. There is no central bus station in Futrono, but there is a gas station at the east end of town where you can pick up a bus that will take you back to the trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Puerto Pirihueico&lt;br /&gt;
Several restaurants and a small shop which has coffee, tea, pasta and flour.&lt;br /&gt;
Cabañas and camp ground&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are frequent buses from Valdivia to Pangipulli, about one an hour from 8AM to 9PM.&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 buses a day from Panguipulli to Puerto Fuy Monday-Friday, 4 on Saturday &amp;amp; 2 on Sunday. The last one every day is at 7:30 PM&lt;br /&gt;
This link gives the ferry timetable from Puerto Fuy to Puerto Pirehueico in English:&lt;br /&gt;
https://barcazahuahum.com/en/schedule-and-prices/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT18 - Lago Pirihueico]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276202.jpg|thumb|center|1100px|GPT18]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276179.jpg|thumb|center|1100px|A beach at Pirihueico]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230396.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230403.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230411.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230416.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230424.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230388.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276229.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230384.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230395.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112629</id>
		<title>GPT17P (Neltume)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112629"/>
				<updated>2023-12-03T02:25:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Nov-20 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / 17P-01 + 17P-01A + RR / Tom Pieper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I started from Conaripe (transfer by bus from Pucon with change in Villarica) with option 01. After a short wlak through town and farmland I inflated my packraft and crossed Lago Pellaifa. There is space for camping on the southern shore but its farmland I guess. I stayed at Termas Pelleifas (Hot Spring, Camp $ {17P-01} [12.2/232]) which have nice pools of different temperated water. I was nearly alone there. Next day I walked to Rio Liquine and entered at the bridge near Camp $, River {17P-A} [2.7/208]. The stream looks a little bit turbulent at the bridge but its gets more gentle just after the next bent. Its a beautifull journey down the river. Only few obstacles which were easy to spot. I crossed the Lago Neltume afterwards, too, which was easy with backwind. I landed at the camp spot on the other side of the lake but do not recommend camping there but walk further 300m. Camping Rio Chan-Chan (Camp $ {17P} [25.3/206]) is far more beautifull and costs the same ($7000). The next day I walked the steet to Porto Fuy for a few kilometers until a bus passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A peaceful paddle through the woods. There was one fallen tree across the river requiring easily lifting the boat over. The lago Neltume was very head windy in the afternoon so I walked the road but was quickly offered a ride to Ruta 203 where a bus soon passed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-3 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plenty of semi-submerged trees in the Rio Liquiñe/CuaCua, but the river is passable and relatively gentle throughout. The entrance to Lago Neltume from the river is beautiful. The hiking turn-off after Neltume at Km 35.7 seemed clear. There’s a wooden gate, then dirt roads. Also spent a few extra hours away from regular route exploring Op-Mr-V@17P-03 to see if there was a way across Rio ChanChan after previous destruction of the bridge. No luck. Seems bridge has not been replaced and in a definitely-not-thorough search, I didn’t find an easy alternative crossing point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GPT does not go through Carriringue, but if you do decide to go into town the route is easy to rejoin by walking south along the paved road, T-29, to Río Liquiñe. There is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night) which is part of the Red de Turismo Rural where the paved road crosses the river. This campsite has flush toilets, cold showers, and trash.&lt;br /&gt;
The Río Liquiñe is windy and narrow. Pay attention to the several semi-submerged fallen trees that litter the river. The packrafting portion of this section ends with a 4 km paddle along the eastern shore of Lago Neltume. There’s easy access to the road, T-29, the entire time, but camping is improbable due to the abundance of private property. At the end of the lake paddle, there is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night). This site has flush toilets and trash. &lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Route:&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, the recommended packrafting route turns off T-29 onto a gravel road. DO NOT TAKE THIS ROUTE. It eventually leads to a river that is now impassible due to a destroyed bridge. An alternative is to continue along T-29 until reaching the highway, 203-CH. Follow this highway through Neltume all the way to Puerto Fuy. Although the recommended packrafting route turns off of the highway after Neltume, on the ground it was unclear where this turnoff was. We decided to road walk all the way to Puerto Fuy. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: Last season and this season 3 hikers/couples attempted to follow this route (RP-MR-V@17P-25.1). Two turned back, one made it over the river mentioned by Kara above. So the safest option is currently not take regular route (track RP-MR-V@17P-25.1) but stay on the main road taking Variant “H” (track OP-PR-V@17P-H-#).&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Neltume/Puerto Fuy to Panguipulli &lt;br /&gt;
Neltume has options for lodging, a few restaurants, and a bus to Panguipulli—the closest large town for resupply. Ask a local for directions to the bus stop and about arrival times. &lt;br /&gt;
At Puerto Fuy, there were several signs advertising lodging. However, it would be difficult to resupply here. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: I recall about half a dozen mini shops in Puerto Fuy that are sometimes hidden in the side roads. But its a best practice to resupply in the first bigger shop you find on the route (i.e. Neltume) and try in the next village to purchase what you did not get in the first place (i.e. Puerto Fuy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Fuy has a few restaurants and food shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regular buses run from Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A car and passenger ferry runs the length of Lago Pirihueico several times a day from Puerto Fuy to the south-eastern end of the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT17P - Neltume]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GP_11_Packrafting_Río_Cuacuá_109269751.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT17P]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269737.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Paddling on the river Cuacuá]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228006.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228007.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228008.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228009.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228010.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269685.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269706.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269743.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119227998.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT18_(Lago_Pirihueico)&amp;diff=112628</id>
		<title>GPT18 (Lago Pirihueico)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT18_(Lago_Pirihueico)&amp;diff=112628"/>
				<updated>2023-12-03T02:24:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Recommendation Jan Dudeck in November 2023: Based on the STRAVA Heat Global Heatmap (https://www.strava.com/heatmap#11.72/-71.93115/-40.05048/hot/all) the route GPT18 Option 1 is more used. It remains unclear if this route gets hikers in the right-of-way dispute. Anyway, it seams worthwhile attempting this route especially when walking southbound. This should avoid demanding bush bashing and also prevents some more difficult river crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023/11/22 - 2023/11/26 / Partly Regular Route / Southbound / Tom Piper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Region Los Lagos still has substantial amounts of snow. Trekked parts of section 18 the last week and even lower mountain ranges are covered in snow. At lago pirihueico the snow line is at 1200-1300 m. Especially minor roads / tracks at the southern flanks are covered with snow shields up to 2-3 m. Saying that, I think its not impossible to cross but be careful, as snow fields are steep in parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Recommendation Frank in January 2023: Option OH-001 crossing Rio Corrigue: this section barely exists as large parts have been taken back by bamboo. It is now a severe &amp;amp; sustained bamboo bash requiring huge effort to crawl, break &amp;amp; climb through at about 1 kilometre per hour. Try RR or other options instead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Feb-04 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH 18-A / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ferry from Pt Fuy leaves 4 times a day (schedule posted to fb group) but in high season it seems to be sold out quickly - at 09:30 we were able to buy tickets only for the last one that day and there was a big line… some people might have a reservation, but we are not sure if its possible to book in advance. The price is a little over 1000 CLP, payment only with cc. However we asked at the 13:30 ferry if we can take it since we have just backpacks and don’t even need a seat, and there was no problem, the ferry had way more seats than people anyway. Possible to charge electronics there and buy drinks. On the other side are 2 accomodation options - cabaña and basic rooms in residence house that are for 40k CLP for 3 bed room and 30k CLP for 2 single bed room, incl. private bathroom with hot water. Basic shop is a little overpriced so better to buy in Pt Fuy. Good options for eating - huge sandwiches, empanadas and local beer in the wooden kiosks where most of the people from ferry go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued the next day, jumping over a gate and crawling under a barbed wire fence after. The way to the pass is a minor road through nice forrest. From X point at km 50.5 the trail becomes a little less visible for the next 4km with some fallen trees and branches here and there, but still nice walking. Fun begins at camp km 64.1 - trail becomes gradually more and more overgrown, eventhough its not so hard to follow it, we were progressing really slow. At the end its a lot of crawling close to the ground to get under all the bamboos, and very tropical conditions in our case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were not sure which route is the best one to follow after, so we started with RR, but decided to leave it after first few meters after the ford as it was densly overgrown. Thanks to Molly and Melis comment we took the optional route on the other side and it was really close to normal trail, what a pleasent surprise for us! Someone had work on it recently, there were new barbed wires at the beginning where you have to crawl under the fence, but from there only a few little overgrown parts. After 2.5 km you join a 4x4 road and that goes all the way to the gate. We were again finishing late in the evening to reach the camp with thermas, and before the gate we met a car with english-speaking locals who looked surprised to see us at first, but showed us the way and advised us to ask the guard to open the gate for us. When we reached the gate, we saw light in the guards house, but decided to climb over the gate, that was locked at the time. After around 1.5 km we came to a house that was also secured by a wooden gate, easy to climb over. Free camp with hot springs has a lot of space and there were some locals (friday evening), even more came in the morning. Pools have warm but not hot water which is perfect for a bath with view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unmarked small shop is at the beginning of the paved road and many more shops and places to eat on the main route to the lake. The marked shop at km 93.3 has good supplies and prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-06 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Zach + Valentin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After meeting in Bolivia, we met up again in Puerto Fuy. Dubious section selection for Valentin’s first multi day hike. We took the 09:00 super scenic ferry to Puerto Pirehueico. Another vote for Mané’s empanadas de pescado. After hopping over the signless fence the trail follows an old road bed with a gentle grade for a day and a half: one last dip in the lake, a nice woods vibe, big old trees, some light caressing of bushes, and flowers galore. My paddle blade made an excellent Tábano (horsefly) swatter for the open fields. Views at the pass were rewarding but brief. After the bridge and cabin at 64.2 the bamboo bumping began. A machete would have been cathartic. The regular route trail (RR-TL-V {18} [62.7/72.2+2.1]) was the whackiest. Gaps in the trees allowed sufficient sunshine for walls of bamboo to grow. It was usually possible to see the old treadway but slow goings averaging less than 1 km/hr. “Termas➡️” was written in red on a tree around (-40.1600, -71.9206) but we didn’t investigate. We didn’t see (RR-TL-V {18} [67.6/77.2+1.3]) and forded when the road reached the river, shimmying under barbed wire on the other side. Later we saw the riverside gate a bit south of the southernmost “ford?” location. No problems with guards or property owners. The termas naturales were a splendid end to Valentin’s first backpacking trip. We got a ride out from a couple at the hot springs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR &amp;amp; optional route between Estero El Africano and waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot; / Frank &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 40KM are on an old jeep track. There are some fallen trees but you can generally get round them easily. At Camp 133 the ground is rough &amp;amp; I didn't find a good camping spot. Instead a little before the camp I crossed the stream &amp;amp; 200 metres downstream there are two huts. The smaller one is in good condition &amp;amp; I slept on the floor. Saw wild boar nearby. You cross the river on a bridge to a hut, continuing on a trail that is partly overgrown with young bamboo. Bush bashing is mostly easy. Also some fallen trees &amp;amp; 2 very short sections of severe bamboo bashing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crossed Rio Curringue near Estero Africano to continue on optional trail 001. If you follow track file 001 after the river crossing you come to an impenetrable wall of bamboo. Instead I went downstream about 40 metres &amp;amp; by a small wall I cut up onto the trail. It gets clearer as you go up but soon disappears in the bamboo forest. Micro navigation is required as if you break through on the route you may come to a partially clear section where you can walk upright but breaking off route generally leads to more bamboo. This section was the most overgrown I encountered on GPT1-40. A machete would not be very useful as the bamboo is growing in solid walls. When you get to 002 it is a clear jeep track &amp;amp; 003 is also good. Took me 9 hours to get from camp 134 to 135. It would be best to avoid crossing Rio Curringue &amp;amp; stay on RR. The alternative route which splits from RR at camp 134 may also be viable. Camped on a small layby above where optional route 003 descends to the river. Easy river crossing on day 3 &amp;amp; I walked out by waypoint &amp;quot;guard&amp;quot; The guard was at the house near the gate but he just waved &amp;amp; the gate was open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2021-Dec-25 / 4 days / Hiking / NOBO / Molly and Melissa &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good: You dive deep into old forests, it feels like true jungle. Many beautiful flowery meadows. Beautiful views on the last-ish part before the lake + the lake. We didn't meet anyone after crossing the gate. Nice hot springs in the beginning. The ferry trip itself&lt;br /&gt;
Bad: Quite slow to get through a section of the forest - definitely manageable. Feels very much like breaking in as you literally climb a huge fence. Forest may be a little repetitive for some&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT18:&lt;br /&gt;
The first part marked as a minor road is now paved. &lt;br /&gt;
We camped at the first hot springs without the dollar sign. It's a big field where you can camp, and the hot springs are really nice. There are several holes right next to the river, and the water has a nice temperature, not too hot, though probably still best when out of the sun. We didn't go to the other hot springs (Chihuío) where you have to pay, but it seems to be a big swimming pool of a kind. They close at 17:30.&lt;br /&gt;
When continuing on the gravel road, several signs tell you that it's private property, and finally you get to a big gate next to a house. Maybe the guard's? No one was around when we came, though, and we climbed across the gate. From there we took the optional route along the gravel road, as you had to climb yet another gate to get to the regular route. When the gravel road split up, we picked the one closest to the river. It was nice and clear all the way, whereas the other one seemed very muddy. They met again, our route was behind a little gate that could easily be opened. From there, the optional route followed a very small trail, pretty overgrown, but still definitely doable. It seemed that someone had recently been through with a machete, we didn't need one. At one point we came to a barbed wire fence, and the trail seemed to continue along it. That was wrong, you have to cross the fence immediately, and the trail continues on the other side.&lt;br /&gt;
We met the regular route by the river at two and decided to continue to the next spot marked as camp. That gave us a long day, the trail was still overgrown, though better than the previous, and it was slow going. When we came through it wasn't muddy though. There was nowhere to camp before the bridge. Right after, there is an abandoned field to the right of the route, the grass is quite long, but it's an okay camping site.&lt;br /&gt;
The plant with bright orange flowers and white spots on the leaves hurt to the touch, like a stinging nettle.&lt;br /&gt;
We saw strawberry plants everywhere, a nice section when they are in season!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From there, the rest of the way is on an abandoned 4x4 track, it's never difficult to see, but a little overgrown in places. It climbs above the treeline where the view is very nice, but we were attacked by hordes of flies that went away as we walked back into the forest. We camped on the lake shore, it's a great place to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Pirihueico has several restaurants, we had empanadas at Donde Mané, they were great. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat leaves everyday at 4 pm from Puerto Pirihueico and arrives at Puerto Fuy around 5 - too late for any busses. It seems you should buy tickets in the big building next to the lake? bus leaves for Panguipulli the next day around 7 am and 9 am - I think the last is at around 4 pm, and from there there are many busses to Valdivia. There are a ton of accomodation options and restaurants in Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020-Feb / Hiking / NOBO / RR + OH-01 / Matthieu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Forest trail, a part technical and slow. The rest is nice and calm, easy to follow, for the ones liking the smell of fresh herbs, flowers, and the bees. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Track followed:&lt;br /&gt;
I followed the recommendations of Martina Ivo Arnaud and Matus.&lt;br /&gt;
Arriving on the RR, just before the waypoint &amp;quot;Guards&amp;quot;, there was a huge portal, closed. But not the usual portal easy to climb, the type of portal to say that you don´t want cars and walkers in. I decided to cross country straight north to the Rio Curringue and cross here to join the OH18-001. This OH is a big truck path, so no difficulties. I suspect that there are constructing a road north to Puerto Fuy on this side of the river. &lt;br /&gt;
After the camp 135, The is a div follonwing the OH 001. There begins the little technical forest trail (good little horsetrail, well maintained by the locals, easy to follow but really muddy and a lot of up and downhill). It goes to the river Curringue againm that you have to cross, and join the RR after on the other side, until Camp 134. It personnally took me around 5 hours to go from camp 135 to Camp 134, so I would recommend not to begin this section at the end of the day. No need of the machete.&lt;br /&gt;
After Camp 134, 4x4 road, easy to follow. Keep an eye on the GPS thow, lots of traps with other roads going everywhere, waiting for careless walke&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Legality of this section ?:&lt;br /&gt;
It seems unclear. Everything from Chihuiyo to Pirehueico/Puerto Fuy is part of the Huilo Huilo Parc. BUt the only part that you have to pay for seems to be the northern part, next to Neltume, where there is a lot of tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
The optionnal road 001 seems free and I even crossed a chilean family at the camp 135, with their car, and they had a barbecue before around.&lt;br /&gt;
After Camp 134, I crossed a car of Guardaparques : they just asked me where I came from and where I went, made sure that I had the GPS to not loose myself in the forest, and let me continue without discussion. So I guess that there is finally no problems with walking in this part of the parc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Feb-13 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH-01 + 02 + 03 between Estero El Africano and waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot; / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the previous comments of Arnaud and Matus we were prepared for the middle part of this section. At the Estero El Africano we didn't try long to find the regular route but crossed the Río Curringue to take optional route 001, 002 and 003 and got back to the regular route at the waypoint &amp;quot;Guard&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole stretch RR-MR-V@18-64.1+8.1 (from the waypoint &amp;quot;Camp&amp;quot; to the Estero El Africano) is a muddy trail, no minor road, which makes quite a difference in hiking time calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't really look for resupply, accommodation or transportation opportunities in Curriñe or Puerto Maihue but at the moment in high season it's very easy to hitchhike to Futrono, where you find everything, plus regular busses to Valdivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-5 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / OP Lago Pirihueico only / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packrafted Lago Pirihueico only - as add-on to Section 17P. Didn’t hike any part of Section 18. At Puerto Fuy, an official of the Armada/Navy said solo kayaking on the lake was prohibited, but after a 10 minute conversation I convinced him to let me do it. Key was saying that I, not Navy, bore responsibility. Lake is stunning, especially at dawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020-Jan-16 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / Arnaud Debilly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 days with one day off due to rain&lt;br /&gt;
We started with the ferry from puerto fuy at 9am (3 or 4 boats a day - around 1000 clp). 1h30 trip to pirihueico. Then the path starts in the private property of the parque Huilo Huilo (&amp;quot;no entrar&amp;quot; sign but no one to check). The path is clear, looks like a minor road with ancient bridges to cross the river. After around 40km, the track follows a very little path, looks like bush bashing during 5km.&lt;br /&gt;
Then you join a river, parallel to the track. At that point, we followed the track that went into the forest. It was so dense that we did maybe 200m in one hour. We decided to turn back to walk in the river (around 2km), or on the side, until we found a real path. That was a good and efficient solution.&lt;br /&gt;
We found no guardaparques or private guards to discuss right of way passage so had no problems with this aspect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: We were halted by rangers in a jeep on the 4WD road on the west side of Río Pillanleufu. They informed us it was illegal to be in Huilo Huilo at this time because the reserve was closed for the rehabilitation of the Pudú, the world’s smallest deer. We had no knowledge of this since we entered the reserve in a very remote location and there was not adequate signage to inform us of this closure. After explaining this to the ranger, they escorted us out of the reserve. You may want to enquire about the status of Huilo Huilo before beginning this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: This was publicly accessible land with public roads until the Petermann clan took control of this vast property during the final year of the Pinochet dictatorship. Huilo Huilo is not advertised as a “private for profit reserve” with very expensive high-end lodging but wood logging continues in parts of this property. Several hikers reported that they were stopped by guards and send or escorted out. It remains unclear to me if the right-of-way legally ended or if the new owner simply want to keep people out that don’t spend lots of money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT18 begins with a 23 km paddle on Lago Pirihueico, a long, remote, serpentine lake. There are almost no residences along the shoreline of Lago Pirihueico, but there are some beaches suitable for camping. A ferry also runs from Puerto Fuy to Puerto Pirihueico at the southern end of the lake several times a day. You can find more information about the ferry and make reservations here: https://barcazahuahum.com/en/schedule-and-prices/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The take-out is not obvious, and we relied on our GPS to guide us to the spot. A short walk up is a 4WD track that leads into the Reserva Biológica Huilo Huilo. The track is overgrown and littered with downed trees but becomes clearer and easier to navigate as it ascends. The views are gorgeous as the 4WD track climbs above treeline. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the route nears the roaring Río Pillanleufu, it reduces to a single track trail. The trail meanders on the east shore of the river and eventually disappears. We backtracked a bit and made our way down to the east river bank which we followed until we picked up the trail in a large meadow. A bridge is located where the GPS track is shown crossing over the Río Pillanleufu to the west side and joining a 4WD road. The vegetation on this side of the river is thick and camping is hard to come across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 10 km from the bridge crossing, the 4WD track ends in an impenetrable bamboo forest. We backtracked and headed down to the west bank of the Río Pillanleufu where we found a horse track that eventually led back to the main route. The route follows easy grade farm roads until exiting onto T-559. T-559 is a windy gravel road which makes for an easy road walk all the way to Lago Maihue and the end of GPT18. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Futrono&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futrono, about a 40 minute drive from where the route joins T-559, is the nearest large town. It has a variety of restaurants and lodging options and is a good place to resupply. There is no central bus station in Futrono, but there is a gas station at the east end of town where you can pick up a bus that will take you back to the trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Puerto Pirihueico&lt;br /&gt;
Several restaurants and a small shop which has coffee, tea, pasta and flour.&lt;br /&gt;
Cabañas and camp ground&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are frequent buses from Valdivia to Pangipulli, about one an hour from 8AM to 9PM.&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 buses a day from Panguipulli to Puerto Fuy Monday-Friday, 4 on Saturday &amp;amp; 2 on Sunday. The last one every day is at 7:30 PM&lt;br /&gt;
This link gives the ferry timetable from Puerto Fuy to Puerto Pirehueico in English:&lt;br /&gt;
https://barcazahuahum.com/en/schedule-and-prices/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT18 - Lago Pirihueico]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276202.jpg|thumb|center|1100px|GPT18]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276179.jpg|thumb|center|1100px|A beach at Pirihueico]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230396.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230403.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230411.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230416.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230424.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230388.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_109276229.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230384.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_12_Lago_Pirihueico_119230395.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112391</id>
		<title>GPT17P (Neltume)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112391"/>
				<updated>2023-11-28T13:50:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: /* Season 2023/24 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Nov-20 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / 17P-01 + 17P-01A + RR / Tom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I started from Conaripe (transfer by bus from Pucon with change in Villarica) with option 01. After a short wlak through town and farmland I inflated my packraft and crossed Lago Pellaifa. There is space for camping on the southern shore but its farmland I guess. I stayed at Termas Pelleifas (Hot Spring, Camp $ {17P-01} [12.2/232]) which have nice pools of different temperated water. I was nearly alone there. Next day I walked to Rio Liquine and entered at the bridge near Camp $, River {17P-A} [2.7/208]. The stream looks a little bit turbulent at the bridge but its gets more gentle just after the next bent. Its a beautifull journey down the river. Only few obstacles which were easy to spot. I crossed the Lago Neltume afterwards, too, which was easy with backwind. I landed at the camp spot on the other side of the lake but do not recommend camping there but walk further 300m. Camping Rio Chan-Chan (Camp $ {17P} [25.3/206]) is far more beautifull and costs the same ($7000). The next day I walked the steet to Porto Fuy for a few kilometers until a bus passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A peaceful paddle through the woods. There was one fallen tree across the river requiring easily lifting the boat over. The lago Neltume was very head windy in the afternoon so I walked the road but was quickly offered a ride to Ruta 203 where a bus soon passed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-3 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plenty of semi-submerged trees in the Rio Liquiñe/CuaCua, but the river is passable and relatively gentle throughout. The entrance to Lago Neltume from the river is beautiful. The hiking turn-off after Neltume at Km 35.7 seemed clear. There’s a wooden gate, then dirt roads. Also spent a few extra hours away from regular route exploring Op-Mr-V@17P-03 to see if there was a way across Rio ChanChan after previous destruction of the bridge. No luck. Seems bridge has not been replaced and in a definitely-not-thorough search, I didn’t find an easy alternative crossing point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GPT does not go through Carriringue, but if you do decide to go into town the route is easy to rejoin by walking south along the paved road, T-29, to Río Liquiñe. There is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night) which is part of the Red de Turismo Rural where the paved road crosses the river. This campsite has flush toilets, cold showers, and trash.&lt;br /&gt;
The Río Liquiñe is windy and narrow. Pay attention to the several semi-submerged fallen trees that litter the river. The packrafting portion of this section ends with a 4 km paddle along the eastern shore of Lago Neltume. There’s easy access to the road, T-29, the entire time, but camping is improbable due to the abundance of private property. At the end of the lake paddle, there is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night). This site has flush toilets and trash. &lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Route:&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, the recommended packrafting route turns off T-29 onto a gravel road. DO NOT TAKE THIS ROUTE. It eventually leads to a river that is now impassible due to a destroyed bridge. An alternative is to continue along T-29 until reaching the highway, 203-CH. Follow this highway through Neltume all the way to Puerto Fuy. Although the recommended packrafting route turns off of the highway after Neltume, on the ground it was unclear where this turnoff was. We decided to road walk all the way to Puerto Fuy. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: Last season and this season 3 hikers/couples attempted to follow this route (RP-MR-V@17P-25.1). Two turned back, one made it over the river mentioned by Kara above. So the safest option is currently not take regular route (track RP-MR-V@17P-25.1) but stay on the main road taking Variant “H” (track OP-PR-V@17P-H-#).&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Neltume/Puerto Fuy to Panguipulli &lt;br /&gt;
Neltume has options for lodging, a few restaurants, and a bus to Panguipulli—the closest large town for resupply. Ask a local for directions to the bus stop and about arrival times. &lt;br /&gt;
At Puerto Fuy, there were several signs advertising lodging. However, it would be difficult to resupply here. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: I recall about half a dozen mini shops in Puerto Fuy that are sometimes hidden in the side roads. But its a best practice to resupply in the first bigger shop you find on the route (i.e. Neltume) and try in the next village to purchase what you did not get in the first place (i.e. Puerto Fuy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Fuy has a few restaurants and food shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regular buses run from Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A car and passenger ferry runs the length of Lago Pirihueico several times a day from Puerto Fuy to the south-eastern end of the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT17P - Neltume]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GP_11_Packrafting_Río_Cuacuá_109269751.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT17P]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269737.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Paddling on the river Cuacuá]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228006.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228007.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228008.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228009.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228010.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269685.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269706.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269743.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119227998.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112387</id>
		<title>GPT17P (Neltume)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112387"/>
				<updated>2023-11-28T13:47:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Nov-20 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / 17P-01 + 17P-01A + RR / Tom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I started from Conaripe (transfer by bus from Pucon with change in Villarica) with option 01. After a short wlak through town and farmland I inflated my packraft and crossed Lago Pellaifa. There is space for camping on the southern shore but its farmland I guess. I stayed at Termas Pelleifas (Hot Spring, Camp $ {17P-01} [12.2/232]) which have nice pools of different temperated water. I was nearly alone there. Next day I walked to Rio Cau-Cau and entered at the bridge near Camp $, River {17P-A} [2.7/208]. The stream looks a little bit turbulent at the bridge but its gets more gentle just after the next bent. Its a beautifull journey down the river. Only few obstacles which were easy to spot. I crossed the Lago Neltume afterwards, too, which was easy with backwind. I landed at the camp spot on the other side of the lake but do not recommend camping there but walk further 300m. Camping Rio Chan-Chan (Camp $ {17P} [25.3/206]) is far more beautifull and costs the same ($7000). The next day I walked the steet to Porto Fuy for a few kilometers until a bus passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A peaceful paddle through the woods. There was one fallen tree across the river requiring easily lifting the boat over. The lago Neltume was very head windy in the afternoon so I walked the road but was quickly offered a ride to Ruta 203 where a bus soon passed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-3 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plenty of semi-submerged trees in the Rio Liquiñe/CuaCua, but the river is passable and relatively gentle throughout. The entrance to Lago Neltume from the river is beautiful. The hiking turn-off after Neltume at Km 35.7 seemed clear. There’s a wooden gate, then dirt roads. Also spent a few extra hours away from regular route exploring Op-Mr-V@17P-03 to see if there was a way across Rio ChanChan after previous destruction of the bridge. No luck. Seems bridge has not been replaced and in a definitely-not-thorough search, I didn’t find an easy alternative crossing point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GPT does not go through Carriringue, but if you do decide to go into town the route is easy to rejoin by walking south along the paved road, T-29, to Río Liquiñe. There is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night) which is part of the Red de Turismo Rural where the paved road crosses the river. This campsite has flush toilets, cold showers, and trash.&lt;br /&gt;
The Río Liquiñe is windy and narrow. Pay attention to the several semi-submerged fallen trees that litter the river. The packrafting portion of this section ends with a 4 km paddle along the eastern shore of Lago Neltume. There’s easy access to the road, T-29, the entire time, but camping is improbable due to the abundance of private property. At the end of the lake paddle, there is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night). This site has flush toilets and trash. &lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Route:&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, the recommended packrafting route turns off T-29 onto a gravel road. DO NOT TAKE THIS ROUTE. It eventually leads to a river that is now impassible due to a destroyed bridge. An alternative is to continue along T-29 until reaching the highway, 203-CH. Follow this highway through Neltume all the way to Puerto Fuy. Although the recommended packrafting route turns off of the highway after Neltume, on the ground it was unclear where this turnoff was. We decided to road walk all the way to Puerto Fuy. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: Last season and this season 3 hikers/couples attempted to follow this route (RP-MR-V@17P-25.1). Two turned back, one made it over the river mentioned by Kara above. So the safest option is currently not take regular route (track RP-MR-V@17P-25.1) but stay on the main road taking Variant “H” (track OP-PR-V@17P-H-#).&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Neltume/Puerto Fuy to Panguipulli &lt;br /&gt;
Neltume has options for lodging, a few restaurants, and a bus to Panguipulli—the closest large town for resupply. Ask a local for directions to the bus stop and about arrival times. &lt;br /&gt;
At Puerto Fuy, there were several signs advertising lodging. However, it would be difficult to resupply here. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: I recall about half a dozen mini shops in Puerto Fuy that are sometimes hidden in the side roads. But its a best practice to resupply in the first bigger shop you find on the route (i.e. Neltume) and try in the next village to purchase what you did not get in the first place (i.e. Puerto Fuy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Fuy has a few restaurants and food shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regular buses run from Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A car and passenger ferry runs the length of Lago Pirihueico several times a day from Puerto Fuy to the south-eastern end of the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT17P - Neltume]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GP_11_Packrafting_Río_Cuacuá_109269751.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT17P]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269737.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Paddling on the river Cuacuá]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228006.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228007.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228008.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228009.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228010.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269685.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269706.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269743.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119227998.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112369</id>
		<title>GPT17P (Neltume)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT17P_(Neltume)&amp;diff=112369"/>
				<updated>2023-11-28T01:43:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Table all GPTs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''*'' Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or Packrafting / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary with remarks to route that are considered useful for other hikers and packrafters. Include alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a sub-chapter by placing two &amp;quot;=&amp;quot; before and after the new sub-chapter heading ('==Sub-Chapter Heading==').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Nov-20 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / 17P-01 + 17P-01A + RR / Tom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I started from Conaripe (transfer by bus from Pucon with change in Villarica) with option 01. After a short walked I&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023-Jan-03 / 1 day / Packrafting / SOBO / Zach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A peaceful paddle through the woods. There was one fallen tree across the river requiring easily lifting the boat over. The lago Neltume was very head windy in the afternoon so I walked the road but was quickly offered a ride to Ruta 203 where a bus soon passed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019-Dec-3 / 2 days / Packrafting / SOBO / RR / Shaun C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plenty of semi-submerged trees in the Rio Liquiñe/CuaCua, but the river is passable and relatively gentle throughout. The entrance to Lago Neltume from the river is beautiful. The hiking turn-off after Neltume at Km 35.7 seemed clear. There’s a wooden gate, then dirt roads. Also spent a few extra hours away from regular route exploring Op-Mr-V@17P-03 to see if there was a way across Rio ChanChan after previous destruction of the bridge. No luck. Seems bridge has not been replaced and in a definitely-not-thorough search, I didn’t find an easy alternative crossing point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Kara Davis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GPT does not go through Carriringue, but if you do decide to go into town the route is easy to rejoin by walking south along the paved road, T-29, to Río Liquiñe. There is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night) which is part of the Red de Turismo Rural where the paved road crosses the river. This campsite has flush toilets, cold showers, and trash.&lt;br /&gt;
The Río Liquiñe is windy and narrow. Pay attention to the several semi-submerged fallen trees that litter the river. The packrafting portion of this section ends with a 4 km paddle along the eastern shore of Lago Neltume. There’s easy access to the road, T-29, the entire time, but camping is improbable due to the abundance of private property. At the end of the lake paddle, there is an established campsite (5.000 CLP/night). This site has flush toilets and trash. &lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Route:&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, the recommended packrafting route turns off T-29 onto a gravel road. DO NOT TAKE THIS ROUTE. It eventually leads to a river that is now impassible due to a destroyed bridge. An alternative is to continue along T-29 until reaching the highway, 203-CH. Follow this highway through Neltume all the way to Puerto Fuy. Although the recommended packrafting route turns off of the highway after Neltume, on the ground it was unclear where this turnoff was. We decided to road walk all the way to Puerto Fuy. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: Last season and this season 3 hikers/couples attempted to follow this route (RP-MR-V@17P-25.1). Two turned back, one made it over the river mentioned by Kara above. So the safest option is currently not take regular route (track RP-MR-V@17P-25.1) but stay on the main road taking Variant “H” (track OP-PR-V@17P-H-#).&lt;br /&gt;
Town: Neltume/Puerto Fuy to Panguipulli &lt;br /&gt;
Neltume has options for lodging, a few restaurants, and a bus to Panguipulli—the closest large town for resupply. Ask a local for directions to the bus stop and about arrival times. &lt;br /&gt;
At Puerto Fuy, there were several signs advertising lodging. However, it would be difficult to resupply here. &lt;br /&gt;
Comment by Jan Dudeck: I recall about half a dozen mini shops in Puerto Fuy that are sometimes hidden in the side roads. But its a best practice to resupply in the first bigger shop you find on the route (i.e. Neltume) and try in the next village to purchase what you did not get in the first place (i.e. Puerto Fuy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2016/17==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puerto Fuy has a few restaurants and food shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regular buses run from Puerto Fuy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A car and passenger ferry runs the length of Lago Pirihueico several times a day from Puerto Fuy to the south-eastern end of the lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT17P - Neltume]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GP_11_Packrafting_Río_Cuacuá_109269751.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT17P]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269737.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Paddling on the river Cuacuá]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228006.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228007.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228008.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228009.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119228010.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269685.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269706.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_109269743.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_11_Neltume_119227998.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Greater_Patagonian_Trail_track_files&amp;diff=111008</id>
		<title>Greater Patagonian Trail track files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Greater_Patagonian_Trail_track_files&amp;diff=111008"/>
				<updated>2023-09-17T22:16:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pieper92: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[category:Greater Patagonian Trail]]&lt;br /&gt;
The track files of the [[Greater Patagonian Trail]] are provided on personal request by [[user:Jandudeck|the author]] free of charge but not unconditionally. Read in the Hiker's Manual chapter '''1.15 Terms and Conditions for Using the Hiker’s Manual and the Trail Files''' to review these conditions and to understand why these conditions were put in place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT Hikers's Manual: http://bit.ly/GPTmanual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create an account in Wikiexplora (compulsory)==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create account wikiexplora.png|frame|Six (very standard) steps to create an account in Wikiexplora]]&lt;br /&gt;
To request the files you must first [http://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Especial:Entrar&amp;amp;type=signup create a Wikiexplora account]. It really takes less than a minute. The form is in spanish, but it's very standard and simple:&lt;br /&gt;
#User name&lt;br /&gt;
#Password&lt;br /&gt;
#Confirm password&lt;br /&gt;
#Email. Not compulsory but highly recommended to give us the chance to reach you. Wikiexplora has sent only '''one''' non personal email in 13 years.&lt;br /&gt;
#Real name (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#On the final line type '''wikiexplora''', all in lower case&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List of requests==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- To unlock the GPT Track Files 2019 you will need in addition the Track File Unlock Code 8: 367661  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type your name (or your new Wikiexplora user name or alias) and explain your plan for the GPT that requires the GPT Track Files. Put yourself on top of the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't forget to send the email after adding yourself to the list as described in the GPT Hikers' Manual (1.15.7 Access to the GPT Track Files).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pieper92''' Holá Jan, Thank you for providing this comprehensive manual. I will travel to Patagonia in November 2023 and want to make my way from santiago to tierra del fuego by feet, on my beloved packraft but also longer sections by bus transport. Have not picked all sections but Lagos Chilenos/argentinos, parts of fjord area and tierra del fuego are in focus. Especially I want to circumvent the spoiled national parks in the south. Your guide has already been a great help up to know but the GPT track files would be extraordinary helpfull. I will especially try to provide novel exploration data by packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nickcarter884''' Dear Jan, Thank you so much for all the work you have done on this manual and the route, it's fantastic! Some friends and I are planning to do the section around El Chalten in February 2024 and would really like to follow your routes rather than the roads. Please could I have access to the GPS files so we can be in the real nature, not just the road? :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''delabien''' Dear Jan, I am very inspired by your manual. My partner and I plan to travel for 4 months starting from the capital Santiago going slowly to the south (starting in November 2023). Thus we would like to hike some of the sections you and the other collaborators assembled. In order to make the expedition more feasible for us we intent to use the local public transportation for some parts. Really looking forward to experience the changing landscapes during the route. Thank you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''wbarab''' Hi Jan, thank you for all the extensive and detailed work put into this manual. My partner and I (American &amp;amp; Spanish)plan to hike the GPT from mid November 2023 until late February or March 2024. So far GPT 6-12, 14-16, 19, and 32-40 have stood out to us as a start, but our investigations continue and we plan to add at least another half dozen sections (plus some &amp;quot;maybes&amp;quot; if time permits)! To continue we would really appreciate access to the trackfiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ranulph24''' Hi Jan, great manual! Thank you for putting so much passion in this project. I consider hiking on the GPT in November 2024 - April 2025. I am mainly aiming for the northern part 5 - 30 and add a smaller section in the south. For refining my plans I would like to study the GPS Track Files in detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MMartinez''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for this incredible amount of work.  It is really inspiring and exciting.  We are a couple (American and Polish) and we are interested in hiking some of the sections of the GPT later this year.  We have been reading the manual and adjusting and readjusting plans the more we learn (there's so much to learn!)  We would really appreciate access to the track files to help with the planning.  Thank you so much again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SeanMaskill''' Hi Jan, Thanks for all of your work! I've wanted to hike sections of the GPT for a few years. I've now started the research seriously and tracks would help me decide which sections I'd like to hike. Cheers Sean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MarmotAndBear''' Dear Jan, Thank you for putting in so much dedicated work, to create the Hiker’s Manual, and in doing so helping others to hike and appreciate this part of the world. We are a German-Singaporean couple and we have been following the GPT community for almost one year now. We have quit our jobs not long ago and have started visiting Central Asia, where we’ve been able to do some amazing hikes. Before setting foot on the GPT this coming (southern) summer, we are planning to improve our Spanish in other South American countries. We hope a few weeks of dedicated learning will do the trick. Once on the trail, we are planning to hike and packraft as much of the GPT as we can during the coming season. Let’s see how far our feet and boat will carry us :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''guaraches80''' Hello and good afternoon Jan.  I have been reading and preparing for some sections of the trail you have put together.  I, a Mexican American, and a Colombian friend will be backpacking through Brazil and later to Argentina in the coming months and we would love to see some of the wonderful trails you and others have experienced. Obviously, because of our backgrounds we both speak fluent Spanish and have years of backpacking, hiking and bushcrafting experience.  This is something I look forward to with the uptmost energy and so will eagerly await the track files to begin further in-depth planning.  Thank you for your time. Until next time!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''blissfulmisgivings''' Hi Jan, Thank you for providing so much detailed and helpful information about the GPT! We (two Americans) are excited to try packrafting portions of the GPT beginning in November 2023. The guidance you've provided in the manual has already been invaluable to our preparations, and we look forward to reviewing and using the GPT track files in our journey. Thanks again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''YannickCOLL''' Hi Jan, Thank you very much for your work and your dedication to the GPT. We are immersing in the GPT universe with pleasure and a growing sense of adventure. We are a couple (French and Belgian) and we’re looking to hike some sections of the GPT between mid-November 2023 until April 2024 (Sections: 1-12 / 16 / 19 / 32-40). These are the sections that we selected so far and that we are more attracted to, knowing that of course it can change. We were wondering if you could grant us access to the GPS tracks in order for us to prepare for the GPT.  We understand that this is an unofficial trail and that it is still a work in progress and we are eager to help in any way we can to continue to build this ‘trail’. Nolwenn &amp;amp; Yannick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''daniel.s''' Hi Jan, amazing work with the Hiker's Manual! I hope to meet some of you on the trail next season. I'm planning to do some of the packrafting sections starting at GPT 17. The track files would be very helpful to make it an unforgettable experience. Greetings from Austria, Daniel &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''hevike''' Hello fellow hiking community, I'm Jens from Germany looking into hiking sections of the GPT this November until the end of February. Thanks for the amazing work you all have put into this project and I'm looking forward to contribute myself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MartinGilles''' Hola Jan, soy Martin de Belgica y estoy planeando hacer una parte del GPT al principio de noviembre hasta el 20 de diciembre. Me gustaria tener the GPS tracks para organisarme y ver lo que me conviene mas. Muchas gracias por lo que hiciste y para permitir la exploracion de esta parte del mundo. Un placer, Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marc Altena''' Hi Jan, thanks for all your hard work exploring the hidden trails of Patagonia. I'm hoping to do sections 6 to 10, 16 to 22 and 32 to 40 early next year. The GPS tracks would be helpful. Tanks in advance for sending them. Kind regards, Marc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lorenzo''' Hi Jan, I don't have specific plans concerning the GPT yet, but that might change soon. After the reading the first 300 pages of your guidebook it seems to me like a real challenge and an unforgettable experience at the same time. I'll call it a dream to hike at least parts of it, and extensive planning is the first step to make your dreams come true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joscha97''' Hi Jan, I gonna travel to Chile in the beginning of next year and I am really fascinated by the idea of the GPT. I would love to hike some parts of it, starting in Santiago. Thanks for all the work you put into this project. Greetings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Larix84''' Hello Jan, he hablado contigo con whatsapp hace 2 semanas Mi proyecto de trail para el ano que viene se confirma, un saludo'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Noemie''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for making us discover those incredible paths and landscapes in an ethical way. I have been hiking in Chilean Patagonia for a few months now and I wish to keep discovering the region more deeply by hiking through a few sections of the GPT, especially GPT36H (ruta de los Pioneros). Depending on how this goes, and on the weather conditions, I may try to go further north around sections 08-09. Thanks for all your work, the resources you provided have been super helpful!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''TheRebel''' Hey Jan thanks for the big package of information you provide with tha website/pdf I'm in Argentina since 3 months and hiked many km in the official and more marked areas (bariloche, bolson, esquel, el Chaltén, El Calafate, Ushuaia and more) and now I'm on the way back north and wanna end up in Bolivia or maybe even Columbia in the next 6 months... I've heard about your site from a Canadian guy who did some sections more north and I thought it would be nice to do some more trails in a little more remote areas on my way north&lt;br /&gt;
Greatings TheRebel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jen''' Hi Jan and so, so many thanks for all the incredible work you have done here. I am currently in Peru and planning to fly south to begin the beginning of GPT01 in the next few weeks and see how long I can walk for before things become too off season. I will halt and recommence when the season comes back in. If I manage to journey to Punta Arenas in the end, whenever this might be, then I am happy! Thank you, Jen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ollie''' Hello Jan. I am from Wales and currently is&lt;br /&gt;
 Brazil after sailing here from Europe. My plan is to work my way towards southern Argentina where I will stop and work for a while. Hopefully improving my Spanish, get to know the culture more and spend my weekends in the mountains to prepare. The idea is to start from Tierra Del Fuego, head north and just take it step by step. The manual has been a great read thank you for being so thorough. Love it. Cheers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Silke &amp;amp; Hans''' Hello, We are a Belgian couple currently on a multiyear bikepacking, trekking &amp;amp; mountaineering trip through South-America. We'd been looking forward to do some sections of the GPT for a long time. We are currently in Chile Chico, and planning to do the GPT35 section. We probably want to do some more sections further South.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jakub+Veronika''' Hi Jan, we're a couple from Czechia, currently almost one month in Chile getting to know the country, it's history and it's people's culture. We'd like to hike some parts of the GPT south from Puerto Montt, where we are based right now. Thanks for this awesome work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alan''' Hola Jan! I'm Alan from California. I'm interested in doing GPT32 and GPT33H. Thanks for all the resources you have provided so far!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Diegoara''' Hi! My name is Diego and I am from Chile and I'm interested in the GPT to do de GPT18 &amp;amp; GPT19, i would be a little more than a week, i think that is amazing the work that you do making this GPT in my country.Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jess&amp;amp;Paco''' Hey Jan ! We are from France and we would love to hike the GPT between march and april 2023. We plan to connect a few sections in the great lakes region (between section GPT45 and GPT35, south to north) for about a month. And if the weather is favorable, we would explore in april a little bit of the nothern parts of the GPT (volcanos region) but without necessarily connecting steps, while being around for a workaway. Thanks a lot for all this work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''blklb''' Hi Jan! I'll be leaving for Chile in a few days and would like to do bits and pieces of the sections between Curico and Conaripe, perhaps farther south. I'll be combining trekking with time spent in towns/cities. This is going to be a leisurely exploration of the GPT, with the possiblity of a longer GPT-specific trip in the future. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joachim''' Holà Jan! I'm Joachim from France. I'm coming to Chile in a few weeks, and found your website with a lot of valuable informations on this beautiful itinerary! I don't have a fixed plan yet but my idea is to start around Santiago and go South until winter begins. I'd love to get a hand on those gpx files to help me plan properly, I'll be happy to share feedback when coming home. Many thanks for all the work you put in!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Johnny1968''' Hi Jan! We are a couple from Italy and want to to start mid february 2023 from Santiago for the GPT. We have 2 months of time and want to see how far we get, without hurry, soaking up nature and culture. Thanks for the manual and creating the track files, great respect for the ethics!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''derameisenbaer''' Hi, two people from Germany. We'll be hiking part of the GPT (GPT06-GPT12) in February. If there's time left we might be able to hike part of the more southern sections as well. Really looking forward to it and really aprreciate the great work on this page and the Hikers Manual! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ebse''' Hello, I'm Ed from England. Would love to help contribute to this mammoth project by hopefully walking GPT01 - GPT20ish in late 2023. Looks like a remarkable experience all round; I'd be very grateful to be part of it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martio''' Saludos, soy Martial ! landing on jan. 14th for a 2 month journey into Chilean natural wonders. I plan to hike a selection of northern GPT sections between 1 and 22. Plans purposely open for this first experience and can't wait to get involved in the community. Ps: Jan, you rock !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clemgbl''' I'm Clement from France. Currently hiking in Chile from  month, I would like to continue my trek on the GPT next month (january and February 2023). I plan to start in Coyhaique and hike until El Chalten (GPT 31 to GPT 40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jcoxxx''' I'm Jeff from Alaska. Hopefully I'll be hiking and packrafting section 17 to 39, starting this January. I'm really excited to be a part of this project and share my trackfiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Eleebeatriz''' Hi, I'm Elena from Chile. On the 27th of this month we are going to carry out the Gpt7, we will enter through the &amp;quot;Puente Ingles&amp;quot; , in San Fabian de Alico, up to the Polcura mountain range, in Antuco. Greetings and I hope in January I will be editing what I have done to share it with you! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MarcGPT''' Hola! Last year while hiking around Cochrane, I learned about the GPT.  Looking forward to return and contribute to the GPT manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Franzz''' Hi! I'm Franzz from Switzerland. I'm planning to thru-hike my own version of the GPT next year. Using your tracking files would be a great help planning the itinerary :) I would be more than happy to share back my own track files and experiences once I'm back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicktravels_''' Hey mate, I'm Nick - i'm planning on a hike/packraft of mumtiple segments with my three amigos. Leave only footprints is a big part of our travelling philosophy and I have a lot of respect for the ethos you carry through the information provided.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Timo''' Hi, I'm Timothée. I'm French but also from Munich Germany! I plan on being in Chile beginning of next year and on doing someof the sections (probably 6-22, 32-40 more or less). I'm super impressed by all the gathered and explained documentations and advices form the Manual and would love to contribute ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''zozo''' Hi, my name is Zohar. I'm from Israel and plan on doing some trekking in Patagonia in January 2023. planning to do parts of the GPT from south to north starting at section 46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''florianluca''' Hi, my name is Florian. I'm from Germany and plan on doing some trekking in Chile at the Beginning of next year (2023). I appreciate the work that went into this project and would like to use some of it for planning some of our tour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''willcampbell444''' Hi, I'm Will from Canada. I'm interested in hiking some of the trail as I make my way south through Chile! I was thinking of starting at section 6 in mid December, depending on the weather. I really appreciate all the work done putting together the trail, and I hope to contribute with my track files and notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dallas''' Hi, I´m Dallas, from Berkeley, California, USA. I am interested in planning a trip in early 2023 to explore the beauty of Patagonia and indulge in my passion for slow, human-powered travel. This trip is open-ended and intentionally meandering, and the GPT looks like an excellent basis of exploration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicopo''' Hi, I´m Nicolás, from Buenos Aires. My girlfriend and I have been hiking in Patagonia for the last few years and we are planning on hiking sections of the GPT from December to February. We are already getting started with our planning and are looking forward to contributing with what we can. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Newt, Birdie, and Possum''' Hi! We are on our way back to Patagonia for the third time. The three of us have hiked in Patagonia and many other places in the world together. We will have 1 month to hike a portion of the GPT, specifically focusing on 33H -38H going northbound. We are inspired by this document and we can't wait to become contributing members of this community. Thank you! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pgantier''' Hi, I'm Pierre from France. I discovered Chile and South America 5 years ago during an exchange semester and look forward to going back there for a long trip (within the next 5 years for around 12 months). I would love to do some part of the Greater Patagonian trail during this future gap year and I want to prepare well it advance to continue to get experience to be ready for this gread adventure !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jonny6k''' Hi, im planning on hiking some sections of the GPT from late December until March (or until i get tired!) I am planning on sections 6-22, but nothing is certain yet. I hope to add to the track files and contribute with some notes regarding the trails. i look forward to arriving in chile! Jonny&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''felagund''' Hello, I would like to hike the GPT in December-February, from Santiago till as far as I can get and as long as a I enjoy it. So I would be interested in the trackfiles from 1 till about 40, even though I probably won't reach that far. I am a contributor to OSM so I was thinking that would be my main form of contribution, though I would not want to put paths that are disputed there of course. Tomas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arnaudlacoste''' Hello Jan! I have been a big fan of the GPT for some years now. I just moved back to Chile after living for the past 8 years in Europe and would love to discover a few sections of the GPT. I will be settling in Araucania region so I would love to have access to the track files and plan which sections I will immerge myself into. I hope I can also contribute to it and meet some of the community in the following months/years. Thanks you and the community for this marvelous work! Cheers, Arnaud. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;ChristopherT&amp;quot;Hello! Christopher from Austria here. My girlfriend Anna from Germany and I are planning to do the gpt. We are still trying to figure out which sections we would like to trek.We definetly want to explore and hike in Feuerland though.We would very much appreciate the track files to help us with our decision and on our journey. I hope we can contribute a bit as well. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
Cheers,&lt;br /&gt;
Christopher and Anna&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Matous'''Hi everyone! Here Matous and Johana. Couple from Czechia. We are planning to hike some sections on GPT at the beginning of next year. We are interested in GPT06 - 22. The track files would be great help in planning. And thank you for amazing work. We´ll be happy to contribute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''guilhermealexs''' Hi! Guilherme Alexsander here from Brazil. Me and some friends are planning to walk some parts of the GPT. We are currently interested in the Los Quenes - Central Cipreces section. I'd like to get the track files to help us with planning. Thanks! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;nmakepeace&amp;quot; Hello everyone, Natalie here from Canada, thank you to Jan and everyone for their contributions! My plan is to hike southbound on the GPT starting at Termas del Flaco (connect@ GPT05) because I want to do some specific mountains in Central Chile first. I may also look into connecting Volcán Maipo to coya. To make this all easier and more safe I would be not only grateful for the GPS files but honored! Start: mid/late December until begining of March. Hope to hear tales from you all soon! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''rom1dwker''' My girlfriend and I will cycle southward patagonian roads and ripio from mid december 22 to mid february 23, and we plan to maybe hike some sections of the GPT, especially the ones in Jenimeini where we have already been a few years ago, dependind on how everything goes with the cycling and and the roads we will actually take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gornik''' Me and my grilfriend Gabi would like to hike on GPT from January till March 2023. We are on a gap year after our studies, and during that time we would love to enjoy the wilderness of Patagonia. We are planning to first do some singular sections and after gaining some knowledge and experience in Patatagonia hiking, we would like to do some longer distances. We are also exited to combine it with hitchhiking to minimalize environmental impact. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''hannahp24''' My partner Eric &amp;amp; I will hike GPT 32-36 in Dec-Jan 2022/2023. Excited to explore new places and give guidance to what we find here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jmcantin''' Hi Jan, thanks for the hard work in this awesome guide! I am planning a Southbound hike of the GPT from Santiago de Chile in January 2023 for a couple of months. I would love to have the track files to properly plan my route. Thank you for your help :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' bforselv''' Hello guys, my wife and I live north of the Artic Circle in Norway and we are planing to go to Chile for hiking January and February. We want to do sections of the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Ishaysachs(Ishay)''' Hello Jan! Ishay from Israel here. Just finished the PCT and looking forward to do some sections of the GPT this January-March. Would love to get access to the files in order to plan my route (: thank you for putting so much effort into this. That's an incredible project and I can't wait to start hiking and share the journey with this great community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' greenh3624 (Helen and Craig)''' Hello Hello Jan. Thank you so much for providing all this incredible information from the manual, we are both super grateful and are looking forward to contributing. Looking in to sections GPT 16- 05/06 for 2023 and hopefully some southern route sections from there. Just a quick comment to request track files. Your manual is incredible by the way. Mil gracias! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Christophe (Alex &amp;amp; Christophe)''' Hi Jan! Thanks a lot for all this informations and for your work. We are now travelling in south America with our van and are planning to sell it and start to hike the GPT in December 2023 for 2 or 3 month. This track files would help us a lot to plan this incredible adventure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''miguelvdvelden (Miguel)''' Hola Jan! I’m in awe of everything you’ve put together for the GPT. It’s so comprehensive  and as a sustainability student I am grateful for the focus on both the environmental and social sustainability of the region and its  communities. I am hoping to hike or packraft a part of the GPT over six weeks or so in Jan-Feb 2023. I am in full planning mode now, hence my request here. Muchas gracias por todo. Abrazo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nico142857''' Hola Jan! Hace un tiempo habia leido parte del manual y veo que ahora esta actualizado. Desde ese momento que quede maravillado con la rigurosidad de tu trabajo y lo sigo haciendo ahora. Me suscribo a esta lista para poder obtener los track files, pues me interesa recorrer algunas secciones en las proximas vacaciones de verano 2022/2023. Estare muy agradecido si lo puedes mandar. Saludos desde Chile!. nicolas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lore Olivares''' Hola Jan, gracias por compartir esta valiosa información. Soy de Chile y junto a mi amigo queremos hacer la parte norte del GPT desde Santiago. Te agradeceré mucho si nos puedes compartir los datos GPX. Muchas gracias de antemano.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''annéesympathique;)  (Rémy D.)''' Hi guys, I‘m a student from Belgium and I plan to walk the GPT from december to march. That’s why having the GPX track files would help me realize this project. A big respect about all the work behind the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' TOBEL ''' Congratulations to the GPT Hikers Manual. I am from Germany and a bit older then the most here. This year I will hike some parts of the GPT, so I would like to get the gpx files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Michaelstabile (Mike &amp;amp; Avery) Hi, Thanks for compiling all of this information. We are Backpacking and Pack rafting Guides in Alaska. We are planning to start in 2023 and Continue through all the way back to Alaska. Hiking, bike packing, Packrafting and sea kayaking. Having this track files would be incredible for us helping with planning for this section of our journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Martin&amp;amp;Helena (Martin.h)''' Hello guys! Thanks for the amazing work you’re doing with the GPT. We are a couple from Prague, Czech republic, planning to start hiking from the beginning of December, most likely until the end of March. We would use the track files for planning our hike and navigation. Thank you, Martin&amp;amp;Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''EDAWILSON (Ed)''' Hello! We are a couple from Scotland who are heading to Patagonia for a couple of months hiking this October/ November, and we are looking to incorporate some elements of the GPT into our trip. 2022 conditions permitting, we will likely explore some sections of the Fjord route; as well as Glacier Chica to El Chaltén; and fingers crossed some sections south of here. I would love to overlay the track files over GE for a better planning experience. We love the spirit of the community you are building here! Great work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ridgepathpictures (Jani)''' Hi! Myself and a couple of friends are planning a packrafting trip in Patagonia at the start of 2023. We will be dipping in and out of the regular packrafting route, so sections 17 to 39. The aid of the track files would be greatly appreciated. I'm honestly astounded by the work you have put into this trail, it's truly very inspiring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Slingshot (Jeremy)''' Hi! My soon to be wife and I are planning a 3 month trek from GPT05 southbound and would greatly benefit from the GPT track files. Thank you so much for your hikers manual and for providing access to these files. It has already greatly benefited us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Alexis (dm) &amp;amp; Iris''' Hello! We are a 29/28 years old couple from France and are starting a sabbatical in South America for a year in December. We are landing in Puntas Arenas and would like to hike our way, on the GPT or not, through Chile up to the Ecuador. To better plan our trip, we would like to access the GPT track files and are obviously willing to contribute to the initiative. Many thanks.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Max''': Hello, I am from Germany and I really like to hike. Next year, I plan to hike from Santiago de Chile all the way down to Ushuaia with a Packraft. To do that, I would like to get the gpx files, so I can choose from the routes. Thank you for all of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ted''': Hi guys, I'm a 33 year old austrian guy and I plan to hike a few sections of the GPT in October and November. it would be great if i could have the gpx data so i can plan the routes better. great community&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Chris and Tara''': Hello!!! We are husband and wife, being 33 and 26 years old respectively. We plan to walk from Barilloche to Santiago incorporating large sections of the GPT. There are no fixed plans for sections and times, just to fully immerse our selves in Patagonia, it’s people and way of life. Thank you and all those who have contributes for your incredible work so far, I look forward to being able to contribute for others to enjoy! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Wannes''': Hello, I'm a 31 year old belgian who plans a two week trek/run in the beginning of November. I would love to do a part of the GPT. Could I receive the gpt tracks to decide which part would be ok to do? Kind regards. Wonderfull work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam''': Hello together. We are Yannic and Mirjam and since one year on a world trip. We plan to spend a few months in Patagonia next and hike parts of the GPT. Which parts exactly we are currently still working out. Would it be possible to get the GPS tracks? Thank you for you incredible work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AdriKunz''': Hello, first of all, a huge thank for all your amazing work. I am so grateful for this sharing which will allow me I hope to live a unique experience. I'm a actually working in French Guyana, but were looking for an immersive hick before living this continent. I finally came across this extraordinary adventure, which I think corresponds to me in every way.  I plan to try the GTP from Santiago to part 14 or 15 of the GPT in a month and a week. I intend to start the hike in mid november. May i aske you the GPT track of thoses parts ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Avisito''': Finally going for it - December 2022! Plan to start at GPT05 and go south for several weeks - would love to start exploring the GPS track files. Thanks!!!!!!!!!! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Veronica''': Hello, I am Canadian and will be spending six months in South America from October 2022 to March 2023. While I am there I would love to spend a few of these months hiking various portions of the GPT, which is why I would love to obtain the GPS track files. Thank you so much for all this work and to all those who have compiled all this information. I am very much appreciative of all of this! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Andes et Tentes''': Hello, we are 3 french students taking a year off to explore South America. We are planning to explore Patagonia between February and April 2023 by hiking on some specific sections of the GPT. That's why we are asking for the GPS tracks. Many thanks for the huge work achieved ! It is impressively detailed and complete !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ondra''': Hello! My name is Ondrej and I am from the Czech Republic. I have been reading about Jan's and others' experiences on the GPT for the past two years. I will finally have a chance to walk a part of the trail myself in January - March 2023. I am adding myself to the list to kindly request the track files. Thank you Jan for putting this together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mat''': Hi! from France. I’m planning a few months hiking trip to discover  south America. I’ll most probably walk  parts of the Gpt (as much as I can). I would be grateful to receive the necessary gpx files. Thank you for the this very huge and inspiring work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alice &amp;amp; Florian''': Hola! We are Alice &amp;amp; Florian, a french couple who love hiking. We who will travel in South America and especially in Chile in September and October this year (2022), and we read about the GPT and some blogs, which really peaked our interest. Our project is to walk going south along the GPT for about a month, somewhere between September and November. After reading the hiker's manual, we came here in order to do access the GPX files and prepare deeper our project. Muchas Gracias para todo este trabalho. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Thomas - Chilzin, Brah!''': Hola! I'm a thru hiker planning to do a large part of the GPT mostly continuously before heading north on a huge trip to explore South America. I really appreciate this resource and will do my best to contribute before and while I'm on trail. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aneso''': Hola! I'm Aneso, a French woman who loves hiking. I heard about the GPT while doing research following my plan to go to South America for 1 year.&lt;br /&gt;
My project on the GPT being to leave from the south in the direction of the north, over a period of 1 month (or even a little more) from January 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
In my research I am missing the exact GPX files for my GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you in advance and congratulations again for all the work provided and to which we have access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ariane''':  Hola! I'm French and I will be hiking in Patagonia in April (and perhaps May); my plans are not yet well defined but I'd like to follow parts of the GPT on my way northward. Thanks for your super useful work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OriolGirona''': Hola! I'm from Barcelona but living at nearby Girona. Love hiking and cycling, being my longer tours so far between 4 and 6 weeks on the trail. I hear about the GPT two years ago while looking for new ideas during covid lockdown. I already read the manual a couple of times, and I am thrilled to travel to Santiago next November / December for a couple of month, probably starting from section 1. And at this point of planning I will apreciate to have the GPX tracks to get deeper into this process. Awesome work. Thanks a lot!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JuanchoUgarte''': Hola! I'm a Chilean guy that loves hiking. I hear about the GPT a few years ago. This year while doing the Travesia Cerro Castillo realized that it was part of the GPT and decided to start planning to do it on summer 2023. During 2021 did the GR11 in Spain and want to do something in Chile this time (the GPX tracks would be very useful for all the planning) Probably will start near Parque Inglés. Thanks a lot!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LeanderDc''': Hey hey, we're a crew of 3 hiking-friends from Belgium and Chile. We're planning on walking a part of the GPT starting from around Cochamó till O'Higgins, probably taking some ferries and hitchhikes in between. We're starting to refine our exact route, by reading the manual and analyzing google earth, and would hugely benefit from the exact GPX files. Thanks in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''rowanl''': Hello, I'm an avid hiker from Canada looking to explore trails along the carretera austral especially around Cerro Castillo National Park. I hope to use the track files to help refine my plans. I appreciate all the information provided, Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''meotr''': Hi! I'm a french engineer planning to hike some parts of the main route between mid-february and mid-march during a 3-4 months period in Chile and Argentina. Thank you for you incredible work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sergio''': Hi! I live in Santiago and I'm planning on hiking some of the first GPTs on early February and hopefully some of the southern parts later on. Thank you very much for all the work you have put into this, it's an incredible thing what you have done!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jdhanlon/Jen and Vince''': Hi! I am planning to hike and packraft a number of sections this season, from Jan - March 2022. Thank you for all your efforts and guidance in sharing information about the trail network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Gianluca/Cerna_Beltz''': Salve a tutti, Hi!! I'm italian and I'm planning to hike some part of the GPT from the end of january to mars/avril. Thank you so much for all this information and for your attitude!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''José''': Hi!!. I'm chilean and im planning to hike the GPT05 - 22 southbound. I would really apreciate to have access to the track files. Thank you so much for doing this, its awesome!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Carlos and Ivan''': Hellow. We'll be in Chile in january and february. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike. Thank you for your great work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mariia and Misha''': Hi! We are two Russian flying to Argentina in end of December. Fully equipped for packrafting. Planed start January 5, 2022 from Lago Puelo southbound. Sections: 1. GPT23-25P Rio Frey and Lago Amutui Quimei. 2. Then flying to Chile and resume GPT26-28P 3. GPT30P-32 4. GPT33H-35 5. GPT36P 6. 36H Northbound. End before March 25. I would be very greatful for the track files. Thank you so much for your awesome guide and work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mawel''': Hello, I'm planning to hike the GPT or at least a part of it. Idealy, I'd like to start from Ushuaïa and travelling up north along the cordilliera. Anything concrete yet but I'm sure the track files will be very helpful to prepare this journey as best as I can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alexey''': I will start my trip on 29.11.2021  from Lago Todos Los Santos to the North, until Lago Ranco.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matthias&amp;amp;Janna''': We will hike parts of the GPT in december - february. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike. Thanks for the enormous work done! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Franck''': I will hike parts of the GPT with a friend in december and january, we're interested in GPT05 to 12, 19 to 22 and 32 to 36. Thanks for the great work !! Can't wait to put my shoes on : D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nathaniel''': I will be in Chile for a few months starting in December 2021. I am considering packrafting in the vicinity of the Western Fjord Traverse (GPT90P-GPT92P) as well as hiking/packrafting a section of the main route of the GPT in Zones H and I (possibly including GPT32-40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Laurent and Maxime''': Hi there! We are two Canadians flying to Chile in January. We are fully equiped with lightweight equipment for packrafting, endure all sorts of weather and accomplish a great trip on the greater patagonian trail! We have 3 months to travel and we are very grateful of all the precious information you offer us ! Thank you very much !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rebeca y Cristián''':  Buenas tardes Jan! Estuvimos conociendo distintos lugares de la décima región desde inicios del 2021, &amp;quot;aprovechando&amp;quot; las cuarentenas. Ahora estamos planeando un viaje más largo, el cual incluye packraft. Nos encantaría acceder a los archivos para planificar mejor. Desde ya, muy agradecidos.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David Batguano''':  Good day all.  I am heading to Chile at the end of November 2021 to get some hiking in, obviously.  Fist I am completing the O circuit at Torres del Paine, then will hopefully complete some of the easier sections of the GPT(I do not wish to bushwack or prove a point).  I have no time constraints and will just go where I wish at a leisurely pace.  I am on page 400 of the hikers manual working on routing.  Though difficult, Jan's work so far is an unbelievable resource.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vera &amp;amp; James''': Hi all! We are planning to head over to Chile for 3 months Jan - Mar 2022 and plan to hike on the GPT. Planning is ongoing but current thinking is start at Puyehue and work north. The main motivation is to be in the mountains/wilderness for a period of time. The manual is an incredible resource! Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tobias''': Hi Jan, I'm flying into Chile on the 1 of November. My plan is to hike southwards from Frutillar to El Chaltén and visit Schools along the way. I would be very greatful for the track files GPT 22-40. Thank you so much for your amazing work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kris&amp;amp;Stiina''': Greetings, we are going to Chile in November and we plan to hike some sections of the GPT. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike and logistics. Thanks for the enormous work done! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Helmut and Beatrice''': Hi JAN, we are planning to spend two months in Patagonia  at the beginning of next year. We want to hike around 1000 km and the tracking data would be a great help for us to choose appropriate sections and plan our hiking adventure. High praise for the great manual!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''HolKann &amp;amp; Peanutje''': Hey all, we're planning to visit Chile in January 2022, and hope to hike parts of the GPT for the better part of (at least) 3 months. Our most recent hiking experience was the [https://thepindosway.com Pindos way] in Greece, which consisted of finding &amp;quot;the shadow of an old mule path&amp;quot; to get up or down a mountain ridge, which taught us how to handle packs of angry shepherd dogs, and which forced on us a crash course in rudimentary Greek (as we would have gone hungry otherwise). We hope to get to know Patagonia and its people in the same way, except that our Spanish skills should be a bit better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Stephan''': Hi folks, Hi Jan, i'm planning to do the GPT 22,Lago todos los santos, from Petrohue to Cochamo, hiking and packrafting. I have planned to go on October 2021. Thanks for the great work!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Stéphane''': Hi folks, Hi Jan, planing a trail trip next summer in Patagonia walking from Villa Cerro Castillo to Villa o Higgins. Could you please Jan send mi the track files beetween Villa Cerro Castillo and Pto Ibanez passing through Torres el Avellano ? GPT33H. Thx a lot and long life to yout project ! Hug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin and Kim''': Hi, we are planning to spend two oder three months next year in Patagonia. We want to hike round about 1200 km there and the track file would be very helpful to choose sections and plan our adventure. Thanks for the great manual!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vicente''': Hi, I'm planning on doing the GPT this spring of 2021, I've done other long trails through Patagonia so I want to take it to the next level. I believe this trail has a great potential to become an icon for my country and its beautiful mountains. I need the track files to prepare the adventure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marc''' : We are two guys from Denmark who are hoping to spend a couple of months on the GPT, if possible we will begin this december. We are eager to get our hands on the track files to help us plan which sections to hike. We have a great amount of respect for all the work you have done to make this adventure possible!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Simoncashyt''' : Me and my friend are Planning to spend 2.5 months in the area this December. Hoping to get this Track file and review the trail in gis with other historic route databases to really understand the sections topography, climates and route options to explore off the track file.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bastian Klein''' : I am a university student from Germany and currently only have vague plans for my hike. With the Covid situation still going on its still to be determined when I will actually get to go hiking, but I think the track files will help me a lot with planing. Greatly appreciate the work done on the GPT manual !.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tim''' : We are a couple from Germany and around new year we plan to spend a few weeks in the area around GPT05 to GTP07. If possible we might return some time to see southern patagonia as well for multiple months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Léo''' : I plan to travel one year in Chile from sept 2021 ; I want to start from Puertomontt to reach Santiago (in a whole year, so taking my time), and hike some sections of the GPT ! I have not chosen which exacts sections yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nadfero''': Mi plan is to divide the route in two or three sections, and hike it in the 2021-2022-2023 summers. Obviously it all depends on the covid situation. There is no harm in planning!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cristóbal''': Estoy aprovechando la cuarentena para estudiar la ruta y comenzar a hacer tramos en la medida que se levanten las restricciones sanitarias este 2021 y 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jo and Ty''': We are a couple planning to trekk for 3 months or so on the GPT. 2021/2022 depends on Covid 19 situation. Propably starting somewhere at GPT08. We are still in the beginning of planning. We require the track files for a lot of planning and for navigating on the trek it self. We are pretty excited!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Molly og Melissa''': We are two friends, from Denmark. We plan to hike most parts of group B, C and D in December 2021 - February 2022&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Patagonico''': Years ago i did the ruta de los pioneros now i would like to complete the GPT in the next few years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Les Amériques au fil de l'eau''': We are a french couple, planning to use the trail from Puerto Montt to Santiago in 2021-2022 and to realize two short documentary films about wetlands and about the women of America&lt;br /&gt;
*'''O Bicho Geográfico''': Para fines de investigación científica, Abril de 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Max Nemeth''': November to Mid-March 21/22, sections to be determined.  Thank you for the amazing work on this route!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Memo mcrash''': GPT10 and GPT11. I plan to do it in March with some friends. We are very grateful for the work you have done. Thank you! Guillermo.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nico142857''': GPT01 and GPT02. Im planning to hike these 2 sections on March, and gpx's routes surely will help a lot. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MauricioDM''': I am planning to hike the whole trail in parts, but I am not sure where to begin, the GPX will help . Thanks. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nico busch''': GPT33H. Planning on doing the Torres del Avellano hike. Thanks. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bjornsether''': GPT 01 to 40. I've been planning a long-distance hike in Chile for some time. February-April 2021 might allow me to spend time on the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AJForno''':, GPT 01 to 40, I live in Chile and have done some sections, and plan to keep exploring, Thank you! Andres  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Thom&amp;amp;Miky''': Hi, we are two friends planning to walk from febrary to april 2021 and we will try to reach from south to north the GPT 14 to GPT 01. Thank you! Thomas and Michael &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''WhatDoesMyHeartTellMe''': I am very much interested in GPT 01 to 40. I plan to trek in 2021-2022. This endeavor requires a tremendous amount of planning. I hope you can grant me the track files. Thanks very much!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tom Corbett''': Januray 2021, hiking and packrafting sections of GPT 26 to GPT 33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rperezdearce ''': Hi, With my girlfriend we will leave the first days of Nov 2020 from Santiago with the intention of reaching GPT12, then we will try to continue further south.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tobi &amp;amp; Fang''': Hiking and potentially packrafting in the &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;2021/2022, 2022/2023&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; 2023/2024 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freek van Keulen (Freek)''': Plan to hike 2021-2022 season, starting preparations and research now&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joaquin Munoz (jqnmunozdiaz)''': Plan to hike sections GPT32-40 southbound on summer 2020-2021 if covid allows. I will likely hike some northern sections as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Quamen''': I am dreaming to hike the GPT01-16 and to hiking/packrafting GPT17-40 southbound this austral summer 2020-2021 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Frambues''': Starting at the end of 2020 if Covid lets. Not sure yet which part to do in one season, but probably start in Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ferdinand''': Hi, Ferdinand from germany, I'd like to hike southbound starting from GPT 05 from Dec 2020 - Apr 2021 and see how far I can get. The GPS files would help a lot planning everything more in detail, thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Víctor Valenzuela''': GTP 05-19: Planning on starting end of 2021 with GPT 05-19 and further on. Got one season to explore the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Isaac Garza (Try431)''': Planning to hike southbound GPT season from ~December 2020 through ~March/April 2021 (weather/COVID permitting). At the moment, planning to do GPT17P - GPT39, and track files will be very helpful in planning out in more detail :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pipers''': Hi, I'm from Valdivia, chile, and I am planning to hike or ride in my bike the closest parts of the route,  as soon as coronavirus lockdown finishes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Patagoniandreams''': Planning to hike the standard route soundbound, starting at GPT10 until GPT23 and looping back nordbound via the Huella Andina. Due to the Corona crisis we postpone this endeavour to the 2021-2022 season. The hike will be done in family. We will have a 6 year old girl and a 3 year old boy with us. We have 4 months. We have been doing GPT sections back in 2008 - 2010 - 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Olivier1''': Planning to hike the standard route northbound, starting at GPT 40 for the 2021-2022 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David Brophy (d.brophy)''': Planning to hike the standard route GPT01-GPT40 over two seasons starting as soon as COVID permits. Will use a pack-raft for the second season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Peter Mican (ElCondor)''': Planning to hike the GPT in 2020/2021, starting at section 01 and hike as far south as I can, depending on the weather and situations on the track. I am planning to go solo but would be happy to join with a fellow hiker(s) ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''jojohoughton''': Planning on hiking/packrafting southbound to section 40, starting either from section 1 or section 13 depending on the conditions. Will be exploring the GPT for the summer 2020-2021 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Leonhard''': GTP 1-16: Planning on starting end of 2021 with GPT 1-16 and further on. Got one season to explore the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aligator''': GTP 40 to GPT32: Plannning to explore that part of the GPT in February (from 03/02) and March (flexible) with my girlfriend (we both live in Santiago). Thank you for the incredible work you've achieved gathering and updating all those information!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ConnyPflaume''': GTP 14 &amp;amp; 15 or the area between lago Conguillo and Lago Tinquilco. We will start this weekend, 11.1.20 - would be nice we could be supplied with the map so shorthanded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''felixrulz''': Will be in the Andes for around 4 months. Have already completed 3 sections, but looking to do more. Joined specifically for the Puyehue section (GPT 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kelly Swanson''': I plan to solo trek starting at GPT06 in January 2020, continuing till mid March.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''phil ro''': i will start in coihayque in mid-january and will head south for more than 4 weeks with a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''johannsteffen''': Going to make a backpack trip starting in February on Ushuaya and going to Bariloche in June.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Claudio Miranda''': Starting from Santiago in January 2020 until April, planing to arrive at least to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trinity''': Travelling to SA for 2 years and plan exploring Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pirre''': Starting in January 2020 on GPT32 and planning to hike south for 6-8 weeks. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shn0rhelez''': Hi,I am Anton from Sofia,Bulgaria...me and my girlfriend are starting from sec6 in the middle of January...we have around four months...thank you for your remarkable work!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Gatodelmonte''': Starting on 2 January from Santiago, planning to hike South for about 45 days &amp;amp; exit near Pucon (sections 1 to 15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Fedepatagon''': Like to pack raft on the area between Bariloche-Osorno and P.N Los Alerces&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vincent Paquet''': My girlfriend and I are planning to spend 3 weeks walking from december 18 2019 to Jan 10 2020. We're still selecting the exact sections. Cheers!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tmattson425''': Plan for this year is to solo trek sections 1 through 19 (southbound) starting in mid-January 2020.  I'm an American expat living in Buenos Aires and plan on returning in following seasons to complete the GPT, try packrafting, and explore alternate routes.  Extremely excited an grateful that this trek is possible.  Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SalomeS''': Planning for a 6 month trip with my husband starting in Nov/Dec 2020. Planning to hike the sections 40 to 16. We would be incredibly grateful to receive the gps track files. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ianhikes'''* Leaving for Chile in 1 week and looking to spend a month on GPT hiking southbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''zc0rp10''': Hi! Planning and preparing for an extended hike together with two friends from November 2020 - Feb 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ELLI''': together with a friend we plan to hike the sections of the main route but in opposite direction starting in the area around Lago viedma in first days of January 2020, we have approx. 4 month time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''gorskial''': plan to bike/packraft along the carretera austral from Puerto Montt to Villa O'Higgins with hiking side trips. Jan/feb 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pitney''': Solo hiking GPT sections 6-22 Southbound beginning early January, 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dirtmonger''': GPT sections 1-24; planning underway for an immersion solo hike  ‘20 November to ‘21 February. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''bob451''': Planning on solo hiking 2 or 3 sections of the GPT northbound March/April 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mgabenesch''' : Planning on hiking most parts of the GPT, starting in Ushuaïa then going North. I have on year off. Starting Dec 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Family Size''': Planning on hiking parts of the GPT southbound. Starting end of November 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''shaunchurch''': Hope to solo hike/packraft a few sections southbound. Section 15 or 17 in Dec 2019. Then maybe a couple more from among sections 21-31 in Jan and Feb 2020. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''iank''':2 months jan and feb 2020. Hope to hike isla navarino, cirque of huemuls and then cochrane to chile chico. More northerly secions maybe 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dsmit3000''': Solo hiker planning on hiking GPT40-31 northbound November-January 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2As''': We plan to walk in Chile and Argentina from mid October 2019 to mid march 2020. We don't have precisely planned our trip but the root of our trip is to go by foot through Patagonia and also discover Chile and his people and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''A pat''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT (Need to confirm but we are interesting in sections 08-22 and 35- 40) from January to early March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aceestrin''': We'll be exploring for 4 weeks in Los Lagos region December-January. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Andrealopezb''': I plan on doing individual sections for the time being, mostly between Santiago-El Maule &lt;br /&gt;
*'''annbrnn''': Heya, a friend and I are planning on hiking several sections of the GPT beginning end of December 2019 and are currently in the process of determining our route.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AlexEdge''': Hi, i am planning to hike the lower sections of this route with a couple friends, possibly febuary 2020. thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arno507''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT starting fom November/December 2019 till early April 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Birdy ''': I plan to mostly walk from Lake Titicaca to Ushuaia starting November 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David''': Hello!! This is David from Barcelona and I'm planning to walk through the Patagonia for 4 month from January 2020. I would love to do all de GPT, but I'm not sure if it's too ambitious... For sure, I'll try it!! :-) I would really appreciate if you can provide me the gps track files. Many thanks!!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dubrovskiy''': 2 people, January 2020, Foot hiking southern parts, likely around GPT40-33.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Edwinb''': I will be arriving in Chile in Nov and plan to cherry pick parts of the GPT and mix it with other trekking, basically like I did last year. Always interested in a bit of exploring, providing it doesn't get to extreme!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hendrik Niehaus''': We arrive in Chile early Oktober 2019. From November until January we plan to be on the GPT. Due to the recommendations of the hikers manual we are mainly interested in section 5-16. However, plans might still change and are not too fixed yet. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Herman van Horssen''': We plan to do section 47 to 69 of the GPT in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''johansonst333''': Hi! I am planning the sections 30 - 40 during this hiking season, would be incredibly grateful to have the GPS files for further research and planning. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jose Barros''' Hello !Im jose from Santiago de Chile, i will do the sections from Conquillio national park to Puyehue national park, its aprox. 15 days in January, i think it will be great ! If you can provide the track files i will be very thankfull. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jose Roman''': Hi, my plan is to several sections by bike or hiking staring September 2019 until Abril 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JUNHUI SON''': Hi, I'm from South Korea, I plan to do section 1 to 40 of the GPT in September 2019 till November.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kendon''': I cycled Patagonia many year ago and have always wanted to return for an extended walk through this wonderful area. I am in preliminary stages of my planning and thank you for your efforts in providing such a great resource. I am looking at the 2020 summer.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martín H.I.''': Hello, I´m planning to make an attempt to hike from sections GPT01 to GPT22 this summer from December 2019 to February 2020, still deciding on the exact sections, but southbound is my direction. I´m a chilean 25 year old architect who will humbly try to hike this unique trail. Thank you Jan for the amazing creation.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin Lizondo''': I will be hiking southbound from Anticura (GPT20) to El Chaltén (GPT39), between December 2019 and February 2020. It's my second season in the GPT, after hiking from Santiago (GPT01) to Anticura (GPT19) in 2018-2019.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''martinahaller''': We will be arriving in Chile in Nov and plan to hike parts of the GPT during the next 6 Month, starting in Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Maturin''': Hi, I am currently figuring out the details to hike GPT06 to GPT08 from the 27th of December 2019 until mid January. I will be doing the Horseriding tour before. I speak fluent spanish and the idea is to go southbound. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matúš Lašan''': We plan to do as much as possible from December 2019 till March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''msantelli''': Hi, Melissa, plan to trek sections 05-22 taking a chance to start mid-late Nov. of ‘19 may need to backtrack and cut a few sections out, if rivers can’t be ford/crossed-flexible schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Meylin Ubilla and Jan Dudeck''': We plan to investigate new packrafting and hiking routes in more remote areas between Puerto Montt and El Chalten without making a single long traverse (GPT21 to GPT40, GPT90P to GPT 92P). We will depart in November 2019 and plan to finish in February 2020. Experienced packrafts may join us for these investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lauric Olrik''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT starting from November 2019, we have a whole year off.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lea Geibel''': Hi, my plan is to do several sections of the GPT starting fom October/November 2019 until beginning of January 2020 and need to figure out which ones are suitable for such an early start.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Linda''': Hi, I am planning to hike alone southbound the GPT from beginning of December 2019 to mid-February 2020, probably from GPT06 to GPT22, but I am still studying the routes and the sections. I spoke quite good spanish, at least, it will come back there, practicing ! Thank you !&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Oreste Marquis''': Hello, i'm planning to hike sections 06-22 and 32-40 if time allows it. My trip will be from January to Abril 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sanita Heinz''': We plan to do section 1 to 40 of the GPT in December 2019 till March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Selma''': We are planning to packraft some sections of the GPT during our stay in Nov/Dez '19&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Staci Garcia''': Hello, I am planning on doing several sections of the GPT  in 2020. I am still in research on what sections.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''TrashPanda''': Hi, we plan to do several sections from the end of November 2019 till February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''tom347''': Hola, I plan to do part of parts 1 to 40 with a friend, starting mid october. We will be hitchhiking the parts that are not recomended in particular months. We will be travelling for aproximately 2 months. Gracias.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tombartlett''': Hello I am planning on hiking many sections over a three month period from November 2019 to February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wanderwood18 ''': We plan to make it to El Chalten/Fitz Roy in one season from Santiago. This means I’ll probably skip recommended sections to skip/do what I need to do to make it. I’m flexible, we will see how it goes. My girlfriend, America, and I are planning on starting around Nov. 10th….&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LieberWeiter''' Hi, I do not know yet if I ever dare to walk the GPT but meanwhile I would like to plan therefore!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jarek Wątroba''' Hey, I will spend several months in Patagonia starting in Jan 2024. The information you provided in the Hiker's Guide is already immensely helpful, but the track files would make planning our route so much easier. Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wolke7net'''   Hi, could you please send me the track without packrafting. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
'''wikiexplora'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pieper92</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>